Anda di halaman 1dari 200

Following the Eagle's Flight: Understanding the books of Carlos Castaneda Introduction Summary of the Sorcerer's Way Part

I. - The Nature of the Universe and Ourselves Part II. - Why Can't We Perceive The True Nature Of The Universe? Part III.- A Strategy for Perceiving Our True Nature - The Sorcerer's Way Introduction: Following the Eagle's Flight - A Conceptual Guide to the Books of Carlos Castaneda. Ever since I could remember, I've had a vague awareness that the world was more than it seemed. As a child, I often felt surreal, like life was a play and ev eryone else pretended it was real. Growing up, this feeling mainfested itself into passions for science, literature and metaphysics. I began reading anything that helped deepen my understanding of life's mysteries. The first time I read Carlos Castaneda, I was in high school. The book was Don Juan: A Yaqui's Source of Knowledge and to be honest, it didn't impress me. While the book was entertaining, I never gave any credence to Castaneda's experiences and considered them only as drug-induced possibilities. How could anybody turn into a crow? Instead I read: Watts, Rand, Kerouac, Keats, Pirsig, Jung, and anyone else who I thought had legitimately glimpsed into the human condition. I went to college, traveled for a few years and tried anything that could turn my vague awareness into a conscious knowing. I took a job teaching science but I was more interested in the metaphysical universe than the physical one. By that time, I understood that all humans possessed the ability to experience something greater than themselves. In fact, I would argue that the themes of most books deal with a person's experience of trying to tap into a greater power. The problem for me was that neither science, philosophy nor religion had ever explained that "greater power" in a rational, causual way. A few years later, I came across The Art of Dreaming and after only a few pages, I realized that this book was attempting to explain in detail, the metaphysical universe. I wondered whether I had missed something in Castaneda's first book so I immediately bought the entire series from a second-hand book shop and started reading. The more I read, the more I realized that Castaneda's books were not about drug-induced fantasies but about a system of knowledge (Toltec) that explained the nature of the universe. To understand that system, I knew I had to pluck out all the important pieces from each book and try and put them back together like a puzzle. After initially reading the series, I reread it again, this time marking each important passage and typing it into a computer. Having no idea how the pieces of knowledge fit together, I began organizing each idea conceptually trying to understand the main themes of Castaneda's writing. Finally, four years later, I put the last pieces of the puzzle together and stepped back to see what had been created. I wasn't disappointed. Castaneda had managed to weave into his books, the Toltec's entire system of knowledge. I was amazed at the simplicity behind the knowledge yet the thoroughness to include everything in its description. I no longer scoffed at the idea of someone becoming a crow, in fact, it seems very rational to me now. To ensure that I had left nothing out of the Toltec system of knowledge, I read the other books written by other members in Castaneda's group. All books verified and repeated what Castaneda wrote with the exception of Taisha Abelar's The Sorcerer's Crossing. Her book not only verified the Toltec knowledge but enhanced some explanations that were vague or incomplete. Her writings are included along with Castaneda's work. Three themes emerged from Castaneda's work: First, the description of the universe and humans as energy. Second, the description why humans fail to perceive the universe and themselves as energy. Third, the description on how to perceive the universe and ourselves as energy via the sorcerer's way. See the summary of the Sorcerer's Way. To truly appreciate the core ideas of the Toltec knowledge, the work was designed to be read completely from beginning to end. Through a series of questions and answers, each Toltec concept is built upon each other thus enabling the reader to move deeper and deeper into the knowledge as they read. Each quotation is followed by the particular book's intials (see bottom of page for key) and page number. Finally, I would like to caution those who wish to understand Toltec knowledge through academic means only. You can't. This intellectual organization of knowledge serves as a starting point for people to question their reality but does nothing to help you experience that reality. To truly understand what it means to stop the world, to slip between its cracks and to follow the flight of the Eagle, you need to put away the books, stop talking about it and act. And you might, if you maintain your actions, (intent) and act impeccably, you just might be lucky enough to verify for yourself some of the concepts of the Toltec path.

Jay French Guide to the books: DJ - The Teachings of Don Juan SR - A Separate Reality JTI - Journey to Ixtlan TOP - Tales of Power SRP - The Second Ring of Power EG - The Eagle's Gift FFW - The Fire from Within POS - The Power of Silence TAOD- The Art of Dreaming TSC - The Sorcerer's Crossing (Taisha Abelar)

Back to the main page. Summary of the Sorcerer's way I. What is the true nature of reality? The universe and everything in it is made up solely of energy. There are no objects, just energy. This energy emanates from a force (The Eagle) and radiates throughout the universe (The Eagle's Emanations) as an infinite number of energy fields. Humans are energy bubbles (luminous eggs) that arise from one of the 48 energy fields associated with the earth.(Great Bands of Emanations) There are other non human bubbles arising from 7 different bands called inorganic beings. Humans begin perceiving when a vibrating portion of their emanations inside the luminous egg matches a vibrating portion of outside emanations and fixates. The place where fixation occurs inside the luminous egg is known as the assemblage point. The assemblage point is where perception takes place. The position of the assemblage point determines what a human will perceive. If the assemblage point is fixated habitually on one spot, this is called the first attention. (tonal) If the assemblage point fixates somewhere other than the habitual spot, this is known as the second attention. (nagual) If the assemblage point fixates on all spots at once, this is known as the third attention. (fire from withi n) The purpose of humans is to enhance our awareness through our life experiences then be taken back up into the Eagle as food. II. Why can't humans perceive the true nature of reality? When humans are born, their assemblage point is very fluid and babies perceive many different things. (including energy) As babies get older, the assemblage point begins to fixate habitually based upon what people teach the baby. (tonal of the times) The habitual fixation of the assemblage point is reinforced daily so that all of our available energy is used to keep it there. (ego) Our perception of reality therefore becomes fixed for life. III. How can humans perceive the true nature of reality? (The Sorcerer's Way) To experience the true nature of reality, a person has to move the assemblage point from its habitual position. (called stopping the world) To move the assemblage point, humans have to free up some of the energy keeping the habitual assemblage point in place by impeccability, recapitulation, not-doing, gazing, tensegrity, right way of walking, dreaming, etc. (This is the bulk of the Sorcerer's Way) being frightened, scared, starved, anything where the ego doesn't concentrate on itself.

After enough energy is freed up and the assemblage point is becoming fluid, the person then tries to permanently move their assemblage point into a different position. (losing the human form) After a person loses the human form or moves the assemblage point permanently, they are making decisions about their life based on reality as energy. They are in flow with nature and act accordingly with it, no matter how strange their actions may seem to a "normal" person. They are considered enlightened beings. What is the ultimate goal of the Sorcerer's Way? To enter the third attention which would allow them to bypass being food for the Eagle. Guide to the books: DJ - The Teachings of Don Juan SR - A Separate Reality JTI - Journey to Ixtlan TOP - Tales of Power SRP - The Second Ring of Power EG - The Eagle's Gift FFW - The Fire from Within POS - The Power of Silence TAOD- The Art of Dreaming TSC - The Sorcerer's Crossing (Taisha Abelar)

Back to the main page. OUTLINE - Following the Eagle's Flight: Understanding the books of Carlos Castaneda A.) THE UNIVERSE WHAT MAKES UP THE UNIVERSE? THE WHOLE UNIVERSE IS MADE UP OF ONLY ENERGY Universe...everything is energy. The whole universe is energy. TAOD,3....in the universe only energy exists...TAOD,239 .....In the universe there is only energy, and energy has only a here and now, an endless and ever present here and now. TAOD,248 THE UNIVERSE HAS EXITS AND ENTRANCES IN IT'S ENERGY FLOW There are entrances and exits in the en ergy flow of the universe. TAOD, 22 WHAT IS THE SOURCE OF THE UNIVERSE'S ENERGY? The Eagle is the source of th e emanations.. FFW,58. The power that governs the destiny of all living beings is called the Eagle. EG,172 ...inconceivable dissolving force (Eagle) in the universe, TAOD,149 THE EAGLE WHY IS THE SOURCE OF ALL ENERGY CALLED THE EAGLE? OLD SORCERERS DESCRIBED IT AS HAVING THE APPEARANCE OF AN EAGLE It is called the Eagle not because it is an eagle or has anything to do with an eagle, but because it appears to the seer as an immeasurable jet-black eagle, standing as an eagle stands, its height reaching to infinity. EG,172 the old seers in the few glimpses that they could sustain, saw it as something that resembled a black-and-white eagle of infinite size. FFW,55

FOUR BLAZES REVEALED WHAT THE EAGLE IS LIKE TO THE OLD SORCERERS As the seer gazes on the blackness that the Eagle is, four blazes of light reveal what the Eagle is like. The first blaze, which is like a bolt of lightening, helps the seer make out the contours of the Eagle's body. there are patches of whiteness that look like an eagle's feathers and talons. A second blaze of lightening reveals the flapping, wind creating blackness that looks like eagle's wings. With the third blaze of lightening the seer beholds a piercing, inhuman eye. And the fourth and last blaze discloses what the Eagle is doing. EG,173 DO WE REALLY "SEE" THE EAGLE? WE CANNOT SEE THE EAGLE BUT OUR BODY SENSES IT ...there is nothing visual about the Eagle. FFW,58. The entire body of a seer senses the Eagle. There is something in all of us that can make us witness with our entire body...because man is composed of the Eagle's emanations, man need only revert back to his components. FFW,58 IS IT DANGEROUS TO SEE THE EAGLE? THERE IS SOME MORTAL RISK, DREAMING AND ONE'S INTENT HELP PROTECT YOU ..there is no way to see the Eagle's emanations without running a mortal risk...the technique of dreaming can be used as a shield to protect themselves from the deadly blow of the Eagle's emanations. FFW,191..The key to withstanding the Eagle's presence was the potency of one's intent.EG,243. DOES THE EAGLE REALLY LOOK LIKE AN EAGLE? MAN'S AWARENESS HAS THE PROBLEM OF TAKING SOMETHING INCOMPREHENSIBLE AND MAKING IT COMPREHENSIBLE The problem arises with man's awareness; it is his awareness that becomes entangled and confused... man's awareness is compelled to interpret. The result is a vision of the Eagle and the Eagle's emanations. FFW,58. It is called an Eagle because it is simply a case of something unknowable vaguely resembling something known.. but that always happens when impressionable people learn to perform acts that require great sobriety FFW,58 ...but there is no Eagle and no Eagle's emanations. What is out there is something that no living creature can grasp. FFW,58. WHAT IS THE EAGLE'S PURPOSE? THE EAGLE'S PURPOSE IS TO CONSUME THE AWARENESS OF ALL CREATURES The Eagle is devouring the awareness of all the creatures that, alive on earth a moment before and now dead, have floated to the Eagle's beak, like a ceaseless swarm of fireflies, to meet their owner, their reason for having had life. The Eagle disentangles these tiny flames, lays them flat, as a tanner stretches out a hide, and then consumes them; for awareness is the Eagle's food. EG,173. (The Eagle) which makes organisms live by lending them their awareness. That force also makes organisms die, in order to extract the same lent awareness which organisms have enhanced through their life experiences.. TAOD,149 CAN YOU PRAY OR ASK FAVORS FROM THE EAGLE? THE EAGLE REFLECTS ALL THINGS EQUALLY AND CANNOT BE MOVED The Eagle reflects equally and at once all those living things. There is no way, therefore, for man to pray to the Eagle, to ask for favors, to hope for grace. The human part of the Eagle is too insignificant to move the whole. EG,173. WHAT DOES THE EAGLE RESPOND TO? Since the Eagle is made of energy, the Eagle only responds to energy. For a creature to have an affect upon the Eagle that creature must posess an excess of energy. See Intent.

HOW IS THE EAGLE'S ENERGY DISPERSED THROUGHOUT THE UNIVERSE? The Eagle's energy is released as lines of energy. These energy lines are known as the Eagle's emanations, lines of the world or the Eagle's commands. To keep things simple, only the terms Eagle's emanations or emanations will be used. THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS/LINES OF THE WORLD/EAGLE'S COMMANDS WHAT ARE THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS? THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS MAKE UP THE UNIVERSE everything is made out of the Eagle's emanations. FFW,59 there is no world of objects (existing by themselves and as themselves just as we perceive them), but a universe of the Eagle's emanations. FFW,49, FFW,126 the Eagle's emanations are an immutable thing-in-itself, which engulfs everything that exists, the knowable and the unknowable FFW, 57 THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ARE AN INFINITE NUMBER OF ENERGY FIEL DS RESEMBLING THREADS OF LIGHTS THAT HAVE AWARENESS AND ARE ETERNAL the universe is an infinite agglomeration of energy fields, (Eagle's emanations) resembling threads of light. POS,13 there are an infinite numbers of lines that joined us to things...,JTI,193 the Eagle's emanations are more than filaments of light.. each one of them is a source of boundless energy.. FFW,67 what's really out there are the Eagle's emanations, fluid, forever in motion, and yet unchanged, eternal. FFW,54 light that was alive and resemble ordinary light but ordinary light has no awareness.. POS,112 th e filaments are aware of themselves, alive and vibrating, that there are so many of them that numbers have no meaning and that each of them is an eternity in itself. FFW,63 ..Essence of the universe resembles incandescent threads streched into infinity in every conceivable direction, luminous filaments that are conscious of themselves in ways impossible for the human mind to comprehend. , TAOD, 5.. The Eagle's emanations are an infinite amount of lines of energy emitting from the Eagle (source of all the energy in the universe) which cover the entire universe. These eternal threads of light are alive and aware, making up everything in the universe. WHY ARE THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ALSO CALLED THE EAGLE'S COMMANDS? THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ARE ALSO CALLED THE EAGLE'S COMMANDS THAT NO ONE CAN DISOBEY Eagle's commands ....although DJ disliked calling the emanations commands, that is what they are: commands that no one can disobey. FFW,92 Seers who see the Eagle's emanations often call them commands. FFW,59... WHAT DO THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS LOOK LIKE? THERE IS NO TRUE VERSION OF THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS there is no pat version of the emanation , as there is of the Eagle. FFW,62... THERE IS NO WAY TO DESCRIBE WHAT THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ARE THEY MUST BE WITNESSED AS THE EAGLE WAS WITNESSED there is no way to describe what the Eagle's emanations really are... a seer must witness them , FFW, 57 ...emanations are something indescribable..FFW,63 One can catch a glimpse of them, as one can only catch a glimpse of the Eagle itself... , FFW, 57 DESCRIPTION OF THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS (Description of EG,243.) they are a prescence, almost a mass of sorts, a pressure that creates a dazzling sensation. FFW, 57 I saw the lines of the world. I actually perceived the most extraordinary profusion of fluorescent white lines which crisscrossed everything around me. ,JTI,252...filaments of light began to radiate from everything on that prairie. At first it was like the explosion of an infinite number of short fibers, then the fibers became long threadlike strands of luminosity bundled together into beams of vibrating light that reached infinity. There was really no way for me to make sense of what I was seeing, or to describe it, except as filaments of vibrating light.

The filaments were not intermingled or entwined. Although they sprang, and continued to spring, in every direction, each one seperate, and yet all of them were inextricably bundled together...I was seeing the Eagle's emanations POS,110 and the force that keeps them apart and bundles them together...what he had seen was intent, the fo rce permeates everything. POS,110 almost instantaneously I saw a most brilliant array of live, compelling fibers of light. FFW,240 I thought I must have fainted or that the blow had made me fall asleep. Suddenly, I was looking at something literally beyond words. Bright strings of light shot out from everywhere, going everywhere, strings of light which were like nothing that had ever entered my thoughts. ...I made your assemblage point shift...and for an instant you were dreaming the filaments of the universe., TAOD, 16 HOW ARE THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ARRANGED IN THE UNIVERSE? THE EMANATIONS ARE GROUPED IN CLUSTERS CALLED THE GREAT BAND OF EMANATIONS the Eagle's emanations are always grouped in clusters ..the old seers called those clusters the great bands of emanations. FFW,176. THE GREAT BAND OF EMANATIONS HOW WOULD YOU DESCRIBE THE GREAT BANDS? THE GREAT BANDS ARE CLUSTERED IN NO REAL ORDER, LIKE A PILE OF HAY HELD IN MID-AIR. The great bands are neither flat nor round, but indescribably clustered together, like a pile of hay, which is held together in midair by the force of the hand that pitched it. Thus, there is no real order to the emanations; to say that there is a central part or that there are edges is misleading, but necessary to understanding. FFW,180 ARE THEY REALLY BANDS? THEY AREN'T REALLY BANDS BUT THE NAME STUCK They aren't really bands but the name stuck. FFW,176. HOW MANY GREAT BANDS ARE THERE IN THE UNIVERSE? THERE ARE AN INFINITY OF GREAT BANDS IN THE UNIVERSE There are an infinity of great bands, FFW,177 THERE ARE 48 GREAT BANDS IN THE EARTH, Seers have found out..that in the earth there are only 48 such bands. There are 48 types of organizations on the earth, 48 types of clusters or structures. Organic life is one of them. FFW,177 THE EARTH'S 48 GREAT BANDS OF EMANATIONS WHAT DO THE EARTH'S 48 GREAT BANDS OF EMANATIONS PRODUCE? Each of the earth's 48 great bands of emanations produces numerous bubbles on each band. These bubbles are like containers that are filled with a portion of the band's emanations. Each bubble may represent the emanations or energy associated with a living creature. think of great bands as being like trees. All of them bear fruit; they produce containers filled with emanations; yet only eight of those trees bear edible fruit, that is, bubbles of awareness. Seven have sour fruit, but edible nonetheless, and one has the most juicy, lucious fruit there is. FFW,178..

HOW ARE THE EARTH'S 48 GREAT BANDS OF EMANATIONS DIVIDED? The earth's 48 great bands are divided into three sections: first, 40 bands that produce bubbles with emanations that produce no energetic awareness, second, 7 bands called the inorganic being band that produce bubbles that represent creatures called inorganic beings, and finally, one band called the organic being band that produces bubbles that represent creatures called organic beings. THE ORGANIC BEING BAND WHAT DOES THE ORGANIC BEING BAND PRODUCE? THE ORGANIC BEING CLUSTER PRODUCES ALL THE ORGANIC BEINGS There is an immeasurable cluster that produces organic beings. FFW,177 organic beings belong to the great same band. FFW,177. WHAT DOES THE ORGANIC BEING CLUSTER LOOK LIKE? THE ORGANIC BAND IS FLUFFY,TRANSPARENT, WITH A PECULIAR ENERGY the emanations of that organic band have a sort of fluffiness. They are transparent and have a a unique light of their own, a peculiar energy. They are aware, they jump. That's the reason why all organic beings are filled with a peculiar consuming energy. FFW,177 HOW ARE THE ORGANIC BEINGS ALIGNED ON THE BAND? THE ORGANIC BEINGS ARE BUBBLES FORMED ON DIFFERENT PLACES ON THE BAND: SOME IN THE CENTER AND SOME NEAR THE EDGES Think of it as an enormously wide band of luminous filaments, luminous strings with no end. Organic bein gs are bubbles that grow around a group of luminous filaments. Imagine that in this band of organic life some bubbles are formed around the luminous filaments in the center of the band, others are formed close to the edges; the band is wide enough to aomadate every kind of organic being with room to spare. In such an arrangement, bubbles that are close to the edges miss altogether the emanations that are in the center of the band, which are shared only by the bubbles that are aligned with the center. By the same token, bubbles in the center miss the emanations from the edges. FFW,177. THE INORGANIC BEING BAND WHAT DO THE SEVEN INORGANIC BANDS PRODUCE? THE INORGANIC CLUSTER PRODUCES ALL THE INORGANIC BEINGS The same situation (as in the organic band) is prevalent in the inorganic bands.The three bundles of awareness produce specific kinds of inorganic beings in each of the seven great bands. FFW,180 The seers counted 7 bands that produced inorganic bubbles of awareness. FFW,177 THE OTHER 40 GREAT BANDS OF EMANATIONS FOR EARTH WHAT ARE THE OTHER 40 GREAT BANDS LIKE? THE OTHER 40 BANDS PRODUCE BUBBLES/VESSELS WITHOUT AWARENESS There are 40 bands that produce bubbles without awareness those are bands that generate only organization. FFW,177.. The product of the other forty great bands is not awareness at all, but a configuration of inanimate energy. (called vessels) ..vessels are rigid recepticles that hold emanations without being fields of energetic awareness. Their luminosity comes only from the energy of the encased emanations. FFW,182

WHAT DO THESE OTHER 40 BANDS LOOK LIKE? THEY ARE OPAQUE AND DARKER THAN THE BANDS WITH AWARENESS The other bands are darker, but with a quality of opaqueness. FFW,177.. WILL/INTENT WHAT SUSTAINS OR CONTROLS THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS? WILL/INTENT IS THE FORCE THAT SUSTAINS OR CONTROLS THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS I was seeing th e Eagle's emanations and the force that keeps them apart and bundles them together...what he had seen was intent, the force permeates everything..POS,110 ....the energy that comes out of of the alignment of emanations. FFW,189... Intent is the power that upholds the universe, It is a force that gives focus to everything. It makes the world happen...TSC,40...it is what makes the world... EG,148 it is present throughout everything there is. FFW,98 Without intent there was nothing. EG,243... intent is everywhere .. EG,148 ...underneath the dry leaves is the ground, the enormous earth. intent is the principle underneath everything. TSC,40. Will is a force which was the true link between men and the world. SR,147 WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN WILL AND INTENT? WILL IS THE IMPERSONAL FORCE OF EAGLE'S EMANATIONS AND INTENT IS THE PERSONALIZED FORCE will is the impersonal force of alignment which changes into intent, the personalized force, which is at the service of each individual...FFW,237 ...intent is the purposeful guiding of will. FFW,190 they realized that will was the force that kept the Eagle's emanations separated and was not responsible for our awareness, but also for everything in the universe. They saw that this force had total consciousness and that it sprang from the very fields of energy that made the universe. They decided then that intent was a more appropriate name for it than will. POS,113,114. ...the new seers took a close look and called it will,the will of the Eagle's emanations or intent. FFW,98 ...alignment is a unique force because it either helps the assemblage point, or it keeps it glued to its customary position....th e aspect of alignment that keeps the assemblage point stationary is will .... and the aspect that makes it shift is intent. FFW,237.. That blackness, that silence, gives rise to the intent to direct the second attention, to command it, to make it do things . This is why it is called will. The intent and the effect are will.. they are tied together. EG,143 Will and Intent are essentially the same thing. Will is used when describing the force that is holding up the universe in an objective manner and intent is used when that force changes due to some personal interaction. However, will has also been confusingly described as also a personalized power. Will is something else, something very clear and powerful which can direct our acts. Will is something a man uses.. to win a battle which by all calculations, should lose. Will.. has to do with astonishing feats that defy our common sense. It is kind of a control over ourselves. Will is a power. And since it is a power it has to be controlled and tuned and that takes time. SR,146. DJ said that will can be described as the maxium control of the luminosity of the body as a field of energy; or it can be described as a level of proficiency, or a state of being that comes abruptly into the daily life of a warrior at any given time. .EG,142. Will was allegedly cultivated only by sorcerers. it came to the practitioners veiled in mystery and purportedly gave them the capacity to perform extraordinary acts. ,TOP,83. what a sorcerer calls will is a power within ourselves. it is not a thought, or an object, or a wish. SR,147 What you yourself call will is character and strong disposition..what a sorcerer calls will is a force that comes from within and attaches itself to the world out there. SR,148Will is what can make you sueed when your thoughts tell you that you're defeated. Will is what makes you invulnerable. Will is what sends a sorcerer through a wall; through space; to the moon, if he wants. SR,147.

Whatever term is used, the meaning is the same.. there is a universal force which holds everything in place and that force can be manipulated. However, for simplicity we will use the term which involves personal interaction - intent.

WHAT IS INTENT? INTENT IS AN ABSTRACT UNMEASUREABLE, INDESCRIBABLE, INDEFINABLE, NEITHER GOOD NOR EVIL FORCE THAT YOU CANNOT SEE OR FEEL IT AND YET IT EXISTS. Intent is .....an unmeasurable, prevailing (, POS, 28), indescribable, indefinable (POS,235), ....something that cannot be seen or felt, something that does not seem to exist but yet does. POS,170.. ...intent has no desires of its own. EG,149. .....there is no way of knowing what intent is. POS,134 it is an abstract force, neither good nor evil... TSC,85 Everything in the world is a force, a pull or a push. SRP,139... ....the force that changes and reorders things or keeps them as they are (POS, 28, 97) force in the universe POS,10, blind, impersonal, ceaseless burst of energy that makes us behave in the ways we do..FFW,189 ...made up of pure energy.. POS,112 the nagual never ends..it has no limits..,TOP,138 Will is a force, a power. SR,148. intend it with your intent, which is the layer beneath your thoughts. TSC,142 INTENT IS CONNECTED TO EVERYTHING that absolutely everything that exists in the entire cosmos is attached to intent by a connecting link. POS,10,22... people and all living creatures are slaves of intent. We are in its clutches. It makes us do whatever it wants. It makes us act in the world. It makes us die. EG, 148 WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT NAMES OF INTENT BESIDES WILL? THE NAMES OF INTENT .....Intent which sorcerers call the spirit, the abstract, the nagual.. POS, 28 .....the spirit is the force that sustains th e universe (POS,114) Don Juan had explained the nagual to me as being the indescribable force, the source of everything... the nagual is in everything. SRP,198 The nagual is aware of everything...,TOP,129. there was only one thing which was indispensable for anything we did. He called it the spirit. ,JTI, the rolling force or the tumbling or circular force. FFW,241...the tumbler is the force from the Eagle's emanations..FFW,241. The left side, called the naugal, .states of heightened awareness, or the site of the second attention. EG,163. ....will is such a complete control of the second attention that it is called the other self. EG,144..will belongs to the other self. EG,143.......Powers that guide can be called...forces, spirits, airs, winds, or anything like that. ,JTI,86. Since intent is the undescribable force of the universe, it thus has many names. Everything is just an interpretation of that force. HOW DOES INTENT APPEAR TO PEOPLE? INTENT MANIFESTS ITSELF DIFFERENTLY IN DIFFERENT THINGS it is an all-encompassing force that manifests itself differently in different things. TSC,83. CAN INTENT COMMUNICATE WITH US? YES, DIRECT CONTACT WITH INTENT IS CALLED SILENT KNOWLEDGE silent knowledge.. this is direct contact with intent. POS,115... Silent Knowledge has complete mastery, complete knowledge of everything.. but it cannot think, therefore, it cannot speak of what it knows..it is of course, intent- the spirit, the abstract. , POS,155 Everything has a form... but besides the outer shape, there is an inner awareness that rules things. This silent awareness is the spirit. TSC,83. This energy communicates with us. TSC,83. ANOTHER NAME FOR SILENT KNOWLEDGE IS THE THIRD POINT silent knowlege is the third point because in order to get to it one had to pass the second point, the place of no pity. (ruthlessness) POS,242

HOW DOES INTENT COMMUNICATE WITH US? Voice of the spirit WHAT IS THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT? THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT IS MORE OF A FEELING The voice of the spirit is an abstraction that has nothing to do with voices, and yet we may at times hear voices...TSC,85 ...don't expect a shout from the treetops... what we call the voice of the spirit is more of a feeling. Or it can be an idea that suddenly pops into your head. Sometimes it can be a longing to go somewhere vaguely familiar, or a longing to do something also vaguely familiar. TSC,84 If the spirit (intent) speaks to you, using its silent words, you will certainly know immediately what the spirit is. , POS,51 .It was not a voice it was lots of voices. TSC,85. ....will is very quiet, unnoticeable EG,143 HOW DO WE UNDERSTAND THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT/INTENT? INTENT CAN ONLY BE UNDERSTOOD THROUGH EXPERIENCE AND WE CAN ONLY TALK ABOUT ITS EFFECTS. there is no way to talk about it except metaphorically.. TSC,40 the nagual is only effect. ,TOP,138. in order to talk about it we must borrow from the island of the tonal(reason), therefore it is more convienient not to explain it but simply recount its effects. ,TOP,129. silent knowledge can't be reasoned out. It can only be experienced. POS,247 The left side is perhaps comprehended, if comprehension is what takes place, with the total body, thus its resistence to conceptualization. EG,163.. By intending it, but not with your thoughts.. Intent is so far away from thoughts that we can't talk about it; we can't even feel it. But we can certainly use it. TSC,142 DESCRIPTION OF EXPERIENCING THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT .... Taisha's experience description of.. (jumping and dancing to people singing in the wind)..TSC,84... When I finally came to sit down next to Clara, I was perspiring, but it was not a healthy physical sweat, It was more like the cold sweat of exhaustion. TSC,84... HOW CAN WE HEAR THE VOICE OF THE SPIRIT? WHEN WE ARE ABSOLUTELY QUIET AND BALANCED The voice of the spirit comes from nowhere.. it comes from the depth of silence, from the realm of not-being. That voice can only be heard when we are absolutely quiet and balanced. TSC,87. INTENT ONLY RESPONDS TO POWER NOT PRAYER a force that has no interest whatsoever in us, but that nevertheless responds to our own power. Not to our prayers, mind you, but to our power. TSC,85 it is where power hovers, but that was only a way of alluding to it. By reason of its effect, perhaps the nagual can be best understood in terms of power. ,TOP,138. But the spirit is nobody's guardian.. TSC,85 HOW DOES INTENT AFFECT US? Intent is continously being produced from the Eagle's emanations and is hitting us all the time. We are not aware that it is constantly hitting us but it is the force that gives us both life and eventually caries us to our death. That force is named the rolling force.

ROLLING FORCE WHAT IS THE ROLLING FORCE? THE ROLLING FORCE IS THE INTENT FORCE FROM THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS THAT CONTROL ALL ASPECTS OF LIFE AND DEATH FOR THE ORGANIC AND INORGANIC BEINGS The rolling force is an eternal line of iridescent rings or balls of fire, that roll onto living beings ceaselessly. FFW,243 The rolling force or balls of fire are expression of a force that pertains to all details of life and death. FFW,242. The rolling force is the means through which the Eagle distributes life and awareness for safekeeping..but it is also a force..that makes all living beings die. FFW,243 DEATH IS THE ROLLING FORCE. Death is the rolling force. FFW,245. WHAT MAKES UP THE ROLLING FORCE? THE BALANCE BETWEEN THE TWO FORCES(TUMBLING AND CIRCULAR) IS A DELICATE ONE The balance of the two forces in every living being is a delicate one. FFW,248. The tumbling force and the circular force. TUMBLING FORCE WHAT IS THE TUMBLING FORCE? THE TUMBLING FORCE IS THE PART OF THE ROLLING FORCE THAT RELATES TO DESTRUCTION AND DEATH the tumbling aspect of the RF relates exclusively to destruction and death. FFW,247. a ceaseless force that strikes us every instant of our lives. FFW,241. CIRCULAR FORCE WHAT IS THE CIRCULAR FORCE? THE CIRCULAR FORCE IS THE PART OF THE ROLLING FORCE THAT MAINTAINS LIFE AND AWARENESS, FULFILLMENT AND PURPOSE the circular aspect.. is what maintains life and awareness, fulfillment and purpose. FFW,247. it strikes all living beings ceaselessly, but for a different purpose. It strikes them to give them strength, direction, awareness; to give them life. FFW,248 WHY IS IT CALLED THE CIRCULAR FORCE? THE CIRCULAR FORCE COMES IN RINGS, THREADLIKE LOOPS OF IRIDESCENCE The reason they call it the circular force is that it comes in rings, threadlike loops of iridescence - a very delicate affair indeed... FFW,248 ARE THEY REALLY CIRCLES? YOU ONLY SENSE THE FEELINGS OF RINGS WHICH FIT ALL ORGANIC AND INORGANIC BEINGS There are no circles to speak of, just a circular force..the feelings of rings..there are no different sizes either. It's one indivisible force that fits all living beings, organic and inorganic. FFW,248.

HOW DO THE TWO FORCES HIT US? THE CIRCULAR FORCE HITS US JUST BEFORE THE TUMBLING FORCE The new seers saw that both forces are fused but are not the same. the circular force comes to us just before the tumbling force...they are so close to each other that they seem the same. FFW,248. B.) LUMINOUS BEINGS/ LUMINOUS EGGS WHAT ARE ALL LIVING CREATURES REALLY? ALL LIVING CREATURES ARE ENERGY BUBBLES MADE FROM THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS living creatures are really luminous beings that look like bubbles of whitish light...sentient beings are minute bubbles made out of those filaments, microscopic points of light, attached to the infinite emanations... FFW,66,67 we are a feeling and that what we call our body is a cluster of luminous fibers that have awareness. TOP,94 (our energy body).. it is linked to some luminous lines of energy crisscrossing the universe. TSC,138 The double is nearly infinite.. for just as the physical is in communication with other physical bodies, the double is in communication with the universal life force. TSC,186 (the double) it is inherently the energy of a luminous being, EG,23 Luminous Beings ...the energy essence of human beings TAOD, 5 we are luminous beings. We are perceivers. We are an awareness; we are not objects; we have solidity. We are boundless. TOP,97. human beings are frail creatures com posed of many layers of luminosity SRP,253 DOES EVERY CREATURE HAVE A BODY OF ENERGY? YES, EVERYTHING HAS A BODY OF ENERGY Not only living beings but everything in our world glimmers with an inner light of its own TAOD,175 All of us luminous beings have a double. TOP,58..the double is oneself and cannot be faced in any other way. the double is not a matter of personal choice..TOP,58 It is not clear if inanimate objects have energy associated with them. WHAT ARE SOME OTHER NAMES FOR THIS BODY OF ENERGY? luminous egg, luminous ball (the egg)is our energy self (which is our double). TAOD,11 ..cocoons and containers are fields of energetic awareness. FFW,182 energy body, other, double, self, (the dreaming body is known by different names FFW, 291) the energetic or nonrational side, which sorcerers call the double TSC,xii The ethereal body.TSC,114. The other is the self..the double is th e self TOP,46 Again, like the term intent, the energy body has many names. The term luminous egg/ball is the energy body but i s used as the container of the energy body. WHAT EXACTLY IS THE ENERGY BODY? PURE ENERGY Since it's pure energy, EG,23 THE ENERGY BODY IS PURE ENERGY SO HAS AN APPEARANCE BUT NO MASS A ghostlike configuration made of pure energy....has only appearance but no mass. EG,23 IT IS THE AWARENESS OF OURSELVES AS LUMINOUS BEINGS As far as I know, the double is the awareness of our state as luminous beings. TOP,60 THE DOUBLE BEGINS IN DREAMING, THE DOUBLE IS A DREAM ....the double begins in dreaming..the double is a dream..TOP,64. THE DOUBLE IS THE SORCERER HIMSELF, DEVELOPED THROUGH HIS DREAMING. The double is the sorcerer himself, developed through his dreaming. A double is an act of power to a sorcerer, but only a tale of power to you. TOP,47. ...instead of eyes, the dreaming body has just the glow of awareness (two points of intense amber lights..FFW,197) FFW,199...in the case of Genaro, his double is indistinguishable from the original. That's because his impeccability as a warrior is supreme. TOP,48 A 3-D IMAGE OF THE BODY WHEN SECOND ATTENTION IS FIXED a whitish, phantomlike emanation, which is projected by the fixation of the second attention into a 3-D image of the body. EG,23....

A PERFECT REPLICA OF THE DREAMER'S BODY ...the double is a perfect replica of the dreamer's body.(it looks exactly like oneself. SRP,176) EG,23 IT WAS TWICE THE SIZE OF THE PERSON WHO HAD IT they had always called that shape the double, because it was twice the size of the person who had it. SRP,199. IT WAS SHINY ..It was like you, but very shiny.(may refer to Naugal) SRP,149 FOR A SORCERER THAT SEES THE DOUBLE IS BRIGHTER for a sorcerer that sees the double is brighter. TOP,46. NO WAY OF KNOWING BUT IT IS REAL ..there is no way of knowing what the other is made of..but it is real..TOP,46 It is not a ghost, but as real as anything we deal with in the world. EG,23 THE DOUBLE IS SOLID AND CORPOREAL..SOLIDITY, CORPOREALNESS ARE MEMORIES. (the double is solid and corporeal)..solidity, corporealness are memories. therefore, like everything else we feel about the world, they are memories we accumulate. memories of the description. You have the memory of my solidity, the same way you have the memory of communicating through words. Thus, you talked with a coyote and you feel me as being solid. TOP,51. OTHER ALWAYS COME SHROUDED IN WIND Dreaming body or the other (this term belongs to the old seers...it gives me a feeling of darkness, of shadows...the other always comes shrouded in wind FFW,291).... FFW,199 How the energy body is described depends on the sorcere's interpretation.. in the end its just energy. DOES OUR ENERGY BODY BELONG TO THE PHYSICAL BODY? THE ENERGY BODY IS THE COUNTERPART TO THE PHYSICAL BODY Energy body...it's the counterpart of the physical body. EG,23 The soft body is a mass of energy...we are aware of only its hard, outer casing.TSC,133 The double. The counterpart of the physical body, which by know you must know.. is not merely a projection of the mind. TSC,114. . ...the double is our energy source. The physical body is merely the receptacle where that energy has been placed. TSC,237. the double is both inside and outside the physical body... at the same time... TSC, 159. WHAT IS THE REAL DIVISION IN HUMANS? THE REAL DIVISION IS BETWEEN THE PHYSICAL BODY WHICH HOUSES THE MIND AND THE ENERGY BODY WHICH HOUSES OUR ENERGY The body-mind dualism is a false dichotomy. The real division is between the physical body, which houses the mind, and the ethereal body or the double which houses our energy. TSC,62. but our division is not between the mind and the body, but between the body, which houses the mind or the self, and the double, which is the receptacle of our basic energy. TSC,43 Human beings are divided in two. EG,163.... all the faculties, possibilities, and accomplishments of sorcery, from the simplest to the most astounding, are in the human body itself. EG,163. The two sides of a human being are totally seperate EG,228. The tonal and the nagual are the two inherent parts of ourselves.. they cannot be led into each other. TOP,244. WHAT SEPERATES THE PHYSICAL BODY AND THE ENERGY BODY? THE TWO SIDES ARE SEPERATED BY A MEMBRANE the membrane that seperates their two sides. EG,230 WHAT DOES OUR ENERGY LOOK LIKE? OUR ENERGY WA VERS LIKE A HEAT WAVE, IT SCINTILLATES . our energy wavers..TAOD,164...organic beings energy are more like heat waves. FFW,121...our energy scintillates. TAOD,175

WHAT DETERMINES THE LUMINOSITY OF A LIVING CREATURE? THE LUMINOSITY IS DETERMINED BY THE PARTICULAR PORTION OF EMANATIONS FOUND IN THAT PARTICULAR COCOON. the luminosity of living beings is made by the particular portion of the Eagle's emanations they happen to have inside their luminous cocoons. FFW,66,67 WE ARE LUMINOUS BECAUSE WE ARE PIECES OF THE SUN We are pieces of the sun. (we are all like the sun, but very, very faint) That is why we are luminous beings. But our eyes can't see that luminosity because it is very faint. Our light is too weak, but it is light anyway. SRP,123. ARE THE EMANATIONS INSIDE THE BUBBLES THE SAME AS THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS OUTSIDE? THE EMANATION PATTERNS ARE THE SAME INSIDE AND OUT BUT SOME OF OUR EMANATIONS ARE LOCATED AS MUCH AS 3 FEET OUTSIDE THE PHYSICAL BODY. The emanations inside and the emanations outside are the same filaments of light. FFW,66,67 Human beings are also composed of an incalculable number of the same threadlike energy fields.POS,13, FFW,62 some beams of light or energy allegedly crisscross th e earth... these beams do not fluctuate as everything else in the universe does, but are fixed into a pattern. This pattern coincides with hundreds of points in the luminous body...since the luminous body is quite big, some of the points are as much as three feet away from the physical body. In a sense they are outside of us, and yet they are not; they are on the periphery of our luminosity and thus still belong to the total body. EG,196. WHAT DO YOU CALL THE EMANATIONS OUTSIDE THE PHYSICAL BODY BUT STILL WITHIN THE COCOON? THE EMANATIONS INSIDE THE COCOON BUT LOCATED OUTSIDE THE PHYSIC AL BODY IS CALLED THE ETHEREAL NET The ethereal net is the luminosity that surrounds the physical body... TSC,134 WHAT DO YOU CALL THE EMANATIONS OUTSIDE THE COCOON? WE CALL THE EMANATIONS OUTSIDE THE COCOON, THE EMANATIONS AT LARGE ...emanations at large.. are called this because they are immense. FFW,225.. The emanations outside the cocoon.. are called emanations at large. FFW,141 WHAT SHAPE DO THE EMANATIONS FORM? THE EMANATIONS AGGLOMERATE INTO A GIANT LUMINOUS EGG These Eagle's emanations form an encased agglomeration that manifests itself as a ball of light the size of a person's body with the arms extended laterally, like a giant luminous egg. POS,13, FFW,62 ..human beings were, for those who saw, luminous beings composed of something like fibers of light, which rotated from the front to the back and maintained the appearance of an egg. SR,106 ..men are fibers of light.. like white cobwebs. Very fine threads that circulate from the head to the navel. Thus a man looks like an egg of circulating fibers. And his arms and legs are like luminous bristles, bursting out in all directions. SR,23 When you see them, they seem to have fibers, but those fibers are really like layers, like an onion. EG,45 WHAT DO SORCERER'S EGGS LOOK LIKE? SORCERERS HAVE EGGS SHAPED LIKE TOMBSTONES Average human beings are like eggs... sorcerers are like tombstones; only we are round at both ends. SRP,210. WERE OUR LUMINOUS SHAPES ALWAYS SHAPED LIKE AN EGG? THE LUMINOUS SHAPE KEEPS CHANGING THROUGHOUT TIME, OUR SHAPES TODAY ARE REALLY MORE LIKE A BALL AND THE EGG SHAPE IS REALLY ASSOCIATED WITH PEOPLE OF ANCIENT TIMES. Don Juan had the impression that our energy shape keeps on changing through time. He said that every seer he knew, himself included, saw that human beings are shaped more like balls or ev en tombstones than eggs. But, once in awhile, and for no reason known to them sorcerers see a person whose energy is shaped like an egg. Don Juan suggested that people who are egglike in shape today are more akin to people of ancient times. TAOD,5 WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF THE LUMINOUS EGG? THE EGG IS A CONTAINER THAT HOLDS OUR ENERGY BODY ...the egglike shape is an external cocoon, a shell of luminosity that houses a most intriguing, haunting, mesmeric core made up of concentric circles of yellowish luminosity, the color of a candle's flame.... .EG,220.... the egg shaped shells were actually dull. the luminosity emanated from a brilliant core; the shell in fact dulled its radiance. EG,220... WHAT ARE SOME CHACTERISTICS OF THE LUMINOUS EGG? THE EGG IS MUCH BIGGER THAN THE HUMAN BODY, 7 FT HIGH BY 4 FT WIDE ...much bigger than the human body TAOD, 5... they were enormous, perhaps seven feet high by four feet wide or even larger. EG,41

THE EGGS HAVE A CERTAIN CONSISTENCY (DESCRIPTION OF) ... Consistency of luminous egg.. description. SRP,79,80,82 Zuleica ordered me to massage that place, to manipulate it by moving the fingers of both my hands right on that point as if I were playing a harp. She assured me that sooner or later I would end up feeling my fingers going through something as thick as water, and that finally I would feel my luminous shell. EG,253. THE LUMINOUS EGGS ARE BRIGHT BLOBS OF LIGHT, VIBRANT AND FILLED WITH WHITENESS ....bright shapes that resemble giant eggs (a field of energy.) FFW, 115 The ones without spots... were dazzling bright... They were vibrant, filled with energy and whiteness. EG,45The double is white, yellowish white, like the sun. SRP,123 .....a blob of light FFW,270 ..the dreaming body is really just a blob of light. FFW,198 LUMINOUS EGGS HAVE SETS OF LONG FIBERS COMING FROM THE NAVEL AREA The most astonishing part of the egg-like creatures was a set of long fibers that came out of the area around the navel; those fibers were of the uttermost importance in the life of a man. SR,106 Then I realized that the energy to move them had come from a sticklike protuberance that acted upon them as a tentacle. It was balanced at the midpoint of my body.EG,155. everyman is in touch with everything else, not through h is hands, though, but through a bunch of long fibers that shoot out from the center of his abdomen. SR,23 They are the tentacles that come out of a man's body which are apparent to any sorcerer who sees. SR,106. THE EGGS SHOW EVERYTHING WE FEEL OR ARE IN IT'S FIBERS IN AREAS OF BRIGHTNESS ..we are luminous beings and everything we are or everything we feel shows in our fibers.. indications in the luminous fibers, areas of brightness. TOP,30. HUMAN LUMINOUS EGGS HAVE A BRIGHTNESS PECULIAR TO THEM ONLY Humans have a brightness peculiar only to them. That's the only way to tell them apart from other luminous living beings. TOP,30. ARE MEN AND WOMEN'S EGGS DIFFERENT? YOU CAN TELL THE DIFFERENCE BY THE SHAPE OF SOME FILAMENTS CALLED ROOTS Our visions differed in that she could distinguish men from women by the shape of some filaments that she called roots. EG,46 WOMEN HAVE THICK FILAMENTS GROWING INWARD FROM THE GENITALIA THAT ARE USED TO NOURISH THE EMBRYO Women.. had thick bundles of filaments that resembled a lion's tail; they grew inward from the place of the genitalia....those roots were the givers of life. EG,46 MEN HAVE SHORT FILAMENTS THAT ARE FLOATING ALMOST SEPARATELY FROM THEIR LUMINOUS EGG Men.. had short filaments that were alive and floating almost seperately from the luminous mass of their bodies. EG,46. WHAT CAUSES THE INTENSE SHINE IN THE LUMINOUS EGG? The assemblage point WHAT IS THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT? THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS A DOT WITH AN INTENSE SHINE IN THE LUMINOUS EGG. Assemblage point...a round spot of intense brilliance, TAOD,7, POS,13 a dot with an intense shine, on the glow of awareness; FFW,239 HOW BIG IS IT? IT IS ABOUT THE SIZE OF A TENNIS BALL the size of a tennis ball, TAOD,7, POS,13 WHERE IS THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ON THE LUMINOUS BODY LOCATED? IT IS LOCATED PERMANANTLY INSIDE THE LUMINOUS BALL, FLUSH WITH ITS SURFACE, HIGH ON THE GLOW OF AWARENESS

The AP is not in the physical body but in the luminous shell, in the cocoon itself. FFW,127......it has nothing to do with (the physical body )..but it is part of the luminous egg. TAOD,11 permanently lodged inside the luminous ball, flush with its surface, TAOD,7, POS,13...it is high on the glow of awareness...almost on the crest, on the surface of the cocoon.. FFW,239 WHERE IS THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ON THE PHYSICAL BODY LOCATED? IT IS LOCATED ABOUT 2 FEET BACK FROM THE CREST OF A PERSON'S RIGHT SHOULDER about two feet back from the crest of a person's right shoulder blade.... TAOD,7, POS,13 WHAT IS THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT'S PURPOSE? THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MAKES US PERCEIVE/IT IS THE MARK OF LIFE AND CONSCIOUSNESS BECAUSE DEAD PEOPLE DON'T HAVE ONE ...it makes us perceive...perception is assembled there, on that point...all living beings have such a point of brilliance, TAOD,7, POS,13, FFW,136......there is no trace of an assemblage point on a dead being, because the assemblage point and its surrounding glow are the mark of life and consciousness. ..the glow is extremely dim in people who have been rendered unconscious or are about to die and it is totally absent in corpses. WHAT IS THE GLOW OF AWARENESS/MAN'S BAND OF AWARENESS? THE GLOW OF AWARENESS ALWAYS SURROUNDS THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT INTENSIFYING THE AMBER LUMINOSITY OF THE EMANATIONS PASSING THROUGH THE GLOW. (the glow of awareness) always surrounds it(the assemblage point), greatly intensifying the luminosity of the filaments passing directly through that glow. TAOD,7. (the glow of) awareness is a glow in the cocoon of living beings... man's awareness is a glow of amber luminosity more intense than the rest of the cocoon.. FFW, 67,68 " called man's band of awareness" FFW,239 WHAT DOES THE GLOW OF AWARENESS LOOK LIKE? IT IS A SPHERICAL GLOW SLIGHTLY BIGGER THAN THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT Glow of awareness.. a spherical glow, slightly bigger than the assemblage point, TAOD,7 THE GLOW HAS MANY DIFFERENT SHADES OF AMBER ..the glow of awareness has different colors..they are not colors but different casts of amber. FFW,179 WHERE IS IT LOCATED? THE GLOW IS LOCATED ON A NARROW VERTICAL BAND ON THE EXTREME RIGHT SIDE OF THE SURFACE OF THE COCOON, RUNNING ITS ENTIRE LENGTH OR IT IS ALWAYS WHERE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS. The glow is on a narrow vertical band on the extreme right side of the cocoon, running along its entire length. FFW, 67,68... ...normally the glow of awareness is seen on the surface of the cocoon of all sentient beings. FFW,130 ...the glow of awareness is always present wherever the assemblage point is, perception is automatically assembled there. TAOD,8 WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF THE EGG'S LONG FIBERS THAT COME OUT FROM THE NAVEL ARE? THE FIBERS DO NOT PROTECT YOU BUT INSTEAD THEY GUIDE YOUR NAGUAL'S PERCEPTION LIKE THE WAY YOUR EYES GUIDE THE TONAL'S PERCEPTION I had long, powerful fibers, which were not there to protect me, for there was nothing to protect, or to be protected from, but that they were there to guide my nagual's perception in very much the same way my eyes guided my normal tonal's perception. TOP,250 I had three thick tentacles in my midsection which I could use as crutches to li ft up my whole body. EG,260. the will was a force that emanated from the umbilical region through an unseen opening below the navel, an opening he had called the gap. TOP,82..... it comes out through the belly, (navel area) where the luminous fibers are. One can feel it coming out (from the belly) SR,148 The energy needed in order to move and seek in dreaming stems from the area an inch or two below the belly button. He called that energy will, or the power to select, to assemble. EG,136. WITH THE FIBERS YOU CAN PERCEIVE EVERYTHING AT ONCE They told me that my fibers were all around me, that through them I could perceive everything at once, and that one single fiber was enough for a leap from the rock into the ravine, or up from the rock to the ravine. ..T OP,250 THE FIBERS JOIN A MAN TO HIS SURROUNDINGS AND KEEP HIM BALANCED AND STABLE These fibers join a man to his surroundings; they keep his balance; they give him stability. SR,23.

THE FIBERS ARE NOT LIKE TOUCHING, IT IS SORT OF LIKE A FEELING. La Gorda signaled me to use my midsection. When I did that I did not have to bend over to touch the ground; there was something in me like a tentacle which I could feel. But I could not tell what I was feeling. There were no particular tactile qualities on which to base distinctions. EG,161. THE FIBERS FEEL LIKE A LONG ITCHING a most peculiar sensation of a long itching...TOP,250 WHAT KIND OF FIBERS DO PEOPLE HAVE? WEAK PEOPLE HAVE SHORT, ALMOST INVISIBLE FIBERS Weak persons have very short, almost invisible fibers; SR,106. STRONG PEOPLE HAVE BRIGHT LONG FIBERS strong persons have bright, long ones SR,106 WHAT CAN YOU TELL ABOUT SOMEONE FROM THEIR FIBERS? WHEN A SORCERER SEES SOMEONE'S FIBERS THEY CAN TELL IF A PERSON IS SICK OR HEALTHY, BAD OR GOOD OR CAN SEE AND CAN DEAL WITH THEM ACCORDINGLY Sorcerers act toward people in accordance to the way they see their tentacles. SR,106 ..you can tell from the fibers if a person is healthy, or if he is sick or if he is mean, or kind, or treacherous. You can also tell from the fibers if a person can see. SR,106. Had I known (CC) what was going to take place, my fibers would have been agitated and would have interfered with DG. SR,107. HOW DO THE EGGS MOVE? THE EGGS MOVE IN A UNPLEASANT,JERKY FLOATING MANNER LEAVING A DEEP FURROW IN THE ENERGY IN THE EARTH ....giant,luminous shape that floats, making, as it moves, a deep furrow in the energy of the earth, just as if the luminous shape had a taproot that was dragging. TAOD,5 the luminous eggs did not walk. They moved in a floating manner, yet they were grounded. The way they moved was not pleasing. Their movements were stilted, wooden, and jerky. When they were in motion the whole egg shape became smaller and rounder; they seemed to jump or jerk, or shake up and down with great speed. The result was a most annoying nervous shivering. EG,44. DOES THE EGG HAS ANY WEAKNESSES? THE EGG HAS A GAP IN ITS COCOON JUST BELOW HIS NAVEL Man has a gap below his navel. It's not really below the navel itself, but in his cocoon, at the height of his navel. The gap is more like a dent, a natural flaw in the otherwise smooth cocoon. FFW,245. It is at the place of your luminous fibers (at your abdominal area) SR,147 WHAT IS THE LUMINOUS GAP'S PURPOSE? EVERY LIVING CREATURE HAS A GAP, WITHOUT A GAP, YOU WOULD NEVER DIE. Every living being has a gap. If it didn't have one it wouldn't die. FFW,246 THE GAP IS AN OPENING WHICH ALLOWS OUR WILL TO SHOOT OUT it's an opening. it allows a space for the will to shoot out like an arrow. SR,147. WHEN DOES THIS GAP OPEN? THE GAP OPENS AS ONE DEVELOPS ONE'S WILL There is a gap in us; like the soft spot on the head of a child which closes with age, this gap opens as one develops one's will. SR,147 ARE ALL GAPS THE SAME? EACH GAP IS DIFFERENT IN SIZE AND CONFIGURATION The gaps are different, however, in size and configuration. FFW,246 MAN'S GAP IS A BOWL-LIKE DEPRESSION THE SIZE OF A FIST Man's gap is a bowl-like depression the size of a fist, a very frail vulnerable configuration. FFW,246.

OTHER ORGANIC BEINGS GAPS ARE SIMILAR TO MAN'S GAP BUT SOME ARE WEAKER AND SOME ARE STRONGER the gaps of other organic beings are very much like man's; some are stronger than ours and others are weaker. FFW,246 HOW DOES THE EGG PROTECT ITSELF FROM THE ROLLING FORCE? THE EGG HAS A PROTECTIVE SHIELD IN FRONT TO PROTECT US FROM THE TUMBLERS CALLED THR FRONT PLATE ..the front of the egglike cocoon of man has a protective shield, which seers call the front plate. FFW,240 WHAT IS THE FRONT PLATE? THE FRONT PLATE IS AN ALMOST IMPREGNABLE SHIELD ONE FIFTH THE THICKNESS OF THE TOTAL COCOON It is almost impregnable, unyielding shield that protects us against the onslaught of a peculiar force (death force)..FFW,238. The front plate is about one-fifth the thickness of the total cocoon. FFW,240... HOW DO PEOPLE SEE THE LUMINOUS EGGS? THE LUMINOSITY OF A HUMAN CAN ALMOST BE SEEN THROUGH LOOKING BUT THE ONLY TRUE WAY IS BY THE SORCERER'S SEEING Man's luminosity can be seen almost as if one were using the eyes alone. FFW,141 ...seers see them (assemblage and glow) without their eyes. TAOD, 7 DESCRIPTION OF SEEING A LUMINOUS EGG: CC SEES DJ AND DG AS TWO BALLS OF FIRE WITH FIBERS As I kept staring at them, my eyes went involuntarily out of focus. I knew I had definitly crossed them, because I was seeing four of them. the left eye image of DJ became superimposed on the right eye image of don Genaro; the result of the merger was that I saw an iridescent being standing in between don Juan and don Genaro....it was not a man as I ordinarily see men. It was rather a ball of white fire; something like fibers of light covered it. ...I was seeing two strange elongated luminous objects. They looked like white iridescent footballs with fibers, fibers that had a light of their own. TOP,217 ANALOGY OF THE LUMINOUS BALL: A BALL OF JACK CHEESE The luminous shape of man is like a ball of jack cheese with a thick disk of darker cheese injected into it. He drew an egglike shape and divided it in four longitudinal sections, saying that he would immediately erase the division lines because he had drawn them only to give me an idea where the band was located in the cocoon of man. He then drew a thick band at the line between the first and second sections and erased the division lines. He expl ained that the band was like a disk of chedder cheese that had been inserted into the ball of jack cheese. Now if that ball of jack cheese were transparent.. you would have a perfect replica of man's cocoon. The chedder cheese goes all the way inside the ball of jack cheese. It's a disk that goes from the surface on one side to the surface of the other side. The AP of man is located high up, three-fourths of the way toward the top of the egg on the surface of the cocoon. FFW,140. HOW IS THE DOUBLE DIVIDED/HOW DOES THE ENERGY CIRCULATE IN THE ENERGY BODY? THE DOUBLE IS DIVIDED INTO A LOWER (ABDOMEN) AND AN UPPER SECTION (CHEST) WHERE TWO DIFFERENT CURRENTS OF ENERGY CIRCULATE He picked up a twig and drew an oval shape on the soft ground. Then he added a horizontal line that transected it midway. pointing to the two partitions...he explained that the double is divided into a lower and an upper section, which corresponds roughly in the physical body to the abdomen and chest cavities. Two different currents of energy circulate in these two sections. TSC,235 WHEN THESE TWO SECTIONS BECOME SEPARATED IN THE DOUBLE WE BECOME UNBALANCED Usually, in life, these two energies become seperated in the double, causing weaknesses and unbalance in the physical body. TSC,236 THE DOUBLE IS ALSO DIVIDED INTO LEFT AND RIGHT SIDES WHERE TWO DIFFERENT PATTERNS OF ENERGY CIRCULATE He drew another line, this time down the center of the elliptical shape, dividing it lengthwise into two, which, he stated, corresponds to the right and left sides of the body. These two sides also have two specific patterns of energy circulation. TSC,236

LOWER SECTION LOWER SECTION CIRCULATES ORIGINAL ENERGY WE HAD WHILE STILL IN THE WOMB In the lower one circulates the original energy we had while still in the womb. TSC,235 THE ORIGINAL ENERGY SINKS DOWN TO THE GENTIAL AREA The original energy sinks down into the genital area. TSC,236 UPPER SECTION THE UPPER SECTION CIRCULATES THOUGHT ENERGY WHICH ENTERS OUR BODY WITH THE FIRST BREATH In the upper section circulates the thought energy. This energy enters the body at birth with the first breath. TSC,235 THOUGHT ENERGY IS ENHANCED BY EXPERIENCE AND RISES UPWARD INTO THE HEAD ...he said that thought energy is enhanced by experience and rises upward into the head. TSC,235 RIGHT SECTION ON THE RIGHT SIDE THE ENERGY CIRCULATES UP ON THE FRONT PART OF THE DOUBLE AND DOWN THE BACK SIDE OF IT In the right side, energy circulates up on the frontal part of the double, and down on the back of it. TSC,236 LEFT SECTION ON THE LEFT SIDE THE ENERGY CIRCULATES DOWN ON THE FRONT PART OF THE DOUBLE AND UP THE BACK SIDE OF IT On the left side, energy circulates down on the frontal part of the double and up on the back. TSC,236 HOW DOES THE DOUBLE PERCEIVE? THE DOUBLE HAS AN INDEPENDENT PERCEPTION/IT DEALS WITH ENERGY .....its perception, although affected by our normal way of perceiving the daily world, is an independent perception. It has its own sphere...that sphere is energy...it deals with the energy in terms of energy. CC TAOD, 31,32 HOW DOES THE DOUBLE PERCEIVE ENERGY IN DREAMING? THERE ARE THREE WAYS IT DEALS WITH ENERGY IN DREAMING: There are three ways it deals with energy in dreaming: CC TAOD, 31,32 ONE: IT CAN PERCEIVE ENERGY AS IT FLOWS it can perceive energy as it flows, or it can use energy to boost itself like a rocket into unexpected areas, (it can use currents of energy that exist in the universe to propel itself. All it has to do is isolate them, and off it goes with them.) CC TAOD, 31,32 TWO: IT CAN PERCEIVE AS WE ORDINARILY PERCEIVE THE WORLD or it can perceive as we ordinarily perceive the world. (It sees energy directly as a light or as a vibrating current of sorts or as a disturbnce. CC TAOD, 31,32 THIRD: IT FEELS ENERGY AS A JOLT OR AS A SENSATION THAT CAN EVEN BE PAIN Or it feels it directly as a jolt or as a sensation that can even be pain.) CC TAOD, 31,32... WHAT THINGS CAN PERCEIVE THE DOUBLE? ANIMALS AND INFANTS CAN PERCEIVE THE DOUBLE Animals and infants have no problem perceiving the double and they are often disturbed by it. TSC,219.

WHAT CAN THE DOUBLE DO? IT CAN PERFORM ACTS BEYOND THE POSSIBILITY OF THE PHYSICAL BODY Since it's pure energy, EG,23 it can perform acts that are beyond the possibility of the physical body EG,23 IT HAS INCONCEIVABLE POWER (when the double emerges) ..one is capable of performing inconceivable feats. TSC,237. The double has inconceivable power. TOP,77 IT COULD TURN INTO ANYTHING YOU WANT/OR DO ANYTHING He said I must struggle to fall asleep; that I no longer had a body and was free to turn into anything I wanted. TDJ,136 (The double can do).. anything we want it to do; it can jump over trees or fly through the air or become large or small or take the shape of an animal. Or it can become aware of people's thoughts or become a thought and hurl itself in an instant over vast distances...it can even act like the self... if you know how to use it, you can appear in front of someone and talk to him as if you really there. TSC,136 IT COULD TRANSPORT ITSELF IN ONE INSTANT TO THE ENDS OF THE UNIVERSE .....it can transport itself in one instant to the ends of the universe (the journey of the energy body depends exclusively on the position of the assemblage point TAOD,171) EG,23 ..the dreaming body is a surge of energy that is transported by the movement of the AP to any place in this world, or to any place in the seven worlds available to man. FFW,199. THE DOUBLE CAN GAZE AT THE EAGLE The dreaming body is very strong.. it is very easy for the DB to gaze at the Eagle's emanations interruptedly for long periods of time, but it is also very easy in the end for the DB to be totally consumed by them. FFW,200. THE DOUBLE CANNOT EAT OR DRINK The dreaming body cannot handle the intent of eating or drinking. EG,145. (DG trying to eat desc. TOP,47)...The dreaming body has a different intent from the intent of the physical body. EG,146 Example of .EG,146. IT CAN DO ANYTHING, YET IT CHOOSES TO BE UNOBTRUSIVE AND GENTLE it can do anything and yet it chooses to unobtusive and gentle. TOP,60 THE DOUBLE NEVER MAKES MISTAKES OR MISINTERPRETS THINGS/ALWAYS DIRECT AND TO THE POINT You said it to my double just a moment ago. my double never ever makes mistakes or misinterprets things. TSC,218. It's your double that's talking. It's always direct and to the point and since you have never allowed it expression, it is full of hatred and bitterness. TSC,222 THE ENERGY BODY IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OUR WELL BEING he said that perhaps our greatest human fallacy is to believe that our health and well-being is in the realm of the body when, in essence, the control of our lives is in the realm of the double. TSC,236 This fallacy stems from the fact that the body controls our awareness. TSC,236 WHAT IS THE PHYSICAL BODY? THE PHYSICAL BODY IS JUST A COVERING OR A CONTAINER FOR OUR ENERGY BODY. The physical body is a covering, a container if you will. TSC,133 THE BODY IS DIVIDED INTO THREE MAIN CHAMBERS OF ENERGY: ABDOMEN, CHEST AND HEAD she went on to explain that the body is divided into three main chambers of energy: the abdomen, chest and head. She touched my stomach just below the navel, then my solar plexus and then the center of my forehead. She explained that these three points are the key centers of the three chambers. TSC,71. THE EXACT MIDPOINT OF THE BODY (WHICH YOU SHOULD MEASURE) IS A TRUE CENTER OF ENERGY IN ALL OF US DJ had insisted that I measure my body to the hundredth of an inch and establish its exact midpoint, lengthwise as well as width. He had always said that such a point is a true center of energy in all of us. FFW,125

THERE IS A DELICATE GLOW AROUND THE STOMACH AND IS ALWAYS BEING PULLED AROUND BY EVERYTHING Human beings had a very delicate glow around the stomach and that glow was always being pulled by everything around. THE FEELINGS/WORLD WERE CREATED FROM THE STOMACH What was in front of my eyes was rather like a feeling or a mood; and the center from where all those changes radiated was definitely in my stomach. I had made that connection not as a thought or a realization but as a bodily sensation that suddenly became fixed and predominant. The fluctuations around me came from my stomach. I was creating a world, an endless run of feelings and images. TOP,72. WHERE DO MEN AND WOMEN STORE THEIR ENERGY?... MEN STORE IT IN THEIR MIDSECTION, WOMEN STORE ENERGY IN THEIR WOMB she said that Pablito was giving Josefina energy by placing his midsection, where men have a surplus of it, over Josefina's womb, where women store their energy. EG,55. In a woman both the attention and the energy for dreaming originate from the womb. EG,136. WHERE ARE THE ENERGY CENTERS IN THE PHYSICAL BODY? THERE ARE SEVEN MAIN GATES. there are seven main gates. TSC,159. SOME (GATES) ARE CLOSE TO THE SKIN, OTHERS ARE DEEP INSIDE THE BODY Some (gates) are close to the skin, others are deep inside the body... TSC,159. FIRST GATE THE FIRST GATE IS IN THE SOLE OF THE FOOT AT THE BASE OF THE BIG TOE By opening our gates... the first gate is in the sole of the foot, at the base of the big toe.. using his index finger and thumb as a vise, he pressed the round protuberance of my big toe at the sole of my foot, and the toe joint at the top of my foot.. TSC,232 SECOND GATE THE SECOND GATE IS THE AREA THAT INCLUDES THE CALVES AND THE INNER PART OF THE KNEE The second gate is the area that includes the calves and the inner part of the knee.. TSC,232 THERE IS A CENTER OF PERCEPTION ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE CALVES human beings have a superb center of perception on the outside of the calves, EG,256 SKIN OUTSIDE THE CALVES RELAXED OUR PERCEPTION IS ENHANCED and that if the skin in that area (on the outside of the calves) could be made to relax or to be soothed, the scope of our perception would be enhanced in ways that would be impossible to fathom rationally. EG,256.(see gazing) THIRD GATE THE THIRD GATE IS AT THE SEXUAL ORGANS AND TAILBONE third is at the sexual organs and tailbone...TSC,232. I was just about to tell her that an enormous gate is in the sexual organs. TSC,160. FOURTH GATE THE FOURTH AND THE MOST IMPORTANT GATE IS IN THE AREA OF THE KIDNEYS.. the fourth and the most important is in the area of the kidneys.. TSC,232. JUST BELOW THE NAVEL IS A KEY CENTER OF POWER AND THAT ALL BODY MOVEMENTS INCLUDING BREA THING MUST ENGAGE THIS POINT OF ENERGY

....He explained that just below the navel was a key center of power and that all body movements, including one's breathing had to engage this point of energy...TSC,132.. FIFTH GATE THE FIFTH GATE IS IN BETWEEN THE SHOULDER BLADES.. the fifth is in between the shoulder blades.. TSC,232. SIXTH GATE THE SIXTH GATE IS AT THE BASE OF THE SKULL. the sixth is at the base of the skull. TSC,232. SEVENTH GATE THE SEVENTH GATE IS AT THE CROWN OF THE HEAD. and the seventh is at the crown of the head. TSC,232. THE HEAD HAS AN INVISIBLE LINE OF ENERGY COMING OUT DIRECTLY FROM THE TOP OF THE HEAD TO THE UNIVERSE'S ENERGY/ IT LINKS US TO INTENT She said that an invisible line of energy flows out directly from the top of the head, upward to the realm of not-being. Or it can flow from the realm of not-being down into us via an opening at the very center of the top of the head. If you like, you can call it the life line that links us to a greater awareness... TSC, 114. For instance a line of energy that extends up from the top of the head gives the double its purpose and direction. That line suspends and pulls the double whichever way it wants to go. If it wants to go up, all it has to do is intend up. If it wants to sink into the ground, it just intends down. It's that simple. TSC, 138. D.) FIRST ATTENTION WHAT IS THE FIRST ATTENTION? THE FIRST ATTENTION IS THE ABILITY OF AVERAGE PEOPLE TO PLACE THEIR AWARENESS ON THE ORDINARY WORLD OF EVERYDAY LIFE CALLED THE TONAL/AT TENTION OF THE TONAL the capacity of average people to perceive and place their awareness on the ordinary world of everyday life. SRP,240... and described it as our awesome taken-for-granted ability to impart order to our perception of our daily world. SRP,240 the awareness of our daily world TAOD, ? ....it is the consciousness that every normal person has developed in order to deal with the daily world; EG,18. he added that ordinarily our awareness is placed on the energy that circulates in the right side of the double, which results in our ability to think and reason and be effective in dealing with ideas and people. TSC,236 WHAT ARE THE OTHER NAMES OF THE FIRST ATTENTION? FIRST DOMAIN/FIRST RING OF POWER/ RIGHT SIDE OF MAN/NORMAL AWARENESS/TONAL ..where the first attention prevails. EG,163. /EMPHASIZED EMANATIONS/THE KNOWN/THIS WORLD/ REALITY/ RATIONALITY/COMMON SENSE ..also called the first ring of power SRP,240 a small one, called the first attention TAOD, ? the right side of man. FFW,9 normal awareness. EG,163 The new seers call the emphasized emanations the right side, normal awareness, the tonal, this world, the known, the first attention. The average man calls it reality, rationality, common sense. FFW,127.

WHAT IS THE FIRST TONAL? EVERYTHING WE ARE OR CAN POSSIBLY THINK OF IS TONAL/IT RULES OUR LIVES/IT ORGANIZES OUR WORLD the first attention in man is animal awareness, which has been developed, through the process of experience, into a complex, intricate, and extremely fragile faculty that takes care of the day-to-day world in all its innumerable aspects. In other words, everything that one can think about is part of the first attention.. it is everything we are as average men....by virtue of such an absolute rule over our lives, the FA is the most valuable asset that the average man has. FFW,83 the tonal is in everything. The tonal which is in everything could be easily apprehended by our senses, SRP,199 The tonal is the social person. TOP,120 the tonal is the organizer of the world.. Perhaps the best way of describing its monumental work is to say that on its shoulders rests the task of setting the chaos of the world in order. It is not farfetched to maintain.. that everything we know and do as men is the work of the tonal. TOP,120. The right side, which he called the tonal, encompasses everything the intellect can conceive of. EG,163 The tonal is everything we are..name it!..anything we have a word for is the tonal. And since the tonal is its own doings, then everything, obviously, has to fall under its domain. TOP,121.The tonal is everything we know. TOP,122. The tonal is everything..and that includes not only us, as persons, but everything in our world. it can be said that the tonal is everything that meets. TOP,122 the tonal is everything we think the world is composed of. TOP,125 The important factor to keep in mind is that everything we know about ourselves and about our world is on the island of the tonal. TOP,124... the tonal was the order that we are aware of in our daily world and also the personal order that we carry through life on our shoulders, like they had carried that table and bundle. The personal tonal of each of us was like that table in the valley, a tiny island filled with things we are familiar with. SRP,255.. THE TONAL MAKES SENSE OUT OF THE THINGS/IT PUTS ORDER IN OUR PERCEPTIONS At this moment..what is engaged in trying to make sense out of our conversation is your tonal; without it there would only be weird sounds and grimaces and you wouldn't understand a thing I'm saying. TOP,120,121. ...order in our perception is the exclusive realm of the tonal; only there can our actions have a sequence.. TOP,263.Therefore the view of the tonal is a tool, and as such it is not only the best tool but the only one we got. TOP,263. THE TONAL IS BUT A REFLECTION OF THAT INDESCRIBABLE UNKNOWN FILLED WITH ORDER The tonal of every one of us is but a reflection of that indescribable unknown filled with order; TOP,268. I've tricked your reason into believing that the tonal was accountable and predictable...Genaro and I have laboured to give you the impression that only the nagual was beyond the scope of explanation; the proof that the tricking was successful is that at this moment it seems to you that in spite of everything you have gone through, there is still a core that you can claim as your own, your reason. That's a mirage. Your precious reason is only a center of assemblage, a mirror that relfects something which is outside of it. Last night you witnessed not only the indesc ribable nagual but also the indescribable tonal. TOP,267 ..the last piece of the sorcerers explanation says that reason is merely reflecting an outside order and that reason knows nothing about that order; it cannot explain it, in the same way it cannot explain the nagual. Reason can only witness the effects of the tonal, but never could it understand it, or unravel it. The very fact that we are thinking and talking points out an order that we follow without ever knowing how we do that, or what the order is. TOP,267.. I can add now that through the reason, no matter what we do with it, or how we do it, we are merely witnessing the effects of the tonal. TOP,267,268. THERE IS NO WAY OF DESCRIBING WHAT IS BEYOND THE TONAL BECAUSE ANYTHING YOU SAY WOULD BECOME PART OF THE TONAL (what is out there beyond the tonal island?)..there is no way of answering that. If I would say, Nothing, I would only make the nagual part of the tonal. All I can say is that there, beyond the island, one finds the nagual....TOP,127 ANALOGY OF THE TONAL AS A TABLE IN THE RESTAURANT (analogy of tonal as a table in a restaurant) TOP,124. EACH PERSON HAS A TONAL AND THERE IS ALSO A COLLECTIVE TONAL CALLED THE TONAL OF THE TIMES The tonal is an island. TOP,123. There is a personal tonal for every one of us, and there is a collective one for all of us at any given time, which we can call the tonal of the times. TOP,124.

THE TONAL BEGINS AT BIRTH AND ENDS AT DEATH The tonal begins at birth and ends at death. TOP,122 there's no beginning; the beginning is only in your thoughts. SR,177. THE TONAL IS SHY AND SHRINKS WHEN EMBARASSED OR FRIGHTENED The tonal shrinks at given times, especially when embarrassed. in fact, one of the features of the tonal is its shyness... its shyness is not really an issue..but there are certain instances when the tonal is taken by surprise and its shyness unavoidably makes it shrink.. TOP,154. A sudden fright always shrinks the tonal TOP,173 THE TONAL IS VERY VULNERABLE. IT CANNOT WITHSTAND MALTREATMENT The tonal is very vulnerable. it cannot withstand maltreatment. TOP,137. EVEN IF YOU ARE YOUNG YOUR TONAL CAN STILL DETERIORATE Youth is in no way a barrier against the deterioration of the tonal. TOP,134. OUR EYES REFLECT THE TONAL Our eyes are the eyes of the tonal, or perhaps it would be more accurate to say that our eyes have been trained by the tonal, therefore th e tonal claims them. TOP,169 HOW DOES THE TONAL MAKE THE WORLD? THE TONAL CANNOT CREATE OR CHANGE ANYTHING BUT IT MAKES THE WORLD BECAUSE IT FUNCTION IS TO JUDGE, ASSESS AND WITNESS/IT MAKES UP THE RULES BY WHICH IT APPREHENDS THE WORLD the tonal is what makes the world. the tonal makes the world only in a manner of speaking. It cannot create or change anything, and yet it makes the world because its function is to judge, and assess, and witness. I say that the tonal makes the world because it witnesses and assesses it according to tonal rules. In a very strange manner the tonal is a creator that doesn't create a thing. In other words, the tonal makes up the rules by which it apprehends the world...so in a manner of speaking, it creates the world. TOP,123. the tonal did not create anything, but only witnessed and assessed. TOP,139. WHAT POSITION OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT DOES THE TONAL RESULT FROM? THE TONAL RESULTS FROM THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT BEING FIXATED ON ITS PRESENT POSITION the fixation of the assemblage point on its habitual position. TAOD, ? WHAT GREAT BANDS DOES THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ASSEMBLE IN THE FIRST ATTENTION? OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT ASSEMBLES TWO BANDS; ONE IS THE ORGANIC BAND AND THE OTHER IS A BAND THAT HAS ONLY STRUCTURE, BUT NO AWARENESS The world that our AP assembles for our normal perception is made up of two bands; one is the organic band, the other is a band that has only structure, but no awareness. FFW,182 THE FIRST ATTENTION IS HOOKED TO EMANATIONS OF THE EARTH She said that our first attention was hooked to the emanations of the earth, EG,262 THERE ARE TWO SIDES TO EVERY TONAL There are two sides to every tonal. TOP,141 One is the outer part, the fringe, the surface of the island. That's the part related to action and acting, the rugged side. TOP,141 The other part is the decision and judgement, the inner tonal, softer, more delicate and more complex. TOP,141.

SEEING PEOPLE AS A TONAL: TYPES OF TONALS WHAT IS SEEING PEOPLE AS TONALS? IT ENTAILS SEEING A MAN WITHOUT THINKING THAT HE IS HOPELESS OR HELPLESS It entails to cease judging him in a moral sense, or excusing him on the grounds that he is like a leaf at the mercy of the wind. In other words, it entails seeing a man without thinking that he is hopeless or helpless. TOP,134. HOW DO YOU SEE PEOPLE AS TONALS? HE SUGGESTED I SHOULD RELAX, SHUT OFF THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE AND LET GO, MERGING WITH THE PERSON BEING OBSERVED He suggested I should relax, shut off the internal dialogue and let go, merging with the person being observed. TOP,135 WHAT KINDS OF TONALS ARE THERE? PROPER TONAL: WARRIOR'S TONAL only a warrior had a proper tonal, TOP,136 A proper tonal..is a tonal that is just right, balanced and harmonious. TOP,141. For a proper tonal everything on the island is a challenge. TOP,143. to be maintain order is to be a perfect tonal, and to be a perfect tonal means to be aware of everything that takes place on the island of the tonal....it takes a gigantic struggle to clean the island of the tonal. TOP,187. The proper tonal is a tonal where the two levels (outer and inner parts) are in perfect harmony and balance. TOP,141.Whenever you are in the world of the tonal, you should be an impeccable tonal; no time for irrational crap. TOP,170 RIGHT TONAL: AVERAGE MAN CAN HAVE IT and that the average man, at best, could have a right tonal. TOP,136. ONE COULD TURN A RIGHT TONAL INTO A PROPER TONAL. WARRIORS COME FROM THAT STOCK one could turn a right tonal into a proper tonal. Warriors come from that stock. TOP,142.. (question...Why did all the warriors from CC's parties have lousy tonals? ..most were losers) AVERAGE TONAL THE WHOLE BEING MUST BE ON THE TONAL OR YOU WILL GO BESERK In order to be an average tonal a man must have unity. His whole being must belong to the island of the tonal. Without that unity the man would go berserk;TOP,189 HOW DOES THE FIRST ATTENTION CORRESPOND TO THE LUMINOUS BODY? THE FIRST ATTENTION IS THE GLOW OF AWARENESS DEVELOPED TO AN EXTRA SHINE BUT ONLY FIXED TO THE SURFACE OF THE COCOON. the first attention is th e glow of awareness developed to an ultra shine.. but it is a glow fixed on the surface of the cocoon.. it is a glow that covers the known. FFW,84 HOW DOES THE FIRST ATTENTION CORRESPONDS TO THE PHYSICAL BODY? THE FIRST ATTENTION BELONGS TO THE PHYSICAL BODY the first attention belongs to the physical body. EG,252.... it encompasses the awareness of the physical body. EG,18. WHAT ARE WE CAPABLE OF PERCEIVING IN THE FIRST ATTENTION? WE CAN PERCEIVE LESS THAN ONE THOUSANDTH OF THE HUMAN DOMAIN We perceive not all the human domain but perhaps only one thousandth of it. TAOD, 15 and that small porti on is still further reduced, to a minute fraction, by the constraints of our daily life ...FFW,59,60

PERCEPTION IN THE DAILY WORLD IS TWO DIMENSIONAL the world of daily life consists of two points of reference.. our points of reference are obtained primarily from the sense perception..our senses perceive and differentiate what is immediate to us and not. Using that distinction we derive the rest. POS,226...examples are..here and there, in and out, up and down, good and evil and so on...our perception is two dimensional.. with no depth...POS,225 E.) SECOND ATTENTION WHAT IS THE SECOND ATTENTION? THE SECOND ATTENTION IS THE AWARENESS OF THE NAGUAL/TO PLACE YOUR AWARENESS ON THE NONORDINARY WORLD AND TO IMPART ORDER TO IT the second domain was the attention of the nagual the capacity of sorcerers to place their awareness on the nonordinary world SRP,240 the altogether portenous ability that all of us have, but only sorcerers use, to impart order to the nonordinary world. SRP,240. The second attention is the counterpart to normal attentiveness. POS,112 the second face.. every Toltec warrior had two faces and faced two opposite directions. SRP,274...all of us have to have two faces to fare well in both attentions. SRP,279. The Naugal told me that the SA is the most fierce thing there is... If it is focused on objects, there is nothing more horrendous. EG,13 WHAT ARE THE OTHER NAMES OF THE SECOND ATTENTION? THE SECOND ATTENTION/THE SECOND RING OF POWER/SECOND DOMAIN/ATTENTION OF THE NAGUAL/THE SECOND FACE/THE LEFT SIDE/THE SHADOW WORLD/THE REALM OF NOT -BEING...also called the second ring of power SRP,240 the left side... the mysterious side of man. FFW,9.. the supernatural.... CC TAOD pg viii.. The residue of consciousness. EG,135. the domain of what he called the second attention, or the attention of the nagual, or the attention under the table. SRP,256. WHAT IS THE NAGUAL? THE NAGUAL IS PERCEIVED WHENEVER THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS FIXED INTO ANY NEW POSITION old sorcerers called the result of fixing the assemblage point on new positions the second attention awareness of other worlds. TAOD,16 THE NAGUAL IS THE PART OF US WE NEVER DEAL WITH The nagual is the part of us which we do not deal with at all...TOP,124 Soledad told me that the left side is the parallel line to the one we are living in now. EG,83. The nagual is not experience or intuition or consciousness ..TOP,138.The nagual is the part of us for which there is no description-no words, no names, no feelings, no knowledge. TOP,124... The left side, called the naugal, is a realm of indescribable features, a realm impossible to contain in words. EG,163.. THE NAGUAL IS THE VASTEST FIELD ONE CAN IMAGINE The SA is also called the the left-side awareness and it is the vastest field that one can imagine, so vast in fact that it seems limitless. It's a quagmire so complex and bizarre that sober seers go into it only under the strictest conditions. FFW,84 THE NAGUAL IS BUT A REFLECTION OF THAT INDESCRIBABLE VOID THAT CONTAINS EVERYTHING the nagual of every one of us is but a reflection of that indescribable void that contains everything. TOP,268. THE SECOND ATTENTION IS EXHAUSTING AND IS NOT A STATE OF POWER I was exhausted, because to be in the left side awareness is a special and frail condition which has to be used sparingly. It certainly is not a state of power EG,273.

THE NAGUAL AS A LUMINOUS GOOEY SUBSTANCE and then you saw your naugal on her forehead... that substance was yourself.. It came out of your body and it was your naugal. by touching it, you pulled it back. SRP,198... since all of us had the same luminosity, if my naugal touched one of them(sorcerers), I would not get weakened, as ordinarily be the case if my naugal touched an average man. If your naugal touches us (sorcerers)... your luminosity stays on the surface. You can pick it up again and nothing is lost. SRP,198. Probably refering to this as the energy body THE NAGUAL ACCOUNTS FOR OUR CREATIVITY in the life of a sorcerer it was the nagual that was accountable for creativity. TOP,136..the nagual is the only part of us that can create. TOP,139 ANALOGY OF THE NAGUAL USING RESTAURANT TABLES (Analogy of the nagual using restaurant tables) TOP, 125,126... The term nagual Is also used to describe the leader of a sorcerer's party as the nagual and the force inside us (energy body) HOW DOES THE NAGUAL WORK? THE NAGUAL CAN DO EXTRAORDINARY THINGS BUT WE DON'T KNOW HOW IT HAPPENS The nagual can perform extraordinary things...things that do not seem possible, things that are unthinkable for the tonal. But the extraordinary thing is that the performer has no way of knowing how those things happen.... the secret of a sorcerer is that he knows how to get to the nagual, but once he gets there, your guess is as good as his to what takes place...one feels like one is doing something..TOP,174 THE ENTRANCE TO THE NAGUAL WAS NOT METAPHORICAL BECAUSE IT ACTUALLY APPEARS SOMETIMES AS A PLAIN DOOR, A BLACK CAVERN, A DAZZLING LIGHT OR ANYTHING CONCEIVABLE to call it an entrance was not metaphorical because it actually appears sometimes as a plain door, a black cavern, a dazzling light, or anything conceivable, even a dragon's eye. ..in this respect, the metaphors of China's early sages were not farfetched at all.. TSC,67. IS THE NAGUAL GOD? THE NAGUAL IS NOT GOD BECAUSE GOD IS PART OF THE TONAL OF OUR TIME ...the nagual is not God, because God is an item of our personal tonal and of the tonal of the times. God has no more importance other than being a part of the tonal of our time... God is only everything you can think of, therefore, properly speaking, he is only another item on the island. TOP,125. GOD CANNOT BE WITNESSED BUT TALKED ABOUT WHILE THE NAGUAL CAN ONLY BE WITNESSED AND NOT TALKED ABOUT God cannot be witnessed at will, he can only be talked about. The nagual,on the other hand, is at the service of the warrior. It can be witnessed, but it cannot be talked about. TOP,125. WHAT BANDS DOES OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT ASSEMBLE IN THE SECOND ATTENTION? FROM THE REMAINING 46 GREAT BANDS, THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT CAN ASSEMBLE 7 COMPLETE WORLDS, 5 OF THOSE WORLDS ARE DIFFICULT TO ASSEMBLE The other 46 great bands are not part of the world we normally perceive. There are other complete worlds that our AP can assemble..the old seers counted seven, one for each band of awareness. I'll add that two of those worlds, besides the world of everyday life, are easy to assemble; the other five are something else. FFW,182

WHEN DO WE ACTUALLY PERCEIVE ANOTHER WORLD? WE EXPERIENCE ANOTHER WORLD WHEN OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT ASSEMBLES ANOTHER GREAT BAND OF THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS In order to see another world I had to perceive another great band of the Eagle's emanations. FFW,175...a true change of worlds happens only when the AP moves into man's band, deep enough to reach a crucial threshold, at which stage the AP can use another of the great bands. FFW,183 THE SECOND ATTENTION IS HOOKED TO EMANATIONS OF THE UNIVERSE our second attention was hooked to the emanations of the universe. EG,262 THE EARTH'S COCOON CONTAINS THE UNKNOWN EMANATIONS inside the earth's cocoon is.. the unknown FFW,226 HOW DOES THE SECOND ATTENTION CORRESPOND TO THE LUMINOUS BODY? THE SECOND ATTENTION BELONGS TO THE LUMINOUS BODY ....The second attention belongs to the luminous body. EG,252.... THE SECOND ATTENTION IS A SPECIALIZED STATE OF THE GLOW OF AWARENESS The SA is a complex and specialized state of the glow of awareness. FFW,127,128 THROUGH THE WILL WE CAN WITNESS THE EFFECTS OF THE NAGUAL Sorcerers say that through the will they can witness the effects of the nagual. TOP,267,268. WHERE IS THE SECOND ATTENTION ASSEMBLED? THE SECOND ATTENTION IS ASSEMBLED ONE AND ONE-HALF FEET IN FRONT OF THE MIDPOINT BETWEEN THE STOMACH AND THE BELLY BUTTON AND FOUR INCHES TO THE RIGHT The second attention assembles itself approximately one and one-half feet in front of the midpoint between the stomach and the belly button and four inches to the right. EG,252 WHAT CAUSES US TO PERCEIVE THE HUMAN UNKNOWN? The human unknown result from shifts from the assemblage point (See Awareness) WHAT KIND OF SHIFTS ARE THERE? SHALLOW SHIFTS SHALLOW SHIFTS OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MAKE THE DREAMER SLIGHTLY MORE VULNERABLE TO EMOTIONS If the shift is a shallow one...the dreamer is like almost anyone else in the street, except for a slight vulnerability to emotions, such as fear and doubt. FFW,270. WHAT WILL YOU PERCEIVE IN A SHALLOW SHIFT? SHIFTS GIVE RISE TO MINUTE PERCEPTION CHANGES Shifts give rise to minute changes, which are practically unnoticeable. The challenge of the shifts is that they are so small and so numerous that to maintain cohesiveness in all of them is a triumph. TAOD,70..even the most minute shifting, creates totally isolated islands of perception. POS,245 CHANGES IN LIGHT THAT RESULT FROM A SHIFT OF THE AP a shift of the AP is marked by a change in light. In the daytime, light becomes very dark; at night, darkn ess becomes twilight. FFW,265.

SHADOW WORLD it was a new path; (entering the shadow world) something unnamed and unimaginable from the point of view of the normal world. TSC,140. DESCRIPTION OF SEEING NO SHADOWS However, when I looked closer I noticed something odd in the shadows cast on the floor. A shudder went through me, for I knew the shadows were wrong. I could have sworn that they were agitated, shimmering, dancing, but there was no wind or movement in the room. (Emilito is showing a room to Taisha in the forbidden side of the house. ) TSC,201,202. A moment ago it was light. I could see everything clearly... what happened is that you entered into the shadow's world... I could tell by the rhythm of your breathing that you had gone there. But I didn't want to frighten you then by asking you to look at your shadow... there were no shadows..there was light but nothing had a shadow... in the worlds outside this one, there are no shadows. TSC,130. WHERE IS THE SHADOW WORL D LOCATED? THE REALM OF NOT-BEING IS LOCATED ABOVE THE HEAD AND SLIGHTLY BEHIND IT the realm of not-being, whose entrance hovers above the head and slightly behind it. TSC,115 HEIGHTENED AWARENESS WHAT IS HEIGHTENED AWARENESS? HEIGHTENED AWARENESS IS A SHALLOW SHIFT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT WHERE THE GLOW GOES DEEPER IN THE LUMINOUS COCOON AND THE SHINE IS MORE INTENSE ON THE SURFACE OF THE COCOON HA is a shallow shift of the AP. FFW,270. HA is only an intermediate state. There is infinitely more beyond that...FFW,69.. ...a state of HA is seen not only as a glow that goes deeper inside the egglike shape of human beings, but also as a more intense glow on the surface of the cocoon. FFW,131,132 DESCRIPTIONS OF BEING IN HEIGHTENED AWARENESS HYPNOTIZED/LIKE DREAMING ...I could have sworn that his touch hypnotized me. I believed he had instantaneously put me to sleep and I dreamt....TAOD,24.. EARS BUZZED my ears buzzed POS,10 EARS POPPED My ears popped, the room became energized and everything fell into place.. (this is a rec ollection experience) TSC,166. LIKE A JOLT then he bent over and slapped me on the belly. It was not painful or pleasurable or anything I could think of. It was rather a jolt. SR,155. IT IS NOT QUITE A PLEASING STATE It was not quite a pleasing state. TAOD, 17 FEELING OF DRYNESS There was no pain involved; instead it brought on a sensation impossible to describe. The closest I can come is to say that it created a feeling like dryness in me. The blows to my back seemed to dry out my lungs and fog up ev erything else. Then.. everything that had become hazy after the naugal's blow became crystal clear as I breathed, as if breath were the catalyst, the all-important factor. Same thing happened on the way back to everyday awareness. EG,165.

SPEEDING: AN INCOMPARABLE RICHNESS OF PERSONAL INTERACTION Another feature (besides clarity) of those states of HA was the incomparable richness of personal interaction, a richness that our bodies understood as a sensation of speeding. On the left side, there is an inherent need for economy and speed. EG,165. to la Gorda, it seemed that everything in that state (HA) went faster, yet nothing in the world had been changed. EG,164.... everything stood by itself. It may have been that my reasoning faculties were numbed by DJ's blow, thus allowing me to perceive without their intervention. EG,164. INTENSITY: CAN PERCEIVE EVERYTHING AT ONCE IN A MASS OF DETAIL intensity is the ability to perceive everything at once. in these states of HA we had perceived everything in one cl ump, one bulky mass of inextricable detail. EG,165. Most of the time it was like a strange dream so intense that normal awareness paled by comparison. TAOD, 17 CLARITY ..great clarity of mind. POS,10...... On the left side I could grasp the meaning of things with precision and directness. Every facet of activity was free of preliminaries or introductions. I acted and rested; I went forth and retreated without any of the thought processes that are usual to me. EG,165 From my experimental position, such displacements meant that my awareness used to enter into a most disturbing state of unequaled clarity, a state of superconsciousness, which I enjoyed for short periods of time and in which I could understand anything with minamal preambles. TAOD, 17 GREAT ALERTNESS I couldn't believe that I was listening to her every word. Some major change had definitly taken place, transforming my habitual bored indifference into a most unusual alertness. TSC,40. LOSE SENSE OF SURROUNDINGS in HA one is minimally conscious of the surroundings, because one's total concentration is taken by the details of the action. FFW,13. FEELING OF COMPLETENESS I had come to regard those incomprehensible states as being my true self. There was one simple reason for that- on those states I felt complete; nothing was missing from me. The anger and the sadness were a reaction to impotence. I was more aware than ever of the limitation of my being. FFW,68 SHIFT ALONG THE MIDSECTION A DREAMER WHO IS SHIFTING ALONG THE MIDSECTION BECOMES A BLOB OF LIGHT. But at a certain degree of depth, the dreamer who is shifting along the midsection becomes a blob of light. FFW,270. SHIFT IN DEPTH/TO THE LEFT A SHIFT IN DEPTH/SHIFT TO THE LEFT WHERE YOU NEVER LOSE YOUR IDENTITY BECAUSE IT STILL USES THE SAME EMANATIONS BUT ONLY MORE OF THEM (for the old seers they saw that when the AP shifted it looked like it moved to the left but in fact it is a shift in depth..but the new seers kept the name...)...Since the shift of the AP was always in depth, I had never lost my sense of identity in spite of the fact that I was always using emanations I had never used before. FFW,141 To see the glow of the AP moving inside that disk gives the feeling it is shifting toward the left on the surface of the cocoon. the transparency of the luminous egg creates the impression of a movement toward the left, when in fact every movement of the AP is in depth, into the center of the luminous egg along the thickness of man's band. FFW,140. SHIFTING IS ORDINARILY TOWARDS THE LEFT/A NATURAL REACTION FOR HUMAN BEINGS the movement ordinarily is toward the left, that such a directional preference is a natural reaction of most human beings,FFW,154

A LATERAL SHIFT A SHIFT LATERALLY ALONG THE WIDTH OF MAN'S BAND OF EMANATIONS ....a shift of the point from one side to th e other along the width of man's band of emanations instead of a shift in depth. FFW,153 ON BOTH EDGES OF MAN'S BAND IS JUNK on both edges of man's band of emanations there is a strange storage of refuse, an incalculable pile of human junk. FFW,?? ON THE RIGHT EDGE OF THE BAND IS PHYSICAL ACTIVITY, VIOLENCE, KILLING, SENSUALITY on the right edge we find endless visions of physical activity, violence, killing, sensuality. FFW,154. DESCRIPTION OF BEING ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF MAN'S BAND ...while I lay there, I had the most wonderful, fulfilling thoughts of love, for goodness...I felt elated.. I was moved by profound love.. I wanted to be with them, to pray to the Lord. FFW, 149,150 THE DARK SIDE OF MAN IS LOCATED BY SHIFTING THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IN MAN'S BAND TO THE PLACE DIAMETRICALLY OPPOSED TO ITS NORMAL POSITION some of the obsessive visions of seers, the ones that were almost impossible to conceive, coincided with a shift of the AP to the region of man's band which is diametrically opposed to where it is ordinarily located. those were visions of the dark side of man.. because it is somber and foreboding ..it is not only the unknown, but the who-cares-to-know-it. FFW,143 ON THE LEFT EDGE OF THE BAND IS SPIRITUALITY, RELIGION AND GOD On the left edge we find spirituality, religion, God. FFW,154. Genaro and I walked your assemblage point to both edges, so as to give you a complete view of the junkpile. FFW,154. THE MOLD OF MAN WHAT IS IT? IT IS A HUGE CLUSTER OF EMANATIONS IN THE GREAT BAND OF ORGANIC LIFE ....it is a huge cluster of emanations in the great band of organic life. FFW,278 THE MOLD OF MAN IS AN ENERGY PATTERN THAT SERVES TO STAMP THE QUALITIES OF HUMANNESS ON AN AMORPHOUS BLOB OF BIOLOGICAL MATTER/THE ORIGIN OF MAN is what puts us all togeth er SRP,140....he talked about the mold of man in terms of a pattern of energy that serves to stamp the qualities of humanness on an amorphous blob of biological matter. He said that it was like a gigantic die that stamps out human beings endlessly as if they were coming to it on a mass-production conveyor belt. FFW,280,281. The mould is the source, the origin of man, since, without the mould to group together the force of life, there was no way for that force to assemble itself into the shape of man. SRP,138. The new seers are the only ones who have the sobriety to see the mold of man and understand what it is. What they have come to realize is that the mold of man is not a creator, but the pattern of every human attribute we can think of and some we cannot even conceive of. FFW,281 We are simply the product of its stamp; we are its impression. The mold of man is exactly what its name tells us it is,a pattern, a form, a cast that groups together a particular bunch of fiberlike elements which we call man. FFW,282. IT IS A STATIC PROTOTYPE OF HUMANNESS WITHOUT ANY POWER The new seers have seen.. that what we call God is a static prototype of humanness without any power. For the mold of man cannot under circumstances help us by intervening in our behalf, or punish our wrongdoings, or reward us in any way. FFW,282.

IT IS AN ENTITY WHICH WE ALL SEE AT THE MOMENT OF OUR DEATH The mold of man was definitely an entity, an entity which could be seen by some of us at certain times when we are imbued with power, and by all of us for sure at the moment of our death. SRP,138 WHY IS IT CALLED THE MOLD OF MAN? IT IS CALLED THE MOLD OF MAN BECAUSE THE CLUSTER APPEARS ONLY INSIDE THE COCOON OF MAN It is called the mold of man because the cluster appears only inside the cocoon of man. The mold of man is the portion of the Eagle's emanations that seers can see directly without any dangers to themselves. FFW,278..... EVERY SPECIES HAS A MOLD OF ITS OWN He said that every species has a mold of its own and every individual of every species molded by the process shows characteristics particular to its own kind. FFW,280,281. THERE ARE TWO WAYS TO SEEING THE MOLD OF MAN: AS A MAN OR AS A LIGHT IT DEPENDS ON THE SHIFT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT: LATERAL SHIFT IT IS A HUMAN BEING, SHIFT TO THE MIDSECTION OF MAN'S BAND IT IS A LIGHT There are two ways of seeing the mold of man.. you can see it as a man or you can see it as a light. That depends on the shift of the AP.FFW,288. if the shift is lateral, the mold is a human being; if the shift is in the midsection of man's band, the mold is a light. FFW,288. THE MOLD OF MAN'S POSITION ON THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS CLOSE TO WHERE THE DREAMING BODY AND BARRIER OF PERCEPTION APPEAR The position of the AP where one sees the mold of man is very close to that where the dreaming body and the barrier of perception appear. FFW,288. DESCRIPTION OF SEEING THE MOLD OF MAN He hit me on my right side, between my hipbone and ny ribcage. That blow sent me soaring into a radiant light, into a diaphanous source of the most peaceful and exquisite beatitude. That light was a haven, an oasis in the blackness around me. I saw that light for an immeasurable length of time. The splendor of the sight was beyond anything I can say and yet I could not figure out what it was that made it so beautiful. Then the idea came to me that its beauty t of a sense of harmony, a sense of peace and rest, of having arrived, of being safe at long last. I felt myself inhaling and exhaling in quietude and relief. What a gorgeous sense of plentitude! I knew beyond a shadow of a doubt that I had come face to face with God, the source of everything. And I knew that God loved me. God was love and forgiveness. The light bathed me and I felt clean, delivered. I wept uncontrollably, mainly for myself. The sight of that resplendent light made me feel unworthy, villainous. FFW,283. Then I heard DJ's voice in my ear. He said that I had to go beyond the mold, that the mold was merely a stage, a stopover that brought temporary peace and serenity to those who journey into the unknown, but it was sterile, static. It was at the same time a flat reflected image in a mirror and the mirror itself. And the image was man's image. FFW,283. I also realized it was not DJ's voice in my ear.. it sounded like it but it wasn't. FFW,284...As I gazed into the light with all the passion I was capable of, the light seemed to condense and I saw a man. A shiny man that exuded charisma, love, understanding, sincerity, truth. A man total of all that is good. The fervor I felt on seeing that man was well beyond anything I had ever felt in my life. I did fall on my knees. I wanted to worship God personified, but DJ intervened and whacked me on my left upper chest, close to my clavicle, and I lost sight of God. FFW,284. I was left with a tantalizing feeling, a mixture of remorse, elation, certainties, doubts. FFW,284. Description of CC seeing the mould of man as a man... SRP,138. It was a radiant, luminous being. I could not look at it. It blinded me. But being in its presence was enough. I felt happy and strong. And nothing else mattered, nothing. just being there was all I wanted. SRP,139. It was simply a luminous human. SRP,140. The human mold glows and it is always found in water holes and narrow gullies. It feeds on water. Without water there is no mould. SRP,139.

THE SHIFT BELOW/PLACE OF THE BEAST A SHIFT THAT IS BELOW THE HABITUAL POSITION OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT/NOT A SHIFT IN DEPTH but there are seers who can direct that movement to positions below the customary spot where the point is located. The new seers call that shift the shift below seers also suffer accidental shifts below..FFW,154. DOWNSHIFTS OCCUR LESS FREQUENT AS THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MOVES FARTHER TO THE LEFT/DEPTH ..an unwitting downshift occurs periodically to every seer, but that such a downshif t becomes less and less frequent as their AP move farther to the left. FFW,155 DOWNSHIFTS DIMINISHES THE POWER OF THE SORCERER CONSIDERABLY Everytime it occurs, however, the power of a seer undergoing it dimishes considerably. It is a drawback that takes time and great effort to correct. FFW,155 THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT DOESN'T REMAIN THERE LONG IN ACCIDENTAL SHIFTS the AP doesn't remain there long, and that's fortunate, because that is the place of beast FFW,154. IT IS NOT GOOD TO GO BELOW EVEN THOUGH IT IS EASY TO DO To go below is counter to our interest, although its the easiest thing to do...FFW,154. THE OLD SORCERERS MADE THE MISTAKE OF GOING TO THE PLACE BELOW ALOT AND BECAME OBSESSED among the many errors of judgement the old seers had committed, one of the most grievous was moving their AP to the immeasurable area below, which made them experts at adopting animal forms. They chose different animals as their point of reference and called those animals their naugal. FFW,154. They believed that by moving their AP to specific spots they would acquire the characteristics of the animal of their choice, its strength or wisdom or cunning or agility or ferocity. FFW,155 VISION BECOMES LIMITED IN A SHIFT BELOW when the AP moves to the regions below its normal position, the vision of sorcerer becomes limited. FFW,168. SHIFT BELOW IS THE SAME WORLD BUT FROM A DIFFERENT PERSPECTIVE A shift below entailed a view, not of another world proper but our same world of everyday life seen from a different perspective. FFW,175. a shift below allows the seer a detailed and narrow view of the world we know. So detailed is the view that it seems to be an entirely different world. It is mesmerizing view that has tremendous appeal..minimal effort is required..FFW,183 DEATH IS MORE OF A PROBLEM IN A DOWNSHIFT THAN IT IS IN THE HABITUAL POSITION the only problem is that in those positions of the AP, seers are plaqued by death, which happens even more brutally and more quickly than in man's position. FFW,183 THE SHIFT BELOW ALWAYS RESULTS IN A TOTAL TRANSFORMATION A shift of the AP to the area below always results in a total transformation FFW,155 FEMALES HAVE MORE DOWNSHIFTS THAN MALES BUT CAN BOUNCE OUT OF THE POSITION EASIER. Female seers have downshifts more often than males..but they are also capable of bouncing out of that position with no effort at all, while males linger dangerously in it.FFW,156 He said that also women seers have an extraordinary capacity to make their AP hold on to any position in the area below.. Men cannot. FFW,156 They can therefore, reproduce an animal form with flare, ease, and a matchless ferocity. FFW,156... WHAT CAUSES THE HUMAN UNKNOWN PROPER (NO HUMAN TRAITS)? The unknown proper results from a displacement of the assemblage point (See Awareness)

WHAT KIND OF MOVEMENTS OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ARE THERE? DEEP DISPLACEMENT, DEEP LEFT SIDE BARRIER OF PERCEPTION JUST BEFORE THE BARRIER OF PERCEPTION IS AN UNMEASURABLE AREA OF AWARENESS WHERE WARRIORS FALL PREY TO EVERY MISDEED ...there was an unmeasurable area of awaren ess in between the customary position of the AP and the position where there are no doubts, which is almost the place where the barrier of perception makes its appearance. In that umeasurable area, warriors fall prey to every conceivable misdeed. He warned me to be on the lookout and not lose confidence, for I would unavoidably be struck at one time or another by gripping feelings of defeat. FFW,279 THE WORLD DISAPPEARS WHEN THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MOVES PAST THE MIDLINE OF THE COCOON OF MAN a displacement of the AP beyond the midline of the cocoon of man makes the entire world vanish from our view in one instant, as if it had been erased-for the stability, the substantiality, that seems to belong to our perc eivable world is just the force of alignment. FFW,302. He added that if the AP moves beyond a crucial threshold, the world vanishes; it ceases to be what it is to us at man's level. FFW,155 IN THE INTERMEDIATE STAGE, BEFORE ONE ENTERS FULLY INTO THE LEFT SIDE AWARENESS, ONE IS CAPABLE OF GREAT CONCENTRATION, BUT OPEN TO EVERY INFLUENCE. .. in the intermediate stage, before one enters fully into the leftside awareness, one is capable of tremendous concentration, but one is also susceptible to every conceivable influence... FFW,65 THE TRANSITION PERIOD IS ALSO WHEN THE DEEPEST LEARNING TAKES PLACE the transition period is the time when the deepest learning takes place and that it is also a time when warriors must be supervised and explanations must be given to them so they can evaluate them properly. If no explanations are given to them before they enter into the left side, they will be great sorcerers but poor seers, as the ancient Toltecs were. FFW,65 THE TRANSITION PERIOD IS CALLED THE NETHERWORLD netherworld is (the region between our world and the inorganic being's world) TAOD,248 RECOLLECTING THE DREAMING BODY WOULD PUT THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IN A POSITION TO BREAK THE BARRIER OF PERCEPTION the recollection of the dreaming body would put my AP in a position to break the barrier of perception in order to assemble another world. FFW,291 WHAT WILL WE PERCEIVE THERE? A SPECIAL RECESS OF AWARENESS CALLED THE WALL OF FOG OR THE BARRIER OF PERCEPTION/CRACK BETWEEN THE WORLDS a special recess of awareness, which was the site of the keenest form of attention. EG,154. One of its main features, was that in that state we were able to perceive a colossal bank of yellowish vapor, called the wall of fog. EG,154. THE CRACK BETWEEN THE WORLDS IS THE CAPACITY TO CHANGE LEVELS OF ATTENTION ....the crack between the worlds was more than a metaphor. it was rather the capacity to change levels of attention. SRP,244. IT IS A POSITION WHERE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT CANNOT ALIGN EMANATIONS AND WE EXPERIENCE IT AS A MOMENT OF PERCEPTUAL BLANKNESS AND A BANK OF FOG APPEARS when the AP is moving away from its customary position and reaches a certain depth, it breaks a barrier that momentarily disrupts its capacity to align emanations. We experience it as a moment of perceptual blankness. (Nonperception where the AP had moved but not far enough to reach and light a totally new bundle of energy fields.

POS,111)....the old seers called that moment the wall of fog, because a bank of fog appears whenever the alignment of emanations falters. FFW,276 THERE ARE THREE WAYS ON INTERPRETING THIS AREA OF NONPERCEPTION: CAN BE THOUGHT OF ABSTRACTLY, IT CAN FEEL LIKE PIERCING A TIGHT PAPER SCREEN WITH THE ENTIRE BODY OR SEEN AS A WALL OF FOG There were three ways of dealing with it.FFW,276 (1) It could be taken abstractly as a barrier of perception; FFW,276 (2) it could be felt as the act of piercing a tight paper screen with the entire body; FFW,276 (3) or it could be seen as a wall of fog. FFW,276 WE NEED ONLY PART OF OUR AWARENESS TO GET TO THE FOG BUT TO CROSS BODILY INTO THE OTHER WORLDS REQUIRES OUR ENTIRE BEING ..To venture behind the wall of fog, while one is in a state of HA or while is doing dreaming, entails only a very small portion of our awareness, while to cross bodily into the other worlds entails our entire being. EG,241. THERE IS A GREAT PRESSURE IN THE FOG ....the heavier regions...the pressure would get so great that we would die. EG,152... YOU CAN ONLY ENTER THE FOG WITH AWARENESS OR THE LIFE FORCE IS EXHAUSTED BY THE PHYSICAL PRESSURE OF THAT WORLD the rule says that one could only enter in there with awareness. To enter without it brings death, since without consciousness the life force is exhausted by the physical pressure of that world... EG,244. ANYBODY WHO HAS LIFE FORCE CAN GIVE IT TO OTHERS BY BLOWING ON THEM anybody who has life force can give it to others by blowing on them. EG,244. ORGANIC BEINGS/DIABLEROS COME FROM THE FOG ..That other side is the world of the diableros. TDJ,182 Allies (or call them demons. EG,158)...come from that deserted plain. And other things even more fierce. EG,158.... THE WALL IS OUTSIDE OF US AND ROTATES WHEN WE MOVE OUR HEADS ..He said that the wall was not inside us; it was certainly out in the world, dividing it in two, and rotating when we moved our heads, as if it were struck to our right temples. EG,105. A WOMAN MUST BE TRANSPORTED THROUGH THE FOG A woman has to be transported through the fog..because one needs to be heavy to go through and a woman is light. EG,157 WOMEN CAN RELAX EASIER IN THE FOG women have an easier time learning to relax in no-man's land. EG,157 STOPPING THE ROTATION OF THE WALL TO ALLOW A WARRIOR TO GO THROUGH IT it was an accomplishment when the warrior had the serentity and control to stop the rotation of the wall...this enables the warrior to face the wall and give him the power to go through it anytime he so desired. EG,105. INTENT IS THE KEY TO STOPPING THE WALL I realized that intent was the key, a special aspect of my intent because it was not my volition as I know it. It was an intense desire that was focused on the midpoint of my body. It was a peculiar nervousness that made me shudder and then turn it into a force that did not really stop the wall... the result was that for an instant I had two points of view. I was looking at the world divided in two by the wall of fog and at the same time I was staring directly at a bank of yellowish vapor. The latter view gained predominance and something pulled me into the fog and beyond it. EG,239. PIERCING THE WALL/EASIER IN DREAMING ..It is easier to pierce the wall of fog in dreaming because then it does not move. EG,105

DESCRIPTION OF THE WALL OF FOG Earlier with DJ, I was there twice. Both times I had written off the experience because it had been brought around by the ingestion of hallucinogenic plants. EG,153. I close my eyes and I see this wall. It's like a wall of fog. EG,58... It was three or four yards to my right (always to my right. EG,154)... and it was an inconceivable bank of yellowish fog that... divided the world in two. It went from the ground up to the sky, to infinity. ..the half of the world to my left was intact and the half to my right was veiled in fog.... (the fog was extending forward to the horizon and up to infintiy, thus dividing the world in two. EG,155).... the axis of the bank of fog went from east to west. Everything to the north of that line was the world as I knew it. DJ made me turn a few degrees to my right, and I saw that the wall of fog moved as I turned my head. (The wall of fog would turn either to the right or to the left as I turned my head, so there was never a way for me to face it. EG,155).....The world was divided in two at a level my intellect could not comprehend. The division seemed real , but the boundry was not on a physical plane; it had to be somehow in myself. Or was it? EG,104. ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE WALL OF FOG/NO-MAN'S LAND/LIMBO/AREA BETWEEN THE PARALLEL LINES the space between the world we know and th e other world. EG,153... It is the area between the parallel lines... we can go to it in dreaming. But in order to leave this world and reach the other, the one beyond the parallel lines, we have to go through that area with our whole bodies...EG,153 DESCRIPTION OF NO-MAN'S LAND BEYOND THE WALL OF FOG He pushed me into the fog...and I was looking at the desolate plain. (no-man's land) EG,155.. the sensation I had upon entering into that wall of fog was that my body was being twisted like the braids of a rope. EG,238. I had seen at least two aspects of it, one perfectly flat, and the other covered with small, sand-dune-like mounds. EG,153. there was the horrible desolate plain. EG,238...We were surrounded by small round mounds that looked exactly like sand dunes. They were all around us, in every direction, as far as we could see. They seemed to be made of something that looked like pale yellow sandstone, or rough granules of sulpher. The sky was the same color and very low and oppressive. There were banks of yellowish fog or some sort of yellowish vapor that hung from certain spots in the sky. EG,152...there were low yellow clouds around us, but no sky or horizon; banks of pale yellow vapor impaired visibility. It was very difficult to walk. EG,238. The further we got away from the wall, the darker it got and the more difficult it was to move. EG,238. I could see very well over the major part of a 180-degree range in front of my eyes. And what I saw was a cloudy, pale-yellow horizon; it seemed gaseous. A sort of lemon hue uniformly covered all I could see. it seemed that I was on a plateau filled with vapors of sulpher. SR,130. DESCRIPTION OF GOING THROUGH THE CRACK BETWEEN THE WORLDS/FINDING A HELPER/DIABLERO the particular thing to learn is how to get to the crack between the worlds and how to enter the other world. There is a crack between the two worlds, the world of the diableros and the world of living men. There is a place where the two worlds overlap. the crack is there. it opens and closes like a door in the wind. TDJ,182 It is hard to see the other side of the boundry. it is windy, like a sandstorm. The wind whirls around. TDJ,182After this journey the man arrives at a sort of plateau. it is possible to distinguish some of its features clearly. It is a plane above the ground. it is possible to recognize it by the wind, which there becomes even more violent; whipping, roaring all around. On top of that plateau is the entrance to that oth er world. And there stands a skin that seperates the two worlds; TDJ,182. THE PLACE OF THE YELLOW MOUNDS IS ALWAYS THE SAME IN PERCEPTION FOR ALL PEOPLE ... she contended that those yellow mounds are present here and now, and that that is the way, they look and stand always to the warrior who journeys into th em. EG,163 TRAVELING THROUGH THE DESERTED PLAIN IS A MANDATORY AND A PREPARATORY STEP JOURNEY FOR A WARRIOR Passing through the deserted plain was mandatory for all travelers who journey into the unknown. EG,157..a warrior's journey into the desolate sand dunes is a preparatory step for the real crossing of boundaries. EG,241.

DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SECOND ATTENTION GENERAL SENSATIONS ENTERING THE SECOND ATTENTION HEARING BUZZING INSIDE THE EARS I detected a noise that seemed to be a buzzing inside my ears. The sound became louder by degrees until it was like the vibration caused by an enormous bull-roarer. TDJ,96. My ears began buzzing. JTI,169. Description of ears buzzing at a mitote though not under the influence... SR,55 .it took me twice as long to relax and stop my internal turmoil. When that was done, the reflection of DJ's face and mine became instantly clear... (after seeing the inorganic being in the mirror in the water).. there was a peculiar buzzing in my ears. FFW,112, 113. My ears were buzzing; FFW,134 I experienced a peculiar buzzing in my ears as though he had actually shouted his words, w hich he had not done; however, there had been a metallic sound in his voice that was reverberating in my ears. JTI,57. My ears buzzed and th en they tingled. SRP,55 CLARITY OF HEARING I experienced an exceptional clarity of hearing. SRP,55 VISION TEARING my eyes teared to the point that I could hardly make out the shape of the furniture.FFW,134 OUT OF FOCUS My vision seemed to be totally out of focus. FFW,134 THE VISION CAN BE FLAT AND ALL AROUND ME I noticed that my view was not unidirectional and stereoscopic from the level of the eyes, but flat and all around me.. TOP,251. DUALISM OF PERCEPTION REACHING THE PLACE OF SILENT KNOWLEDGE YOU PERCEIVE TWO PLACES AT ONCE CALLED HERE AND HERE, THE THIRD POINT,THREE DIMENSIONAL the only way to talk about the perception attained in the place of silent knowledge was to call it here and here.. not here and there. POS,221..being in two places at once was a milestone sorcerers used to mark the moment the AP reached the place of silent knowledge. Split perception, if accomplished by ones own means, was called the free movement of the AP...this was also called reaching out for the third point.. POS,228. but a sorcerer perceives his actions with depth..his actions are tridimensional..with a third point of reference...POS,225...in order to reach the third point of ref erence one must perceive two places at once...when we perceive two places at once total clarity is lost...POS,226 DESCRIPTION OF PERCEIVING HERE AND HERE I was seeing th e desert chaparral and the tops of the shrubs at the same time.. POS,221. there was crucial instant in which I was neither in one place nor the other, but I was rather in both places as an observer seeing two scenes at once. TOP,73. DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPERIENCE OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT BEING ON REASON AND ON SILENT KNOWLEDGE the experience of feeling double... when the AP had aquired sufficient fluidity for him to be double, which had allowed him to be in both the place of reason and in the place of silent knowledge, either alternately or at the same time. POS,242.

I had.. a clear knowledge of a dualism in me. Two obviously seperate parts were within my being. One was extremely old, at ease and indifferent. It was heavy, dark and connected to everything else. It was part of me that did not care, because it was equal to anything. It enjoyed things with no expectation. The other part was light, new, fluffy, agitated. It was nervous, fast. It cared about itself because it was insecure and did not enjoy anything, simply because it lacked the capacity to connect itself to anything. It was alone, on the surface, vulnerable. That was the part with which I looked at the world. POS,153...this older dark side was a view of the antecedents of reason...the older side of man and what the older side of man knows is silent knowledge. It's a knowledge you cannot voice..because it is necessary to have and to use an inordinate amounts of energy. POS,154 WE CAN BE IN TWO PLACES AT ONCE, THAT WE CAN EXPERIENCE A PERCEPTUAL DUALISM ...we can be in two places at once, that we can experience a perceptual dualism. FFW,291 Two different feelings at the same time in a dream example. EG,131. DOUBLE PERCEPTION DESCRIPTION. .....double perception description. SRP,100. (MORE ON THESE (LUMINOUS BEING)FIBERS AND THEIR MOVEMENTS..ALSO HERE AND HERE VISION..) TOP,217....MORE ON THE JUMPING OF DJ AND DG..TOP,219. ...(more on these (luminous being)fibers and their movements..also here and here vision..) TOP,217....more on the jumping of DJ and DG..TOP,219. COMPREHENDING/EXPLANATION IN BEING IN TWO PLACES AT ONCE (he was aware that he was doubled but) no sorcerer knows where his other is. A sorcerer has no notion that he is in two places at once. To be aware of that would be the equivalent of facing his double, and the sorcerer that finds himself face to face with himself is a dead sorcerer. That is the rule. That is the way power has set things up. No one knows why. TOP,49. A sorcerer may certainly notice afterwards that he has been in two places at once. But this is only bookkeeping and has no bearing on the fact that while he's acting he has no notion of his duality. TOP,50. The world doesn't yield to us directly, the description of the world stands in between. So..we are always one step removed and our experience of the world is always a recollection of the experience. We are perennially recollecting the instant that has just happened, just passed. If our entire experience of the world is recollection, then its not so outlandish to conclude that a sorcerer can be in two places at once. This is not the case from the point of view of his own perception, because in order to experience the world, a sorcerer, like every man, has to recollect the act he had just performed, the event he has just witnessed,the experi ence he has just lived. In his awareness there is only a single recollection. But for an outsider looking at the sorcerer it may appear as if the sorcerer is acting two different episodes at once. The sorcerer, however, recollects two seperate single instants, because the glue of the description of time is no longer binding him. TOP,50. COLORS/LIGHTS VIOLET LIGHT spots of intense violet light appeared. They grew large. FFW,112, 113 JET BLACKNESS There were also spots of jet blackness. Then it turned into something like a flat picture of a cloudy sky at night, in the moonlight. Suddenly, the whole surface came into focus, as if it were a moving picture. The new sight was a threedimensional, breathtaking view of the depths. FFW,112, 113. MEN'S FACES AS A PINKISH GLOW also faces of the men seen as brighter..pinkish glow. SR,55 RED LIGHTS Everything around me was dark. There were streaks of chartreuse phosphorescence that illuminated dark, moving clouds.... FFW,134

DESCRIPTION OF LIGHTS IN THE SECOND ATTENTION a bright patch of light appeared, hovering about two feet from me. The illusion startled me, yet at the same time it enthralled me so that I couldn't turn my eyes away. I had the irrational certainity that the light was alive, conscious and aware that my attention was focused on it. Suddenly the glowing sphere expanded to twice its size and became encircled by an intense purple ring. TSC,134. IMAGES I HAD A SUDDEN AND STRANGE THOUGHT, VERY SIMILAR TO THOUGHTS THAT COME TO MY MIND JUST BEF ORE FALLING ASLEEP. IT WAS MORE THAN A THOUGHT; A COMPLETE IMAGE WOULD BE A BETTER DESCRIPTION OF IT. I had a sudden and strange thought, very similar to thoughts that come to my mind just before falling asleep. It was more than a thought; a complete image would be a better description of it. TOP,150. CLARITY OF THINKING CLARITY IN THE SECOND ATTENTION IS USUALLY CRYSTAL CLEAR ..everything around me was crystal clear. I had been drowsy or absent-minded before because of my inner silence. TOP,210. THE NAGUAL IS AN ADVANTAGE ONLY THAT OUR GRASP OF THINGS IS ACCELERATED the left side is only an advantage only in the sense that our grasp of things is accelerated. EG,299. DETAILS SEEING THERE IS AN INTRICACY OF DETAIL ...he was convinced that it was seeing and not a hallucination because of the intricacy of detail. TOP,151. AT FIRST IT IS EASY TO GET LOST IN SEEING In the beginning seeing is confusing and it's easy to get lost in it. As the warrior gets tighter, however, his seeing becomes what it should be, a direct knowing. TOP,151. THE NAGUAL IS A DISADVANTAGE BECAUSE IT ALLOWS US TO FOCUS WITH INCONCEIVABLE LUCIDITY ONLY ON ONE THING AT A TIME, THIS RENDERS US DEPENDENT AND VULNERABLE It is a disadvantage because it allows us to focus with inconceivable lucidity only on one thing at a time; this renders us dependent and vulnerable. EG,299. WEIGHT SENSATIONS PRESSURE/HEAVINESS I began to f eel a strange pressure; it was a physical heaviness. FFW,134 FLOATING LIKE A BALLOON I seemed to be floating like a balloon. I had a pang of terror. FFW,134 TICKLE ON THE HEAD TICKLE ON THE HEAD/AWARENESS OF STOPPING THE WORLD Description of tickle on head..body suspending judgement... awareness of stopping the world. SRP,82, 83.

TIME IN THE SECOND ATTENTION, AWARENESS OF TIME STOPS In my experience with DJ I had noticed that in such states one is incapable of keeping a consistent mental record of the passage of time. There had never been an enduring order, in matters of passage of time, in all the states of nonordinary reality I had experienced, and my conclusion was that if I kept myself alert a moment would come when I would lose my order of sequential time. JTI,239. I stayed on the hilltop in a state of ectasy for what appeared to be an endless time, yet the whole event may have lasted only a few minutes.JTI,252. He also said he had been trying to bring me back for three days and had had a very difficult time doing it. He said the only interesting part was what I saw and did after he tossed me into the air and I flew away. All I could remember was a series of dreamlike images or scenes. They had no sequential order. I had the impression that each one of them was like an isolated bubble, floato focus and then moving away. They were not, however, merely scenes to look at. I was inside them. I took part in them. TDJ,166 being on the left side entailed that the primacy of the immediate took precedence, which made it practically impossible for me to forsee beyond that moment... EG,311. EMOTIONS THERE ARE NO EMOTIONS ON THE LEFT SIDE/WARRIOR'S SHIVER on the left side there are no tears.. and that the only expression of anguish is a shiver that comes from the very depths of the universe. It is as if one of the Eagle's emanations is anguish. the warrior's shiver is infinite. EG,311. ANYTHING ANYTHING CAN ANNOUNCE ITS PRESENCE: A LOUD NOISE, A SOFT VOICE, A THOUGHT THAT ISN'T YOURS, AN UNEXPECTED SURGE OF VIGOR OR WELL-BEING. anything can announce its presence: a loud noise, a soft voice, a thought that isn't yours, an unexpected surge of vigor or well-being. ta,tsc,102 DESCRIPTIONS OF BEING IN THE SECOND ATTENTION BUBBLES I remembered what Clara had said about the house being charged with an imperceptible energy, like an electric current flowing through wires. I hadn't been aware of it earlier because of all the activity. But now, in absolute silence, I distinctly heard a mild humming sound. Then I saw the minutest bubbles jumping all around the room at a tremendous speed. They were frantically bumping into one another, giving off a buzzing sound like the drone of a thousand bees. The room, the entire house seemed to be charged with a subtle electric current that filled my very being. TSC,33. I had noticed that the air in the hall behind that door was bubbling, just like it had in the darkness of my room the first night I had slept in the house. TSC,188. On the third shout, the air in the hall began to fizzle. Billions of tiny bubbles sparkled and glowed as if they had all lit up at the same instant. I heard a soft hum that reminded me of the sound of a muffled generator. its mesmeric purr drew me inside.. my ears were plugged and I had to swallow repeatedly to unplug them.. I had no control over my movements all I could do was shout Clara's and manfred's name... as I flew past them, beyond the hall, the house, beyond the trees and the hills into a blinding glare, and finally into an absolutely black stillness. TSC,190. I heard the mysterious sound again (moth call)...and it came to me..not as flat specks or flakes but as spherical bubbles. They floated towards me. One of them burst open and revealed a scene to me. It was as if it had stopped in front of my eyes and opened up, disclosing a strange object. It looked like a mushroom. TOP,36. ...feeling was all that counted....they were the guage that assessed the state of being of the subject that I was seeing. The mushroom like formation was the essential shape of human beings when a sorcerer was seeing them from far away, but when a sorcerer was directly facing the person he was seeing, the human quality was shown as an egglike cluster of luminous fibers. TOP,37..you were not facing your friend..therefore he appeared like a mushroom.

TOP,37...while the first one had been yellowish and small, the second one was whitish, larger and contorted. TOP,37. ,,he had already pointed out that what I called coloration was not a hue but a glow of different intensities. TOP,38. (seeing shapes of sorcerers TOP,39) VOICES THE VOICE THAT COMES WITH SEEING when seers see, something explains ev erything as the new alignment takes place.. It's a voice that tells them in their ear what's what. If that voice is not present, what the seer is engaged in isn't seeing...it is equally fallacious to say tha t seeing was hearing, because it was infinitely more than that, but that seers had opted for using sound as a guage of a new alignment... the voice of seeing is a most mysterious inexplicable thing.. DJ personal conclusion is that the voice of seeing belongs only to man. The old seers believed it was the voice of an overpowering entity, intimately related to mankind, a protector of man. The new seers found out that that entity, which they called the mold of man, doesn't have a voice. .. the new seers say it's the glow of awareness playing on the Eagle's emanations as a harpist plays on a harp.. FFW,72.. VOICES HEARD IN THE SECOND ATTENTION Then I heard a voice in my ear describing the scene, and I realized that the voice was the alien thought in my head. TDJ,154. From then on I concentrated my attention on the voice alone. It seemed to come from my shoulder. It was perfectly clear, although it was a small voice. it was, however, not a child's voice or a falsetto voice, but a minature man's voice. It wasn't my voice either. I presumed it was English that I heard. Whenever I tried deliberately to trap the voice, it subsided altogether or became vague and the scene faded. I thought of a simile. The voice was like the image created by dust particles in the eyelashes, or the bloodvessels in the cornea of the eye, a wormlike shape that can be seen as long as one is not looking at it directly; but the moment one tries to look at it, it shifts out of sight with the movement of the eyeball. TDJ,155. What I thought to be a voice was more like something whispering thoughts into my ear. But that was not accurate. Something was thinking for me. The thoughts were outside myself. I knew that was so, because I could hold my own thoughts and the thoughts of the other at the same time. TDJ,155. SEEING IN THE DARK I was concentrating on my new unique ablitity to see in the dark. The world changed from bright to dark to bright again with every beat of my heart. TDJ,97. CAVERN/SPONGE WORLD I felt as if I were in a gigantic cavern. Its velvety walls enveloped me; it was dark. My attention was caught by a luminescent dot. It flickered on and off like a beacon appearing and disappearing whenever I focused on it. Then the area in front of me became illuminated by an intense light. Then gradually everything became dark again. My breathing seemed to cease altogether and no thoughts or images disturbed the blackness. I no longer felt my body. My last thought was that I had dissolved. TSC,214. I remembered seeing a dark mass with myriads of pinholes. In fact, the mass was a dark cluster of little holes. I don't know why I thought it was soft. TDJ,168. One element from the hallucinogenic experience with the mushrooms kept recurring in my thoughts: the soft, dark mass of pinholes. I continued to visualize it as a grease or an oil bubble which begin to draw me its center. It was almost as if the center would open up and swallow me, and for very brief moments. TDJ,170,171.

DOME Description of the dome. SRP,190,191. above me was a white shiny, inconceivably big dome. FFW,230 OTHER DESCRIPTIONS TAISHA ABELAR'S EXPERIENCE IN THE TREE HOUSE I began to f eel the house tilting. it was barely perceptible at first, but it became more noticeable until it seemed that the floor was inclined at a fourty-five degree angle. i let out a scream as I felt the platform tilt even more... at one point the incline was so acute that I f elt as if I were actually standing up instead of lying down.. the whole tree house seemed to be coming apart... just when I had given up all hope of pulling through, something inconceivable came to my rescue. A light spilled out from within me. it poured out through all the openings of my body. the light was a heavy luminous fluid that fixed me to the platform by covering me like a shiny armor. It constricted my larynx and subdued my screams; but it also opened my chest area so i could breath easier. It soothed my nervous stomach and stopped the shakings of my legs. the light illuminated the entire room so i could see the door a few feet in front of me. As I basked in its glow, I grew calm. All my fears and concerns vanished so that nothing mattered anymore. I lay perfectly still and tranquil until the dawn broke. TSC,204. TAISHA ABELAR'S EXPERIENCE IN EMILITO'S ROOM I found out it was almost impossible to walk; my legs seemed to weigh a ton. I felt the caretaker pushing and lifting me up. Suddenly an immense force sucked me in and I was no longer walking but gliding in space... for just then another surge of energy made me accelerate at top speed... I squeezed my eyes shut but it made no difference. I saw the same vastness before me whether my eyes were opened or closed..I was jolted by another blast of energy and I found myself drenched in perspiration... TSC,249. You are able to perceive as I do.. but you don't have any control yet in the new world you are perceiving... that control comes with a lifetime of discipline and storing power. TSC,249. DESCRIPTION OF SEEING AMBER COLORS OF SOMEONE As soon as DJ mentioned that he had "tossed me into the air" I had a faint recollection of an absolutely clear scene in which I was looking straight at him from some distance away. I was looking at his face only. It was monumental in size. It was flat and had an intense glow. His hair was yellowish, and it moved. Each part of his face moved by itself, projecting a sort of amber light. TDJ,166. DESCRIPTION OF INCREASING DISASSOCIATION I felt that my condition was getting worse, for the duration of such states was increasing. I believe sharply aware of the noise of airplanes. the sound of their motors going overhead would unavoidably catch my attention and fix it, to the point where I felt I was following the plane as if I were inside it, or flying with it. TDJ,175.... he (DJ) concluded tha t I was suffering from a loss of soul... ordinarily.. the noise of a brook or a river can trap a bewitched man who has lost his soul and carry him away to his death. TDJ,175. There was something so exquisite in that hidden valley that it took my breath away. I stared at it so totally absorbed that I became drowsy; leaning against a boulder, I let whatever was in the valley carry me away. and it did transport me. I felt I was at a picnic ground where a party was going full force. I heard the laughter of people.... ( Clara says.. for a moment there I thought I'd lost you)..I wanted to tell her what I dreamt because I was certain that I had dozed off for an instant. TSC,37. For awhile, I watched the swaying branches of the tree across from me. And the motion of those branches brought me back to my childhood. I must have been four or five years old; I was grabbing onto a handful of willow branches. It wasn't that I was remembering it; I was actually there. TSC,205. I saw the whole scene myself, as if I had been watching a movie. SRP,76. DESCRIPTION OF SEEING THE SPIRIT it was at that instant that the spirit came to them...they saw a vision of heaven..where everything was alive, bathed in light. they saw a world of miraculous sights..they saw the spirit...they could not hold on to this vision and soon forgot about it. (AP shifted back to normal awareness) POS,107,108.

LET ME SEE MY DEATH AGAIN...NOT KNOW YOU'RE TOO SOLID (??? REFERENCE TO SEEING DEATH ONLY IN THE SECOND ATTENTION) Let me see my death again...not know you're too solid (??? reference to seeing death only in the second attention) JTI,35. In a time of sickness with the pleurisy... I was brought so near the gates of death that I forgot my name.. I heard a voice say.. John Woolman is dead..(and that) meant no more than the death of my own will. EE,M,212, 213 DESCRIPTIONS OF OTHER WORLDS Description of another world and being eaten. Reality of dying and visions. SRP,193. DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPERIENCE OF SEEING For an instant I actually saw a boulder the size of a mountain right behind the house. it was not as if the image had been superimposed on the scenery of the house I was looking at. It was not the view of a real boulder either. it was rather as if the noise was creating the image of a boulder rolling on its monumental sides. i was actually seeing the noise. SR,253 When you see there are no longer familiar features in the world. Everything is new. Everything has never happened before. The world is incredible. Nothing is no longer familiar. Everything you gaze at becomes nothing. SR,159. Things don't disappear. They don't vanish, if that's what you mean; they simply become nothing and yet they are still there. SR,160. I felt the feeling of seeing coming to the top of my head, and then I knew what I've just told you... the sensations started on the top of her head and then went down her back and around her waist to her womb. She felt it inside her body as a consuming ticklishness, which turned into the knowledge.... SRP,209. I suddenly "knew" where they lived; I had not had a vision of their house. I simply felt that I knew it. SRP,209. ..they were thin, less than a foot wide, but long, perhaps seven feet. They were looming over me like two gigantic earthworms..I knew I was seeing ...I realized I was seeing energy..they retained their candle like shape. TAOD,50 DESCRIPTION OF BEING SEEN I knew that he was seeing me. I felt a strange fatigue, a laziness I had not felt until his eyes swept over me. FFW,96 .All of me saw; the entirety of what I in my normal consciousness call my body was capable of sensing as if it were an enormous eye that detected everything. FFW,234. Example of seeing EG,37. SENSATIONS FOLLOWING THE FOCUS OF THE SECOND ATTENTION CAN'T TALK I was experiencing the peculiar feeling that seems to follow the focusing of the second attention; I could not talk, or rather I could talk but I did not want to. SRP,277. You're not solid yet...(probably an early reference to the double and the physical body out of sync.. or the assemblage point isn't fixed yet.) SR,192 DESCRIPTION OF THE FEELING IN THE SECOND ATTENTION FROM THE BODY I felt something warm and soothing oozing out of the world and out of my own body. I knew I had discovered a secret. It was so simple. I experienced an unknown flood of feelings. Never in my life had I had such a divine euphoria, such peace, such an encompassing grasp, and yet I could not put the discovered secret into words, or even into thoughts, but my body knew it. JTI,252,253. Felt a strong religious love.. FFW,149,150. STOMACH UPSET My stomach was upset. SRP,277. EARS BUZZING My ears were buzzing, SRP,278 DIZZINESS I felt dizzy. SRP,278 CONTACT WITH STRONG PEOPLE/ALLIES OUR STOMACH GLOW BECOMES AGITATED AND WE USUALLY THROW UP In case of contact with allies or strong people, the glow would become agitated, change colour or even fade altogether. In such instances the only thing one could do was to simply throw up. SRP,133.

FORGETTING YOUR EXPERIENCE IN THE SECOND ATTENTION ..once I was back in my normal awareness, I found it impossible to remember not only that I had entered into the second attention but that such a state existed at all. TAOD, 18 ..no one can remember anything that happens while being in a state of HA. (see sorcerers recollection) FFW,25 WHY DO WE FORGET EXPERIENCES IN HEIGHTENED AWARENESS WHEN WE ARE IN NORMAL AWARENESS? WE FORGET THE EXPERIENCE BECAUSE YOU STOP USING THE EMANATIONS YOU WERE EMPHASIZING IN THE SECOND ATTENTION AND WITHOUT THAT EMPHASIS WHATEVER YOU EXPERIENCED VANISHES One forgets experiences because the emanations that account for greater clarity cease to be empasized once warriors are out of HA... Without that emphasis whatever they experience or witness vanishes. FFW,131 WHERE ARE THE MEMORIES TRAPPED? THEY ARE NOT TRAPPED IN YOUR MIND, THEY ARE TRAPPED IN THE OTHER AREAS OF YOUR TOTAL BEING No, the memories are not trapped in the mind. The actions of seers are more complex than dividing a man into mind and body. You've forgotten what you've done, or what you've witnessed, because when you were performing what you've forgotten you were seeing. Everything forgotten had taken place in states in which my everyday awareness had been enhanced, intensified, a condition that meant that other areas of my total being were used... whatever you've forgotten is trapped in those areas of your total being.. to be using those areas is to see. FFW,70 MAYBE WE ARE PERCEIVING IN BOTH ATTENTIONS BUT CHOOSE ONLY ONE ATTENTION AND THEN UNDER DURESS THOSE MEMORIES FROM THE OTHER COME BACK AND WE CAN HAVE TWO DISTINCT MEMORIES OF ONE EVENT Perhaps all of us are continually perceiving in both fashions (with the first and second attention) but choose to isolate one for recollection and discard the oth er, or perhaps we file it away.... under certain conditions of stress or acquiescence, the censored memory surfaces and we can then have two distinct memories of one event. SRP,240. ITS DIFFICULT TO REMEMBER WHAT HAPPENED IN THE SECOND ATTENTION BECAUSE OF THE INFINITUDE OF POSITIONS THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT CAN ADOPT the difficulty in remembering what takes place in HA is due to the infinitude of positions that the AP can adopt after being loosened from its normal setting. Facility in remembering everything that takes place in normal awareness, on the other hand, has to do with the fixity of the AP on one spot, the spot where it normally sets. FFW,203. HOW DO YOU ACT IN THE SECOND ATTENTION? YOU STILL ACT LIKE YOURSELF IN THE NAGUAL MEANING YOU STILL HAVE YOUR FLAWS BUT YOUR CAPACITY FOR PERCEIVING, UNDERSTANDING AND LEARNING IS GREATER to be in left side awareness does not mean that one is immediately liberated from one's folly-it only means an extended capacity for perceiving, a greater facility to understand and learn, and above all, a greater ability to forget. EG,185 WHAT HAPPENS TO THE PHYSICAL BODY IN THE SECOND ATTENTION? OUR WHOLE BODY GOES INTO THE OTHER WORLD AND BECOMES SECOND ATTENTION The body is the first attention, the attention of the tonal. When it becomes the second attention, it simply goes into the other world. SRP,284...our whole being becomes second attention. SRP,285 The passage from one self to the other had no physicality. EG,305. IT IS OUR PERCEPTION THAT IS LED INTO THE NAGUAL (rather it is the perception that was led into the nagual). TOP,244.

WHAT WOULD SOMEONE SEE IF SOMEONE DISAPPEARED INTO THE NAGUAL? THE PERSON WOULD PROBABLY WITNESS NOTHING, MAYBE SEE A BREEZE, A STRANGE LIGHT BECAUSE THEIR EXPLANATION IS LIMITED TO THE TONAL'S WORLD What about someone who doesn't see?...he would witness nothing, just the trees being blown by a wild wind perhaps. We interpret any unknown expression of the nagual as something we know; in this case the nagual might be interpreted as a breeze shaking the leaves, or even as some strange light, perhaps a lightening bug of unusual size. If a man who doesn't see is pressed, he would say that he thought he saw something but could not remember what. This is only natural. TOP,187. The man would be talking sense. After all, his eyes would have judged nothing extraordinary; being the eyes of the tonal th ey would have to be limited to the tonals world and in that world there is nothing staggeringly new, nothing which the eyes cannot apprehend and the tonal cannot explain. TOP,188. DISAPPEARING IN THE NAGUAL/THE NAGUAL TAKES CARE OF IT (CC asks DJ if people can see me disappear into thin air.)..That is taken care of by the nagual. I don't know how. TOP,156..(CC asks if they are in danger of being seen by people)....No the nagual will keep everything suspended. TOP,176. AN AVERAGE MAN WOULD LOOK AT SOMEONE EXPERIENCING THE NAGUAL AS SOMEONE WHO IS BECOMING DISASSOCIATED In your case, I would say that an av erage man would think that you are disassociated, or you're beginning to become disassociated. YOU WOULD LOOK LIKE YOU CAME FROM NOWHERE LIKE PIECES OF FOG CAUGHT IN A WEB you came from nowhere..all of you were like fog..you were like pieces of fog caught in a web. when we poured water on you, you became solid again. SRP,280. TO INTERACT IN LEFT SIDE AWARENESS EVERYONE MUST BE IN THAT STATE interaction in the left-side awareness cannot take place unless all the participants share that state. EG,182. E-2.) TOTALITY OF OURSELVES WHERE ARE THE TONAL AND NAGUAL LOCATED? THE ANSWER DEPENDS ON WHAT YOUR TONAL OF YOUR TIME SAYS, INSIDE, OUTSIDE? NO ONE IS RIGHT IT DOESN'T MATTER the tonal and nagual are within ourselves...and they are not... but neither of us would be right. The tonal of your tim e calls for you to maintain that everything dealing with your feelings and thoughts takes place within yourself. The sorcerers' tonal says the opposite, everything is outside. Who's right? No one. Inside outside, it doesn't really matter. TOTALITY OF ONESELF WHAT IS THE TOTALITY OF ONESELF? THE TOTALITY OF ONESELF WAS WHEN THE MIND AND DOUBLE BECOME AWARE OF EACH OTHER The counterpart of my academic development was the enhancement of my capacity for awareness and perception: together the two develop our total being. Working together as a unit, they took me away from the taken-for-granted life that I had been born into and socialized for as a woman, to a new area of greater perceptual possibilities than what the normal world had in store for me. TSC,xii. impeccabilty.. a way of beating around the bush...this is the time to mention the source of everything that matters...what matters to a warrior is arriving at the totality of oneself.TOP,11. Our reason is petty and is always at odds with our bodies. This, of course, is only a way of talking, but the triumph of a man of knowledge is that he has joined the two together. Since you're not a man of knowledge, your body does things now that your reason cannot comprehend. TOP,85. he said reaching the second attention made the two attentions into a single unit, and that unit was the totality of oneself. SRP,256.

YOU FEEL A JOLT WHEN THE NAGUAL SURFACES FOLLOWED BY THE FEELING OF BEING SUSPENDED BECAUSE YOUR TONAL IS BECOMING AWARE OF THE TOTALITY OF OURSELVES I was concerned with those jolts you've had because that is the way the nagual surfaces. At those moments the tonal becomes aware of the totality of oneself. TOP,133 (..they seemed to be momentary lapses, interruptions in my flow of awareness. They always manifested themselves as a jolt in my body followed by the sensation that I was suspended in something.. TOP,128).. IT IS A JOLT BECAUSE YOUR NAGUAL AND TONAL RECOGNIZE EACH OTHER.. THIS OCCURS AT DEATH It is always a jolt because that awareness disrupts the lull. I call that awareness the totality of the being that is going to die. The idea is that at the moment of death the other member of the true pair, the nagual, becomes fully operative and awareness and memories and perceptions stored in our calves and thighs, in our back and shoulders and neck, begin to expand and disintegrate. Like the beads of an endless broken neckllace, they fall asunder without the binding force of life. TOP,131. WE NEED ONLY A SMALL PORTION OF THE TOTALITY OF OURSELVES TO FULFILL THE MOST COMPLEX TASKS ON LIFE the totality of ourselves is a very tacky affair...we need only a small portion of it to fulfill the most complex tasks of ou r life. TOP,133...arriving at the totality of oneself is not a matter of one's desire to agree, or of one's willingness to learn. genaro thinks that your body needs time to let the whispering of the nagual sink into you. TOP,201. I should return (to the totality of yourself)..whenever my inner voice told me to...and in the meantime I should try to assemble all the suggestions that they had made while I was split...by turning off your internal dialogue and letting something in you flow out and expand.. That something is your perception, but don't try and figure out what I mean. just let the whispering of the nagual guide you. TOP,202. DIAGRAM OF THE TOTALITY OF ONESELF The Eight Points +---Seeing----+ /\ Nagual Will-----Feeling-----Talking---Reason Tonal \/ +---Dreaming--+ EIGHT POINTS MAKE THE TOTALITY OF OUR BEING/BUBBLE OF PERCEPTION The eight points make the totality of oneself. TOP,96. Genaro and I have taught you about the eight points that make the totality of our bubble of perception. TOP,247.... These are eight points on the fibers of a luminous being. TOP,95 EACH POINT IS A WORLD Each of these six remaining points is a world, just like feeling and understanding are two worlds for you...SR,258. THE EIGHT POINTS CORRESPOND TO AREAS OR TO CERTAIN ORGANS IN A HUMAN BEING The eight points correspond to areas or to certain organs, in a human being.. TOP,96. 1 & 2. THE CENTER OF REASON AND TALIKING: THE HEAD He touched my head and said that that was the center of reason and talking. TOP,96. 3. THE CENTER OF FEELING: THE TIP OF THE STERNUM The tip of my sternum was the centre of feeling. TOP,96. 4. WILL: THE AREA BELOW THE NAVEL The area below the navel was will.TOP,96.

5. DREAMING: THE RIGHT SIDE AGAINST THE RIBS Dreaming was on the right side against the ribs. TOP,96. 6. SEEING: THE LEFT SIDE Seeing on the left. he said that sometimes seeing and dreaming were on the right side.. TOP,96. 7 & 8. THE NAGUAL AND THE TONAL MAKE UP THE LAST TWO POINTS the last two points that make the totality of man, the nagual and the tonal. I once told you that those two points were outside of oneself and yet they were not. that is the paradox of the luminous beings. TOP,268. THERE ARE PROBABLY ONLY EIGHT POINTS THAT A HUMAN CAN HANDLE as far as I know there are only eight points a man is capable of handling. perhaps men cannot go beyond that. And I said handling, not understanding, did you get that?.SR, 258. SIX OF THOSE POINTS HUMANS KNOW NOTHING ABOUT There are, however, six more points a man is capable of handling..most men know nothing about them.. .SR,258. THE POINTS REPRESENT A HUMAN BEING AND CAN BE DRAWN IN ANY WAY The outer form is of no importance..these points represent a human being and can be drawn in any way you want...don't call it the body.. TOP,95 DRAWING THE DIAGRAM ALL THE POINTS COULD BE MADE TO CONNECT WITH ONE ANOTHER INDIRECTLY He showed me in the diagram that in essence all the points could be made to connect with one another indirectly. TOP,96. EXAMPLE OF ONE DIAGRAM He then spilled some ashes on the ground by the lantern, covering an area about two feet squ are, and drew a diagram with his fingers, a diagram that had eight points interconnected with lines. It was a geometrical figure. he had drawn a similiar one years before when he tried to explain to me it was not an illusion that I had observed the same leaf falling four times from the same tree.TOP,95 THE DIAGRAM HAS TWO EPICENTERS; REASON AND WILL The diagram in the ashes had two epicenters; one he called reason, the other will. TOP,95 REASON WAS CONNECTED DIRECTLY WITH TALKING Reason was interconnected directly with a point he called talking. TOP,95 THROUGH TALKING, REASON WAS INDIRCETLY CONNECTED TO FEELING, DREAMING AND SEEING Through talking, reason was indirectly connected to three other points, feeling, dreaming, and seeing. TOP,95 WILL WAS DIRECTLY CONNECTED TO FEELING, DREAMING AND SEEING BUT INDIRECTLY TO REASON AND TALKING The other epicenter, will, was directly connected to feeling, dreaming and seeing but only indirectly to reason and talking. I remarked that the diagram was different from the one I had recorded years before. TOP,95

THE NAGUAL AND THE TONAL WERE CONNECTED DIRECTLY ONLY TO WILL, ISOLATED FROM EACH OTHER AND WERE MORE DISTANT FROM REASON AND TALKING THAN SEEING, DREAMING AND WILL And finally, at the outer edge of that world one encounters the other two.The other two were connected only to will and that they were removed from feeling, dreaming, and seeing and much more distant from talking and reason. He pointed with his finger to show that they were isolated from the rest and from each other ..TOP,96. REASON IS A SMALLER CENTER THAN WILL BECAUSE IT IS CONNECTED TO ONE POINT ONLY This is properly a centre that is smaller than will; it is connected only with talking.. TOP,97

ANOTHER EXAMPLE OF A DIAGRAM DRAW EIGHT POINTS ON THE GROUND AND CIRCLE THE FIRST CALLED FEELING AND IT MOVES BETWEEN REASON AND TALKING WHICH WAS A POINT RIGHT ABOVE THE FIRST ONE He drew..making eight points on the ground. he circled the first point. You are here...we are all here; this is feeling, and we move from here to here. he circled the second, which he had drawn right above number one..SR,258. WHEN HE JOINED THE OTHER POINTS THE RESULT WAS A LONG TRAPEZOID FIGURE THAT HAD EIGHT CENTERS OF UNEVEN RADIATION he then joined some of the eight points to the others with lines; the result was a long trapezoid figure that had eight centers of uneven radiation. SR,258. MEANINGS OF THE DIAGRAM MOVING BETWEEN THESE TWO POINTS FEELING AND REASON IS CALLED UNDERSTANDING he then moved his twig back and forth between the two points to portray a heavy traffic. .SR,258. he placed his twig between points one and two and pecked on the ground with it. To move between these two points you call understanding. You've been doing that all you life. If you say you understand my knowledge, you've done nothing new.

A HUMAN IS FIRST WILL BECAUSE IT IS DIRECTLY CONNECTED TO THREE POINTS AND THEN NEXT REASON A sorcerer says,as you can see in the diagram, that a human being is first of all will, because will is directly connected to three points, feeling,dreaming, and seeing, then next, a human being is reason. TOP,97

WE ARE FAMILIAR WITH ONLY REASON AND TALKING AND HAVE A VAGUE SENSE OF FEELING everyone of us brings to the world eight points. Two of them, reason and talking, are known by everyone. Feeling is always vague but somehow familiar. TOP,96.

SORCERERS ARE FAMILIAR WITH DREAMING, SEEING AND WILL But only in the world of sorcerers does one get fully acquainted with dreaming, seeing and will. TOP,96. NAGUAL AND THE TONAL CANNOT BE REACHED BY TALKING OR REASON ONLY CAN WILL HANDLE THEM These two points will never yield to talking or reason..only will can handle them. Reason is so far removed from them that it is utterly useless to try figuring them out. This one of the hardest things to realize...the forte of reason is to reason out everything. TOP,96. F.) THE THIRD ATTENTION WHAT IS THE THIRD ATTENTION? THE THIRD ATTENTION IS AN IMMEASURABLE CONSCIOUSNESS STATE the third attention- an immensurable consciousness which engages undefinable aspects of the awareness of the physical and luminous bodies. EG,18 THE THIRD ATTENTION IS KEEPING THE AWARENESS WHICH IS USUALLY RELINQUISHED AT THE MOMENT OF DYING that to cross over to freedom did not mean eternal life as eternity is commonly understood- that is as living forever. What the rule stated was that one could keep the awareness which is ordinarily relinquished at the moment of dying...EG,178,179

A SOMERSAULT OF THOUGHT INTO THE INCONCEIVABLE WHICH IS THE ACT OF BREAKING OUR PERCEPTUAL BARRIERS. IT IS THE MOMENT IN WHICH MAN'S PERCEPTION REACHES ITS LIMITS. ...a somersault of thought into the inconceivable which is the act of breaking our perceptual barriers. It is the moment in which man's perception reaches its limits. POS,122 WHY CAN'T WE PERCEIVE IN THE THIRD ATTENTION? BECAUSE OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT CANNOT CLUSTER ANYTHING The unknowable is an eternity where our AP has no way of clustering anything. (that's why its unknowable) FFW,142. THE UNKNOWABLE HAS NO ENERGIZING EFFECTS WHATSOEVER/IT IS COSTLY TO EXPERIENCE IT the unknowable has no energizing effects whatsoever. It is not within human reach; therefore it should not be intruded upon foolishly or even prudentlythe new seers realized that they had to be prepared to pay exorbitant prices for the faintest contact with it. FFW,50... THE THIRD AWARENESS IS MEANINGLESS TO OUR COMPARTMENTALIZED MINDS BUT THE FOCUS WAS TO ACKNOWLEDGE THAT SUCH A STATE CAN EXIST this kind of awareness (of the third attention) is meaningless to our compartmentalized minds. Therefore the crux of the warrior's struggle was not so much to realize that the crossing over stated in the rule meant crossing to the third attention, but rather to conceive that there exists such an awareness at all. EG,179. WHAT HAPPENS TO US WHEN WE GO INTO THE THIRD ATTENTION? THE GLOW OF AWARENESS KINDLES ALL OF THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS INSIDE THE COCOON WHICH IS CALLED THE FIRE FROM WITHIN Third attention is attained when the glow of awareness turns into the fire from within; a glow that kindles not one band at a time but all the Eagle's emanations inside the man's cocoon. FFW,85..fire from within.. the job of realigning all those emanations paves the way for the peculiar maneuver of lighting up all the emanations inside the cocoon. FFW,202... Yet it is nothing (the glow from a state of heightened awareness) in comparison to the glow produced by a state of total awareness, which is seen as a burst of incandescence in the entire luminous egg. It is an explosion of light of such a magnitude that the boundaries of the shell are diffused and the inside emanations extend th emselves beyond anything imaginable. That is the moment when the fire from within consumes them. And in full awareness they fuse themselves to the emanations at large, and glide into eternity. FFW,131,132 EVERY CELL BECOMES AWARE OF ITSELF AND WE BECOME AWARE OF THE TOTALITY OF OUR BODY at the moment of crossing, one enters into the third attention, and the body in its entirety is kindled with knowledge. Every cell at once becomes aware of itself, and also aware of the totality of the body. EG,178,179.... H.) DEATH WHAT IS DEATH? DEATH CAN ONLY BE TALKED ABOUT IN PERSONAL TERMS death is nothing. Nothing! It is h ere yet it isn't here at all...I cannot tell you what death is like. But perhaps I could tell you about your own death. I can't talk about death except in personal terms...I told you my son's life expanded at the time of his personal death.. death whatever it is, made his life expand. SR,195. DEATH IS WHATEVER ONE WISHES IT TO BE/DEPENDS ON PERSONAL POWER Death is not like a person. It is rather a presence. But one may also choose to say it is nothing and yet it is everything. One will be right on every count. Death is whatever one wishes. it is the same for every warrior and yet it is not. Death witnesses a warrior's last dance, but the manner in which a warrior sees his death is a personal matter. it could be anything- a bird, a light, a person, a bush, a pebble, a piece of fog, or an unknown presence. JTI,156, 157 ..(CC asks if your culture determines how you see your death.) it doesn't matter how one was brought up. What determines the way one does anything is personal power. A man is only the sum of his personal power and that sum determines how he lives and how he dies. JTI,157

WHERE DO WE FIND DEATH? DEATH IS ALWAYS TO ONE'S LEFT ..death is the hunter and that it is always to one's left.JTI,35. DEATH IS A BLACK SPOT RIGHT BEHIND THE LEFT SHOULDER ..that our death was a black spot right behind the left shoulder. POS, 34...I turned and I thought I saw a flickering movement over the boulder. A chill ran through my body, the muscles of my abdomen contracted involuntarily and I experienced a jolt, a spasm.. JTI,33 death is our eternal companion,,it is always to our left, at an arm's length.... JTI,33 DEATH'S PRESCENCE IS MARKED AS A CHILL and you felt its chill. It has always been watching you. it always will until the day it taps you. JTI,33. Your death gave you a little warning..it always comes as a chill. DYING HOW DO YOU KNOW WHEN SOMEONE IS CLOSE TO DYING? WHEN A DARK SPOT BECAME A MOVING SHADOW THE EXACT SAME SIZE AND SHAPE OF THE PERSON IT BELONGED TO ..sorcerers knew when a person was close to dying because they could see the dark spot, which became a moving shadow the exact size and shape of the person to whom it belonged. POS,34 YOU DON'T FEEL PAIN IN A FIGHT FOR YOUR LIFE death is only painful only when it happens in one's bed, in sickness. In a fight for your life, you feel no pain. If you feel anything, it's exultation. POS,212. WHY DO WE DIE? WE DIE WHEN WE CANNOT COMMAND OUR WILL ANY LONGER It is his will which assembles a sorcerer.. but as his old age makes him feeble his will wanes and a moment unavoidably comes when he is no longer capable of commanding his will. He then has nothing with which to oppose the silent force of his death, and his life becomes like the lives of all his fellow men, an expanding fog moving beyond its limits. SR,198. HOW DOES OUR COCOON BECOME WEAK? IF THERE IS AN INVOLUNTARY SHIFT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT THE ROLLING FORCE CRACKS THE COCOON AND THE TUMBLER HITS THE CRACK CEASELESSLY When the AP shifts involuntarily, the RF cracks the cocoon. FFW,245. The tumbler hits us in the gap in the cocoon ceaselessly and this is where the cocoon cracks. FFW,245. IF THE SHIFT IS SMALL THEN THE COCOON REPAIRS ITSELF AND PEOPLE EXPERIENCE BLOTHCHES OF COLOR AND CONTORTED SHAPES If it is a minor shift of the AP, the crack is very small, the cocoon quickly repairs itself and people experience.. blotches of color and contorted shapes, which remain even if the eyes are closed. FFW,245 IF THE SHIFT IS BIG (WHEN USING POWER PLANTS OR DRUGS) THEN IT TAKES TIME FOR THE COCOON TO REPAIR ITSELF THESE PEOPLE EXPERIENCE NUMBNESS AND COLD AND HAVE DIFFICULTY TALKING OR THINKING If the shift is considerable, the crack also is extensive and it takes time for the cocoon to repair itself, as in the case of warriors who purposely use power plants to elicit that shift or people who take drugs and unwittingly do the same. In these cases men feel numb and cold; they have difficulty talking or thinking; it is as if they have been frozen from inside. FFW,245.

IF THE SHIFT IS DRASTIC BECAUSE OF TRAUMA OR DISEASE, THE ROLLING FORCE PRODUCES A CRACK THE LENGTH OF THE COCOON AND THE COCOON COLLAPSES AND THE PERSON DIES In cases in which the AP shifts drastically because of the effects of trauma or of a mortal disease, the RF produces a crack the length of the cocoon; the cocoon collapses and curls in on itself, and the individual dies. FFW,245. As the tumbler hits us over and over, death comes to us through the gap. FFW,245.When it finds weakness in the gap of a luminous being it automatically cracks it open and makes it collapse. FFW,245. HOW DOES THE ROLLING FORCE KILL US? WHEN WE BECOME WEAK, THE TUMBLER FORCE TUMBLES THE CREATURE INTO THE BEAK OF THE EAGLE TO BE DEVOURED ....Luminous organic beings meet the rolling force head on, until the day when the force proves to much for them and the creatures finally collapse. ..the tumbler then tumbles the creature into the beak of the Eagle to be devoured... FFW,243. WHAT HAPPENS TO US WHEN WE DIE? DEATH HAS TWO STAGES: THE FIRST IS A MEANINGLESS BLACKOUT STAGE, THE SECOND STAGE IS WHEN DEATH DISSOL VES US INTO NOTHING Death has two stages. The first is a blackout. it is a meaningless stage, very similar to the first effect of mescalito, in which one experiences a lightness that makes one feel happy, complete, and that everything in the world is at ease. But that is only a shallow state; it soon vanishes and one enters a new realm, a realm of harshness and power. That second stage is the real encounter with Mescalito. Death is very much like this. ..it is the real stage where one meets with death; it is a brief moment, after the first blackout, when we find that we are somehow ourselves again. It is then that death smashes against us with quiet fury and power until it dissolves our lives into nothing.... SR,196. DESCRIPTION OF DEATH COMING AND SMASHING YOU TO EXPAND AND THE DISSOLVE YOU If you'd look closer, you'd realize that it is a cloud that looks like a shiny whorl. it would resemble, let's say, a face, right in the middle of the sky on front of you. As you watched it, you would see it moving backward until it was only a brilliant point in the distance, and then you would notice that it began moving toward you again; it would pick up speed and in a blink of an eye it would smash against the windshield of your car. You are strong. I'm sure it would take death a couple of whams to get to you.... the face would enter inside you and then you'd know-it was the ally's face all the time, or it was me talking, or you writing. Death was nothing all the time. Nothing. it was a little dot lost in the sheets of your notebook. And yet it would enter inside you with uncontrollable force and would make you expand; it would make you flat and extend you over the sky and the earth and beyond. And you would like a fog of tiny crystals moving, moving away. SR,197 DEATH BEGINS TO ENTER US THROUGH OUR LUMINOUS GAP Death enters through the belly..right through the gap of the will. That area is the most important and sensitive part of man. It is the area of the will and also the area through which all of us die. SR,197,198 OUR LUMINOUS LAYERS BECOME SEPERATED PERMANENTLY BECAUSE OF JOLTS We die because our layers become seperated.. jolts are always seperating them but they get together again. Sometimes, though, the jolt is so great that the layers get loose and can't get back together anymore. SRP,253. When human beings are healthy they are like luminous eggs, but if they are injured they begin to peel, like an onion. SRP,254. We can see death whirling around the man, setting its hooks deeper and deeper into his luminous fibers. We can see the luminous strings losing their tautness and vanishing one by one. TOP,113. Jolts of any kind seperate those layers and can even cause human beings to die. SRP,253 THE CENTER OF OUR LUMINOSITY (THE ATTENTION OF THE NAGUAL) IS ALWAYS PUSHING OUT AND THAT'S WHAT LOOSENS THE LAYERS

Death pushes th e layers aparts.... the center of our luminosity, which is the attention of the nagual, is always pushing out, and that's what loosens the layers. So it's easy for death to come in between them and push them completely apart. Sorcerer have to do their best to keep their own layers closed. SRP,254 WE DON'T REALIZE THAT WE HAVE THE SECOND ATTENTION UNTIL OUR DEATH. Our second ring of power, the attention of the nagual remains hidden for the immense majority of us, and only at the moment of our death is it revealed to us. SRP,242 WE EXPERIENCE A JOLT WHEN WE REALIZE OUR TOTALITY AT DEATH At those moments the tonal becomes aware of the totality of oneself. TOP,133 when we die, we die with the totality of ourselves..if we're going to die with the totality of ourselves, why not, then, live with that totality?. TOP,133. ...It is always a jolt because that awareness disrupts the lull. I call that awareness the totality of the being that is going to die. The idea is that at the moment of death the other member of the true pair, the nagual, becomes fully operative and awareness and memories and perceptions stored in our calves and thighs, in our back and shoulders and neck, begin to expand and disintegrate. Like the beads of an endless broken neckllace, they fall asunder without the binding force of life. TOP,131. if we die without erasing our false dualism of body and mind, we die an ordinary death. TSC,43 OUR ENERGY FROM ALL THE UNUSED EMANATIONS ARE RELEASED (FIRE FROM WITHIN) at the moment of death is that all that energy is released at once.. living beings at that moment become flooded by the most inconceivable force. It is not the rolling force that has cracked their gaps, because that force never enters inside the cocoon; it only makes it collapse. What floods them is the force of all the emanations that are suddenly aligned after being dormant for a lifetime. There is no outlet for such a giant force except to escape through the gap. FFW,273. THE DOUBLE BECOMES FREE and the light part, the double, becomes free TSC,43 THE DOUBLE IS FREE ONLY FOR AN INSTANT BECAUSE IT WAS NEVER PERFECTED/WE DIE AN ORDINARY DEATH But unfortunately, since the double was never perfected, it experiences freedom for only an instant, before it is scattered into the universe. If we die without erasing our false dualism of body and mind, we die an ordinary death. TSC,43 (And here is the mystery of our being in a nutshell.. if you drive this concept through all religions, mystical experiences and sages throughout time..there are no contradictions... every experience and every religion strives to have contact with the double and because everyone's rational side interprets the double differently the experiences are different. 7/18/94) WE EXPAND AT DEATH LIKE A FOG OF CRYSTALS I shifted my eyes so I would see his personal life disintegrating, expanding uncontrollably beyond its limits, like a fog of crystals, because that is the way of life and death mix and expand. SR,90. at the moment of dying, all of our being disintegrates under the attraction of that immense force. FFW,59 WE ENTER THE THIRD ATTENTION FOR AN INSTANT BUT ONLY TO PURIFY OUR AWARENESS FOR THE EAGLE TO DEVOUR US. There is nothing gorgeous or peaceful about death.. because the real terror begins upon dying. With that incalculable force you felt in there, the Eagle will squeeze out of you every flicker of awareness you have ever had. EG,243 ... upon dying our awareness also enters into the third attention; but only for an instant, as a purging action, just before the Eagle devours it. EG,247. TOP,131. at the moment of dying all human beings enter into the unknowable and some of them do attain the third attention, but altogether too briefly and only to purify the food for the Eagle. FFW,85 The seers saw that the awaren ess of sentient beings flies away at the moment of death and floats like a luminous cotton puff right into the Eagle's beak to be consumed... FFW,55.. OUR PHYSICAL BODY IS RETURNED AND ABSORBED BY THE EARTH At death, the heavier part, the body returns to earth to be absorbed by it, TSC,43

People start to teach us how and what to perceive We start to develop an internalized dialogue within ourselves which begins to take up all our energy and fixes the assemblage point into place We begin to think very quickly that what was taught to us and what we can see is our one and only reality and our perception closes. We think that the world is solid and filled with objects and forget it is just a description pounded into us everyday since birth And what has been taught to us is based upon whatever society we are in at the time Our reality is continually upheld because we have all been taught the same to agree on what is real Our reality is further enhanced because humans can skim their perceptions D.) INVENTORY AND SHIELDS And by the time we our teenagers, society has filled us up with its inventory like an enormous warehouse with no say from us and it usually never changes And our energy field is constantly lessened and made more rigid as we get older and it becomes harder to change And so finally, we develop our continuity for all of our lives A.) INTUITION THE NAGUAL EXISTS BELOW THE SURFACE BUT WE ARE INTUITIVELY AWARE OF IT WE ARE DEEPER THAN WE LOOK AND HAVE NO KNOWLEDGE OF IT ...that the human psyche is infinitely more complex than our mundane or academic reasoning had led us to believe. TAOD, iii..People have no idea of the strange power we carry within ourselves.. at this moment you have the means to reach infinity. POS,84 ..human beings have a very deep sense of magic..we are part of the mysterious....rationality is only a veneer with us. If we scratch that surface, we find a sorcerer underneath. POS,174.. HE SAID THAT THE FEELING EVERYONE KNOWS AS INTUITION IS THE ACTIVATION OF OUR LINK WIT H INTENT He said that the feeling everyone knows as intuition is the activation of our link with intent. POS,31 and inside every human being was a gigantic, dark lake of silent knowledge which each of us could intuit. POS,152,155 THE PRESENCE OF THE DOUBLE INSIDE US IS SO SUBTLE THAT WE CAN THROUGH OUR ENTIRE LIVES WITHOUT EVER KNOWING THAT IT IS THERE The presence of the double inside us is so subtle that we can through our entire lives without ever knowing that it is there.TSC,159. SOME PEOPLE CAN CONTROL THEIR DOUBLE BUT MOST OF US DO NOT EVEN KNOW IT EXISTS Some persons are masters of the double.. they cannot only focus their awareness on it but also spur it into action. The majority of us, however, are scarcely aware that our ethereal side exists. TSC,136.

B.)THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT'S HABITUAL POSITION HAS CHANGED HAS THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ALWAYS BEEN IN ITS CURRENT HABITUAL POSITION? A LONG TIME AGO, OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT WAS NOT ON THE POSITION IT IS TODAY BUT RATHER ON THE PLACE OF SILENT KNOWLEDGE. SILENT KNOWLEDGE HAD BEEN THE NORMAL POSITION OF MAN AGES AGO ....it was a general position on the AP that ages ago it had been man's normal position...POS,204.. ..there had been one time when mankind had been on the third point. POS,243.. when silent knowledge was the first point POS,243 ...the whole of humanity has moved away from the abstract, although at one time we must have been close to it. It must have been our sustaining force. And then something happened and pulled us away from the abst ract. Now we can't get back to it POS, 52 THE NORMAL POSITION OF MAN HAS CHANGED TO THE POSITION OF REASON FOR UNKNOWN REASONS but for reasons which would be impossible to determine, man's AP moved and adopted a new one called reason. POS,204.. WHAT PROBABLY MOVED THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT TO ITS CURRENT HABITUAL POSITION? THE TRUE LEADERS OF MANKIND ARE THOSE PEOPLE WHOSE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS SQUARELY ON THE POSITION OF REASON OR SILENT KNOWLEDGE ...not every human being's AP was squarely on that position either.. This meant that the true leaders of mankind had always been the few human beings whose AP happened to be either on the exact point of reason or of silent knowledge. The rest of humanity was merely the audience. In our day, they were the lovers of reason. In the past, they had been lovers of silent knowledge. They were the ones who had admired and sung odes to the heroes of either position. POS,243 ..those who were on the spot itself were the true leaders of mankind. Most of the time they were unknown people whose genius was the exercising of their reason. POS.242 TO SEE THE POSITION OF REASON YOU HAD TO BE FIXED ON THE POSITION OF SILENT KNOWLEDGE ..only those who were squarely in either position could see the other position clearly and that that had been the way the age of reason came into being. The position of reason was clearly seen from the position of silent knowledge... POS, 243, 244 THE ONE WAY BRIDGE FROM SILENT KNOWLEDGE TO REASON IS CALLED CONCERN the one way bridge from silent knowledge to reason was called concern. That is, the concern that true men of silent knowledge had about the source of what they knew. POS, 243, 244 THE ASSEMBLAGE POSITION THE PLACE OF CONCERN WAS THE FORERUNNER OF REASON the AP position the place of concern was the forerunner of reason... POS,204 SO AS SOON AS THE OLD LEADERS BECAME CONCERNED THEY BEGAN TO THINK ABOUT THEMSELVES WHEN MAN BECAME AWARE THAT HE KNEW HE LOST SIGHT OF WHAT HE KNEW BECAUSE HE WANTED TO KNOW IT LIKE HE KNOWS EVERY DAY LIFE Sorcerers believe that when man became aware that he knew, he lost sight of what he knew. Man's error was to want to know it directly, the way he knew everyday life. The more he wanted, the more ephemereal it became... man gave up silent knowledge for the world of reason..the more he clings to the world of reason, the more ephemereal intent becomes.. POS,155 ANCIENT MAN KNEW IN A DIRECT FASHION WHAT TO DO BUT THIS DEVELOPED A SENSE OF SELFISHNESS WHICH DEVELOPED THE 'SELF' ...ancient man knew, in the most direct fashion, what to do, and how best to do it. But, because he performed so well, he started to develop a sense of selfness, which gave him the feeling he could predict and plan the actions he used to performing. And thus the idea of individual 'self' appeared; an individual self which began to dictate the nature and scope of man's actions...POS,167

HAVING A SENSE OF SELF DISCONNECTED MAN FROM SILENT KNOWLEDGE ...it was self-reflection that had disconnected man from the spirit in the first place. POS,167. ...As the feeling of the individual self became stronger, man lost his natural connection to silent knowledge.. POS,158 SINCE MAN COULDN'T RETURN TO SILENT KNOWLEDGE HE SOUGHT SOLACE IN HIS SELFISHNESS AND THIS FIXED HIS ASSEMBLAGE POINT INTO PLACE ...Having lost hope of ever returning to the source of everything, man sought solace in his selfness. And in doing so, he succeeded in fixing his AP in the exact position to perpetuate his self-image. POS,158..... DO WE EVER WANT TO RETURN TO THE POSITION OF SILENT KNOWLEDGE? WE LONG FOR THE POSITION OF SILENT KNOWLEDGE BECAUSE MANKIND HAD SPENT A LONGER PART OF ITS HISTORY THERE The naugal stated that mankind had spent the longer part of its history in the position of silent knowledge, and that this explained our great longing for it. POS,243 GARDEN OF EDEN IS PROBABLY AN ALLEGORY FOR OUR LOSING OUR KNOWLEDGE OF INTENT ..... and that the Christian idea of being cast out from the Garden of Eden.. was probably an allegory for losing our silent knowledge, our knowledge of intent. POS,114 WHAT HAS HAPPENED TO HUMANS SINCE THEY CANNOT GET BACK TO THE PLACE OF SILENT KNOWLEDGE? TO EXPRESS HIS DESPAIR FROM BEING AWAY FROM SILENT KNOWLEDGE HE DOES CYNICAL OR VIOLENT ACTS WITH NO HOPE OF PEACE OR SATISFACTION Modern man, being heir to that development, therefore finds himself so hopelessly removed from the source of everything that all he can do is express his despair in violent and cynical acts of self-destruction. Don Juan asserted that the reason for man's cynicism and despair is the bit of silent knowledge left in him, which does two things: one, it gives man an inkling of his ancient connection to the source of everything, and two, it makes man feel that without this connection, he has no hope of peace, of satisfaction, of attainment. POS,158 MODERN MAN IS NOW IN THE WORLD OF THE FUNCTIONAL AND BORING ....modern man has left the realm of the unknown and mysterious, and has settled down in the realm of the functional. He has turned his back to the world of foreboding and the exulting and has welcomed the world of boredom. FFW,167 IT HAS MADE US BECOME DIVIDED AND WE NOW WE THINK IN OPPOSITES/PAIRS WHY DO HUMANS THINK WE ARE DIVIDED INTO OPPOSITES? BEING DIVIDED IS OUR HUMAN CONDITION Being divided is our human condition.. TSC,43 WHY DO HUMANS ALWAYS MAKE PAIRS? AS SOON AS WE BECOME TONAL WE BEGIN MAKING PAIRS BECAUSE WE SENSE THE LOSS OF THE NAGUAL From the moment we become tonal we begin making pairs. We sense our two sides, but we always represent them with items of the tonal. We say that the two parts of us are the soul and the body. Our mind and matter. Or good and evil. God and Satan. We never realize, however, that we are merely pairing things on the island....TOP,126. HOW DO HUMANS THINK WE ARE DIVIDED? WE THINK THAT THE DUALISM IN US IS BETWEEN THE MIND AND BODY Clara explained that we are convinced that a dualism exists in us; the mind is the insubstantial part of ourselves, and the body is the concrete part. TSC,43

HOW DOES THIS BELIEF OF BEING DIVIDED HURT US? THIS FALSE BELIEF OF OUR MIND/BODY DUALISM KEEPS OUR ENERGY FROM JOINING TOGETHER This division keeps our energy in a state of chaotic separation and prevents it from coalescing. TSC,43 HOW ARE HUMANS REALLY DIVIDED? Humans are divided into the only true opposites: the tonal and the nagual WHY ARE THE TONAL AND NAGUAL REALLY THE TRUE OPPOSITES? ALL OF THE LABELS HUMANS USE FOR THEIR DIVISIONS ARE FOUND IN THE REALM OF THE TONAL.. (CC's arguement that the Transcendental Ego is the Nagual and the Empirical ego is the tonal.) TOP,138. ...everything else you may care to say are only items on the island of the tonal. TOP,138(using the name nagual doesn't that place it on the tonal?) ...I have named the tonal and the nagual as a true pair. That is all I have done. TOP,127. C.) SELF-IMPORTANCE AND THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE WHY DO WE ONLY PERCEIVE IN THE FIRST ATTENTION? THE FIRST ATTENTION EMPHASIZES ONLY CERTAIN EMANATIONS TO BRING OUR WORLD IN FOCUS CERTAIN EMANATIONS MUST BE EMPHASIZED ...in order for our first attention to bring into focus the world that we perceive, it has to emphasize certain emanations selected from the narrow band of emanations where man's awareness is located. The discarded emanations are still within our reach but remain dormant, unknown to us for the duration of our lives. FFW,127. WE CAN'T PERCEIVE THE NAGUAL BECAUSE OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT CLUSTERS EMANATIONS FOR THE FIRST ATTENTION ONLY AND NEVER CLUSTERS EMANATIONS FOR THE SECOND ATTENTION the AP is responsible for making the first attention perceive in terms of clusters. FFW,142 An example of a cluster of emanations that receive emphasis together is the human body as we perceive it. Another part of our total being, our luminous cocoon, never receives emphasis and is relegated to oblivion; FFW,142 WE SELECT THOSE EMANATIONS BECAUSE WE WERE TAUGHT THAT THOSE EMANATIONS ARE PERCEIVABLE AND BECAUSE OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT SELECT AND PREPARE THOSE EMANATIONS FOR BEING USED Human beings repeatedly chose the same emanations for perceiving because of two reasons. First, and most important, because we have been taught that those emanations are perceivable and second because our AP select and prepare those emanations for being used. FFW,136 WHAT DETERMINES WHAT PRECISE EMANATIONS WILL BE USED? OUR LIMITED ENERGY IS SYSTEMATICALLY DEPLOYED IN ORDER THAT IT MAY BE USED MOST ADVANTAGEOUSLY BY THE MODALITY OF TIME an energy that is systematically deployed, beginning at the moment of birth, in order that it may be used most advantageously by the modality of time... POS,8 WHAT IS THE MODALITY OF TIME? (TONAL OF THE TIMES) TIME DECIDES WHICH MODE OUR REALITY IS IN OR WHAT PRECISE BUNDLE OF ENERGY FIELD WE ARE USING the modality of time is the precise bundle of energy fields being perceived..I believe man's perception has changed through the ages. The actual time decides the mode; the time decides which precise bundle of energy fields, out of an incalcuable number are to be used...And handling the modality of time- those few, selected energy fields- takes all our available energy, leaving us nothing that would help us use any of the other energy fields. POS,8

TO KEEP A CONTINUITY OF PERCEPTION THESE ALIGNMENTS ARE CONSTANTLY RENEWED WHICH REINFORCES WHAT ALIGNMENT WE HABITUATE ON ALIGNMENT IS CEASELESSLY RENEWED IN ORDER TO GIVE PERCEPTION CONTINUITY the new seers examined how the perception of the world of everyday life takes place and saw the effects of will. They saw that alignment is ceaselessly ren ewed in order to imbue perception with continuity. FFW,190. TO KEEP THE PERCEPTION OF OUR WORLD FRESH, THE BURSTS OF ENERGY FROM OUR HABITUAL ALIGNMENTS IS REROUTED TO REINFORCE OUR CHOICE ALIGNMENTS To renew alignment every time with the freshness that it needs to make up a living world, the bursts of energy that comes out of those very alignments is automatically rerouted to reinforce some choice alignments. FFW,190. THE HABITUAL POSITION OF MAN'S ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS BROUGHT ABOUT BY HABITUATION/CERT AIN EMANATIONS WERE ROUTINELY ALIGNED ..the assemblage point's habitual location is not innate but brought about by habituation. (old sorcerers saw children's AP constantly fluttering).TAOD,75, 76, 77....Certain emanations are routinely aligned because of the fixation of the AP on one specific spot; that is all there is to our world. FFW,303 WHAT ARE THE RESULTS BROUGHT ABOUT BY US BEING ON THE HABITUAL POSITION? WE BECOME VERY SELF-REFLECTIVE ALL LIVING BEINGS HAVE SOME DEGREE OF SELF-REFLECTION IN ORDER FOR THEM TO INTERACT BUT NONE HAS MAN'S HIGH DEGREE OF SELF-ABSORPTION ..the awareness of all living beings has a degree of self-reflection in order for them to interact. But none except man's first attention has such a high degree of self-absorption. FFW,93 THE FIRST ATTENTION TAKES AN INVENTORY OF THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS INSIDE THEIR COCOONS/ IT NOTES EVERYTHING ABOUT ITSELF/WE ONLY QUIET OUR EMANATIONS TO REFLECT ON OURSELVES instead, their first attention takes an inventory of the Eagle's emanations inside their cocoons. FFW,92 inventory.. human beings take notice of the emanations they have inside their cocoons.. No other creatures do that. the moment the pressure from the emanations at large fixates the emanations inside, the first attention be gins to watch itself. It notes everything about itself, or at least it tries to, in whatever aberrant ways it can. FFW,92...seers see the emanations inside the cocoon of man are not quieted down for purposes of matching them with those outside... human bei ngs quiet down their emanations and then reflect on them. The emanations focus on themselves. FFW,92 the new seers realized that all organic beings, except man, quiet down their agitated trapped emanations so that those emanations can align themselves with their matching ones outside. Human beings do not do that; FFW,92 seers see the emanations inside the cocoon of man are not quieted down for purposes of matching them with those outside... FFW,92 WHAT IS AN INVENTORY? THE INVENTORY IS THE MIND The inventory is the mind. POS,173. KNOWING AN INVENTORY IS WHAT MAKES A MAN OR SCHOLAR AN EXPERT IN HIS FIELD Inventory..human beings are creatures of inventory. Knowing the ins and outs of a particular inventory is what makes a man a scholar or an expert in his field...POS,173. WE MUST TAKE AN INVENTORY IT IS THE EAGLE'S COMMAND to take an inventory is the Eagle's command. FFW,93

EXAMPLES OF OUR INVENTORYS.. LITERAL-MINDEDNESS literal-mindedness is a major item of our inventory, and that we have to be aware of it to bypass it. TSC,85. WHAT HAPPENS WHEN WE TAKE THE INVENTORY TOO FAR? TWO THINGS MAY HAPPEN: HUMANS MAY IGNORE THE IMPULSES OF THE EMANATIONS AT LARGE (REASON) OR THEY MAY USE THEM IN A SPECIALIZED WAY (SELF-ABSORPTION) .... Human beings carry the command of taking an inventory to its logical extreme and disregard everything else. Once they are deeply involved in the inventory, two things may happen. They may ignore the impulses of the emanations at large, or they may use them in a very specialized way....FFW,92 The end result of ignoring those impulses after taking an inventory is a unique state called reason. FFW,92 The result of using every impulse in a specialized way is known as self-absorption. FFW,92.... Contrary to men of reason, who ignore the impulse of the emanations at large, the selfabsorbed individuals use every impulse and turn them all into a force to stir the trapped emanations inside their cocoons. FFW,93 REASON REASON IS A BY-PRODUCT OF THE HABITUAL POSITION OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT Reason is only a by-product of the habitual position of the assemblage point TAOD,73. OUR PERSPECTIVE IS FROM THE CENTER OF REASON ONLY REGARDLESS OF WHO WE ARE OR WHERE WE COME FROM We function at the center of reason exclusively, regardless of who we are or where we come from.TOP,237. HUMAN REASON IS A DULL GLOW THAT MAKES THE EGGLIKE SHELL TOUGHER MORE BRITTLE Human reason appears to a seer as an unusually homogenous dull glow that rarely if ev er responds to the constant pressure from the emanations at large - a glow that makes the egglike shell become tougher, but more brittle... reason in the human being should be bountiful, but that in actuality it is very rare. FFW,93 MOST PEOPLE DO NOT HAVE THEIR ASSEMBLAGE POINT SQUARELY ON THE LOCATION OF REASON the majority of people do not have their AP squarely on the location of reason, but in its immediate vicinity.. POS,204. MEN OF TRUE REASON LIVE LONGER THAN SELF-ABSORBED HUMANS The new seers saw that men of reason are bound to live longer, because by disregarding the impulse of the emanations at large, they quiet down the natural agitation inside their cocoons. FFW,93 SELF-ABSORBED/SELF-IMPORTANCE SELF-IMPORTANCE IS THE FORCE GENERATED BY MAN'S SELF-IMAGE, IT KEEPS THE ASSEMBLAGE FIXED DJ described self-importance as the force generated by man's self-image... it is that force which keeps the AP fixed where it is at the present. POS,158...... SELF-ABSORPTION AS SEEN ON THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ARE INTERMITTENT BURSTS OF WHITE LIGHT FOLLOWED BY LONG PAUSES OF DULLNESS the majority of human beings turn to self-absorption. Seers see this as intermittent bursts of white light, followed by long pauses of dullness. FFW,93 SELF-ABSORBED INDIVIDUALS USE THE IMPULSE OF THE EMANATIONS AT LARGE TO CREATE MORE AGITATION SHORTEN THEIR LIVES The self absorbed individuals... use the impulse of the emanations at large to create more agitation, shorten their lives. FFW,93

WHY CAN'T WE BREAK FROM OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT'S HABITUAL POSITION? THE FIRST ATTENTION CAN NEVER BE COMPLETELY OVERCOME, IT CAN ONLY BE TURNED OFF FOR A MOMENT AND REPLACED WITH THE SECOND ATTENTION The first attention, the attention that makes the world, can never be completely overcome; it can only be turned off for a moment and replaced with the second attention, providing the body has stored enough of it. EG,141. WE ARE BORN WITH A LIMITED AMOUNT OF ENERGY HUMAN BEINGS ARE BORN WITH A FINITE AMOUNT OF ENERGY ..Human beings are born with a finite amount of energy.. POS,8 THE RIGHT SIDE CONSUMES TOO MUCH ENERGY On the right side too much energy and time is consumed in the actions and interactions of our daily life. EG,165. SORCERY OR THE MYSTERY OF THE WORLD IS BEYOND THE AVERAGE MAN BECAUSE HE LACKS THE ENERGY TO DEAL WITH IT From where the average man stands..sorcery is nonsense or an ominous mystery beyond his reach. and he is right not because this is an absolute fact, but because the average man lacks the energy to deal with sorcery. POS,8 ...you cannot witness fields of energy... not as an average man, that is.. FFW,53....moving the AP or breaking one's continuity is not the real difficulty. The real difficulty is having energy. POS,232.... WHAT TAKES UP ALL OF OUR ENERGY? ALL OF OUR AVAILABLE ENERGY GOES TO UPHOLDING OUR WORLD/OUR IMPORTANCE/ FIRST ATTENTION CONSUMES ALL OUR AVAILABLE ENERGY/ALL THE GLOW OF AWARENESS he added that we all have a determined quantity of basic energy. That quantity is all the energy we have, and we use all of it for perceiving and dealing with our engulfing world. He repeated various times, to emphasize it, that there is no more energy for us anywhere and since our available energy is already engaged, there is not a single bit left in us for any extraordinary perception, such as dreaming....(TAOD, )....the new seers saw that the first attention consumes all the glow of awareness that human beings have, and not one iota of energy is left free...FFW,97...The problem is that all the energy available is consumed by the first attention. FFW,100 ..most of our energy goes into upholding our importance. TAOD,37 SELF-IMPORTANCE IS THE SOURCE OF ALL OUR TROUBLES/ OUR PERSONAL HISTORY Those habitual feelings and thoughts are the source of all troubles..I'm referring to your barrage of habitual feelings and thoughts, your personal history, Everything that makes you into what you think you are, a unique and special person. TSC,38. You are not used to this kind of life; therefore the indications (omens) bypass you. Yet you are a serious person, but your seriousness is attached to what you do, not to what goes on outside you. You dwell upon yourself too much. That's the trouble. And that produces a terrible fatigue. TDJ,51. Seek and see the marvels all around you. You will get tired of looking at yourself alone, and that fatigue will make you deaf and blind to everything else. TDJ,52. You are vulnerable because you feel important.. all that shame was caused by your misguided sense of personal worth. TSC,97. We do confuse ourselves deliberately..all of us are aware of our doings. Our puny reason deliberately makes itself into the monster it fancies itself to be. It's too little for such a big mould,though. TOP,57 the trouble with us is that we take ourselves seriously.. whatever our category our self-image falls into only matters because of our self-importance. If we weren't self-important, it wouldn't matter at all which category we fell into. POS,250. We learn to think about everything.. and we train our eyes to look as we think about the things we l ook at. We look at ourselves already thinking that we are important. And therefore we've got to feel important. SR,81.You take yourself too seriously.... you are too damn important in your own mind. That must be changed. You are so goddamn important that you feel justified to be annoyed with everything. You're so damn important that you can afford to leave if things don't go your way. I suppose you think that shows you have character. That's nonsense. You're weak and conceited. Self-importance is another thing that must be dropped, just like personal history... JTI,21. ...self-importance is our greatest enemy. what weakens us is feeling offended by the deeds and misdeeds of our fellow men. Our self-importance requires that we spend most of our lives offended by someone.

FFW,27 the idea of personal self has no value whatsoever. POS,223...self-importance is not simple and naive.. on the one hand, it is the core of everything that is good in us and on the other hand it is the core of everything that is rotten. FFW,29....for the rational man to hold steadfastly to his self-image insured his abysmal ignorance. He ignored..the fact that sorcery was not incanations and hocus-pocus, but the freedom to perceive not only the world taken for granted, but everything else that was humanly possible. POS,224. He had said that my reason was the demon that kept me chained, and that I had to vanquish it if I wanted to achieve the realization of his teachings. the issue, therefore had been how to vanquish my reason. SRP,239. sorcerers believed it was the position of the AP which made modern man a homicidal egotist, a being totally involved with his self image.POS,158 The position of self reflection...forces the AP to assemble a world of sham compassion, but of very real cruelty and self-centeredness. In that world the only real feelings are those convienent for the one who feels them. POS,158 MESSY LIFE You always feel compelled to explain your acts, as if you were the only man on earth who's wrong...it's your old feeling of importance. You have too much of it; you also have too much personal history...you don't assume responsibility for your acts; your not using death as an adviser, and above all, you are too accessible. In other words, your life is as messy as it was before I met you. JTI,80... For you the world is weird because if you're not bored with it you're at odds with it. For me the world is weird because it is stupendous, awesome, mysterious, unfathomable, my interest has been to convince you that must assume responsibility for being here...JTI,81 SELF-PITY self-pity doesn't jibe with power..the mood of a warrior calls for control over himself and at the same time calls for abandoning himself. JTI,111. Don't you dare give in to self-pity in this house. If you do, this house will reject you; it'll spit you out... TSC,65. There's no way to feel sorry for poor Manfred. No matter what form he's in, he's a warrior. Selfpity... is inside you and expresses itself in different ways..Right now you're calling it "feeling sorry for Manfred" TSC,153. SELF-IMPORTANCE AND SELF-PITY ARE THE SAME THING ...sorcerers had unmasked self-importance and found that it is self-pity masquerading as something else.... Self-pity is the real enemy and the source of man's misery. ....Without a degree of pity for himself, man could not afford to be as self important as he is. However, once the force of self-importance is engaged, it develops its own momentum. And it is this seemingly independent nature of self-importance which gives it its fake sense of worth. POS,158 THIS SELF-ABSORPTION IS REINFORCED BY THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE THE HABITUAL POSITION OF MAN'S ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS MAINTAINED BY THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE The position of the AP on man's cocoon is maintained by the internal dialogue, and because of that, it is a flimsy position at best. That's why men and women lose their minds so easily, especially those whose in ternal dialogue is repetitious, boring, and without any depth. FFW,173 WE MAINTAIN OUR WORLD WITH OUR INTERNAL TALK WE REPEAT THE SAME CHOICES OVER AND OVER UNTIL THE DAY WE DIE BECAUSE WE KEEP ON REPEATING THE SAME INTERNAL TALK OVER AND OVER UNTIL THE DAY WE DIE. You talk to yourself too much. you're not unique at that. Everyone of us do that. We carry on an internal talk... we talk about our world. In fact we maintain our world with our internal talk. Whenever we finish talking to ourselves the world is always as it should be. We renew it, we kindle it with life, we uphold it with our internal talk. Not only that, but we also choose our paths as we talk to ourselves. thus we repeat the same choices over and over until the day we die because we keep on repeating the same internal talk ov er and over until the day we die. SR,218. AS LONG AS YOU REMAIN SELF-IMPORTANT YOU CANNOT APPRECIATE THE WORLD AROUND YOU, ALL YOU SEE IS YOURSELF APART FROM EVERYTHING ELSE As long as you feel that you are the most important thing in the world you cannot really appreciate the world around you. You are like a horse with blinders, all you see is yourself apart from everything else. JTI,23

HOW DOES OUR INTERNAL DIALOGUE AND SELF-ABSORPTION DEVELOP? AT BIRTH WE ARE ALL NAGUAL AND OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS NOT FIXED BEFORE BIRTH THE DUALITY BETWEEN THE TONAL AND NAGUAL DOESN'T EXIST She said that before birth, man's imposed duality doesn't exist, TSC,43 BUT AT THE MOMENT OF BIRTH, THE TONAL AND NAGUAL BECOME OPERATIVE every human being had two sides, two seperate entities, two counterparts which became operative at the moment of birth; one was called the tonal and the other the nagual. TOP,119. AT BIRTH THE TWO SIDES ARE SEPERATED BY THE PULL OF MANKIND'S INTENT: ONE PART TURNS OUTWARD AND BECOMES THE PHYSICAL BODY AND THE OTHER INWARD AND BECOMES THE DOUBLE but that from birth on, the two parts are seperated by the pull of mankind's intent. One part turns outward and becomes the physical body; the other, inward and becomes the double. TSC,43 AT BIRTH WE ARE ALL NAGUAL AND FOR A SHORT TIME AFTER At the time of birth, and for awhile after, we are all nagual. TOP,126. AT FIRST INFANTS HAVE NO FIXED ASSEMBLAGE POINT AND IT MOVES THROUGHOUT MAN'S BAND The seers see that infants have no fixed AP at first. Their encased emanations are in a state of great turmoil, and their AP shift everywhere in the band of man, giving children a great capacity to focus on emanations that later will be throughly disregarded.FFW,151 The fact of the matter is that many children can see. FFW,151 BUT AFTER A SHORT TIME AFTER BIRTH, THE TONAL BEGINS TO DEVELOP AND BEGINS TO OVERTAKE THE NAGUAL WE SENSE, THEN, THAT IN ORDER TO FUNCTION WE NEED A COUNTER PART TO WHAT WE HAVE. THE TONAL IS MISSING AND THAT GIVES US, FROM THE VERY BEGINNING, A FEELING OF INCOMPLETENESS We sense, then, that in order to function we need a counter part to what we have. The tonal is missing and that gives us, from the very beginning, a feeling of incompleteness. TOP,126. BUT FROM BIRTH THE TONAL BEGINS TO DEVELOP.. We begin to groom it at the moment of birth. The moment we take the first gasp of air we also breathe in power for the tonal. So, it is proper to say that the tonal of a human being is intimately tied to his birth. TOP,122 WHEN THE TONAL DOES DEVELOP, IT BEGINS TO OUTSHINE THE NAGUAL Then the tonal starts to develop and it becomes utterly important to our functioning, so important that it opaques the shine of the nagual, it overwhelms it. From the m oment we become all tonal we do nothing else but to increment that old feeling of incompleteness which accompanies us from the moment of our birth, and which tells us constantly that there is another part to give us completeness. TOP,126. Our first ring of power is engaged very early in our lives and that we live under the impression that that is all there is to us. SRP,242 WHY DOES THE TONAL START TO DEVELOP? PEOPLE START TO TEACH US HOW AND WHAT TO PERCEIVE FROM OUR TEACHERS, WE LEARN WHAT TO PERCEIVE we perceive this is a hard fact. But what we perceive is not a fact of the same kind, because we learn what to perceive... FFW,53 THE ISLAND OF THE TONAL IS MADE BY OUR PERCEPTION WHICH HAS BEEN TRAINED TO FOCUS ON CERTAIN ELEMENTS

I have called that view the island of the tonal. I've said that everything we are is on that island. The sorcerer's explanation says that the island of the tonal is made by our perception, which has been trained to focus on certain elements and all of them together form our view of the world. TOP,245 WE LEARN MOODS LIKE SOLACE, HAVEN AND FEAR Solace, haven, fear, all of them are moods that you have learned without ever questioning their value. TOP,26. EVERYONE A CHILD WHO COMES INTO CONTACT WITH IS A TEACHER He pointed out that everyone who comes into contact with a child is a teacher who incessantly describes the world to him, JTI,ix. WE START TO DEVELOP AN INTERNALIZED DIALOGUE WITHIN OURSELVES WHICH BEGINS TO TAKE UP ALL OUR ENERGY AND FIXES THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT INTO PLACE AS INFANTS WE ARE TAUGHT TO REPEAT AN ENDLESS DIALOGUE ABOUT THEMSELVES AND THIS ENDLESS DIALOGUE BECOMES INTERNALIZED AND THAT FORCE ALONE KEEPS THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT FIXED Human beings when they are infants..are taught by everyone around them to repeat an endless dialogue about themselves. The dialogue becomes internalized and that force alone keeps the AP fixed..infants have hundreds of teachers who teach them exactly where to place their AP. FFW,151 The internal dialogue is a process that constantly strengthens the position of the AP, because that position is an arbitrary one and needs steady reinforcement. FFW,151 ....the new seers say that when we were taught to talk to ourselves, we were taught the means to dull ourselves i n order to keep the AP fixed on one spot. FFW,168. THERE COMES A MOMENT WHEN THE CHILD PERCEIVES THE WORLD AS DESCRIBED AND BEGINS AN ENDLESS FLOW OF PERCEPTUAL INTERPRETATIONS (CALLED THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE) WHICH IS RARELY OPEN TO QUESTION until the moment when the child is capable of perceiving the world as it is described....we have no memory of that portentous moment, simply because none of us could possibly have had anything else. From that moment on, however, the child is a member. He knows the description of the world; and his membership becomes full-fledged, I suppose, when he is capable of making all the proper perceptual interpretations which, by confirming to that description, validate it. the reality of our day-to-day life consists of an endless flow of perceptual interpretations which we, the individuals who share a specific membership, have learned to make in common... The idea that the perceptual interpretations that make up the world have a flow is congruous with the fact that they run uninterruptedly and are rarely, if ever, open to question. In fact, the reality of the world we know is so taken for granted that the basic premise of sorcery, that our reality is merely one of many descriptions, could hardly be taken as a serious proposition. JTI,ix. We are all born that light and bouncy, but we become earth bound and fixed. We make ourselves that way. TOP,39. WE BEGIN TO THINK VERY QUICKLY THAT WHAT WAS TAUGHT TO US AND WHAT WE CAN SEE IS OUR ONE AND ONLY REALITY AND OUR PERCEPTION CLOSES. THE SELF-REFLECTED VIEW IS AT FIRST A DESCRIPTION BUT IT KEEPS BEING GIVEN TO US UNTIL ALL OF OUR ATTENTION IS CAUGHT BY IT AND IT BECOMES A VIEW That view is first a description, which is given to us from the moment of our birth until all of our attenti on is caught by it and the description becomes a view.TOP,244. For a sorcerer, reality, or the world we all know, is only a description ...what I held in my mind was merely a description of the world; a description that had been pounded into me from the moment I was born. JTI,ix. We are perceivers.The world we perceive though is an illusion. it was created by a description that was told to us since the moment we were born.FFW,74. We the luminous beings are born with two rings of power, but we use only one to create the world. That ring, which is hooked very soon after we are born, is reason, and its companion is talking. between the two they concoct and maintain the world. So, in essence, the world that your reason wants to sustain is the world created by a description and its dogmatic and inviolable rules, which the reason learns to accept and defend. The secret of the luminous beings is that they have another ring of power which is never used, the will. The trick of the sorcerer is the same trick of the average man. Both have a description; the average man upholds his with reason; the, other upholds it with his will. Both descriptions have their rules and the rules are perceivable, but the advantage of the sorcerer is that will is more engulfing than reason. FFW,74.

WE LIVE IN A BUBBLE OF PERCEPTION WHICH CLOSES SOMETIME AFTER BIRTH AND WE WITNESS OUR OWN SELF REFLECTION ON ITS WALLS Sorcerers say that we are inside a bubble. it is a bubble into which we are placed at the moment of our birth. At first the bubble is open, but then it begins to close until it has sealed us in. That bubble is perception. We live in that bubble all our lives. And what we witness on its round walls is our own reflection.TOP,244.. If what we witness on the walls is our own reflection then the thing thats being reflected must be the real thing.The thing reflected is our view of the world. TOP,244.The bubble is opened in order to allow the luminous being a view of his totality. ..Naturally, this business of calling it a bubble is only a way of talking, but in this case it is an accurate way...TOP,245 WE THINK THAT THE WORLD IS SOLID AND FILLED WITH OBJECTS AND FORGET IT IS JUST A DESCRIPTION POUNDED INTO US EVERYDAY SINCE BIRTH WE BEGIN TO THINK OF THE WORLD AS A PLACE OF OBJECTS AND SOLIDITY The world of objects and solidity is a way of making our passage on earth convenient. It is only a description that was created for us. We, or rather our reason, forget that the description is only a description and thus we entrap the totality of ourselves in a vicious circle from which we rarely emerge in our lifetime. TOP,97. there was no world at large but only a description of the world which we had learned to visualize and take for granted. TOP,122....we think it is a world of objects and its not... the world is not as solid and as real as our perception has been led to believe, but it isn't a mirage either.. FFW,52.. .To believe that the world is only as you think it is, is stupid. JTI,64. ...human beings employ the Eagle's emanations and interpret them as reality. But what man senses is such a small portion of the Eagle's emanations that its ridiculous to put much stock in our perceptions and yet it isn't possible for us to disregard our perceptions. FFW,60. the basic premise of sorcery...that for a sorcerer, the world of everyday life is not real, or out there, as we believe it is. JTI,ix. ...Sorcerers call it the secret of the luminous beings and it is the fact that we are perceivers. We men and all th e other luminous beings on earth are perceivers. That is our bubble, the bubble of perception. Our mistake is to believe that the only perception worthy of acknowledgement is what goes through our reason. Sorcerers believe that reason is only one center and it shouldn't take so much for granted. TOP,246 the conviction that there is a real you is a result of the fact that you have rallied everything you've got around your reason.TOP,267 WE REGARD THE VISUAL AS THE ONLY REALITY BECAUSE WE RELY ON LANGUAGE AND REASON Because we rely on language and reason.. it is the level of the visible that we regard as reality. it appears to have an order, and is stable and predictable. Yet in actuality, it is elusive, temporary and ever changing. What we judge as permanent reality is only the surface appearance of an unfathomable force. TSC,187. THERE IS ONLY PERCEPTION AND THE NAGUAL AND THINGS LIKE EVIL, THE DEVIL, WITCHCRAFT COMES FROM OUR REASON ...Turn everything into what it really is: the abstract, the spirit, the nagual. There is no witchcraft, no evil, no devil. There is only perception. POS,216 EVIL IS A CONCATENATION OF THE MIND BECAUSE OF THE FIXATION OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ON ITS HABITUAL POSITION evil is merely a concatenation of the human mind, overwhelmed by the fixation of the assemblage point on its habitual position. TAOD,239 AND WHAT HAS BEEN TAUGHT TO US IS BASED UPON WHATEVER SOCIETY WE ARE IN AT THE TIME THE PARAMETERS OF OUR NORMAL PERCEPTION HAS BEEN IMPOSED ON US AS PART OF OUR SOCIALIZATION It is a sorcerer's idea that the parameters of our normal perception have been imposed upon us as part of our socialization, not quite arbitrarily but laid down mandatorily nonetheless. TSC,viii WE ARE FIXED FOREVER IN OUR THOUGHTS AND ACTIONS TO FOLLOW THE PATH THAT HABITUAL MAN HAS LINED UP FOR US.

Our fellow men are black magicians. And since you are with them, you too are a black magician. think for a moment. Can you deviate from the path that they've lined up for you? No. Your thoughts and your actions are fixed forever in their terms. That is slavery..TOP,26. He said I was pimping for someone else. That I was not fighting my own battle, but the battles of some unknown people..and that in his world of precise acts and feelings and decisions was infinitely more effective than the blundering idiocy I called my life. JTI,58. ...our thoughts think us, our feelings feel; we do not have much say in the matter...the Buddha explains, "All that we are is the result of what we have thought." EE,M,10,11 OUR REALITY IS CONTINUALLY UPHELD BECAUSE WE HAVE ALL BEEN TAUGHT THE SAME TO AGREE ON WHAT IS REAL FOR THINGS TO BE REAL IN OUR WORLD WE HAVE TO AGREE UPON THEM Things are real only after one has learned to agree on their realness. What took place this evening... cannot possibly be real to you, because no one could agree with you about it. TOP,25. let's say that when every one of us is born we bring with us a little ring of power. That little ring is almost immediately put to use. So every one of us is already hooked from birth and our rings of power are joined to everyone else's. In other words, our rings of power are hooked to the doing of the world in order to make the world.... for instance, our rings of power, yours and mine, are hooked right now to the doing in this room. We are making this room. Our rings of power are spinning this room into being at this very moment. JTI,211...every one of us knows the doing of rooms because, in one way or another, we have spent much of our lives in rooms. JTI,212 All I did was to hook my ring of power to your own doing... you yourself did the rest and so did the others... we all have been taught to agree about doing..you don't have any idea of the power that that agreement brings it....but, fortunately, not-doing is equally miraculous, and powerful. JTI,212. OUR REALITY IS FURTHER ENHANCED BECAUSE HUMANS CAN SKIM THEIR PERCEPTIONS SKIMMING MAKES OUR PERCEPTION EVEN MORE REAL THAN OTHER CREATURES The skimmings of men are more real than what other creatures perceive. FFW,158 THE PROBLEM WITH SKIMMING IS THAT IS MAKES THINGS SO REAL WE FORGET WE HAVE CONSTRUCTED THEM BY COMMANDING OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT TO APPEAR WHERE THEY DO that is our pitfall. they are so real to us that we forget we have constructed them by commanding our AP to appear where they do. We forget they are real to us only because it is our command to perceive them as real. We have the power to skim the top off the alignments, but we don't have the power to protect ourselves from our own commands. That has to be learned. FFW,158. D.) INVENTORY AND SHIELDS AND BY THE TIME WE OUR TEENAGERS, SOCIETY HAS FILLED US UP WITH ITS INVENTORY LIKE AN ENORMOUS WAREHOUSE WITH NO SAY FROM US AND IT USUALLY NEVER CHANGES WE ARE LIKE A GIANT WAREHOUSE THAT STORES OUR FEELINGS, IDEAS, BEHAVIOR PATTERNS ETC., try to imagine yourself as a giant warehouse.. in that wherehouse, someone other than yourself has stored feelings, ideas, mental dialogues and behavior patterns. Since it is your wherehouse, you can go in there and rummage around any time you want and use whatever you find there.TSC,74. OUR PROBLEM IS THAT WE HAVE NO SAY OVER OUR INVENTORY AND USUALLY OUR INVENTORY NEVER CHANGES the problem is that you have absolutely no say over the inventory, for it was already established before you came into possession of the wherehouse. Thus you are drastically linked in your selection of items... she added that our lives seem to be an uninterrupted time line because in our wherehouses the inventory never changes. TSC,74. AND OUR ENERGY FIELD IS CONSTANTLY LESSENED AND MADE MORE RIGID AS WE GET OLDER AND IT BECOMES HARDER TO CHANGE THE WEB GETS PORTIONS OF ITSELF LOST OR ENTWINED IN OTHER PEOPLE'S BANDS OF ENERGY AND GETS TORN TO SHREDS

This web of energy gets torn to shreds during daily living. Huge portions of it become lost or entwined in other people's bands of energy. If a person loses too much vital force, he becomes ill or dies. TSC,134... MAN'S INVENTORY ALSO TOUGHENS THE COCOON TO THE POINT OF MAKING IT INFLEXIBLE Man's inventory not only takes it all, but it also toughens the cocoon to the point of making it inflexible. FFW,100 AND SO FINALLY, WE DEVELOP OUR CONTINUITY FOR ALL OF OUR LIVES WHAT IS CONTINUITY? CONTINUITY IS THE IDEA THAT WE ARE A SOLID BLOCK AND OUR WORLD IS NOT CHANGEABLE continuity..the idea that we are a solid block.. in our minds, what sustains our world is the certainty that we are unchangeable... we may accept that our behavior or our reactions and opinions can be modified, but the idea that we can change appearances, to the point of being someone else.. is not part of our underlying order of our selfreflection.... POS,172 ONE ASPECT OF THESE MANDATORY PERCEPTION PARAMETERS IS AN INTERPRETATION CENTER One aspect of these obligatory parameters is an interpretation system, TSC,viii WHAT IS AN INTERPRETATION SYSTEM? AN INTERPRETATION SYSTEM PROCESSES SENSORY DATA INTO MEANINGFUL UNITS AND USES THE SOCIAL STRUCTURE AS A WAY TO INTERPRET THESE UNITS which processes sensory data into meaningful units and renders the soc ial structure as a structure of interpretation. TSC,viii OUR INTERPRETATION REQUIRES FAITHFUL AND BLIND ADHERENCE TO ALL ITS CONCEPTS/ NONE OF WHICH CALLS FOR THE POSSIBILITY OF DIRECTLY PERCEIVING ENERGY Our normal functioning within the social order requires a blind and faithful adherence to all its precepts, none of which calls for the possibility of directly perceiving energy. For example, DJ maintained that it is possible to perceive human beings as fields of energy, like huge, oblong, whitish luminous eggs. TSC,viii WE STIFLE OUR POTENTIAL TO SEE AND THAT EVENTUALLY THE SEER IS FILLED WITH BITTERNESS AND HATRED AND FINALLY DESTROYS US Yet in spite of the clarity and accuracy of the seer's assessment's, we never pay attention to it or give the seer a chance to make itself heard. Through a continual suppression, we stifle its growth and prevent it from developing its full potential. TSC,99. In the end, the seer inside us is filled with bitterness and hatred.. the ancient men of wisdom who invented the recapitulation believed that since we never stop subduing the seer, it finally destroys us.TSC,99. WHAT PROTECTS US AND KEEPS US FROM EXPERIENCING THE NAGUAL? THE TONAL PROTECTS US The tonal is rightfully so, a protector, a guardian - a guardian that most of the time turns into a guard. TOP,120 HOW DOES THE TONAL HELP PROTECT US FROM THE NAGUAL? THE TONAL SUPRESSES THE NAGUAL The tonal's great art is to supress any manifestations of the nagual in such a manner that even if its presence should be the most obvious thing in the world, it is unnoticeable. TOP,131 THE FIRST ATTENTION BLOCKS OUT THE UNKNOWN SO WELL THAT IT DOESN'T EXIST FOR US/WE NEVER BELIEVE WHAT IS HAPPENING TO US The first attention works very well with the unknown. It blocks it; denies it so fiercely that in the end, the unknown doesn't exist for the first attention.

FFW,94..the world kept him so busy that he had neither the time nor the inclination really to examine the matter.. the spirit tried, uselessly, to reveal their connection. Using an inner voice, the spirit disclosed its secrets, but the man was incapable of understanding the revelations. Naturally he heard the inner voice, but he believed it to be his own feelings he was feeling and his own thoughts he was thinking. POS, 23, reason doesn't deal with man as energy. FFW, 130....we are not aware of being linked to everything else..POS,114 ....being too rational is a handicap. POS,174 Our great enemy is the fact that we never believe what is happening to us. SRP,55... It was stupidity that forced us to discard anything that did not form with our self-reflective expectations...as average men, we were blind to the most crucial piece of knowledge available to a human being: the existence of the AP and the fact that it could move.POS,224. Mr. Abelar promised that he himself would guide me to deliberately open the first gate after I had successfully accomplished the abstract flight. he emphasized that in order to open the gates, a complete change of attitude is necessary because our preconceived notion that we are solid is what keeps the double imprisoned, rather than any physical structure of the body itself. TSC,160. ONE OF THE SELF'S STRONGEST LINES OF DEFENSE IS INDEED OUR RATIONALITY One of the self's strongest lines of defense is indeed our rationality.. TAOD,83 WE ARE BARRED FROM SILENT KNOWLEDGE BY NATURAL BARRIERS, SPECIFIC TO EACH INDIVIDUAL Don Juan remarked that each of us was barred from silent knowledge by natural barriers, specific to each individual; and that the most impregnable of CC barriers was the drive to disguise my complacency as independence. POS, 62.. (Like things he didn't want to do were disguised as things he chose not to do.. but really he was too lazy to do them.) THE TONAL USES SHIELDS TO PROTECT US SHIELDS ENGAGE ALL OF OUR AWARENESS AND THIS KEEPS US FROM SEEING THE ROLLING FORCE We have consuming interests that engage all of our awareness. We are permantely worried about our station, our possessions. These shields, however do not keep the tumbler away, they keep us from seeing it directly, protecting us in this way from getting hurt from seeing the balls of fire hitting us. FFW,241 THE ROLLING FORCE IS LETHAL WHEN WE CAN SEE IT, BUT OTHERWISE WE ARE OBLIVIOUS TO IT BECAUSE WE HAVE PROTECTIVE SHIELDS ...It's lethal when seen, but otherwise we are oblivious to it, in our ordinary lives, because we have protective shields. FFW,241 AVERAGE PEOPLE HAVE SPECIAL SHIELDS TO PROTECT THEMSELVES.. PEOPLE ARE BUSY DOING WHAT PEOPLE DO An average man is equally surrounded by those inexplicable forces is oblivious to them because he has other kinds of special shields to protect himself.... People are busy doing that which people do. Those are their shields. SR,216,217. WHAT ARE SOME EXAMPLES OF A SHIELD? TAKING AN INVENTORY MAKES US INVULNERABLE WHICH IS WHY THE INVENTORY CAME INTO EXISTENCE IN THE FIRST PLACE taking an inventory makes us invulnerable. That is why the inventory came into existence in the first place. FFW,94 WRITING writing was the best protective shield that I had. TOP,31.I was indulging in being broad minded and good...a warrior never lets his guard down..be yourself...it is not a matter whether you like it or not. What matters is, what can you use as a shield?TOP,76. DOES THE TONAL ALWAYS PROTECT US? AS A RULE THE TONAL MUST DEFEND ITSELF AT ANY COST, EVERYTIME IT IS THREATENED ...as a rule the tonal must defend itself, at any cost, every time it is threatened; so it is of no real consequence how the tonal reacts in order to accomplish its defence. TOP,173.

WHAT WOULD HAPPEN TO US IF OUR TONAL DID NOT PROTECT US? THE NAGUAL COULD DESTROY THE TONAL WHEN IT COMES OUT The nagual once it learns to surface, may cause a great damage to the tonal by coming out without any control. TOP,157. A THREAT TO THE TONAL ALWAYS RESULTS IN DEATH The tonal must be protected at any cost. The crown has to be taken away from it, but it must remain as the protected overseer. Any threat to the tonal always results in its death. And if the tonal dies, so does the whole man. TOP,157. (SEE HUMAN SHIELDS) WHAT ARE THE DRAWBACKS TO BEING PROTECTED BY THE TONAL? THE TONAL'S ORIGINAL FUNCTION IS TO PROTECT OUR BEING (MAKING SENSE OUT OF THINNGS) BUT IT EVENTUALLY BECOMES A GUARD BECAUSE IT LIMITS OUR PERCEPTION I would say then that the tonal is a guardian that protects something priceless, our very being. Therefore, an inherent quality of the tonal is to be cagey and jealous of its doings. And since its doings are by far the most important part of our lives, it is no wonder that it eventually changes, in every one of us, from a guardian in to a guard. TOP,120,121. A guardian is broad-minded and understanding.. a guard is a vigilante, narrow-minded and most of the time despotic. I say,then, that the tonal in all of us has been made into a petty and despotic guard when it should be a broad-minded guardian. TOP,121. so don juan's references to the guardian was not the guardian itself but to the tonal in which it must be overcome before we can enter into the other side 10/ 23/94 SHIELDS ARE A GREAT HELP AND A HINDERANCE, THEY GIVE US A FALSE SENSE OF SECURITY Shields are great help and a great hinderance to us. They pacify us and at the same time fool us. They give us a false sense of security. FFW,241 WHY DON'T PEOPLE BREAK THEIR SELF-REFLECTION? THE THINGS PEOPLE DO ARE SHIELDS AGAINST THE FORCES THAT SURROUND US; WHAT WE DO AS PEOPLE GIVES US COMFORT AND MAKES US FEEL SAFE Your problem is that you confuse the world with what people do. Again you're not unique at that. Every one of us does that. The things people do are shields against the forces that surround us; what we do as people gives us comfort and makes us feel safe; what people do is rightfully important, but only as a shield. We never learn that the things we do as people are only shields and we let them dominate, and topple our lives. In fact I could say that for mankind, what people do is greater and more important than the world itself. SR,219. Our flaw is to insist on remaining on our monotonous, tiring, but convenient island. the tonal is the villain and it shouldn't be. TOP,155. PEOPLE ARE AFRAID OF FREEDOM OF PERCEPTION BECAUSE IT DISRUPTS OUR COMFORTABLE SPOTS OF SELF REFLECTION AND IT REQUIRED A HUGE AMOUNT OF STRENGTH TO DO IT People might not appreciate that, and that's because they don't want to be free. freedom is frightening. FFW,290. Cutting our chains (ego) is marvelous but also very undesirable for nobody wants to be free....the chains imprison us, but by keeping us pinned down on our comfortable spots of self-reflection, they defend us from the onslaughts of the unknown. POS,101...the average man trembles at the possibility of freedom. POS,224...the strangest part of this mystery (moving the AP) is that it is so easy to accomplish.. but what is not easy is to convince ourselves that it is possible. There, right there, is our safety catch. We have to be convinced. And none of us wants to be. FFW,237. it took enormity of strength to let go of the intent of everyday life....EG,308.

DOES THE TONAL EVER NOTICE THE NAGUAL? SOMETIMES THE TONAL NOTICES THE NAGUAL AND THE TOTALITY OF OURSELVES ARISES ..on certain occasions, however, or under certain special circumstances, something in the tonal itself becomes aware that there is more to us. It is like the voice that comes from the depths, the voice of the nagual. You see the totality of ourselves is a natural condition which the tonal cannot obliterate altogether, and there are moments, especially in the life of a warrior, when the totality becomes apparent. At those moments one can surmise and assess what we really are. TOP,131. THE TONAL IS ALWAYS USED BUT SOMETIMES THE NAGUAL ACTS OUT AND TERRIFIES THE TONAL ..the tonal rules and yet it is very vulnerable. the nagual..never, or almost never, acts out; but when it does, it terrifies the tonal. TOP,157. IS IT EASY TO EXPERIENCE THE NAGUAL ? FOR AVERAGE PEOPLE IT IS A ONE-SHOT AFFAIR THAT IS THE RESULT OF A RANDOM MOVEMENT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT He called the mystical experience a chance seeing, a one-shot affair that has no significance whatsoever because it is the result of a random movement of the AP. FFW,282. . Sometimes if we have enough personal power we can catch a glimpse of the mould even though we are not sorcerers; when that happens we say that we have seen God. SRP,139.. PROBABLY EVERY PERSON HAS HAD A CHANCE TO MOVE THEIR ASSEMBLAGE POINT possibly every human being under normal living conditions had had at one time or another the opportunity to break away from the bindings of convention...not social convention..but the conventions binding our perception. A moment of elation would suffice to move our AP and break our conventions. (see moving the AP) So, too, a moment of fright, ill, health, anger, or grief. POS,215,232,242. MYSTICS all the mystics and spiritual teacher's had moved their assemblage points, either through discipline or accident, to a certain point and then they returned to normalcy carrying a memory that lasted them a lifetime. POS,215 WHAT DO WE DO WHEN THE TONAL EXPERIENCES THE NAGUAL? WHEN AN INVENTORY FAILS OR WE ENCOUNTER PHENOMENOM THAT WE CANNOT EXPLAIN, THE PERSON EITHER ENLARGES HIS INVENTORY OR HIS WHOLE WORLD OF SELF-REFLECTION COLLAPSES (STOPPING THE WORLD) when an average person's inventory fails, the person either enlarges his inventory or his whole world of self -reflection collapses. POS,173. Interpretation system..(when we encounter phenomenom that is beyond our sytem of interpretation we have two options)...Sometimes as a fluke, an average person ends up performing it (moving the assemblage point and fixating it) and entering into another world. But this is immediately explained away as insanity or hallucination. TAOD,190 1. REVAMP OUR INTERPRETATION SYSTEM 1. REVAMP OUR INTERPRETATION SYSTEM; THIS MEANS TO ENLARGE WHAT WE EXPERIENCE AS REALITY WHICH DOES NOT ENDANGER OUR INTEGRETY OF REALITY. Revamp our interpretation system...to enlarge its capabilities..reality becomes fluid and the scope of what can be real is enhanced without endangering the integrity of reality. TAOD.97

CREATE SOMETHING OUR MIND CAN HANDLE WE CAN TRANSFORM A FIELD OF ENERGY INTO ANYTHING WE WANT, THE RANGE IS SO BROAD ESTABLISHING UNITS ARE USELESS BUT WE USUALLY TRANSFORM IT INTO SOMETHING FAMILIAR LIKE THE IMAGE OF A PHYSICAL BODY the second attention is unavoidaby drawn to focus on our total being as a field of energy, and transforms that energy as anything suitable. The easiest thing is of course the image of the physical body, with which we are already thoroughly familiar from our daily lives and the use of our first attention. What channels the energy of our total being to produce anything that might be within the boundaries were, except that at the level of luminous beings the range is so broad that it is futile to try and establish limits- thus, the energy of a luminous being can be transformed through will into anything. EG,23. since I was a Catholic (Taisha)... my own way of adapting my inventory would be to turn the spirit into a sort of a guardian angel; a kind, protective male that watches over me. TSC,85 ...Social part... since we can't directly perceive energy, we process our perception to fit a mold. This mold is the social part of perception. .. it deliberately reduces the scope of what can be percieved and makes us believe that the mold into which we fit our perception is all that exists.... TAOD, 3. WE CONFORM THE WORLD/UNKNOWN THINGS TO OUR THOUGHTS Your knowledge of the world told you that in the bushes one can find only animals prowling or men hiding behind the foliage. You held that thought, and naturally you had to find ways to make the world conform to that thought. let's not call it thinking then. It is rather the habit of having the world conform to our thoughts. When it doesn't, we simply make it conform. TOP,27. WHAT MADE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MOVE LATERALLY IN MAN'S BAND WAS A HUGE DESIRE TO RENDER THE INCOMPREHENSIBLE INTO WHAT IS MOST FAMILIAR TO US: THAT IS WHY WE SEE THE MOLD OF MAN AS A MAN AND THE BARRIER OF PERCEPTION AS A WALL OF FOG I asked him why it was that I always saw the mold of man as a male. he said that it was because my AP did not have the stability then to remain completely glued to its new position and shifted laterally in man 's band. It was the same case as seeing the barrier of perception as a wall of fog. What made the AP move laterally was a nearly unavoidable desire, or necessity, to render th e incomprehensible in terms of what is most familiar to us: a barrier is a wall and the mold of man cannot be anything else but a man. he thought that if I were a women I would see the mold as a woman. FFW,287. THE AVERAGE MAN CALLS UNUSUAL PERCEPTIONS WITCHCRAFT the average man, incapable of finding the energy to perceive beyond his daily limits, called the realm of extraordinary perception sorcery, witchcraft, or the work of the devil, and shied away from it without examining it further. POS,216... WE EXPLAIN SHIFTS AS FANTASIES IF IT IS MINIMAL AND HALLUCINATIONS IF THE SHIFT IS CONSIDERABLE If the shift is minimal, the results are explained as fantasies of the mind. If the shift is considerable, the results are called hallucinations. FFW,?? (missed one, anyone know?) THE AVERAGE MAN BELIEVES THAT THE INEXPLICABLE FORCES WILL EVENTUALLY BE EXPLAINED The world is indeed full of frightening things and we are helpless creatures surrounded by forces that are inexplicable and unbending. The average man, in ignorance, belives that those forces can be explained or changed; he doesn't really know how to do that, but he expects that the actions of mankind will explain them or change them sooner or later. SR,214. FOR AN AVERAGE MAN, WHEN THE AP SHIFTS, THEY THINK THEY ARE LOSING THEIR MIND when a person's AP loses its rigidity (shifts) then if they're not warriors, they think they're losing their minds.. if they're warriors, they know they've gone crazy, but they patiently wait. To be healthy and sane means that the AP is immovable. When it shifts, it literally means that one is deranged. FFW,138

COINCIDENCE WE TAKE IT FOR GRANTED THAT ATTENTION CAN BECKON AN EVENT AND WE TALK ABOUT IT IN TERMS OF COINCIDENCE But that was also the function of attention in general (the more it is exercised the better chance of getting the desired results,) a function so taken for granted in our daily life that it has become unnoticeable; if we encounter a fortuitous occurrence, we talk about it in terms of accident or coincidence, rather in terms of our attention having beckoned the event. EG,139... REPAIRING THE CONTINUITY IF CONTINUITY BREAKS IT'S ALWAYS INSTANTLY REPAIRED ..continuity is so important in our lives that if it breaks it's always instantly repaired. POS, 176 WHENEVER THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT SHIFTS WE COMPENSATE FOR IT SO WE ARE CONSTANTLY REBALANCING OURSELVES AND GO AS IF NOTHING HAS HAPPENED TO US since the AP normally shifts during dreams...whenever we undergo an induced shift we are all experts at immedietely compensating for it. We rebalance ourselves constantly and activity goes on as if nothing has happened to us. FFW,285. the event was so farfetched for me that I could not even begin to understand it in any logical way. As usual when things of that nature confronted me, I would lump them into an amorphous category of "perceptions under conditions of severe stress". I argued that in cases of severe stress, perception could be greatly distorted by the senses. My explanation did not explain anything but seemed to keep my reason pacified. EG,140. WHEN OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT DOES MOVE ACCIDENTLY OUR SOCIAL BACKGROUNDS RETURN IT TO ITS HABITUAL SPOT But ordinarily, whenever we had a chance to move our AP we become frightened. Our religious, academic,social backgrounds would come into play. They would assure our safe return to the flock; the return of our AP to the prescribed position of normal living. POS,215,232,242. EVERYTHING WE DO IS REALLY A DISGUISE everything we do is in some way merely a disguise. Everything we do.. is a matter of doing. A man of knowledge could hook himself to everyone's doing and come up with weird things. But they are not weird, not really. They are weird only to those who are trapped in doing... JTI,211 WHEN HUMANS TRY TO FIGURE IT ALL OUT ALL YOU ARE DOING IS TRYING TO MAKE THE WORLD MORE FAMILIAR So when you're trying to figure it out, all you're doing is trying to make the world more familiar. You and I are right here, in the world that you call real, simply because we both know it. You don't the world of power, therefore you cannot make it into a familiar scene. JTI,137 WHAT HAPPENS WHEN WE REVAMP OUR INTERPRETATION SYSTEM? PROBLEMS THAT SOME SEERS CAUSE WITH THEIR INTERPRETATIONS OF WHAT THEY EXPERIENCE/ THE MISINTERPRETATION OF THE EAGLE More important than seeing itself is what seers do with what they see... look at what some seers have done to us. We are stuck with their vision of an Eagle that rules us and devours us at the moment of our death...DJ thought it would be accurate to say that there is a force that attracts our consciousness muc h as a magnet attracts iron shavings.FFW,58.. our flaws remain with us even after we become seers... so when you see the that force (Eagle), you may very well agree with the lax seers who called it the Eagle.. on the other hand, you may resist the temptati on to acsribe human attributes to what is incomprehensible, and actually improvise a new name for it, a more accurate one. FFW,59...

WHY DO PEOPLE THINK THE MOLD OF MAN IS GOD? WE THINK THE MOLD IS GOD BECAUSE WE ARE WHAT IT STAMPS US WITH The mold is our God because we are what it stamps us with and not because it has created us from nothing and made us in its image and likeness...FFW,281 WHY ARE MANY PEOPLE WHO HAVE SEEN THE MOLD OF MAN ARE WRONG ABOUT WHAT HOW THEY INTERPRET IT? THEY BELIEVE IT IS AN OMNIPOTENT CREATURE/PROTECTOR OF MAN Mystics and old seers have seen the mold of man but could not understand what it is. Mystics, throughout the centuries, have given us moving accounts of their experiences. But these accounts, however beautif ul, are flawed by the gross and despairing mistake of believing the mold of man to be an omnipotent, omniscient creature; and so is the interpretation of the old seers, who called the mold of man a friendly spirit, a protector of man. FFW,281 Anyone who sees the mold of man automatically assumes that it is God. FFW,282 He said that if we call it God it is the truth. The mould is God. SRP,139.. ALL PEOPLE'S BELIEF IN GOD IS BASED ON FAITH AND IS A SECOND HAND CONVICTION ..he said my belief was based on faith and as such, was a secondhand conviction that did not amount to anything; my belief in the existence of God was, like everyone else's, based on hearsay and not on the act of seeing. FFW,282. IT IS ARROGANT AND SELF CENTERED TO PRAY TO THE MOLD OF MAN in DJ's opinion to fall on our knees in the prescence of the mold of man reeks of arrogance and human self centeredness. FFW,281. WE REGARD THAT THE IDEA OF OUR GOD UNCHALLENGABLE one of the most sturdy aspects of our inventory... like a powerful glue that bound the AP to its original position. FFW,277 E.) THE TRICKERY OF LANGUAGE WHEN THE NAGUAL IS EXPERIENCED, WHY IS IT SO DIFFICULT TO EXPLAIN AND DESCRIBE? THE TONAL IS CONVINCED BY REASON/THE NAGUAL WITH ACTIONS YOU CANNOT EXPLAIN THE NAGUAL WITH THE TONAL Your tonal has to be convinced with reasons, your nagual with actions, until one props the other.TOP,157. Whenever you are in the world of th e nagual, you should be impeccable; no time for rational crap. SRP,198. The tonal and nagual are two different worlds. in one you talk, in the other you act. SRP,235. I've never put a ban on talking..we can talk about the nagual to your heart's content, as long as you don't try to explain it. ...I said that the nagual is only for witnessing..so we can talk about what we witnessed and about how we witnessed it. You want to take on the explanation of how all that is possible, though and that is an abomination. You want to explain the nagual with the tonal. TOP,186 You know very well that we make sense in talking only because we stay within certain boundries, and those boundaries are not applicable to the nagual. TOP,187. REASONING STOPS IN THE SECOND ATTENTION my reasoning faculties ceased to function. Literally, I felt as though a dark blanket had covered me and obscured my thoughts. And I let go of my reason with the abandon of one who doesn't have a worry in the world. I was convinced that if I wanted to dispel the obscuring blanket, all I had to do was feel myself breaking through it. In that state, I felt I was being propelled, set in motion. Something was making me move physically from one place to the other. I did not experience any fatigue. The speed and ease with which I could move elated me. POS,216... Reason craps out in an instant when it is out of its safe narrow bounds. (?) (missed this one, anyone know?)

WE HAVE NO WAY TO TALK ABOUT THE EXPERIENCE BECAUSE WE HAVE NO WORDS TO DESCRIBE THE EXPERIENCE (THE WORDS ARE NOT PART OF OUR INTERPRETATION SYSTEM) My difficulty in grasping his concepts and methods stemmed from the fact that the units of his description were alien and incompatible with those of my own. JTI,ix Sure I can explain anything, he said, laughing, But could you understand it? JTI,190. Don't take that leap in the sense that you understand a leap...once again, this is only a way of speaking. As long as you think that you are a solid body you cannot conceive what I am talking about. TOP,95. Of course you cannot understand it.. you are trying to think about it and what I said does not fit with your thoughts. SR,82 What I perceived in those states of altered consciousness was incomprehensible and impossible to interpret by means of our everyday mode of understanding the world. In other words, the condition of inapplicability entailed the cessation of the pertinence of my world view. SR,9. Our difficulty in understanding (DJ's teachings) it stems, no doubt, from the alien units of meaning with which it deals. SR,10. I instantly realized that I had entered again into a state in which I could think coherently, but I could not talk. don Juan told me not to worry. He said our speech faculty is extremely flimsy and attacks of muteness are common among sorcerers who venture beyond the limits of normal perception. ..he warned me that it was not possible to rely on my rationality to understand my experience, not because my rationality was in any way impaired but because what had taken place was a phenomenon outside the parameters of reason. TAOD,72,73 I became incapable of rendering intelligently what I saw . My sensation was that I had reached states of perception for which I had no lexicon. TAOD,198 emanations cannot be rendered at all in a language of comparisons. FFW,62 The journey (entering the unconscious fully aware) cannot be adequately describ ed. EE. M,10. he said that if he attempted to explain the perceptual bias of the second attention in terms of the perceptual bias of the first attention, he would only trap himself hopelessly in words. EG,265. Freedom...cannot be an investment...an adventure with no end, in which we risk our lives and much more for a few moments of something beyond words, beyond thoughts or feelings. TAOD,81 One could come into it by changing levels of awareness, therefore HA was an entrance..but even the entrance could not be explained. One could only make use of it. POS,97 Dreaming can only be experienced. TAOD, ii,iii. To explain what we are and what we do is the most trying thing in the world. I wish I could make it clearer, but I can't. So, it's pointless to keep insisting on explanations when there are none. TSC,175 .....beware of the frustrating desire to explain the sorcery experience in cogent, well-reasoned terms. the sorcerers experience is so outlandish.. that sorcerers consider it an intellectual experience, and use it to stalk themselves with. Their trump card as stalkers, though, is that they remain keenly aware that we are perceivers, and that perception has more possibilities than the mind can conceive of.. in order to protect themselves from that immensity..sorcerers learn to maintain a perfect blend of ruthlessness, cunning, patience and sweetness. POS, 246,247 For the nagual there is no land, or air, or water..so the nagual glides, or flies. or does whatever it may do, in naguals time and that has nothing to do with tonal's time. The two things don't jibe. TOP,189. The view of the nagual must prevail if one is going to use the nagual the way sorcerers do. TOP,262 there is nothing of that sort in the nagual. (order in our perception) . TOP,263 I can't describe it..not because it is a personal matter, but because there is no way to describe it. TOP,174.... not because I don't want to, but simply because I can't. My tonal stops there....TOP,175. the reason why I never wanted to discuss your encounters with power plants, or let you talk obsessively about them; there was no point in elaborating about the unspeakable. Those were true excursions into the nagual, the unknown. TOP,238. Whenever the nagual prevails, even if it is only for an instant, there is no way of describing the feeling that the body experiences. TOP,228. In the case of seeing..thinking is not the issue at all, so I cannot tell you what it is like to see. SR,86. Seeing is very difficult and is not a matter of talk. SR,105. There is really no way to talk about it.(seeing) SR,170. ...For awhile you were all nagual and could not talk. TOP,154....The affairs of the nagual can be witnesses only with the body, and not the reason. TOP,155 WORDS ONLY CONFUSE,TRICK,FAIL US WHEN DESCRIBING THE NAGUAL ..in the sorcerer's world there are only contradictions of terms.. in practice there are no contradictions. POS,166...the problem with words was that any attempt to clarify the sorcerers description only made them more confusing. POS,225 We always get tricked by words... TAOD, ii,iii That's the flaw with words. They always force us to feel enlightened, but when we turn around to face the world they always fail us and we end up facing the world as we always have, without enlightenment. TOP,29 (See sorcerers way: action) Definitions change as knowledge increases.. POS,7 The danger of definitions is that they simplify matters to make them understandable; in this case, in defining attention, one runs the risk of transforming a magical, miraculous accomplishment into something commonplace. FFW,82

WE USE MANY WORDS TO EXPLAIN ONE KIND OF EXPERIENCE ...nagualism, knowledge, witchcraft, mastery of intent, the search for total freedom..POS,7 EVERY EXPERIENCE CAN BE DIFFERENT FOR EVERY PERSON It is impossible to explain that knowing..because it is different for every man. SR,68. KNOWLEDGE AND LANGUAGE CAN EXIST INDEPENDENT OF EACH OTHER KNOWLEDGE AND LANGUAGE CAN EXIST INDEPENDENT OF EACH OTHER Knowledge and language can exist independent of each other, they are seperate..... there is no way to talk about the spirit because the spirit can only be experienced.... POS, 52 ....we begin tosee ..and then we begin to know without having to use words.. POS,9 ...and. above all, I understood that that knowledge could not be tu rned into words. That knowledge was there for everyone. It (silent knowledge) was there to be felt, to be used, but not to be explained. POS,97 WE HAVE DIFFICULTY ACCEPTING THE NAGUAL BECAUSE WE THINK THAT WE COULD NEVER KNOW THINGS WITHOUT WORDS OR THOUGHTS that is to know that ... knowledge and language can exist independent of each other...the crux of our difficulty to going back to the abstract was our refusal to accept that we could know without words or even without thoughts. POS,52 USING FEELINGS AS THOUGHTS My reactions to his comments were not thoughts proper but rather complete units of feeling, which had all the innuendos of meaning that I usually associate with thinking. TOP,209. WHY DO PEOPLE USE METAPHORS TO EXPLAIN THE NAGUAL? SOMETIMES A SORCERER HAS TO CHANGE A DESCRIPTION INTO SOMETHING KNOWN TO HELP NOVICES UNDERSTAND AN UNKNOWN CONCEPT/USING SYMBOLIC TERMS .... he was of course tailoring his description to fit my mentality..... TAOD, ii,iii. Those are ways of talking about mysteries for which there are no words. TOP,85. Everything one sees is so unique that there is no way to talk about it except by comparing it to something known to us..... TAOD,7 ...we are so visual, so ruled by our predator's perception, that everything we must see must be rendered in terms of what the predator's eyes normally sees. TAOD, 7 Don Juan explained that the events unleashed by sorcerers as a result of silent knowledge were so simple and yet so abstract that sorcerers had decided long ago to speak of those events only in symbolic terms. POS, 61 I said that we talked, but that wasn't so. To say that we had a conversation is only a way of arranging it so I can talk about it. The deer and I did something, but at the time it was taking place I needed to make the world conform to my ideas... I had been talking all my life.. therefore my habits prevailed and were extended to the deer. When the deer came to me and did whatever it did, I was forced to understand it as talking. The world..had to conform to its description; that is, the description reflected itself. ..another point..was that we had learned to relate our selfs to our description of the world in terms of what he called habits. the way to overcome them is to persist in acting like a warrior. the rest comes of itself and by itself. TOP,28. WHY WILL WE PROBABLY NEVER BE ABLE TO EXPLAIN THE NAGUAL? FOR ANY ATTEMPT AT EXPLAINING THE MOVEMENT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT, THE PERSON WOULD HAVE TO HAVE THE ABILITY TO GO FROM THE PLACE OF REASON AND THE PLACE OF SILENT KNOWLEDGE AT WILL. for a movement of my AP to make sense, I would need to have energy to fluctuate from the place of reason to the place of silent knowledge.. POS,220..in other words, the experiences from moving the AP can be described, to at least yourself, only when the position of the AP has become part of your new continuity. This occurs only when the person has enough energy to move the AP to that position at will. Before that the experience is only thought of as a hallucination or a something that doesn't fit in with your rationality so it can't be thought of as something that makes sense.

Paradoxically, I found what he was saying incomprehensible, yet also familiar and believable. ... that was so because he was directly addressing a part of me that was not quite rational and had the ability to grasp things directly, especially if a sorcerer spoke to it directly... something in the intensity of his eyes forced me to listen and follow his explanations. TSC,138. WHICH PEOPLE ARE THE CLOSEST PEOPLE FOR EXPLAINING THE NAGUAL? POETS AND POEMS ARE THE CLOSEST PEOPLE WHO CAN EXPLAIN THE NAGUAL Don Juan said that poets were keenly aware of our connecting link with the spirit, but that they were aware of it intuitively, not in the deliberate, pragmatic way of sorcerers. Poets have no first hand knowledge of the spirit..that is why their poems cannot really hit the center of true gestures of the spirit. they hit pretty close to it ,though.... poets can explain what can hardly be explained. POS, 63,121 2. OUR INTERPRETATION SYSTEM COLLAPSES (STOPPING THE WORLD) AND WE PERCEIVE THINGS WITHOUT INTERPRETATION. 2. DISREGARD OUR INTERPRETATION SYSTEM (STOPPING THE WORLD) TO PERCEIVE THINGS WITHOUT INTERPRETATION: OUR REALITY AS WE KNOW IT IS SHATTERED Disregard our interpretation system..the scope of what can be perceived without interpretation grows inordinately. the expansion of our perception is so gigantic that we are left with very few tools for sensory interpretation and thus, a sense of an infinite realness that is unreal or an infinite unrealness that could very well be real but is not. TAOD,97 IF THE NEW ITEMS OF THE INVENTORY CONTRADICT THE INVENTORY'S UNDERLINING ORDER, THE PERSON MIND COLLAPSES (STOPPING THE WORLD) The average person is willing to incorporate new items into his inventory if they don't contradict the inventory's underlying order. But if the items contradict that order, the person's mind collapses.POS,173. Sorcerers count on this when they attempt to break the mirror of self-reflection. POS,173. IT IMPOSSIBLE TO RESTORE A SHATTERED CONTINUITY ...it is impossible to restore a shattered continuity.... it is impossible of using the continuity dictated by the new position of their AP...the new continuity does not offer the assuredness they need to function as if they were in the world of everyday life. The sorcerers don't resolve this problem with continuity, the spirit resolves it...that is why impeccability is all that counts.... and that seems to beckon a solution... POS,231.

OUTLINE - Following the Eagle's Flight: Understanding the books of Carlos Castaneda

A.) SORCERY 1. SORCERY EXPLAINED WHEN WE EXPERIENCE THE NAGUAL WE MUST REVAMP OUR UNDERSTANDING OF THE WORLD through usage this specific way of perceiving becomes a system of interpreting sensory data...(when we move beyond our world) there is no sense to what we perceive ..the new sensory data has rendered our system inoperative; it can no longer be used to interpret what we are perceiving.. (but our rationality c omes back and takes a chaotic perception and makes it into a comprehensible world) TAOD,75,76,77... I would have given anything to be crazy. That would have absolved some part of me from the crushing responsibility of revamping my understanding of the worl d. (after CC realizes that the allies were actual entities.) SRP,134.

HOW DO WE REVAMP OUR UNDERSTANDING OF THE WORLD? WE TURN TO SORCERY AND THE SORCERY'S WAY WHICH TELLS US THAT OUR PERCEPTION IS FIXED AND CAN BE CHANGED ....First, by making us realize we process our perception to fit a mold and second, by fiercely guiding us to perceive energy directly.....like the one used to teach us to perceive the world of daily affairs. TAOD,3 WHY SHOULD WE REVAMP OUR WORLD? HUMANS MUST FREE THEIR PERCEPTION IN ORDER TO EVOLVE in order to evolve, humans must free their awareness from its bindings to the social order. Once awareness is free, intent will redirect it into a n ew evolutionary path. TAOD,176 THE PURPOSE OF HUMANS IS ONLY TO LEARN ...man lives only to learn. And if he learns it is because that is the nature of his lot, for good or bad. TDJ,64. ALL LIVING CREATURES EXIST TO ENHANCE AWARENESS the reason for the existence of all sentintent beings is to enhance awareness. FFW,54.. HUMANS NEED SPIRITUALITY, NOWADAYS MORE THAN EVER Nowadays, more than ever, man needs to ren ew himself and experience emptiness and freedom. TSC,103....man's predicament is that he intuits his hidden resources, but he dares not use them... man needs now, more so than ever, to be taught new ideas that have to do exclusively with his inner world- sorcerer's ideas, not social ideas, ideas pertaining to man facing the unknown, facing his personal death. ..he needs to be taught the secrets of the AP. POS, 233 WHAT IS SORCERY? SORCERY IS THE PATH THAT TEACHES US TO FREE ENERGY. PERCEIVE ENERGY DIRECTLY AND EXPERIENCE THE NAGUAL For don Juan, sorcery was the act of embodying some specialized theoretical and practical premises about the nature and role of perception in molding the universe around us. TAOD, I.. And that is sorcery: the ability to use energy fields that are not employed in perceiving the ordinary world we know. Sorcery is a state of awareness. Sorcery is the ability to perceive something which ordinary perception cannot. POS,8 DJ had taught us sorcery as a pragmatic endeavor by means of which any of us can directly perceive energy. TSC,viii...sorcery is the act of reaching the place of silent knowledge. POS,247...he also taught me the art of freedom and that means that I learned to see the flow of energy. TSC,53 FREE EXISTING ENERGY IN US BY FOLLOWING THE SORCERER'S WAY, DEVELOP THE ENERGY BODY AND ENTER OTHER WORLDS WITH ALL OUR PHYSICALITY in terms of practicalities, the trajectory of sorcery is, first, to free the existing energy in us by impeccably following th e sorcerers' path; second, to use that energy to develop the energy body by means of dreaming; and third, to use awareness as an element of the environment in order to enter with the energy body and all our physicality into other worlds.TAOD ? She went on to elaborate that abstract sorcerers seek freedom through enhancing their capacity to perceive, while concrete sorcerers. like the traditional ones who lived in ancient Mexico, seek personal power and gratification through increasing their self-importance. TSC,151. We are a group consisting of sixteen people, myself included and one being: Manfred... ten of the people are women. All of us do the same thing: we have dedicated our lives to developing our double. We use our ethereal bodies and defy many of the natural laws of the physical world. Now, if that's being a sorcerer, then all of us are sorcerers. If not, then we're not. TSC,161. SORCERY IS INTERFERENCE/KEY JOINT WHICH AFFECTS THINGS Sorcery is to apply one's will to a key joint.. sorcery is interference. A sorcerer searches and finds the key joint of anything he wants to affect and then he applies his will to it. A sorcerer doesn't have to see to be a sorcerer, all he has to know is how to use his will. SR,199.

SORCERY IS MORE THAN BLACK MAGIC, IT IS COLD, ABSTRACT, IMPERSONAL Sorcery is more than black cats and naked people dancing in a graveyard at midnight, putting hexes on people.. sorcery is cold, abstract, personal. That's why we call the act of perceiving it the sorcerer's crossing, or the flight to th e abstract. To withstand its awesome pull we have to be strong and determined; it's not for the timid or weak -hearted. TSC,248. SORCERY IS A JOURNEY OF RETURN. WE RETURN VICTORIOUS TO THE SPIRIT, HAVING DESCENDED INTO HELL. AND FROM HELL WE BRING TROPHIES. UNDERSTANDING IS ONE OF OUR TROPHIES. sorcery is a journey of return. We return victorious to the spirit, having descended into hell. And from hell we bring trophies. Understanding is one of our trophies. POS,167 SORCERY TRUTHS THAT HAVE NO RATIONAL FOUNDATIONS AND ARE TRUTHS FOUND ONLY FOR PEOPLE WHO PERCEIVE ENERGY DIRECTLY AND SEE THE ESSENCE OF EVERYTHING Sorcery truths.. these have no rational foundations and no relation whatsoever to the facts of our daily world but which are self evident truths for the sorcerers who perceive energy directly and see the essence of everything. TAOD, 5 WHY IS IT CALLED SORCERY? CALLING THE KNOWLEDGE SORCERY OBSCURES EVEN MORE THE ALREADY OBSCURE PHENOMENA PRESENTED IN THE TEACHINGS Following don Juan's suggestion, I have refrained from using shamanism, a category proper to anthropology, to classify his knowledge. I have called it all along what he himself called it: sorcery. On examination, however, I realized that calling it sorcery obscures even more th e already obscure phenomena he presented to me in his teachings. TAOD,i., POS,7 IT DOESN'T MAKE ANY DIFFERENCE WHAT TERMS ARE USED TO DESCRIBE SORCERY AS LONG AS THE TRUTHS HAVE BEEN VERIFIED BY SEEING. it does not make any difference what terms are used (to describe sorcery) as long as the truths have been verified by seeing... FFW,65,66 THE TERMS SORCERER'S USE ARE NEVER A FIGURE OF SPEECH BECAUSE IT STEMS FROM SEEING AND EMBRACES EVERYTHING THAT SEERS CAN ATTAIN if the terms we propose originate in our reason they can only communicate the mundane agreement of everyday life. When seers propose a term.. it is never a figure of speech because it stems from seeing and embraces everything that seers can attain. FFW,65,66 SORCERY CONTRADICTION HOW CAN MAN KEEP THE BONDS OF HIS HUMANNESS AND STILL VENTURE GLADLY AND PURPOSEFULLY INTO THE ABSOLUTE LONELINESS OF ETERNITY? WHENEVER YOU RESOLVE THIS RIDDLE, YOU'LL BE READY FOR THE DEFINITIVE JOURNEY. how can man keep the bonds of his humanness and still venture gladly and purposefully into the absolute loneliness of eternity? Whenev er you resolve this riddle, you'll be ready for the definitive journey. FFW,116. THE RIDDLE OF THE SPIRIT, OR THE PARADOX OF THE ABSTRACT - SORCERER'S THOUGHTS AND ACTIONS PROJECTED BEYOND OUR HUMAN CONDITION. the riddle of the spirit, or the paradox of the abstract - sorcerer's thoughts and actions projected beyond our human condition. POS,12.

THE RIDDLE OF THE HEART; THE PUZZLEMENT SORCERERS FEEL UPON BEOMING AWARE OF TWO THINGS: FIRST THAT THE WORLD APPEARS TO US TO BE UNALTERABLY OBJECTIVE AND FACTUAL, BECAUSE OF PECULIARITIES OF OUR AWARENESS AND PERCEPTION; SECOND, THAT IF DIFFERENT PECULIARITIES OF PERCEPTION COME INTO PLAY, THE VERY THINGS ABOUT THE WORLD THAT SEEM SO UNALTERABLY OBJECTIVE AND FACTUAL CHANGE. ..is the riddle of the heart; the puzzlement sorcerers feel upon beoming aware of two things: first that the world appears to us to be unalterably objective and factual, because of peculiarities of our awareness and perception; second, that if different peculiarities of perception come into play, the very things about the world that seem so unalterably objective and factual change. POS,12 ( In other words, Don Juan thought that if you learn to relive or undergo certain experiences that your assemblage point will shift. Thus art of stalking is just a way to practice moving the assemblage point. If you move the assemblage point your perception changes.. if your perception changes then your world view changes.) SORCERY'S NEGATIVE REPUTATION FOR THE AVERAGE MAN SORCERY IS A NEGATIVE BUSINESS ...for the average man..sorcery is a negative buisness....but it serves to attract interest.. but for the new seers to be sorcerers would be like entering a dead- end street. (DJ is talking about how the old sorcerers became doomed when they became obsessed with the unknown universes.) FFW,17 THE WORD SORCERER CONNOTES BELIEFS AND ACTIONS THAT ARE NOT PART OF WHAT THE NEW SORCERERS DO We are sorcerers interested in power, in gathering energy, not losing it... I don't feel at ease with the word sorcerer.. he said (Don Juan).. because it connotes beliefs and actions that are not part of what we do. TSC,161. ...In this house are sorcerers... the nagual, myself (Clara), Manfred and the fourteen others you haven't met yet. We are all sorcerer's, all abstract beings. If you want to think of sorcery as something concrete, involving rituals and magic potions, all I can tell you is that there are sorcerers who are as concrete as that, but you won't find them in this house. TSC,150. 2. TYPES OF SORCERERS WHAT IS A SORCERER? ANYONE WHO SUCCEEDS IN MOVING THEIR ASSEMBLAGE POINT TO A NEW POSITION IS A SORCERER. A sorcerer to us, is someone who, through discipline and perserverance, can break the limits of natural perception... TSC,150. Anyone who succeeds in moving his assemblage point to a new position is a sorcerer.POS,94 YOU DO NOT HAVE TO BE AN APPRENTICE OF SORCERY TO MOVE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT one did not have to be an apprentice of sorcery to reach this threshold (see moving the AP)POS,101 ONLY A SORCERER CAN EXPERIENCE THE NAGUAL while the naugal which is in everything manifested itself only to the eye of the sorcerer. SRP,199 THE ONLY DIFFERENCE BETWEEN AN AVERAGE MAN AND A SORCERER IS WHAT ONE EMPHASIZES: THE SORCERER USES THAT THRESHOLD AS A POINT OF REFERENCE AND AN AVERAGE MAN DOES HIS BEST TO FORGET ALL ABOUT IT. and the only difference between an average man and a sorcerer, in such cases, is what each emphasizes. A sorcerer emphasizes crossing this threshold and uses the memory of it as a point of reference. An average man does not cross the threshold and does his best to forget all about it. POS, 101.... SORCERERS CAN CHANGE THEIR AWARENESS ON EITHER SIDE OF THE DOUBLE AT WILL, WITH A BREATH AND ARE AS EFFICIENT AT SORCERY OR MARTIAL ARTS AS READILY AS THEY CAN MANIPULATE INTRICATE ACADEMIC CONSTRUCTS I asked him if there are some people who can focus their awareness on either side of the double at will. .. sorc erers can do that... the day you can do that, you'll be a sorceress yourself. TSC,237. He said that some people can shift their awareness to the right or the left side of the double, after they have successfully completed the abstract flight, simply by manipulating the flow of their breath. Such people can practice sorcery or martial arts as readily as they can manipulate intricate academic constructs. TSC,237.

CHARACTERISTICS OF SORCERER'S SORCERER'S ARE MYSTERIOUS Sorcerer's are extremely mysterious beings... because most of the time they act from the energy of their double. TSC,231. SORCERERS AS STORYTELLER Sorcerers were storytellers.. storytelling for them was not only the advance runner that probed their perceptual limits but their path to perfection, to power, to the spirit. POS,124 SORCERER'S CREATE ILLUSIONS Sorcerer's create illusions. TSC,155. COMPARING SORCERER'S TO PRIESTS AND NUNS: NO REAL DIFFERENCE IN LIFESTYLES she saw no difference in terms of life-style between sorcerers and true nuns and priests. She pointed out that not only were true nuns and priests complete as a rule, but they did not even weaken themselves with sexual acts... that is the reason why they will never be exterminated, no matter who tries to exterminate them... th ose who are after them are always empty; they don't have the vigour that true nuns and priests have... we have given up the world and yet we are in the midst of it. SRP,212. SHINE OF A SORCERER'S EYE INTENSITY IS AN AUTOMATIC RESULT OF THE MOVEMENT OF THE AP..IT IS AN ASPECT OF INTENT SO IT IS CONNECTED TO THE SHINE OF A SORCERER'S EYES.. intensity is an automatic result of the movement of the AP..it is an aspect of intent so it is connected to the shine of a sorcerer's eyes...POS,246 it's shown in the eyes of a sorcerer.. like a shimmering film over the eyes...the eyes of a sorcerer are brilliant.. POS,134. THE GREATER THE SHINE, THE MORE RUTHLESS THE SORCERER...THIS IS BECAUSE THE FIRMER THE GRIP OF THE AP ON THE PLACE OF NO PITY..THE MORE THE EYES SHOWN. the greater the shine, the more ruthless the sorcerer...this is because the firmer the grip of the AP on the place of no pity..the more the eyes shown. POS,134... TYPES OF SORCERER'S MASTER SORCERER a master sorcerer was an eagle, or rather could make himself into an eagle. SR, 98.. a master sorcerer could take his disciple on a journey with him and could actually pass through the ten layers of the other world. SR,99 (SEE OTHER WORLDS)The master provided that h e was an eagle, could start at the very bottom layer and then go through each successive world until he reached the top. Evil sorcerers and dilettantes could be at best... go through only three layers. SR,99 You start at the very bottom and then your teacher takes you with him in his flight and soon, boom!. You go through the second; and boom! SR,99 He is a being who shapes and molds perception the way you paint a picture with your brushes. but that doesn't mean that he is abitrary. When he manipulates perception with his intent, his behavior is impeccable. TSC,92... when a consummate sorcerer is ready to leave the world, all he has to do is manipulate perception, intend a door, step through it and disappear. TSC,92. She's so far removed from human beings and their concerns that her energy might completely disrupt you. By now, there's no difference between her physical body and her ethereal double. What I mean to say is that she is a master sorceress. TSC,173. EVIL SORCERER an evil sorcerer was a "tecolote", an owl.... an evil sorcerer was a child of the night and for such a man the most useful animals were the mountain lion or other wild cats, or the night birds, especially the owl. SR,98

LYRIC SORCERER the brujos liricos, lyric sorcerers, meaning the dilettante sorcerers, preferred other animals-a crow for example. SR,98. PHONY SORCERER a phony sorcerer tries to explain everything in the world with explanations he is not sure about.. and so everything is witchcraft. SR,127. BETTER TO SEE THAN BE A SORCERER To be a sorcerer is a terrible burden...it is much better to learn to see. A man who sees is everything, in comparison, the sorcerer is a sad fellow. SR,199. SEERS THERE ARE MANY KINDS OF SEERS Seers ..come in all shapes and sizes..there are scores of imbeciles who become seers. ..the characteristic of miserable seers is that they forget the wonder of the world... they become overwhelmed by the fact that they can see and believe its their genius that counts. ...Description of the two kinds of seers (FFW,29) SEERS HAVE A HARD TIME COPING WITH SEEING Seers ordinarily go to pieces on finding out that existence is incomprehensibly complex and that our normal awareness maligns it with its limitations. FFW,70.. WHAT ARE SOME OTHER NAMES OF SORCERY? THE ART OF EMPTINESS/THE ART OF FREEDOM The art of emptiness was the technique practiced by Chinese men of wisdom who wanted to go through the dragon's eye... today, we call it the art of freedom. We f eel it's a better term because that art really leads to an abstract realm where humanness doesn't count... everything we have heard about this realm, from sages and seers who sought it, smacks of human concerns. But we, the ones who practice the art of freedom, have found out from firsthand experience that this is an inaccurate portrayal. in our experience, whatever is human in that realm is so unimportant that it is lost in the vastness. TSC,65. The art I am going to teach you is called the art of freedom. An art infinitely difficult to practice, but even more difficult to explain...TSC,43. .. WHAT IS THE ULTIMATE GOAL OF SORCERY? THE ULTIMATE GOAL OF SORCERY IS TO LIGHT ALL THE EMANATIONS INSIDE THEIR COCOON (LIGHT THE FIRE FROM WITHIN) WHICH MAKES US ENTER INTO THE THIRD ATTENTION/THIRD POINT (COMPLETE FREEDOM FROM PERCEPTION)/THIS MAKES US SLIP BY THE EAGLE WITHOUT BEING CONSUMED IN FULL AWARENESS the final purpose for the impeccability code is that one day their individual connecting link with intent had to set them free to light the fire from within. POS,115 A perfect recapitulation could change a warrior as much, if not more, than the total control of the dreaming body. In this respect, dreaming and stalking led to the same end, the entering of the third attention. It was important for a warrior to know and practice both. EG,288 Warriors have only one thing in mind-their freedom. to die and be eaten by the Eagle is no challenge. On the other hand, to sneak around the Eagle and be free is the ultimate audacity. EG,296. ...the supreme accomplishment of human beings.. is to attain that level of attention (third) while retaining the lifeforce, without becoming a disembodied awareness moving like a flicker of light up to the Eagle's beak to be devoured. FFW,85. The real hope for us lies in the center.... he said touching my forehead and the center of my chest.. for in the wall that divides the two sides of the double is a hidden door that opens into a third, thin, secret compartment. Only when this door opens can one experience true freedom. TSC,237. ....The aim of sorcerers is to reach a state of total awareness in order to experience all the possibilities available to man. This state of awareness even implies an alternative way of dying. POS,15. Sorcerers' purpose is to free their perception. Sorcerers don't make up the world they are perceiving; they perceive energy directly, and then they discover that what they are perceiving is an unknown world. TAOD,79 The new seers aim to be free.

FFW,132 ....the new seers are the warriors of total freedom, that their only search is the ultimate liberation that comes when they attain total awareness. FFW,146. She revealed in a confiding tone that we die because the possiblity that we could be transformed hasn't entered our conception. She stressed that this transformation must be accomplished during our lifetime, and that to succeed in this task is the only true purpose a human being can have. All other attainments are transient, since death dissolves them into nothingness.. the transformantion entails a total change.. and that is accomplished by the recapitulation; the conerstone of the art of freedom. TSC,43 Abstract....the search for freedom, the freedom to perceive, without obsessions, all that's humanly possible. TAOD 2..to be abstract means to make yourself available to the spirit by being aware of it.. not thinking abstractly POS,223. Freedom.....of perception...the third point....it is intent, the spirit, the somersault of thought into the miraculous; the act of reaching beyond our boundaries and touching the inconceivable. POS, 224, 228.. cannot be an investment...an adventure with no end, in which we risk our lives and much more for a few moments of something beyond words, beyond thoughts or feelings..to seek freedom is the only driving force..to fly off into that infinity out there..to dissolv e..to lift off..to be like a flame of a candle, which in spite of being up against the light of a billion stars, remains intact, because it never pretended to be more than what it is: a mere candle TAOD,81 they were warriors of total freedom..not caught by death..but choose the moment and their departure from this world...at that moment they would be consumed by the fire from within and vanish from the face of the earth. FFW,13.. the new seers let the mastery of awareness develop to its natural end, which is to extend the glow of awareness beyond the bounds of the luminous cocoon in one single stroke. (see third attention) FFW,85. He asserted that for the new seers to enter into the third attention is also a gift, but has a different meaning. It is more like a reward for an attainment. FFW,85 THE EAGLE FOR PURPOSES OF ENHANCING AWARENESS ALLOWS BEINGS TO SLIP BY IT WITHOUT BEING CONSUMED It is only from the Eagle's actions that a seer can tell what it wants. The Eagle, although it is not moved by the circumstances of any living being, has granted a gift to each of those beings. In its own way and right, any one of them, if it so desires, has the power to keep the flame of awareness, the power to disobey the summons to die and be consumed. Every living thing has been granted the power, if it so desires, to seek an opening to freedom and go through it. it is evident to the seer who sees the opening and to the creatures who go through it, that the Eagle has granted that gift in order to perpetuate awareness. EG,173. TO HELP GUIDE BEINGS PAST THE EAGLE, THE EAGLE CREATED THE NAGUAL For the purpose of guiding living things to that opening, the Eagle created the Naugal.(this refers to living beings.. not intent or will) EG,173 IS SORCERY A BETTER LIFE THAN THE AVERAGE NORMAL ONE? A SORCERER IS ONLY SLIGHTLY BETTER OFF THAN THE AVERAGE MAN. SORCERY DOES NOT HELP HIM LIVE A BETTER LIFE; IN FACT, I SHOULD SAY THAT SORCERY HINDERS HIM; IT MAKES HIS LIFE CUMBERSOME, PRECARIOUS. There is very little to sorcery once you find out its trick. A sorcerer is only slightly better off than the average man. Sorcery does not help him live a better life; in fact, I should say that sorcery hinders him; it makes his life cumbersome, precarious.SR,214. BY OPENING HIMSELF TO KNOWLEDGE A SORCERER BECOMES MORE VULNERABLE THAN THE AVERAGE MAN By opening himself to knowledge a sorcerer becomes more vulnerable than the average man. On the one hand his fellow men hate him and fear him and will strive to end his life; on the other hand the inexplicable and unbending forces that surround every one of us, by right of our being alive, are for a sorcerer a source of greater danger. To be pierced by a fellow man is indeed painful, but nothing in comparison to being touched by an ally. A sorcerer, by opening himself to knowledge, falls prey to his will; thus he must feel and act like a warrior. What helps a sorcerer live a better life is the strength of being a warrior. SR,214.

3. THE HISTORY OF SORCERY HOW DID SORCERY START? A GROUP KNOWN AS THE TOLTECS/SORCERERS OF ANTIQUITY PROBABLY ATE SOME POWER PLANTS FOR SOME REASON AND AFTER SOME TIME BEGAN TO ANALYZE THEIR EXPERINECE The way the Toltecs first started on the path of knowledge was by eating power plants.. whether prompted by curiosity, or hunger, or error they ate them. it was only a matter of time before some of them began to analyse their experiences. FFW,17 WHAT IS A TOLTEC? ANTHROPOLOGICAL IT WAS A CULTURE OF NAHUATL-SPEAKING PEOPLE IN CENTRAL AND SOUTHERN MEXICO WHICH WAS ALREADY EXTINCT BY THE TIME OF THE SPANISH CONQUEST The anthropological meaning was... a culture of Nahuatl-speaking people in central and soutern Mexico which was already extinct at the time of the Spanish conquest. SRP,163. A TOLTEC IS ONE WHO KNOWS BOTH THE MYSTERIES OF STALKING AND DREAMING A Toltec is the receiver and holder of mysteries. SRP,163. A sorcerer is a Toltec when that sorcerer has received the mysteries of stalking and dreaming. SRP,215. WHAT DOES THE WORD "TOLTEC" MEAN? TOLTEC MEANS "MAN OF KNOWLEDGE" AND DOES NOT REFER TO THE TOLTEC EMPIRE. Toltec means "man of knowledge" and does not refer to the Toltec Empire. FFW,18. WHEN DID THE TOLTECS EXIST? PROBABLY THE LAST LINK IN A CHAIN PERHAPS THOUSANDS OF YEARS BEFORE THE SPANISH CONQUEST Toltecs existed ages (centuries or perhaps even millennia FFW,18) before the Spaniards came to Mexico...last link in a chain of knowledge that extended over thousands of years FFW,16 Sorcerers of antiquity.. men who existed in Mexico perhaps thousands of years before the Spanish Conquest, ( perhaps as far back as ten thousand years ago..ruled from seven thousand to three thousand years ago..from then on, sorcerers have been regrouping, restructuring what was left of the old ones. TAOD,59) WHERE DID THEY LIVE? ALL SUCH MEN OF KNOWLEDGE LIVED WITHIN A VAST GEOGRAPHICAL AREA, NORTH AND SOUTH OF THE VALLEY OF MEXICO ..all such men of knowledge lived within a vast geographical area, north and south of the valley of M exic o..FFW,18 WHAT KIND OF JOBS DID THEY DO? CURING, BEWITCHING, STORYTELLING, DANCING, BEING AN ORACLE, PREPARING FOOD AND DRINK. THOSE LINES OF WORK FOSTERED SPECIFIC WISDOM, WISDOM THAT DISTINGUISHED THEM FROM AVERAGE MEN and were employed in specific lines of work: curing, bewitching, storytelling, dancing, being an oracle, preparing food and drink. Those lines of work fostered specific wisdom, wisdom that distinguished them from average men...they were also people who fitted into th e structure of everyday life, very much as doctors, artists, teachers, priests and merchants in our time do. They practiced their professions under the strict control of organized brotherhoods and became proficient and influential... FFW,18

WHAT SORCERY DID THEY DEVELOP? THEY KNEW THE ART OF HANDLING AWARENESS/THEY KNEW THOUSANDS OF POSITIONS OF THE SECOND ATTENTION they knew the art of handling awaren ess. FFW,16 men whose greatest accomplishment had been to build the structures of sorcery, emphasizing practicality and concreteness. He rendered them as men who were brilliant but lacking in wisdom. TAOD, pg The Toltecs had divided their secret knowledge into two sets of five categories each: the earth and the dark regions, fire and water, the above and below, the loud and the silent, the moving and the stationary. ... the old seers secret knowledge of the earth was employed either to groom or to destroy anything that stands on the ground. FFW,98,99 Toltec power stand (description of and turning to the north) SRP,273,274. H olding the images of dreams was a Toltec art. SRP,242. They put all their eggs in one basket: the fixation of the assemblage point on the thousands of positions it can adopt...out of all the marvelous things the old sorcerers learned exploring those thousands of positions, only the art of dreaming and the art of stalking remain. TAOD,69... the old seers aimed at lighting up all the emanations inside their cocoons, one band at a time, They succeeded, but oddly enough the accomplishment of lighting up one band at a time was instrumental in their becoming imprisoned in the quagmire of the second attention. FFW,85 ...(they were the only ones able to change their energetic shape into a straight line.)..they were trying to bend themselves into circles, which they couldn't quite make..they had also succeeded in stretching the duration of their consciousness. So they are alive and conscious to this day. TAOD, 12,13...they exist today in one of the layers of the universe. TAOD, 171. ..they coined the name allies (inorganic beings) and the allies taught them to move the assemblage point out of the egg's boundaries into the nonhuman universe...into worlds beyond the human domain. TAOD,49. The old sorcerers used to love their allies...more than they loved their own kind. TAOD,52,58 The dreaming emissary became the most vital entity for the (old Sorcerers) TAOD,67 (they could transform themselves into whatever by keeping the uniformity and cohesion of their assemblage point..their AP was very fluid ..they would shift their AP, stalk their perception, rearrange their cohesiveness to fit their new state of awareness..) TAOD,78 They preferred shifts of the AP...and were after the human unknown. TAOD,79 WHAT WERE THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE TOLTECS? POWERFUL SORCERERS, SOMBER THEY LEANED TOWARD ACTION. THEIR BID IS TO DOMINATE, TO MASTER EVERYBODY AND EVERYTHING. ....powerful sorcerers, somber...they would influence and victimize people by fixating the awareness of their victims whatever they chose. FFW,16. Everything the Toltecs do is very simple. SRP,258. The ancient sorcerers were not given to thought. They leaned toward action. POS,42. Their bid is to dominate, to master everybody and everything. FFW,122 they did not seek order which was a great m istake..and a deadly consequence was their assumption that the unknown and the unknowable are the same thing. FFW,49. they were all action and no real knowledge... when it came time for them to understand what they had seen, they couldn't do it. FFW,70,71 THEY WERE SIMILAR TO THE ANCIENT CHINESE.. THEY WANTED TO UNDERSTAND THE UNIVERSE ETC.. the people of pre-Hispanic Mexico were very similar in many respects to the ancient Chinese. Perhaps because they both may have had the same origins, they shared a similar world view. The ancient Indians of Mexico.. had a slight advantage.. because the world in which they lived was in transition. This made them extremely eclectic and curious about every facet of existence. They wanted to understand the universe, life, death and the range of human possibilities in terms of awareness and perception. Their great drive to know led them to develop practices that enabled them to arrive at unimaginable levels of awareness. They made detailed descriptions of their practices and mapped the realms that those practices unveiled. This tradition they handed down from generation to generation, always shrouding it in secrecy. TSC,122.

WHAT HAPPENED TO THE TOLTECS? THEY BECAME BOGGED DOWN IN THE SECOND ATTENTION/THE SPANISH CAME AND CONQUERED THEM AND ONLY A FEW SURVIVED The cultural context of DJ's knowledge. He did not know that himself. He viewed it as the product of a sort of Pan Indianism. His conjecture about its origin was that at one time, in the Indian world prior to the Conquest, the handling of the second attention became vitiated. It was developed without any hinderance over perhaps thousands of years, to the point that it lost its strength. The practioners of that time may have had no need for controls, and thus witho ut restraint, the second attention, instead of becoming stronger, became weaker by virtue of its increased intricacy. Then the Spanish invaders came and destroyed the Indian world.. Only a handful of warriors survived... whatever DJ knew about the second attention was the restructured version, a new version which had built in restraints because it had been forged under the harshest conditions of suppresion..EG,187. ..demise of the Toltecs FFW,19 Just as in China, where there were ancient beliefs so farfetched that they have turned into legends, here in M exico we also have our share of beliefs and legends...here in Mexico, there were two cultures that collided head on: the Spaniards and the Indians... We know everything about ancient Spain but not ancient Mexico simply because the Spaniards were the victors and tried to obliterate Indian traditions. But in spite of their systematic and relentless efforts, they didn't succeed completely. TSC,101. SORCERERS OF TODAY/NEW SEERS HOW THE NEW SEERS DEVELOPED (how the new seers developed. FFW,20, 21) HOW THE NEW SEERS TAUGHT THEIR IDEAS (new seers of how they teach their ideas.. FFW,187) WHAT IS THE PHILOSOPHY AND CHARACTERISTICS OF THE NEW SEERS? THEY CHANGED THE OLD SORCERY TO FIT THEIR NEEDS Sorcerers of today.... ..men renowned for their sound minds and their capacity to rectify the course for sorcery if they deemed it necessary.... they were through with description, comparison, and conjecture of any sort. FFW, 61. THE HARSH CONDITIONS FOR THE OLD SEERS HELPED DEVELOP THE NEW SORCERERS (after the Spanish conquest..the tonal of the Indians were obliterated..except for the sorcerers whose tonal)..took refuge in their nagual....The men of knowledge of today are the product of those conditions and are the ultimate connoisseurs of the nagual since they were left there thoroughly alone. There, the white man has never ventured. In fact, he doesn't even have the idea it exists. TOP,138. THEY DIDN'T WANT CONCRETE THINGS ...they have no interest in concrete gains. There are no social functions for them, as there were for the sorcerers of the past. So you'll never catch them being the official seers or the sorcerers in residence. TAOD, 2 THEY DIDN'T WANT RITUALS OR THE UNKNOWN Because we are interested in something beyond the aberrant esoteric rituals and incanations of those sorcerers of ancient times. You see, we believe that their bizarre practices and obsessive search for power resulted only in a greater enhancement of the self. TSC,123..This is a dead-end road, for it never leads to total freedom. Which is what we ourselves are after. The danger is that one can easily become swayed by the mood of those sorcerers. TSC,123. We are sorcerers from the same tradition as those of ancient times. We have inherited all their esoteric rituals and incantations, but although we know how to use them we aren't interested in making them work. TSC,154. THEY ONLY WENT INTO THE INORGANIC WORLDS AS ONLY A TRAINING EXERCISE They (would go into other worlds (inorganic) only as an exercise)..they prefer movements of the AP...they were after the nonhuman unknown. TAOD, 79.

THE WORLD'S PRODUCED ARE OF NO VALUE FOR A WARRIOR ...most of the time the worlds the AP had assembled had been so close to the world of everyday life as to be virtually phantom worlds. Those visions are the product of man's inventory..they are no value for warrior's..because they are produced by a lateral shift of the AP. THEY MAPPED THE UNKNOWN TO MAKE IT SEPERATE FROM THE UNKNOWABLE through the use of controlled seeing, the new seers began to map the unknown (making it available to our perception) in order to seperate it from the unknowable.FFW,51 THEY DIDN'T WANT TO TALK ABOUT RANDOM CASES OF PEOPLE WHO ENTER THE UNKNOWN the new seers did not consider it worthwhile to discuss the random cases of men and other sentient beings who enter the unknown and the unknowable without being aware of it; he referred to this as the Eagle's gift. FFW,85 THE NEW SEERS WERE PROFOUNDLY DISTURBED BY THE FACT THAT AWARENESS FORESTALLS DEATH AND AT THE SAME TIME INDUCES IT BY BEING FOOD FOR THE EAGLE. SINCE THEY COULD NOT EXPLAIN IT, FOR THERE IS NO RATIONAL WAY TO UNDERSTAND EXISTENCE, SEERS REALIZED THAT THEIR KNOWLEDGE IS COMPOSED OF CONTRADICTORY PROPOSITIONS The new seers were profoundly disturbed by the fact that awareness forestalls death and at the same time induces it by being food for the Eagle. Since they could not explain it, for there is no rational way to understand existence, seers realized that their knowledge is composed of contradictory propositions.... the new seers found unquestionable truths by means of seeing. Those truths are arranged in terms of supossedly blatent contradictions. FFW,91 HOW DO THE NEW SORCERERS ORGANIZE THEIR LINEAGE? THERE ARE TWO BRANCHES OF THAT LINEAGE, EACH HAS EIGHT MEMBERS. THE MEMBERS OF CLARA'S BRANCH ARE THE GRAUS AND THE MEMBERS OF MY BRANCH ARE THE ABELARS. We are a lineage, but not a family lineage. In this house there are two branches of that lineage, eac h has eight members. The members of Clara's branch are the Graus and the members of my branch are the Abelars. Our origin is lost in time. We count ourselves by generations. I can teach what my group knows to someone who is like me. In this case, you are an Abelar (Nelida talking to Taisha.) TSC,189. EXPLANATION OF THE NAUGAL'S GROUP EG,174-178.... Stop at pg. 174... end of second full paragraph. SHAMINISM WHAT IS IT? SHAMINISM IS DESCRIBED A S A BELIEF SYSTEM... ....WHICH MAINTAINS THAT AN UNSEEN WORLD OF ANCESTRAL SPIRITUAL FORCES, GOOD AND EVIL, IS PERVASIVE AROUND US AND THAT THESE SPIRITUAL FORCES CAN BE SUMMONED OR CONTROLLED THROUGH THE ACTS OF PRACTITIONERS, WHO ARE THE INTERMEDIARIES BETWEEN THE NATURAL AND THE SUPERNATURAL REALMS. DON JUAN CALLED THE SUPERNATURAL THE SECOND ATTENTION. Shaminism is described as a belief system... ....which maintains that an unseen world of ancestral spiritual forces, good and evil, is pervasive around us and that these spiritual forces can be summoned or controlled through the acts of practitioners, who are the intermediaries between the natural and the supernatural realms. don juan called the supernatural the second attention. TAOD i. WHO PRACTICES SHAMINISM? 1. Native people of northern Asia , TAOD, i 2. Certain North American Indian tribes, TAOD, i 3. Toltecs

OTHER SORCERERS to this day there are scores of sorcerers all over, Mexico, descendents of those conquerors, who follow the Toltec ways but don't know what they are doing, because they are not seers. ..they copied the procedures of the Toltec seers without having the Toltec's inner knowledge...FFW,19 MAZATEC SORCERER SRP,186. TARAHUMARA INDIAN TDJ,91 REFERENCES Pima Indians.. JTI,57 MITOTE a long peyote ceremony for peyoteros and apprentices. TDJ,142. DIABLERA a helper is the aid of a diablero. A helper is a spirit that lives on the other side of the world and helps a diablero to cause sickness and pain. It helps him kill. (not the same as an ally) To tame an ally is hard work. it is easier to get a helper on the oth er side. TDJ,181.

B.) SORCERER'S WAY 1. RATIONAL FOR THE SORCERER'S WAY HOW DOES SORCERY TEACH US TO REACH THIS ULTIMATE GOAL? Sorcerer's follow a series of guidelines called the sorcerer's way or impeccability WHAT IS THE DEFINITION OF THE SORCERER'S WAY? THE SORCERER'S WAY ARE CHOICES WE MAKE IN LIFE THAT ARE DESIGNED TO CHANGE THE WAY WE LOOK AND ACT TOWARDS THINGS. the sorcerer's way is a specific sequence of actions. POS,158 ...a chain of behavioral choices for dealing with the world, choices much more intelligent than those our progenitors taught us. These sorcerers' choices are designed to revamp our lives by altering our basic reactions about being alive. TAOD, ? ...dusting the connectin g link to intent, or stalking oneself POS, 67 MOLDING OUR LIFE SITUATION SO THAT WE CAN GET SOME ENERGY There are two ways of facing our being alive...one is to surrender to it, either by acquiescing to its demands or by fighting those demands. The other is by molding our paticular life situation to fit our own configurations...one's particular life situation can be molded to fit one's specification...dreamer's do that. Through molding this awareness of being alive (molding one's life situation) we can get enough energy to reach and sustain the energy body and with it we can certainly mold the total direction and consequences of our lives.TAOD, 33,34 ENERGY CAN BE CULMATIVE ...(energy tends to be culumative... TAOD,138) WHAT ARE THE OTHER NAMES OF THE SORCERER'S WAY? Sorcerer's way/warrior's way/impeccability

WHAT IS IMPECCABILITY? IMPECCABILITY IS SIMPLY THE BEST USE OF OUR ENERGY LEVEL impeccability is simply the best use of our energy level POS,232, FFW,30... The only thing that counts is impeccability, that is, freed energy. FFW,119 ...the only thing that stores energy for us is our impeccability. POS,232 ...that action of rechanneling that energy is impeccability. FFW,31...it leaves us to scrounge energy for ourselves, wherever we can find it. TAOD, ? ....learning to save energy.. POS,8 .... ..think of sorcery as learning to save energy. And thi s energy will enable you to handle some of th e energy fields which are inaccessible to you now. POS,8 ....to be in an impeccable state of being is to be free of rational assumptions and fears. FFW,279... ...impeccability is to do your best in whatever you're engaged in. TOP,191..a life of impeccability by itself leads unavoidably to a sense of sobriety, and this in turn leads to the movement of the AP. FFW,195 Impeccability is indeed the only act which is free and thus the true measure of a warrior's spirit. TOP,241 impeccability the only thing that counts in the path of knowledge. FFW,33 .......Be impeccable and you'll have enough energy to reach the place of silent knowledge. POS, 267 THE RULE WAS ENDLESS AND COVERED EVERY FACET OF A WARRIOR'S BEHAVIOR . The rule was endless and covered every facet of a warrior's behavior. EG, 178. How the seers saw this rule. EG,178. TWO TYPES OF INTERPRETATIONS OF THE RULE: UNIVERSAL AND INDIVIDUAL two types of interpretations of the rule: universal and individual. explanations of and examples. EG,181. WHAT IS THE RATIONALITY BEHIND SORCERY/SORCERER'S WAY? THAT IS PROVIDED BY THE SORCERER'S EXPLANATION sorcerer's explanation..DJ gives it to CC start, TOP,224,225 You now know about the tonal and the nagual which are the core of the sorcerer's explanation. TOP,225. WHAT IS THE SORCERY'S EXPLANATION? The sorcery's basic premise is that the universe is just energy WE MUST BELIEVE THAT THE UNIVERSE IS ENERGY OR WE WILL NEVER PERCEIVE ENERGY DIRECTLY ..If we don't start out with the premise that it is a world of energy, we'll never be able to perceive energy directly. We'll always be stopped by the physical certainty of what you've just pointed out: the hardness of objects. TAOD,4. The social base of our perception should be the physical certainty that energy is all there is. TAOD, 3 AND THAT EVERYTHING AROUND US IS ONLY A PERCEPTION PERCEPTION IS THE UNLTIMATE MYSTERY BECAUSE IT'S TOTALLY UNEXPLAINABLE/ EVERYTHING IS PERCEPTION/EVERYTHING IS AN UNFATHOMABLE MYST ERY Perception is the ultimate mystery because it's totally unexplainable. Sorcerers as human beings are perceiving creatures, but what they perceive is neither good nor evil; everything is just perception. If human beings, through discipline, can perceive more than is normally permitted, more power to them. TSC,215. Your reason is willing to admit that the world is not as the description portrays it, that there is much more to it than meets the eye...TOP,265 The first precept of the rule is that everything that surrounds us is an unfathomable mystery. EG,279 I've told you time and time again that the world is unfathomable..and so are we, and so is ev ery being that exists in this world. It is impossible, therefore, to reason out the double. You've been allowed to witness it, though, and that should be more than enough. TOP,49.The world around us is very mysterious..it doesn't yield its secrets easily. JTI,22.

THE WORLD IS A MYSTERY THE WORLD IS INCOMPREHENSIBLE. WE WON'T EVER UNDERSTAND IT; WE WON'T EVER UNRAVEL ITS SECRETS. THUS WE MUST TREAT IT AS IT IS, A SHEER MYSTERY. The world is all that is encased here...life,death,people, the allies, and everything else that surrounds us. The world is incomprehensible. We won't ever understand it; we won't ever unravel its secrets. Thus we must treat it as it is, a sheer mystery. SR,219... The world is a mystery..and it is not at all as you picture it.... Well, it is also as you picture it, but that's not all there is to world; there is much more to it. JTI,165. A WARRIOR TREATS THE WORLD AS A MYSTERY/PEOPLE AS THE FOLLY A warrior is aware of this confusion and learns to treat things properly. the things that people do cannot under any conditions be more important than the world. And thus a warrior treats the world as an endless mystery and what people do as an endless folly. SR,220. THE MYSTERY OF US IS OUTSIDE US/WHAT MAKES US PERCEIVE .....The mystery is outside us... inside us we only have emanations trying to break the cocoon. And this fact aberrates us, one way or the other, whether we are average men or warriors.. Only the new seers get around this. They struggle to see. And by means of the shifts of their AP, they get to realize that the mystery is perceiving. Not so much what we perceive, but what makes us perceive. FFW,143 THE WORLD IS WHATEVER WE PERCEIVE IN ANY MANNER WE CHOOSE TO PERCEIVE He was very careful to establish that the world was whatever we perceive, in any manner we may choose to perceive. SR,147. AND THIS PERCEPTION CAN BE MANIPULATED AWARENESS CAN BE MANIPULATED/HANDLED Awareness can be manipulated. FFW,16. You'd be surprised what men are capable of especially if they control awareness... in the old seers excursion to the depths they found marvels. It was routine for them to encounter allies. To say the depths is a figure of speech. There are no depths there is only handling of awareness. FFW,121 A SORCERER DOES NOT TRY TO EXPLAIN THESE FORCES BUT USES THESE FORCES BY REDIRECTING HIMSELF AND ADAPTING TO THEIR DIRECTION The sorcerer, on the other hand, does not think of explaining or changing them; instead, he learns to use such forces by redirecting himself and adapting to their direction. That's his trick. SR,214. THE USE OF AWARENESS A S AN ENERGETIC ELEMENT OF OUR ENVIRONMENT/WE CAN GO PLACES WITH OUR AWARENESS Through the medium of awareness, scouts from all over the universe come to us, and vice versa; via awareness, sorcerers go to the ends of the universe...The sorcerers can hitch their energy body to the (glow of awareness) and go with it. the use of awareness as an energetic element of our environment is the essence of sorcery. TAOD,185..awareness can also be used for entering into the energy fields of inanimate matter or of living beings. TAOD, 198. PERCEPTION IS CONTROLLED BY WHERE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS FIXED SO MANIPULATING THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT BECOMES THE MOST IMPORTANT GOAL OF A SORCERER THE MANIPULATION OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT IS THE MOST IMPORTANT TOPIC OF THE SORCERER'S WORLD ..the most important topic of the sorcerers' world..the position of the assemblage point... TAOD,73..the mystery of the AP is everything in sorcery..or rather, everything in sorcery rests on the manipulation of the assemblage point. TAOD,172.. the position of the AP is ev erything and that the world it makes us perceive is so real that it does not leave any room for anything except its realness. FFW,235,

All of them (sorcerers) pursued, singleheartedly, the same goal: breaking the perceptual dispositions and biases that imprison us within the boundaries of the normal everyday world and prevent us from entering other perceivable worlds. TSC,xi. THE MASTERY OF AWARENESS IS WHAT GIVES THE AP ITS INITIAL BOOST TO DISLODGE IT FROM ITS ORIGINAL POSITION the mastery of awareness is what gives the AP its initial boost to dislodge it from its original position...our enemy and at the same time our friend is our internal dialogue, our inventory. Be a warrior; shut off your internal dialogue; make your inventory and then throw it away. The new seers make accurate inventories and then laugh at them..... without the inventory the AP becomes free.. FFW,277. THE NEW SEERS SAY THAT SINCE THE EXACT POSITION OF THE AP IS AN ARBITRARY POSITION CHOSEN FOR US BY OUR ANCESTORS, IT CAN MOVE WITH A RELATIVELY SMALL EFFORT; ONCE IT MOVES, IT FORCES NEW ALIGNMENTS OF EMANATIONS, THUS NEW PERCEPTIONS. moving the AP is complex because it required a tremendous discipline on everybody's part; it required that the internal dialogue be stopped, that a state of HA be reached and that someone walk away with one's AP. The explanation behind all these complex procedures was very simple; the new seers say that since the exact position of the AP is an arbitrary position chosen for us by our ancestors, it can move with a relatively small effort; once it moves, it forces new alignments of emanations, thus new perceptions. FFW,152 WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF THE SECOND ATTENTION FOR NEW SORCERERS? THE SECOND ATTENTION IS THE TRAINING GROUND FOR WARRIORS WANTING TO REACH THE THIRD ATTENTION the battlefield of warriors was the second attention, which was something like a training ground for reaching the third attention. EG,18. WHY DO SORCERER GO TO OTHER WORLDS? SORCERERS GO INTO OTHER WORLDS TO GET ENERGY, POWER, SOLUTIONS TO GENERAL AND PARTICULAR PROBLEMS, OR TO FACE THE UNIMAGINABLE. ....Sorcerers go into other worlds to get energy, power, solutions to general and particular problems, or to face the unimaginable. POS,13 WHERE DOES THE ENERGY COME FROM TO MOVE THE AP? THE ENERGY NECESSARY TO MOVE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT COMES FROM THE REALM OF THE INORGANIC BEINGS ..the energy necessary to move the assemblage points of sorcerers comes from the realm of the inorganic beings. TAOD, 181. THE SECOND ATTENTION IS NECESSARY TO PERCEIVE OURSELVES AS LUMINOUS BODIES the SA is the awareness we need in order to perceive our luminous cocoon and to act like luminous beings. EG,18 YOU MUST EXERCISE YOUR SECOND ATENTION TO GET YOUR DESIRED RESULTS The second attention served the function of a beckoner, a caller of chances. The more it is exercised, the greater the possibility of getting the desired result. EG,139. BUT TO MANIPULATE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT MEANS TO HAVE FREED INTERNAL ENERGY IN ORDER TO PERCEIVE THE SECOND ATTENTION WE NEED INTERNAL ENERGY TO MOVE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT He had maintained that in order to perceive energy in such a fashion, we need freedom from our normal capacity to perceive. TSC,viii.. In order to accomplish the feat of heightening our perception, we n eed internal energy. Thus the problem of making internal energy available to fulfill such a task becomes the key issue for students of sorcery. TSC,viii The difficulty is in breaking the retaining wall we all have in our mind that holds us in place. To break it all we need is energy.

Once we have energy, seeing happens to us itself. The trick is in abandoning our fort of self -complacency and false security. TAOD, 9. Don Juan explained to me that, for us to perceive those other realms, not only do we have to covet them but we need to have sufficient energy to sieze them. Their existence is constant and independent of our awareness, he said, but their inaccessibility is entirely a consequence of our energetic conditioning. In other words, simply and solely because of that conditioning, we are compelled to assume that the world of daily life is the one and only possible world. TAOD, ii. ...the most difficult thing in the warrior's path is to make the AP move. That movement is the completion of the warrior's quest... in the warrior's way, the shift of the AP is everything. FFW,214......Sorcerers maintain that moving the AP is all that matters and that movement..depends on increased energy and not instruction. POS,166. the only value of experiences (in the warrior's path) was the movement of the AP and not the content of the vision. FFW,227.. ...Sorcerers say that in order to command the spirit, and by that they mean to command the movement of the AP, one needs energy POS,232 ...the only thing that matters is the m ovement of the AP...no procedure can cause that. It's an effect that happens all by itself. POS,169 and such AP movements were ruled by the amount of energy sorcerers had at their command. POS,152.. Once one knows that world all one needs to bring it about is to use that extra ring of power... JTI,255. YOU MUST HAVE ENERGY TO MAKE THE AP MOVE OR THE FORCE OF ALIGNMENT WILL CRUSH YOU For the AP to shift, one needs energy. If one doesn't have it, the naugal's blow is not the blow of freedom, but the blow of death. Without enough energy.. the force of alignment is crushing. FFW,164 You have to have energy to sustain the pressure of alignments which never take place under ordinary circumstances. FFW,164 SINCE ALL OF OUR ENERGY IS WRAPPED UP IN DEALING WITH OURSELVES, THE SORCERER'S NEEDED A CODE OR A WAY OF LIFE THAT FREES UP ENERGY AND CAN HANDLE THE DANGERS OF THE SECOND ATTENTION ONLY THE SORCERER'S WAY CAN RESTORE THE ENERGY NEEDED TO REGAIN THE TOTALITY OF OURSELVES She reached inside the cave and touched the left and right sides of my forehead. Awareness must shift from here to here... as children, we can easily do this , but once the seal of the body has been broken through wasteful excesses, only a special manipulation of awareness, right living and celibacy can restore the energy that has drained out, energy needed to make the shift. TSC,42. THE WARRIOR'S WAY AQUIRED THE INTERNAL STRENGTH THEY NEEDED TO SHIFT THEIR ASSEMBLAGE POINT IN THEIR DREAMS With the warrior's path, the n ew seers fortified themselves and aquired the internal strength (sobriety) they needed to guide the shift of the AP in dreams. FFW,195. HOW DOES THE SORCERER'S WAY/IMPECCABILITY FREE OUR EXISTING ENERGY? THE SORCERERS CUT DOWN ANYTHING THEY THINK IS SUPERFLUOUS IN THEIR LIVES AND REDEPLOY THAT ENERGY IN A MORE INTELLIGENT MANNER/LOSE OUR SELF-REFLECTION ....It was implicit that one could have been capable of such an extraordinary effort only by being frugal with any other activity that did not deal directly with such predetermined actions. TDJ,193....the sorcerers' way is the best means of energy redeployment ...TAOD,138 ...Sorcerers get that energy by redeploying, in a more intelligent manner, the energy they have and use for perceiving the daily world. TAOD,32. The sorcerers redeployed their energy by cutting down anything they consider superfluous in their lives. TAOD,?...sorcerers get extra energy from eradicating unnecessary habits. FFW,97 Eradicating self-will is the means by which we realize the supreme goal of the spiritual life. This is what all the great mystics have done and done completely, through years of strenuous effort. EE, M,173... Of course you need to gath er energy..but right now you must do it by demolishing your indulgence in absurdities. There is plenty of energy you can harness simply by not doing the things you are accustomed to, like complaining, or feeling sorry for yourself or worrying about things that can't be changed. Defusing these concerns will give you a positive, nurturing energy that will help to balance and heal you. TSC,95 Because the spirit had no perceivable essence, sorcerers deal rather with the specific instances and ways in which they are able to shatter the mirror of self reflection. POS,170 This crossing of the threshold (moving the assemblage point) happens when the spirit cuts our chains of self-reflection. POS,101 eradicating unecessary habits detaches awareness from self-reflection and allows it (I think he means either awareness or glow of awareness) the freedom to focus on something else.

FFW,97 ...the sorcerer's way ...makes the person ...aware that self-importance is the force which keeps the AP fixed. For this reason, the thrust of the warriors' way is to dethrone self-importance. And everything sorcerers do is toward is toward accomplishing this goal.. POS,158, TAOD,37 much of my endeavors with you has been geared to show you that without self-importance we are invulnerable. FFW,28. ...I personally have initiated you in all kinds of sorcery procedures, but only for purposes of luring your first attention away from the power of self -absorption, which keeps your AP rigidly fixed. FFW,138. ..self-importance figures as the activity that consumes the greatest amount of energy, hence, their effort to eradicate it. FFW,31. ...example of shattering self-importance. POS,171....the only worthwhile course of action, whether for sorcerers or average men, is to restrict our involvement with our self -image. POS,165...feeling important makes one heavy, clumsy and vain. to be a man of knowledge one needs to be light and fluid. SR,8....War, for a warrior, is the total struggle against that individual self that has deprived man of his power. POS,158.. ..self-importance, lack of purpose, unchecked ambition, unexamined sensuality, cowardice; and you must be relentless in your fight against them... she said she had just been trying to illustrate to me that our attitudes and feelings were our real enemy. TSC,153... and that they were just as damaging and dangerous as any bandit armed to the teeth that we that we might encounter on the road. TSC,154. ...it calls for frugality, thoughtfulness, simplicity, innocence and above all it calls for a lack of self -reflection. POS,232, FFW,30... close the door of self-reflection. POS,267 ...It doesn't matter what anybody says or does... You must be an impeccable man yourself. The fight is right here in this chest...if you are impeccable.. you wouldn't have time for petty fights. it takes all the time and all the energy we have to conquer the idiocy in us. And that's what matters. The rest is of no importance. SRP,213. One must overcome everything...by letting it turn into nothing. SR,169. It doesn't matter whether you like or dislike the guardian. As long as you have a feeling toward it, the guardian will remain the same monstrous, beautiful or whatever. If you have no feeling toward it... the guardian will become nothing and will still be there in front of you. SR,170. You thought it was ugly (guardian). its size was awesome. it was a monster. You know what all those things are. So the guardian was always something you knew you did not see it. I have told you already, the guardian had to become nothing and yet it had to stand in front of you. it had to be there and it had, at t he same time, to be nothing. SR,170. The goal of everything I was taught was the redistribution of my normal energy, and the enhancement of it, so that it could be used for the out-of-the-ordinary feats of perception demanded by sorcery training. The idea behind the training is that as soon as the compulsive patterns of old habits, thoughts, expectations and feelings is broken by means of the recapitulation one is indisputably in the position to accumulate enough energy to live by th e new rationales provided by the sorcery tradition-and to substantiate those rationales by directly perceiving a different reality. TSC,xiii GOOD SUMMERIZATIONS POS,158-losing self-importance POS,167-why we need to lose self-importance-essence of why everything Don Juan did what he did. HOW DOES LOSING YOUR SELF-IMPORTANCE FREE OUR ENERGY? (The lose of self-importance can also be thought of the lose of socialization.. simply to lessen the control that society has over us) WHEN SELF-IMPORTANCE IS CURTAILED, THE ENERGY IT REQUIRES IS NO LONGER EXPENDED. .When self-importance is curtailed, the energy it requires is no longer expended. POS,167 WHEN OUR WAREHOUSE IS EMPTY/INVENTORY IS DISCARDED THEN ENERGY CAN FLOW THROUGH US/WHEN WE BECOME NOTHING If our warhouse is empty, the body itself is empty, and energy from infinity can flow through it. Clara reiterated that in order to empty ourselves, we have to sink into a state of profound recapitulation and let energy flow through us impeded. Only in quiescence.. can we give the seer in us full reign or can the impersonal energy of the universe turn into the very personal force intent. When we have emptied ourselves sufficiently of our obsolete and encumbering inventory... energy comes to us and gathers itself naturally; when enough of it coalesces, it turns into power. TSC,102 Chinese sages of ancient times used to say that in order to know your worth, you have to slip through the eye of the dragon.. she said those sages were convinced that the boundless unknown is guarded by an enormous dragon whose scales shine with a dazzling light.

They believed that the courageous seekers who dare to approach the dragon are awed by its blinding glare, by the power of its tail that with the minutest flicker crushes anything in its way, and by its burning breath that turns to ashes everything within its reach. But they also believed that there is a way to slip by that unapproachable dragon. Clara said that they were confident that by merging with the dragon's intent, one can become invisible and go through the dragon's eye... it means that through recapitulation, we can become empty of thought and desire, which for those ancient seers meant to become one with the dragon's intent, therefore invisible. TSC,65. Warriors prepare themselves to be aware, and full awareness comes to them only when there is no more selfimportance left in them. Only when they are nothing do they become everything. FFW,147. WHAT HAPPENS WHEN WE FREE OUR ENERGY? IT AUTOMATICALLY MOVES THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT AND THIS SERVES A S THE BASIS FOR A CLEAR CONNECTING LINK WITH THE NAGUAL That increased energy then serves as the springboard that launches the assemblage point, automatically and without premeditation, into an inconceivable journey. Once the assemblage point has m oved, the movement itself entails moving from self-reflection, and this in turn, assures a clear connecting link with the spirit. POS,167 By seperating the social part of perception, you'll perceive the essence of everything. TAOD, 3 If you want to find your life, you have to lose it. (Jesus)... I have the greatest ambition imaginable. I want to make myself zero. (Gandhi)..... EE,M,173... ANY MOVEMENT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT AWAY FROM ITS HABITUAL SPOT MEANS A MOVEMENT FROM SELF REFLECTION/SELF-IMPORTANCE He explained that sorcerers had discovered that any movement of the AP means movement away from the excessive concern with that individual self which was the mark of modern man.... It was therefore safe to say that any movement of the AP away from its customary position resulted in a movement away from man's self-reflection and its concomitant: self-importance. .... sorcerers knew by means of their practical actions, that as soon as their assemblage points move, their self-importance crumbles. Without the customary position of their AP, their self image can no longer be sustained. And without the heavy focus on that self-image, they lose their self-compassion, and with it their self-importance... POS,159 It was th erefore safe to say that any movement of the AP away from its customary position resulted in a movement away from man's self-reflection and its concomitant: self-importance. POS,158, TAOD,37 A WARRIOR ACTS FOR HIMSELF BUT HIS CONTACT WITH THE SPIRIT HELPS HIS SELF BECOME ABSTRACT AND IMPERSONAL In a way, a warrior is all for himself for a warrior everything begins and ends with himself. However, his contact with the abstract causes him to overcome his feeling of self-importance. Then the self becomes abstract and impersonal. POS, 47 ..the internal dialogue is what grounds us.. the world is such and such or so and so, only because we talk to ourselves about its being such and such or so and so. TOP,19. THE MOVEMENT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT INCREASES THE PERCEPTION OF THE WARRIOR The sorcerer's increased energy, derived from the curtailment of their self-reflection, allows their senses a greater range of perception. POS,165. The greater your energy.. the greater your capacity to perceive extraordinary things... TSC,215 this is sorcery! You can perceive it now, because you've freed enough energy to expand your perception. Anyone can perceive it, provided he has enough energy. The tragedy is that most of our energy is trapped in nonsensical concerns. The recapitulation is the key. it releases that trapped energy and voila! You see infinity right in front of your eyes. TSC,248 OUR NEW COMMAND OF THE AP BECOMES THE EAGLE'S NEW COMMAND The new seers say that realization is the technique... first of all, one must become aware that the world we perceive is the result of our AP's being located on a specific spot on the cocoon. Once that is understood, the AP can move almost at will, as a consequence of new habits. FFW,137. The AP of man appears around a definite area of the cocoon, because the Eagle commands it.. But the precise spot is determined by habit, by repetitious acts. First we learn that it can be placed there and then we ourselves command it to be there. Our command becomes the Eagle's command.

FFW,137. ..once the glow of awareness focuses on man's band of emanations and selects some for emphasis, it enters into a vicious circle. The more it emphasizes certain emanations, the more stable the AP gets to be. This is the equivalent of saying that our command becomes the Eagle's command. It goes without saying that when our awareness develops into first attention the command is so strong that to break that circle and make the AP shift is a genuine triumph. FFW,141,142.. First you must stop your internal dialogue, then you must bring up the image of the person that you want to see; any thought that one holds in mind in a state of silence is properly a command, since there are no other thoughts to compete with it. TOP,34. WHEN SORCERERS MOVE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ENOUGH, SORCERERS LEARN TO "SEE" WHAT DOES IT MEAN TO "SEE"? SEEING IS THE CAPACITY TO PERCEIVE ENERGY DIRECTLY Seeing... the capacity to perceive the energetic essence of things... to perceive energy directly.(fields of energy. FFW,10).. TAOD, 3,50 SEEING IS THE ACT OF DEALING DIRECTLY WITH THE NAGUAL seeing was the act of dealing directly with the nagual, an act that was an unavoidable end result of the teachings but an unattainable task as a task per se. TOP,232. Seeing is not a force, but rather getting through things. SR,148. Seeing must be direct, for a warrior can't use his time to unravel what he himself is seeing. Seeing is seeing because it cuts through all that nonsense TOP,151 SEEING IS A FEELING/DIRECT KNOWING/BODILY KNOWLEDGE ..seeing is a peculiar feeling of knowing something without a shadow of a doubt. FFW,18..the logical conclusion for my intellect would be to say that seeing is a bodily knowledge. EG,37.Seeing is like that. Statements are made with great certainity, and one doesn't know how it happened. TOP,134. Clara said that this moment of direct knowing was called the seer by the people who first formulated the recapitulation, because it allows us to directly see into things with unclouded eyes. TSC,99 HOW DOES SEEING COME ABOUT? SEEING IS A RESULT OF MOVING THE AP, USING NEW ALIGNMENTS . ..seeing is a euphemism for moving the AP, FFW,242..... seeing is not a matter of the eyes.. seeing is alignment.. the alignment of emanations used routinely is the perception of the day-to-day world, but the alignment of emanations that are never used ordinarily is seeing. when such an alignment occurs one sees. Seeing, therefore being produced by alignment out of the ordinary cannot be something one could merely look at.. FFW,71,72 SEEING HAPPENS BETWEEN THE WORLDS OF ORDINARY PEOPLE AND THE WORLD OF SORCERERS Perhaps you know now that seeing happens only when one sneaks between the worlds, the world of ordinary people and the world of sorcerers....one who sees knows that to believe that is to be pinned down in the realm of sorcerers. By the same token, not to believe that coyotes talk is to be pinned down in the realm of ordinary men. They are real worlds. They could act upon you. JTI,254. SEEING HAS NOTHING TO DO WITH SORCERY He spoke about seeing as a process independent of the allies and the techniques of sorcery.SR,167. A sorcerer was a person who command an ally and thus manipulate an ally's power to his advantage, but the fact that he commanded an ally did not mean that he could see. I reminded him that he had told me before that it was impossible to see unless one had an ally. Don Juan very calmly replied that he had come to the conclusion it was possible to see and yet not command an ally. He felt there was nor reason why not, since seeing had nothing to do with manipulato ry techniques of sorcery, which served only to act upon our fellow men. The techniques of seeing..had no effect on men. SR,167.....Seeing is not sorcery. yet one may easily confuse them, because a man who sees can learn, in no time at all, to manipulate an ally and may become a sorcerer. On the other hand, a man may learn certain techniques in order to command an ally and thus become a sorcerer, and yet he may never learn to see. SR,168

WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN LOOKING AND SEEING? SEEING IS NOT USING THE EYES ALONE I never said that seeing is a matter of the eyes alone. SR,252 LOOKING CONSISTED IN VIEWING THE TONAL WHICH IS IN EVERYTHING AND SEEING , ON THE OTHER HAND, CONSISTED IN VIEWING THE NAUGAL WHICH ALSO IS IN EVERYTHING She added that we could stumble upon the most outlandish sights of the tonal and be scared of them, or awed by them, or be indifferent to them, because all of us could view those sights. A sight of the naugal... needed the specialized senses of a sorcerer in order to be seen at all. And yet, both the tonal and naugal were present in everything at all times. It was appropriate,therefore, for a sorcerer to say that looking consisted in viewing the tonal which is in everything and seeing , on the other hand, consisted in viewing the naugal which also is in everything.. Accordingly, if a warrior viewed observed the world as a human being, he was looking, but if he observed it as a sorcerer, he was seeing, and what he was seeing was properly called the nagual. SRP,199. SWITCHING BETWEEN LOOKING AND SEEING/FUNCTION OF THE EYES you must do it yourself (seeing) once you learn, you can see every single thing in the world in a different way...I see both ways. When I want to look at the world I see it the way you do. Then when I want to see it I look at it the way I know and I perceive it in a different way.... SR,37..He said that the eyes of man could perform both functions (seeing and looking) but neither of them was better than the other; however, to train the eyes to look was, in h is opinion, an unnecessary loss... we need to look with our eyes to laugh because only when we look at things can we catch the funny edge of the world. On the other hand, when our eyes see, everything is so equal that nothing is funny... our eyes may look so we may laugh, or cry, or rejoice, or be happy. SR,83 In order to see one must learn to look at the world in some other fashion, and the only other fashion I know is the way of a sorcerer. JTI,256. DO THINGS CHANGE WHEN YOU SEE? THINGS DON'T CHANGE WHEN YOU SEE, YOU JUST CHANGE YOUR WAY OF LOOKING AT THEM things don't change. You change your way of looking, that's all. SR,37. WHEN YOU LEARN TO SEE..A THING IS NEVER THE SAME EVERY TIME YOU SEE IT, AND YET IT IS THE SAME When you learn to see..a thing is never the same every time you see it, and yet it is the same. I told you, for instance, that a man is like an egg. Every time I see the same man I see an egg, yet it is not the same egg....you can tell things apart. You can see them for what they really are. SR,37. ULTIMATE REALITY SEEING THE ULTIMATE NATURE OF THINGS ....seeing as a special capacity that one could develop and which would allow one to apprehand the ultimate nature of things. TOP,27...to lay bare the core of everything, to witness the unknown and to glimpse into the unknowable.. FFW,70..the capacity of human beings to enlarge their perceptual field until they are capable of assessing not only the outer appearances but the essence of everything. FFW,10..seeing entailed a very complex process by virtue of which a man of knowledge allegedly perceives the essence of the things of the world. SR,8. the old seers actually saw the indescribable force which is the source of all sentient beings. FFW,54,55 EVERYTHING UNIMPORTANT WHEN YOU LEARN TO SEE, EVERYTHING BECOMES UNIMPORTANT/EQUAL Besides seeing is contrary to sorcery. Seeing makes one realize the importance of it all... the unimportance of everything. SR,168. When a man learns to see, not a single thing he knows prevails. Not a single thing. If the Tibetans could see they could tell right away that not a single thing is no longer the same. Once we see, nothing is known; nothing remains as we used to know it when we didn't see. When one learns to see, not a single thing is the same.. perhaps the

Tibetans really see.. in which case they must have realized that what they see makes no sense at all and they wrote that bunch of crap because it doesn't make any difference to them; in which case what they wrote isn't crap at all. SR,194. But then when a man learns to see, he realizes that he can no longer think about the things he looks at, and if he cannot think about what he looks at everything becomes unimportant. SR,81. Once a man learns to see he finds himself alone in the world with nothing but folly.. your acts as well as the acts of your fellow men in general appear to be important to you because you have learned to think they are important. SR,81. you believe that (nothing matters is bad) because you're thinking..you're thinking about life..you're not seeing. SR,80 AFTER SEEING/ UPON LEARNING TO SEE A MAN BECOMES EVERYTHING BY BECOMING NOTHING. HE SO TO SPEAK VANISHES AND YET HE'S THERE/DEALING WITH PEOPLE Upon learning to see a man becomes everything by becoming nothing. He so to speak vanishes and yet he's there. I would say that this is the time when a man can be or can get anything he desires. but he desires nothing, and instead of playing with his fellow men like they were toys, he meets them in the midst of their folly. the only difference between them is that a man who sees controls his folly, while his fellow men can't. A man who sees has no longer an active interest in his fellow men. Seeing has already detached him from absolutely everything he knew before. The thing that should give you chills is not to have anything to look forward to but a lifetime of doing that which you have always done. Seeing is very difficult and is not a matter of talk. SR,105. OUR NEW ENERGY THEN BECOMES POWER PERSONAL POWER PERSONAL POWER IS THE ONLY THING THAT MATTERS IN THE DOINGS AND NOT -DOINGS OF WARRIORS As is always the in the doings and not doings of warriors, personal power is the only thing that matters. TOP,106. Everything a man does hinges on his personal power.. therefore, for one who doesn't have any, the deeds of a powerful man are incredible. JTI,164. If.. your impeccability and personal power are such that you are capable of fulfilling your tasks, you will then achieve the promise of power. And what's that promise?...it is a pro mise that power makes to men as luminous beings. Each warrior has a different fate, so there is no way of telling what that promise will be for either of you. TOP,277. WHAT IS POWER? POWER IS A VERY PECULIAR AFFAIR..IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO PIN IT DOWN AND SAY WHAT IT IS REALLY IS power is a very peculiar affair..it is impossible to pin it down and say what it is really is. JTI,122 Then power becomes a serious matter; one may not have it, or one may not even fully realize that it exists, yet one knows that something is there, something which was not noticeable before. Next power is manifested as something uncontrollable that comes to oneself. It is not possible for me to say how it comes to oneself. it is not possible for me to say how it comes or what it really is. It is nothing and yet it makes marvels appear before your very eyes. And finally power is something in oneself, something that controls one's acts and yet obeys one's command. JTI,97. power is like that. it commands you and yet it obeys you. JTI,122..........power.. it commands you and yet it is at your command.... JTI,134. POWER CAN BE ANYTHING I just saw power. It may have been anything. Power for you, this time, was a bridge. I don't know why a bridge. We are most mysterious creatures. JTI,134. IT TAKES POWER TO EVEN CONCEIVE WHAT POWER IS It takes power to even conceive what power is.... but I know you don't understand, not because you don't want to but because you have very little personal power. JTI,164. Power is a very weird affair. In order to have it and command it one must have power to begin with. JTI,135. IT IS A FEELING THAT ONE HAS ABOUT CERTAIN THINGS. It is a feeling that one has about certain things. JTI,122 Personal power is a feeling..something like being lucky. Or one may call it a mood. JTI,157.

POWER DOES NOT BELONG TO ANYONE. Power does not belong to anyone. JTI,164. POWER IS PERSONAL. IT BELONGS TO ONESELF ALONE. Power is personal. it belongs to oneself alone....JTI,122 POWER PROVIDES ACCORDING TO YOUR IMPECCABILTIY ...power provides according to your impeccabiltiy..if you had seriously used those four techniques, you would've stored enough personal power to find a benefactor. You would've been impeccable and power would have opened all the necessary avenues. That is the rule. TOP,236. PERSONAL POWER IS SOMETHING THAT ONE ACQUIRES REGARDLESS OF ONE'S ORIGIN. Personal power is something that one acquires regardless of one's origin. I already have told you that a warrior is a hunter of power, and that I am teaching you how to hunt and store it. the difficulty with you, which is the difficulty with all of us, is to be convinced. You need to believe that personal power can be used and that it is possible to store it, but you haven't been convinced so far. JTI,157. POWER IS WHEN ENERGY GATHERS, EITHER BY ITSELF OR UNDER SOMEONE'S COMMAND. ....Power is when energy gathers, either by itself or under someone's command. TSC,106 SOME OF US MAY GATHER IT AND THEN IT COULD BE GIVEN DIRECTLY TO SOMEONE ELSE. Some of us may gather it and then it could be given directly to someone else. JTI,164. THE KEY TO STORED POWER IS THAT IT CAN BE USED ONLY TO HELP SOMEONE ELSE STORE POWER. You see, the key to stored power is that it can be used only to help someone else store power. ...DJ said he could use his personal power however he pleased, in anything he himself wanted, but when it came to giving it directly to another person, it was useless unless that person utilized it for his own search of personal power. JTI,164. WITH SUFFICIENT STORED PERSONAL POWER YOU CAN USE YOUR WILL AS A FUNCTIONING UNIT that you have stored sufficient personal power to enable you to turn your will into a functioning unit. TOP,82. WE NEED PERSONAL POWER TO BOOST THE TONAL Because of its inherent weakness the tonal is easily destroyed, and thus one of the balancing arts of the warrior is to make the nagual emerge in order to prop up the tonal. I say its an art, because sorcerers know that only by boosting the tonal can the nagual emerge....that boosting is called personal power. TOP,158. A HUNTER OF POWER WATCHES EVERYTHING... AND EVERYTHING TELLS HIM A SECRET A hunter of power watches everything... and everything tells him a secret. JTI,132 WITH THAT POWER, A SORCERER CAN ACCOMPLISH THEIR GOAL OF REGAINING THE TOTALITY OF OURSELVES TO COMPLETE THE ABSTRACT FLIGHT/SORCERER'S CROSSING (MAKING THE TONAL AWARE OF THE DOUBLE)/ REGAINING THE TOTALITY OF OURSELVES / EVERY PROCEDURE WAS A STEP TOWARD FULFILLING THE GOAL OF THE ABSTRACT FLIGHT every procedure she was going to teach me, or every task she might ask me to perform, no matter how ordinary it might seem to me, was a step toward fulfilling the ultimate goal of the art of freedom; the abstract flight. TSC,43 But remember this... regardless of whether you are learning martial arts or the discipline I have been teaching you, the goal of your training is to perfect your inner being so that it can transcend its outer form in order to accomplish the abstract flight. TSC,121 For sorcerers to break such perceptual dispositions enables one to cross a barrier and leap into the unimaginable. they call such a leap the sorcerers crossing. Sometimes they refer to it as the abstract flight. for it entails soaring from the side of the concrete to the physical, to the side of expanded perception and impersonal abstract forms. TSC,xi,xii. The apex of the special art I want to teach you..is called the abstract flight, and the means to achieve it we call the recapitulation.

TSC,42. she explained that this unimaginable flight was symbolized by moving from the right side of the forhead to the left, but what it really meant was bringing of the ethereal part of us, the double, into our daily awareness. TSC,6 the abstract flight takes place when we bring our double to bear on our daily lives. In other words, the moment our physical body becomes totally conscious of its energetic ethereal counterpart, we have crossed over into the abstract, a completely different realm of awareness. TSC,62. as you continue to recapitulate, the entrance of the realm where humanness doesn't count will appear to you... that will be your invitation for you to go through the dragon's eye. This is what we call the abstract flight. it actually entails crossing a vast chasm into a realm that cannot be described because man isn't a measure of it. TSC,66 You were supposed to cross the chasm gently and harmoniously and wake up with your double to full awareness in the left hallway. TSC,224. The sorcerer's crossing consists of shifting the awareness of daily life, which the double possesses, to the double... the awareness of daily life is what we want to shift from the body to the double. TSC,224. To draw the double gently and harmoniously and shift to it our awareness of daily life is something without parallel. TSC,225. WINGS OF PERCEPTION/JUMPING INTO THE ABYSS DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPERIENCE description of experience. TOP,259,260,261...the mystery or the secret of the sorcerers explanation is that it deals with unfolding the wings of perception. TOP,248. wings of perception...first time that he saw???TOP,223....the day before they jump into the abyss...last night your bubble of perception opened and its wings unfolded. Theres nothing else to say about it. It is impossible to explain what happened to you, so I'm not going to attempt to and you shouldn't try either. It should be enough to say that the wings of your perception were made to touch your totality. last night you went back and forth from the nagual to the tonal time and time again...your perception unfolded its wings when something in you realized your true nature. TOP,263 Last night was the first time you flew on the wings of your perception. ..you ventured only on the band of human perception..a sorcerer can use those wings to touch other sensibilities, a crows...a coyote's, a cricket's or the order of other worlds in that infinite space...other planets..the wings of perception can take us to the most recondite confines of the nagual or to inconceivable worlds of the tonal...(a sorcerer can go to the moon..he couldn't bring back a bag of rocks though)..TOP,268. JUMP INTO THE ABYSS jumping into the abyss, I was going to become pure perception and move back and forth between the two inherent realms of all creation, the tonal and the naugal. In my jump my perception went through seventeen elastic bounces between the tonal and the naugal. In my moves into the naugal I perceived my body disintegrating. i could not think or feel in the coherent, unifying sense that i ordinarily do, but I somehow thought and felt. In my moves into the tonal I burst into unity. I was whole. My perception had coherence. i had vision of order. Their compelling force was so intense, their vividness so real and their complexity so vast that i have not been capable of explaining them to my satisfaction. To say that they were visions, vivid dreams or even hallucinations does not say anything to clarify their nature. SRP,7. You will enter into the nagual and the tonal by the force of your personal power alone. TOP,273. ..few warriors survive the encounter with the unknown that you are about to have; not so much because it is hard, but because the nagual is enticing beyond any statement, and warriors who are journeying into it find that to return to the tonal or to the world of order and noise and pain, is a most appealing affair. The decision to stay or return is done by something in us which is neither our reason nor our desire, but our will, so there is no way of knowing the outcome of it beforehand. TOP,273,274.. OVERALL SORCERER'S EXPLANATION FOR THE ABSTRACT FLIGHT (REVIEW) WE ARE A CLUSTER OF FEELINGS, ETC THAT ARE BINDED BY LIFE You are a cluster. This is the sorcerers explanation. The nagual is the unspeakable. All the possible feelings and beings and selves float in it like barges, peaceful, unaltered, forever. Then the glue of life binds some of them togetherTOP,263

THE CLUSTER IS CALLED THE BUBBLE OF PERCEPTION I have called that cluster the bubble of perception. TOP,264 AFTER WE ARE BINDED WE LOSE THE SENSE OF OUR TRUE NATURE AND ARE BLINDED BY THE TONAL ...when the glue of life binds those feelings together a being is created, a being that loses the sense of its true nature and becomes blinded by the glare and clamour of the area where beings hover, the tonal. The tonal is where all the unified organization exists. A being pops into the tonal once the force of life has bound all the needed feelings together. I said to you once that the tonal begins at birth and ends at death. TOP,263 THE BUBBLE OF PERCEPTION IS USUALLY SEALED AND CLOSED AND DOES NOT OPEN UNTIL THE MOMENT OF OUR DEATH I have also said that it is sealed, closed tightly and that it never opens until the moment of our death. TOP,264 AT DEATH ALL OF THOSE SINGLE AWARENESSES DISINTEGRATE AND GO BACK AGAIN TO THE NAGUAL I said that because I know that as soon as the force of life leaves the body all those single awarenesses disintegrate and go back again to where they came from, the nagual. TOP,263 ....At death however, they sink deeply and move independently as if they had never been a unit.......TOP,264 SORCERER'S HAVE LEARNED HOW TO OPEN THAT BUBBLE Yet it could be made to open. Sorcerer's have obviously learned that secret, and although not all of them arrive at the totality of themselves, they know about the possibility of it. TOP,264 THE ABSTRACT FLIGHT MEANS TO SHIFT YOUR AWARENESS BACK AND FORTH BETWEEN YOUR BODY AND YOUR DOUBLE WHICH WOULD RESULT IN ERASING ALL THE NATURAL BARRIERS DEVELOPED THROUGH LIFE, BARRIERS THAT SEPERATE THE PHYSICAL BODY AND THE DOUBLE under Nelida's direction I was supposed to shift my awareness back and forth between my body and my double. this shifting was to have erased all the natural barriers developed through life, barriers that seperate the physical body from the double. The sorcerer's plan..was to allow me to get acquainted with all of them in person, since my double already knew them.TSC,224. WHEN THE BUBBLE IS OPENED WE PLUNGE INTO THE NAGUAL They know that the bubble opens only when one plunges into the nagual.. Yesterday I gave you a recapitul ation of all the steps that you have followed to arrive at that point. TOP,264. WHEN A WARRIOR GOES INTO THE NAGUAL, HIS CLUSTER DOES NOT DISINTEGRATE BUT EXPAND A BIT WITHOUT LOSING THEIR TOGETHERNESS What a warrior does in journeying into the unknown is very much like dying, except that his cluster of single feelings do not disintegrate but expand a bit without losing their togetherness. TOP,263 THE FORCE AND BINDING OF LIFE MAKES ALL THAT SHUFFLING POSSIBLE The force of life is what makes all that shuffling possible. TOP,264 ONCE THE FORCE OF LIFE IS EXHAUSTED THE CLUSTER CANNOT BE REASSEMBLED Once the force of life is exhausted there is no way to reassemble that cluster.TOP,264 THE WILL ALLOWS A WARRIOR TO GO INTO THE NAGUAL AND BE REARRANGED There is no way to refer to the unknown..one can only witness it. The sorcerers explanation says that each of us has a center from which the nagual can be witnessed, the will. Thus, a warrior can venture into the nagual and let his cluster arrange and rearrange itself in any way possible. TOP,264 Your reason cannot fight the physical knowledge that you are a nameless cluster of feelings. Your reason at this point might even admit that there is another center of assemblage, the will, through which it is possible to judge or assess and use the extraordinary effects of the nagual. It has finally dawned on your reason that one can reflect the nagual through the will, although one can never explain it. TOP,266.

IT'S UP TO THE WARRIOR TO DIRECT HOW THE CLUSTER WILL BE ARRANGED I've said to you that th e expression of th e nagual is a personal matter. I meant that it is up to the individual warrior himself to direct the arrangement and rearrangement of that cluster. The human form of human feeling is the original one, perhaps the sweetest form of them all to us; TOP,264 THERE ARE AN ENDLESS NUMBER OF FORMS THAT THE CLUSTER MAY ADOPT there are..an endless number of alternative forms which the cluster may adopt. A sorcerer who is in the possession of the totality of himself can direct the parts of his cluster to join in any conceivable way. TOP,264 THE CLUSTER OF FEELINGS CAN BE MADE TO ASSEMBLE INSTANTLY ANYWHERE ..The secret of the double is in the bubble of perception which in your case that night was at the top of the cliff and at the bottom of the gorge at the same time...the cluster of feelings can be made to assemble instantly anywhere. In other words, one can perceive the here and the there at once. TOP,265. WHAT ELSE DOES THE SORCERER'S WAY ACCOMPLISH? TO TRAIN OUR RATIONAL SIDE TO NOT GO CRAZY WHEN THE IRRATIONAL SIDE BEGINS TO AWAKEN... AND IRRATIONAL THINGS BEGIN TO HAPPEN. The goal of a warrior's training then is not to teach him to hex or to charm, but to prepare his tonal not to crap out. A most difficult accomplishment. A warrior must be taught to be impeccable and thoroughly empty before he could even conceive witnessing the nagual. TOP,171 One of the aims of the warrior's training was to cut the bewilderment of the tonal until the warrior was so fluid that he could admit everything without admitting anything. TOP,176. I have endeavored to show you those forces as a sorcerer perceives them, because only under their terrifying impact can one become a warrior. To see without first being a warrior would make you weak; it would give you a false meekness, a desire to retreat; your body would decay because you would become indifferent. it is my personal commitment to make you a warrior so you won't crumble. SR,214,215 he said the effects of those two techniques were ultimately devastating if they were exercised in their totality...erasing personal history and dreaming should only be help..what a apprentice needs to buffer him is temperance and strength. That is why a teacher introduces the warrior's way, or living like a warrior. This is the glue that joins together everything in sorcerer's world...bit by bit a teacher must forge and develop it..without the sturdiness and level-headedness of the warrior's way there is no possibility of withstanding the path of knowledge TOP,233 TO TRAIN THE DOUBLE TO BE OF SOME PRACTICALITY IN THE ORDINARY WORLD. by the time a warrior had conquered dreaming and seeing and he had developed a double, he must have also succeeded in erasing personal history, self-importance, and routines. He said that all the techniques which he had taught me and which I had considered empty talk were, in essence, means for removing the impracticality of having a double in the ordinary world, by making the self and world fluid, and by placing them outside the bounds of prediction. TOP,49. TO BE UNBIASED WITNESSES TO WHAT THEY EXPERIENCE WHICH ALLOWS THE SORCERER TO FIND OUT WHAT WE REALLY ARE. warriors are in the world to train themselves to be unbiased witnesses, so as to understand the mystery of ourselves and relish the exultation of finding what we really are. This is the highest of the new seers' goals. And not every warrior attains it. FFW,167 In order to be unbiased witnesses.. we begin by understanding that the fixation of the movement of the AP is all there is to us and the world we witness, whatever that world might be. FFW,167 seers aim to be free, to be unbiased witnesses incapable of passing judgement; otherwise they would have to assume the responsibility for bringing about a more adjusted cycle. No one can do that. The new cycle, if it is to come, must come of itself. FFW,79 GOAL OF THE TEACHINGS WAS TO SHOW HOW TO BECOME A MAN OF KNOWLEDGE The goal of his teachings was to show how to become a man of knowledge. TDJ,190. FLAWS IN THE WARRIOR'S WAY

THERE IS NO FLAW IN THE WARRIOR'S WAY There is no flaw in the warrior's way. Follow it and your acts cannot be criticized by anyone...Take yesterday for example, the warrior's way would have been, first, to ask questions without fear and without suspicion and then let Genaro show you the mystery of the dreamer, without fighting him, or draining yourself. Today, the warrior's way would assemble what you've learned, without presumptuousness and without piousness. Do that and no one can flaws in it. TOP,77. NO FINAL STEP TO THE SORCERER'S EXPLANATION NO FINAL STEP TO ANYTHING In my opinion there is no final crossroad, no final step to anything. And since there is no final step to anything, there shouldn't be any secrecy about any part of our lot as luminous beings..so the matter of secrecy about the sorcerer's explanation boils down to a routine, perhaps a routine as empty as any other routine. TOP,225. CONTINUE TO #2 AND #3 TEACHING AND TEACHERS OF THE SORCERER'S WAY

C.) ENTERING THE SECOND ATTENTION 1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ENTERING THE SECOND ATTENTION COMPLETENESS YOU MUST BE COMPLETE IN YOUR LUMINOSITY TO ENTER INTO THE SECOND ATTENTION To enter into the other world one has to be complete. To be a sorcerer one has to have all of one's luminosity: no holes, no patches and all the edge of the spirit. SRP,119. Only sorcerers who want to enter into the other world (must be complete)..There are plenty of good sorcerers who see and are incomplete. to be complete is only for us Toltecs. SRP,211. The Nagual said that the edge of the spirit of a person who dies goes back to the givers, meaning that edge goes back to the parents. If the givers are dead and the person has children, the edge goes to the child who is complete. And if all the children are complete, that edge goes to the one with power and not necessarily to the best or diligent. SRP,211. The value is that we all need our edge, all our power, our completeness in order to enter into that other world. SRP,212 PHYSICAL BODY THE BODY MUST BE STRONG SO THAT AWARENESS CAN BE KEEN AND FLUID WHEN IT FOCUSES ON THE DOUBLE (ABSTRACT FLIGHT) The body must be tremendously strong, so that awareness can be keen and fluid in order to jump from one side of the abyss to the other in the blink of an eye. TSC,42. ENTERING THE SECOND ATTENTION WHAT ARE SOME GENERAL WAYS THAT GET US TO THE SECOND ATTENTION? THE SECOND ATTENTION CAN BE BROUGHT ON BY MANY THINGS/THERE ARE NO HALLUCINATIONS There are no hallucinations...if anybody suddenly sees something different, something that was not there before, it is because that person's second attention has been gathered and that person is focusing it on something. Now whatever is gathering that person's attention might be anything, maybe its liquor, or maybe its madness, or maybe its the Nagual's smoking mixture. The other world is the world of our second attention. SRP,282. ...moving the AP is very difficult and yet it's the simplest thing in the world.. mysticism, high fever, hunger, fear, love or hate could do it and also unbending intent, which is the preferred method of sorcerers. POS,224..

Sometimes, due to natural although dramatic circumstances, such as war, deprivation, stress, fatigue, sorrow, helplessness, men's AP undergo profound movements. POS,232... I used power plants in order to make your AP move.. power plants have that effect; but hunger, tiredness, fever,and other things like that can have a similar effect. The flaw of the average man is that he thinks the result of a shift is purely mental. FFW,152 THE SECOND ATTENTION IS NEVER USED UNLESS THROUGH DELIBERATE TRAINING OR ACCIDENTAL TRAUMA The SA remains in the background for the duration of our lives, unless it is brought forth through deliberate training or accidental trauma, and that it encompasses the awareness of the luminous body. EG,18 IS IT DIFFICULT TO ENTER THE SECOND ATTENTION? THE ENTRANCE TO THE SECOND ATTENTION IS EASY AND ITS LURE IS NEARLY IRRESISTABLE The great difficulty is that the entrance into the second attention is utterly easy and its lure nearly irresistable. FFW,84. . THERE IS A GUARDIAN FOR THE OTHER WORLDS the keeper of the other world. SR,114 It's not the world of the dead or the world of anything. It's just another world. SR,114. the guardian, being the keeper, the watchman of that world, knew many secrets that brujo was entitled to share. SR,132. WHAT IS INTENDING? THE MOST SOPHISTICATED CONTROL OF THE FORCE OF ALIGNMENT ...the most sophisticated control of the force of alignment.. FFW,200 .. that point (AP) can be moved from within. FFW,136 THE AP IS DISPLACED THROUGH INTENDING AND FIXATE THEM THROUGH INTENDING ...The AP is displaced through intending and fixate them through intending.. TAOD,161 HOW DOES ONE INTEND? UNDERSTANDING INTENT'S CONTRADICTION: INTENT IS NOT SOMETHING ONE MIGHT USE OR COMMAND OR MOVE IN ANYWAY- NEVERTHELESS, ONE COULD USE IT, COMMAND IT, OR MOVE IT AS ONE DESIRES Intent is not something one might use or command or move in anyway- nevertheless, one could use it, command it, or move it as one desires. This contradiction.. is the essence of sorcery. to fail to understand it had brought generations of sorcerers unimaginable pain and sorrow. Modern-day naugals, in an effort to avoid paying this exorbitant price in pain, had developed a code of behavior called the warrior's way or the impeccable action, which prepared sorcerers by enhancing their sobriety and thoughtfulness... POS,115 to intend is to wish without wishing, to do without doing TAOD,25,26 ....most of the really unusual things that happen to seers, or to the average man for that matter, happen by themselves, with only the intervention of intent. FFW,257 For a sorcerer, the spirit is an abstract simply because he knows it without words or even thoughts. It's an abstract because he can't conceive what the spirit is. Yet without the slightest chance or desire to understand it, a sorcerer handles the spirit. He recognizes it, beckons it, entices it, becomes familiar with it, and expresses it with his acts... sorcerers meet th e abstract without thinking about it or seeing it or touching it or feeling its presence .. POS, 53,54. ...one could only beckon it..by acknowledging its existence POS,235..... the spirit's descent is always shrouded. It happens and yet it seems not to have happened at all. POS,100. THE ONLY WAY TO INTEND IS BY FOCUSING YOUR INTENT ON WHATEVER YOU WANT TO INTEND the only way to intend is by focusing your intent on whatever you want to intend TAOD,25,26....... Sorcerers intend anything they set themselves to intend, simply by intending it....(this statement pertains only to the realm of energy) sorceres believe that if one would intend that statement for the energy body (luminous egg) , the energy body would understand it in terms entirely different from those of the mind. The trick is to reach the energy body.

For that you need energy. ...(understanding the statement in terms of a bodily feeling) TAOD,23 ... being a by -product of a displacement of the assemblage point, the second attention does not happen naturally but must be intended, beginning with intending it as an idea and ending up with intending it as a steady and controlled awareness of the assemblage point's displacement. TAOD,20,21 ..to move the AP first by setting up an unbending intent to move it and second by letting the context of the situation dictate where it should move. FFW,257 ...a progression: beginning as an idea that comes to us more like a curiosity than an actual possibility; turning into something that can only be felt, as a sensation is felt; and finally evolving into a state of being, or a realm of practicalities, or a preeminent force that opens for us worlds beyond our wildest fantasies. TAOD,20,21 INTENDING OCCURS WITH USAGE BUT THERE ARE NO SPECIFIC TECHNIQUES there is no technique for intending. One intends through usage. TAOD,161.. the energy that was ordinarily used to maintain the fixed position of the AP became liberated, it focused automatically on that connecting link...there are no techniques to do this but rather it was a matter of an instantaneous shift taking place once a certain level of proficiency had been attained.. DJ said this level was pure understanding....a clear connection with intent. POS, 124. SILENT KNOWLEDGE IS NEEDED TO MAKE ANY PROCESS WORK, NOT PROCEDURES The edifice that intent flaunts before us is, then, a clearinghouse, within which we find not so much the procedures to clear our connecting link as the silent knowledge that allows the clearing process to take place. Without the silent knowledge no process would work, and all we would have would be an indefinite sense of needing something. POS, 61.. set up your intent as a customs house..for the warrior, TOP,170 TO KNOW INTENT IS TO KNOW IT DIRECTLY THROUGH OUR CONNECTING LINK ..The only way to know intent.. is to know it directly through a living connection that exists between intent and all sentient beings. POS, 28 INTENDING RESULTS BY HOOKING OUR AWARENESS TO SOMETHING ALREADY THERE To make sorcery work, we must know what we're doing when we intend the result-not the purpose, mind you, but the result of the sorcery act. If we intended the purpose of our sorcery actions, we would be creating sorcery, and you and I don't have that much power. TSC,106. The intent of all sorcery acts has already been set. All we have to do is hook our awareness to it. TSC,107. he (Emilito) said that everything I (Taisha) did was tainted by defeat. Therefore the most important thing I had to do now was to set up a new intent. He explained that this new intent was called sorcerer's intent because it isn't just the intent of doing something new, but the intent of joining something already established; an intent that reaches out to us through thousands of years of human toil. TSC,212. THE INTENT OF SORCERERS DIFFERS FROM THAT OF AVERAGE PEOPLE IN THAT SORCERERS HAVE LEARNED TO FOCUS THEIR ATTENTION WITH INFINITELY MORE FORCE AND PRECISION. Emilito.. explained that the intent of sorcerers differs from that of average people in that sorcerers have learned to focus their attention with infinitely more force and precision. TSC,209. HOW LONG DOES IT TAKE TO CONNECT WITH INTENT? IT TAKES A LONG TIME ...it will be a long time before you can apply the principle that your command is the Eagle's command. That's the essence of the mystery of intent..make a command now not to fret, not even even at the worst moments of doubt. it will be a slow process until that command is heard and obeyed as if it were the Eagle's command. FFW,279. WHAT CAN SORCERER'S DO WITH THEIR INTENT? ONLY SORCERERS CAN TURN THEIR FEELINGS INTO INTENT ....only sorcerers can turn their feelings into intent. POS,227 WHEN WE BECOME WARRIORS, THOUGH, INTENT BECOMES OUR FRIEND. ..when we become warriors, though, intent becomes our friend. it lets us be free for a moment; at times it even comes to us, as if it had been waiting for us.... EG,148

WAKING UP INTENT this was called waking up intent..this means putting someones AP in the position of silent knowledge POS,241 TECHNIQUES FOR INTENDING SHOUTING OUT INTENT I want you to say intent three of four times or even more, but bring it out from the depths of you.. allow the word to burst out from your midsection loud and clear. In fact, you should shout the word intent with all your strength... shout as loud and as many times as it's needed. TSC,186. You stop when something happens or when I tell you to stop because nothing has happened. TSC,187. What did you make me shout for...?.. We were trying to catch the attention of your double TSC,187 What you and I want to do with all this shouting.. is to catch the attention not of the visible reality, but rather the attention of the unseen, the force that is the source of your existence, a force that we hope will carry you across the chasm. TSC,187. STALKERS CALLED INTENT LOUDLY. THE INDISPENSIBLE PART OF THE ACT OF CALLING INTENT WAS A TOTAL CONCENTRATION ON WHAT WAS INTENDED stalkers called intent loudly. Usually intent was called from within a small, dark, isolated room. A candle was placed on a black table with the flame just a few inches before the eyes then the word intent was voiced slowly, enunciated clearly and deliberately as many times as one felt was needed. The pitch of the voice rose or fell without any thought... the indispensible part of th e act of calling intent was a total concentration on what was intended. POS,264. INTENT IS BECKONED WITH THE EYES ......intent is beckoned with the eyes (not with the reason POS,174) ....A warrior must evoke intent. the glance is the secret. the eyes beckon intent...EG,308 ....I knew automatically that I had to move my eyes in order to make my AP shift. I could, with my intent, align the emanations that made me see Genaro as a blob of light, or I could align the emanations that made me see him as merely odd, unknown, strange. FFW,292 using the eyes to beckon intent was how to expedite letting go of that intent. EG,308. his eyes turned for an instant to focus on the point of the s econd attention....one must focus one's attention on the luminous shell...EG,308.......to revert to the physical level all I had to do was to focus my eyes on my body. EG,309 ...the eyes of all living beings can move someone else's AP, especially if their eyes are focused on intent POS, 139 WHY IS INTENT BECKONED WITH THE EYES? BECAUSE EYES ARE DIRECTLY CONNECTED WITH INTENT ....because eyes are directly connected with intent ... POS,133,228 the eyes are only superficially connected to the world of everyday life. Their deeper connection is to the abstract... the average man knows the same thing about eyes but has no energy to explain it... POS,133,228 EACH SPOT TO WHICH THE AP MOVES IS INDICATED BY A SPECIFIC SHINE OF A SORCERER'S EYES. each spot to which the AP moves is indicated by a specific shine of a sorcerer's eyes. Since eyes have their own memory, they can call up the recollection of any spot by calling up the specific shine associated with that spot...POS,133,228 NATURALLY, IT ALSO MEANS THEY CAN RECOLLECT AT WILL, USING THE SHINE OF THEIR EYES TO MOVE THEIR AP Naturally, it also means they can recollect at will, using the shine of their eyes to move their AP. POS,133,135, 136, 174 THE REASON WHY SEEING SEEMS TO BE VISUAL IS BECAUSE WE NEED THE EYES TO FOCUS ON INTENT ....The reason why seeing seems to be visual is because we need the eyes to focus on intent. EG,308

THEY KNEW HOW TO USE THEIR EYES TO CATCH ANOTHER ASPECT OF INTENT AND CALLED THIS ACT SEEING...WHAT SILVIO MANUEL HAD SHOWN ME WAS THE TRUE FUNCTION OF THE EYES, THE CATCHERS OF INTENT ..they knew how to use their eyes to catch another aspect of intent and called this act seeing...what Silvio manuel had shown me was the true function of the eyes, the catchers of intent. EG,308 USING YOUR EYES AS A WAY TO MOVE THE AP EVIL EYE It was at that moment that he lifted his head and looked me squarely in the eyes. It was a formidable look. Yet it was not menacing or awesome in any way. It was a look that went through me. I became tongue-tied at once and continue with the harangues about myself..DJ's look, however, numbed me to the point that I could not think coherently. JTI,2. my benefactor..could make a person mortally ill by merely looking at him. women would wane away after he had set eyes on them. Yet he did not make people sick all the time but only when his personal power was involved. JTI,122 It was a penetrating glance. I felt he had actually grabbed me with his eyes. I had the sensation of two fingers gently clasping me and I acknowleged a weird agitation, an itching, a pleasant despair in the area of my solar plexus. I became aware of my abdominal region. I sensed its heat. I could not speak coherently any more and i mumbled, then stopped talking altogether. SR,134. he was looking in the distance, past me; his eyes were foggy, out of focus. SR,136. he had fixed his gaze on me and I had an inexplicable f eeling of vacuity, or numbness. ..it was a direct blow to your tonal. I numbed it by focusing my will..the warrior's gaze is placed on the right eye of the other person..and what it does is to stop the internal dialogue, then the nagual takes over..thus the danger of that manoeuvre. The gaze on the right eye is not a stare...it's rather a forceful grabbing that one does through the eye of the other person...one grabs something that is behind the eye. One has the actual physical sensation that one is holding something with the will...this is, naturally, only a way of talking..a way of explaining weird sensations...DJ made me feel that his eyes were actually touching me, in a physical sense..TOP,228..there's no way of exactly describing what one does..something snaps forward from someplace below the stomach; that something has direction and can be focused on anything. It works only when the warrior learns to focus his will..there's no way of practicing it..at a given moment in the life of a warrior it simply happens. No one knows how. The secret is in the left eye..as a warrior progresses on the path of knowledge his left eye can clasp anything. Usually the left eye of a warrior has a strange appearance; sometimes it becomes permanently crossed, or it becomes smaller than the other, or larger, or different in some way. TOP,229 he gave me a long, strange look that produced an itching in the pit of my stomach. It was as if he were pushing my middle section with a soft object. I felt like I was going to get ill, but then he turned his head to the side and I regained my original feeling of well-being. TOP,10. ROLLING THE EYES when impatience, or despair, or anger or sadness comes a warrior's way...roll your eyes. Any direction will do; I prefer to roll mine clockwise. The movement of the eyes makes the AP shift momentarily.. in that movement you will find relief. FFW,279. roll eyes in a counterclockwise direction.. to avoid being dragged with him. FFW,235. SOOTHING WITH THE EYES his eyes were like two slits. When he looked at me he would open them a bit and the moistness of the corneas reflected the light of the latern. It was as if he were using the light to create a mirror reflection. he played with it, shaking his head almost imperceptibly every time he focused his eyes on me. The effect was a fascinating quiver of light...the steady flicker in his eyes were not menacing..you can soothe yourself.. you won't soothe yourself bobbing your head like that.. the secret is not in the head shake but in the feeling that comes to the eyes from the area below the stomach. This is what makes the head shake. TOP,24... to soothe myself by reflecting a beam of light on the cornea of my eyes... TOP,52.

HOW DOES A WARRIOR GET TO THE NAGUAL THROUGH HIS WILL? A WARRIOR LEARNS TO FOCUS HIS WILL AS ONE SINGLE LUMINOUS FIBER FROM HIS BELLY AND CONNECTS TO THE NAGUAL Let's say the warrior learns to tune his will, to direct it to a pinpoint, to focus it wherever he wants. it is as if his wil l, which comes from the midsection of his body, is one single luminous fiber, a fiber that he can direct at any conceivable place. That fiber is the road to the nagual. Or I could also say that the warrior sinks into the nagual through that single fiber TOP,175 WHAT CONDITIONS ALLOW FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF WILL? THE WILL DEVELOPS IN A WARRIOR REGARDLESS OF REASON The will develops in a warrior in spite of every opposition of reason. TOP,83.. THE WILL WORKS REGARDLESS OF OUR INDULGENCE Our will operates in spite of our indulgence. SR,147 For example, your will is already opening your gap, little by little. SR,147 Watch carefully everything you do. the very thing that could help you develop your will is admist all the little things that you do. THE BODY MUST BE PERFECT FOR WILL TO WORK The body must be perfection before the will is a functioning unit. TOP,83. WHEN DOES WILL COME OUT? FOLLOWING A MOMENT OF THE ABSOLUTE SILENCE, OR AT A MOMENT OF SHEER TERROR, OR PROFOUND SADNESS It is experienced as a force that radiates out of the middle part of the body following a moment of the absolute silence, or at a moment of sheer terror, or profound sadness; EG,142. WHEN DOES WILL NOT COME OUT? NO, TOO DISRUPTIVE FOR THE WARRIOR' S CONCENTRATION but not after a moment of happiness, because happiness is too disruptive to afford the warrior the concentration needed to use the luminosity of the body and turn it into silence.EG,142. HOW DOES THE WILL WORK? NO ONE KNOWS HOW THE WILL WORKS/PERCEIVING WITH YOUR WILL Will is something very special. it happens mysteriously. There is no real way of telling how one uses it, except that the results of using the will are astounding. SR,148 An average man can grab the things of the world only with his hands, or his eyes, or his ears, but a sorcerer can grab them also with his nose, or his tongue, or his will, especially with his will. I cannot really describe how it is done, but you yourself, for instance cannot describe to me how you hear. It happens that I am also capable of hearing, so we can talk about what we hear, but not about how we hear. A sorcerer uses his will to perceive the will. That perceiving, however, is not like hearing. When we look at the world or when we hear it, we have the impression that it is out there and that it is real. When we perceive the world with our will we know that it is not as out there or as real as we think. SR,148 DESCRIPTION OF THE ACQUIREMENT OF A WARRIOR'S WILL/ A FINE POWER IS ALWAYS HERALDED BY GREAT PAIN and one day he succeeds in performing something ordinarily quite impossible to accomplish. he may not even notice his extraordinarily deed. But as he keeps on performing impossible acts, or as impossible things keep on happening to him, he becomes aware that a sort of power is emerging. A power that comes out of his body as he progresses on the path of knowledge. At first it is like an itching on the belly, or a warm spot that cannot be soothed; then it becomes a pain, a great discomfort. Sometimes the pain and discomfort are so great that the warrior has convulsions for months, the more severe the better for him. A fine power is always heralded by great pain. SR,152

When the convulsions cease the warrior notices he has strange feelings about things. he notices that he can touch actually touch anything he wants with a feeling that comes out of his body from a spot right below or right above his navel. That feeling is the will, and when he is capable of grabbing with it, one can rightfully say that the warrior is a sorcerer, and that he has acquired will. SR,152. HOW DOES A SORCERER USE DEATH TO TUNE HIS/HER WILL? A SORCERER TUNES HIS WILL BY LETTING HIS DEATH OVERTAKE HIM, AND WHEN HE IS FLAT AND BEGINS TO EXPAND, HIS IMPECCABLE WILL TAKES OVER AND ASSEMBLES THE FOG INTO ONE PERSON AGAIN. A sorcerer tunes his will by letting his death overtake him, and when he is flat and begins to expand, his impeccabl e will takes over and assembles the fog into one person again. SR,197,198... he opened his hands like two fans, lifted them to the level of his elbows, turned them until his thumbs were touching the sides, and then brought them slowly together at the center of his body over his navel. He kept them there for a moment. His arms shivered with the strain. Then he brought them up until the tips of his middle fingers touched his forehead, and then pulled them down in the same position to the center of his body. SR,198.

2. STOPPING THE WORLD WHAT IS STOPPING THE WORLD? STOPPING THE WORLD MEANS TO DESTROY THE CONTINUITY OF OUR WORLD stopping the world was a technique practiced by those who were hunting for power, a technique by virtue of which the world as we know it was made to collapse. JTI,104. Stopping the world was indeed an appropriate rendition of certain states of awareness in which the reality of ev eryday life is altered because the flow of interpretation, which ordinarily runs uninterruptedly, has been stopped by a set of circumstances alien to that flow. In my case the set of circumstances alien to my normal flow of interpretations was the sorcery description of the world.JTI,xiii,xiv. What DJ had struggled to vanquish, or rather suppress in me, was not my reason as the capacity for rational thought, but my attention of the tonal, or my awareness of the world of common sense.... his motive for doing so...was because that the daily world exists because we know how to hold its images; consequently, if one drops the attention needed to maintain those images the world collapses. SRP,240,241. What stopped inside you yesterday was what people have been telling you the world is like. You see, people tell us from the time we are born that the world is such an d such and so and ss, and naturally we have no choice but to see the world the way people have been telling us it is. JTI,254.one of the easiest things one can do is to fall into it (man's band of awareness) but any person can reach that warehouse by simply stopping his internal dialogue. FFW,?? IT CONSISTED OF INTRODUCING A DISSONANT ELEMENT INTO OUR CONTINUITY TO STOP OUR FLOW OF ORDINARY EVENTS It consisted of introducing a dissonant element into the fabric of everyday behavior for purposes of halting the otherwise smooth flow of ordinary events-events that we catalogued in our minds by our reason. POS,172 Don Juan's task, as a practitioner making his system accessible to me, was to dissarange a particular certainty which I share with everyone else, the certainity that our commen-sense views of the world are final. SR,10. OUR WORLD OF SELF-REFLECTION IS VERY FLIMSY AND WHEN OUR FEW KEY IDEAS FAILED OUR REASONING AND OUR WORLD CEASES TO FUNCTION the world of our self-reflection or of our mind was very flimsy and was held together by a few key ideas that served as its underlying order. When those ideas failed, the underlying order ceased to function.. when this happens the world of reason stops. POS,172 A FEW OF THE NAGUAL'S ONSLAUGHTS SHOULD BE ENOUGH TO DISMANTLE ONE'S VIEW A few of the nagual's onslaughts should be enough to dismantle one's view....TOP,243

STOPPING THE WORLD JUST HAPPENS Nobody (wishes to stop the world), that's the point. it just happens. And once you know what it is like to stop the world you realize there is a reason for it. You see, one of the arts of the warrior is to collapse the world for a specific reason and then restore it again in order to keep on living. JTI,136. WHAT IS THE IMPORTANCE OF STOPPING THE WORLD? IT IS ONE OF THE MAIN PROPOSITIONS OF THE SORCERER'S KNOWLEDGE ..its scope and importance as one of the main propositions of don Juan's knowledge. JTI, x. IN ORDER TO SEE ONE FIRST HAD TO STOP THE WORLD ......DJ stated that in order to arrive at seeing one first had to stop the world. JTI,xiii,xiv. THE ENTRANCE TO THE NAGUAL IS IN FRONT OF US ALL THE TIME BUT ONLY TO THOSE WHOSE MINDS ARE STILL AND WHOSE HEARTS ARE AT EASE WILL SEE OR FEEL ITS PRESCENCE the truth of the matter is that the entrance is in front of us all the time.. but only those whose minds are still and whose hearts are at ease can see or feel its presence. TSC,66... IT IS AS NECESSARY FOR SORCERERS AS REA DING AND WRITING Stopping the world.. as necessary for sorcerers as reading and writing. POS,172 HOW DO WE STOP THE WORLD? A PRECONDITION FOR STOPPING THE WORLD WAS TO LEARN THE NEW DESCRIPTION IN ORDER TO BREAK THE DOGMATIC CERTAINITY WHICH WE ALL SHARE DJ's precondition for stopping the world was that one had to be convinced...one had to learn the new description in a total sense, for the purpose of pitting it against the old one, and in that way break the dogmatic certainty, w hich we all share, that the validity of our perceptions, or our reality of the world, is not to be questioned. JTI,xiii,xiv. SHUTTING OFF THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE IS THE KEY TO STOPPING THE WORLD Sorcerers call it stopping the internal dialogue, and they are convinced that it is the single most important technique that an apprentice can learn. TOP,229 ....Stopping the internal dialogue is, however, the key to the sorcerers' world..the rest of the activities are only props; all they do is accelerate the effect of stopping the internal dialogue. TOP,231 .As you know..the crux of sorcery is the internal dialogue; that is the key to everything. TOP,93. the passageway into the world of sorcerers opens up after the warrior has learned to shut off his internal dialogue. TOP,38. to change our idea of the world is the crux of sorcery.. and stopping the internal dialogue is the only way to accomplish it. the rest is just padding. ...nothing of what you've seen or done, with the exception of stopping the internal dialogue, could by itself have changed anything in you, or in your idea of the world. the provision is, of course that the change should not be deranged.... that is why a teacher doesn't clamp down on his apprentice. That would only breed obsession and morbidity. TOP,20. The difficulty for the average man is the internal dialogue. Only when a state of total silence is attained can one use the (earth) boost. FFW,232 WHAT IS SHUTTING OFF OUR INTERNAL DIALOGUE? THIS IS AN OPERATIONAL WAY OF DESCRIBING THE ACT OF DISENGAGING THE ATTENTION OF THE TONAL/THE WORLD STOPS WHEN OUR SECOND ATTENTION BECOMES ENGAGED DJ had asserted time and time again that the essential feature of his sorcery was shutting off the internal dialogue... stopping the internal dialogue was an operational way of describing the act of disengaging the attention of the tonal...once we stop our internal dialogue we also stop the world. That was an operational description of the inconceivable process of focusing our second attention. He had said that some part of us is always kept under lock and key because we are afraid of it, and that to our reason, that part of us was like an insane relative that we kept locked in a dungeon. That part, in La Gorda's terms, our second attention, and when it finally could focus on something the world stopped. Since we, as average men, know only the attention of the tonal, it is not too farfetched to say that once that attention is cancelled, the world indeed has to stop.

The focusing of our wild, untrained second attention has to be, perforce, terrifying. DJ was right in saying that the only way to keep that insane relative from bursting in on us was by shielding ourselves with our endless internal dialogue. SRP,268. although I could not visualize (the nagual) and that my problem was merely one of not being capable of completely shutting off my internal dialogue. TOP,209. The moment when the second attention hooks onto something is called stopping the world. SRP,257 SHUTTING OFF THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE INVOLVED MORE THAN CURTAILING WORDS BUT WHERE THE ENTIRE THOUGHT PROCESSES HAVE STOPPED... A FEELING OF BEING SUSPENDED, FLOATING ... on that occasion I also became cognizant that stopping the internal dialogue involved more than merely curtailing the words I said to myself. My entire thought processes had stopped and I felt I was practically suspended, floating. A sense of panic had ensued from that awareness and I had to resume my internal dialogue as an antidote. TOP,19. WHAT HAPPENS WHEN WE SHUT OFF OUR INTERNAL DIALOGUE? THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT THAT WAS FIXED IS NOW FREE TO MOVE He stressed over and over that the internal dialogue is what keeps the AP fixed to its internal position. Once silence is attained, everything is possible. FFW, 150 one of the most mystery aspects of the seers knowledge is the incredible effects of inner silence. Once inner silence is attained, the bonds that tie the AP to the particular spot where it was placed begin to break and the AP is free to move... FFW,155 THE WORLD COLLAPSES AND EVERYTHING BECOMES POSSIBLE Whenever the dialogue stops, the world collapses and extraordinary facets of ourselves surface, as though they had been kept heavily guarded by our words. You are like you are, because you tell yourself that you are that way. TOP,38. When a warrior learns to stop it, everything becomes possible; the most far-fetched schemes become attainable. the passageway to all the weird and eerie experiences that you have had recently was the fact that you could stop talking to yourself. you have, in complete sobriety, witnessed the ally, Genaro's double, the dreamer and the dreamed, and today you almost learned about th e totality of yourself.. TOP,93. DESCRIPTION OF STOPPING THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE ..then something in me turned off. I felt I was suspended . My ears seemed to unplug and a myraid of noises in the chaparral became audible. I felt I was falling asleep and then all at once something caught my attention... (continuation of description of feelings...) I could see every individual bush as if I were looking at them in a dark twilight. TOP,21. He commanded me to empty myself of thoughts and stare at the surface of the mirror. He repeated over and over that the trick was not to think at all. FFW,106. he commanded me to turn off my internal dialogue and enter into inner silence. FFW,309. The Naugal said that it is a moment of blackness, a moment still more silent than the moment of shutting off the internal dialogue. EG,143. ..whenever I silenced my mind, a seemingly independent force immediately plunged me into a most detailed memory of some event in my life. TAOD, 150 My thoughts diminished in number until my mind was perfectly blank. TOP,34. HOW DO WE SHUT OFF OUR INTERNAL DIALOGUE? WHEN YOU WILL TO STOP YOUR INTERNAL DIALOGUE YOU SET A NEW INTENT, A NEW COMMAND.. THEN YOUR COMMAND BECOMES THE EAGLE'S COMMAND. WE MUST FIRST WILL IT,INTEND IT TO HAPPEN You willed to stop your internal dialogue and thus you set a new intent, a new command. Then your command became the Eagle's command. The internal dialogue stops in the same way it begins: by an act of will FFW, 150. The way to stop talking to ourselves is to use exactly the same method: we must will it, we must intend it. FFW,151. A warrior is aware of this (internal dialogue) and strives to stop his talking. SR,218

THE WAY TO FORGET ABOUT YOUR SELF AND FREE YOUR ENERGY IS TO LEARN HOW TO FIX YOUR ATTENTION.... ...learning the warrior's way was an instance when the apprentice's attention had to be trapped rather than deviated and that he had trapped my attention by pushing me out of my ordinary circumstances every time I had gone to see him... (maybe a hint to the sorcerers' blow?) ..context disarrangement meant that I did not know the ropes and my attention had to be focused on everything DJ did...like hikes and hunting, roaming around the desert and the mountains...TOP,233 Later on, when I had succeeded in controlling my attention and could work for hours at a chore without distraction... EG,136. A hen remains still and listens to her eggs underneath her, directing all her attention to them. She listens and never lets her concentration waver. In this unbending manner she intends the chicks to hatch. It's quiet listening that animals do naturally, but which human beings have forgotten, and therefore must cultivate. Now, doze like a h en does and listen with your inner ear while I talk. Concentrate on the warmth in your womb and don't let your attention wander. Be aware of the sounds around you, but don't allow your mind to follow them. TSC,173. By concentrating on your breathing, you can make the solid body dissolve, but that only the soft, ethereal part is left.... he corrected himself, saying that it is not that the physical body dissolves, but that by changing the fixation of our awareness we begin to realize that it was never solid in the first place. This realization is the exact reversal of what took place as we matured. As infants, we were totally aware of our double; as we grew up, we learned to put increasingly more emphasis on the physical side and less on our ethereal being. As adults we are completely unaware that our soft side exists. TSC,133. Once one knows that world all one needs to bring it about is to use that extra ring of power... Genaro keep you busy turning over rocks in order to distract your thoughts and allow your body to see. JTI,255 HOW DOES FIXING OUR ATTENTION MAKE US LOSE OUR SELF-REFLECTION? WHEN WE USE OUR FULL ATTENTION OUR INTERNAL DIALOGUE STOPS AND OUR AWARENESS IS REMOVED FROM OUR BODIES. You fool it... you let your body feel as if it were sound asleep; you deliberately quiet it by removing you r awareness from it. When your body and mind are at rest, your double wakes up and takes over. TSC,140...I let go of my physical body and allowed my double to take over... If our awareness is tied to the double, we are not affected by the laws of the physical world; rather, we are governed by ethereal forces. But as long as awareness is tied to the physical body, our movements are limited by gravity and other constraints. TSC,137. IF ATTENTION IS EXERCISED ENOUGH WE REACH THE SECOND ATTENTION... .....The more it (attention) is exercised, the greater the possibility of getting the desired result.(second attention) EG,139 WHAT ARE SOME WAYS TO HELP LOSE OUR SELF-IMPORTANCE? GENERAL ONE CAN DESTROY SELF-IMPORTANCE THREE WAYS self-importance was a monster that had three thousand heads. One could face up to it and destroy it in any of three ways. The first way was to sever each head one at a time; the second was to reach that mysterious state of being called the place of no pity, which destroyed self-importance by slowly starving it; and the third was to pay for the instantaneous annihilation of the three-thousand-headed monster with one's symbolic death. POS,252 TO GET RID OF SELF-IMPORTANCE WE MUST HAVE A GREAT STRATEGY self-importance can't be fought with niceties...to get rid of the self-importance that is rotten requires a masterpiece of strategy. FFW,29. warriors fight self-importance as a matter of strategy, not principle. FFW,30 WE MUST WORK CEASELESSLY TO OVERCOME OUR SELF-IMPORTANCE ..egomania is a real tyrant.. we must work ceaselessly to dethrone it. POS,85 .....it is very difficult to make the self give up its strongholds except through practice. TAOD,83 ....we both have to sweat blood before we let go of our self-reflection. POS,175.. the difficulty is that the mirror of self-reflection is extremely powerful and only lets its victims go after a ferocious struggle. POS,178..

START SLOWLY TO UNDO THE WORLD A warrior is aware that the world will change as soon as he stops talking to himself.. and he must be prepared for that monumental jolt... the world is such-and-such and so-and-so only because we tell ourselves that that is the way it is. if we stop telling ourselves that the world is so-and-so, the world will stop being so-and-so. At this moment I don't think you're ready for such a momentous blow, therefore you must start slowly to undo the world. SR,219. CONVINCE OUR PHYSICAL BODY TO GIVE UP ITS CONTROL As we let go of our ideas of the physical body, little by little or all at once.. awareness begins to shift to our soft side. In order to facilitate this shift, our physical side must remain absolutely still' suspended as if it were in deep sleep. The difficulty lies in convincing our physical body to cooperate, for it rarely wants to give up its control. TSC,140 FEAR,AWE,POWER AND DEATH I was in a perfect state for stopping the world...combined in that state were fear,awe, power and death; he said that such a state would be pretty hard to repeat JTI,104. DURING THE MENSTRUAL PERIOD IT IS MORE DIFFICULT FOR A WOMAN TO FOCUS HER VIEW ON THE WORLD AND THUS EASIER FOR IT TO COLLAPSE Women have their own abyss. Women menstruate... that was the door for them. During their period they become something else...no matter how well-made the disguise is, it falls away and women are bare. SRP,46....A female.. is always open because most of the time she is not focusing her attention on anything. Especially during her menstrual period.... during that time I could actually let my attention go from the images of the world. If I don't focus my attention on the world the world collapses. SRP,216. ..When a women menstruates she cannot focus her attention. That's the crack the Nagual told me about. Instead of fighting to focus, a woman should let go of the images, by gazing fixidly at distant hills, or by gazing at water, like a river, or by gazing at the clouds. SRP,216. during our menstrual periods dreaming becomes power. I get a little crazy for one thing. I become more daring... a crack opens in front of us during those days..two days before her period a woman can open that crack and step through it into another world.... with her left hand she followed the contour of an invisible line that seemed to run vertically in front of her at arm's length. During that time a woman, if she wants to, can let go of the images of the world... That's the crack between the worlds .. it is right in front of all of us women. SRP,145 SEEING THE ORIGIN OF MAN HELPS FREE US FROM OUR SELF-CONCEPTIONS an obligatory step in order to release all ties from my AP. FFW,277... to see it on my own, unaided by anyone, was an important step, because all of us have certain ideas that must be broken before we are free. FFW,279 HAVING A PRACTICAL TASK IS NEEDED TO STOP THE WORLD In order to stop the view of the world which one has held since the cradle, it is not enough to just wish or make a resolution. One needs a practical task; that practical task is called the right way of walking. It seems harmless and nonsensical. As everything else which has power in itself or by itself, the right way of walking does not attract attention. TOP,229. ..there were two major activities or techniques used to accelerate the stopping of the internal dialogue; erasing personal history and dreaming. TOP,231. TECHNIQUE/METHODS FOR SHUTTING OFF THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE NOT-DOINGS WHAT ARE NOT-DOINGS? WHEN YOU FOCUS ON FEATURES ON SOMETHING THAT WERE ORDINARILY OVERLOOKED (ANYTHING THAT IS NOT IN OUR INVENTORY) ..a perceptual game of focusing attention on features of the world that were ordinarily overlooked, such as the shadows of things...not-doing, like everything else, is a very important technique but it was not the main issue.TOP,242. not-doing as an unfamiliar act which engages our total being by forcing it to become conscious of its luminous segment. EG,18 Not-doing is a term that comes to us from our own sorcerery tradition... it refers to everything that is not included in the inventory that was forced upon us.TSC,88

WHAT HAPPENS WHEN WE NOT-DO? THE SECOND ATTENTION WAS BROUGHT INTO ACTION OR WAS HARNESSED, THROUGH EXERCISES OF NONDOING. The second attention was brought into action or was harnessed, through exercises of non-doing. EG,135. DOING IS ENGAGING ANY ITEM OF OUR FORCED INVENTORY, NOT-DOING IS ANYTHING THAT IS NOT PART OF OUT INVENTORY When we engage any item of our forced inventory we are doing; anything that is not part of that inventory is notdoing. TSC,88. Not-doing... the dissonant element (see stopping the world) or the opposite of doing. 'Doing' was anything part of a whole for which we had a cognitive account..Not-doing was an element that did not belong to the charted whole. POS,172 DOING IS THE PROBLEM/TALKING Doing is what makes a rock a rock and that bush a bush. Doing is what makes you yourself and me myself...that's the problem with talking..it always confuses the issues. if one starts talking about doing, one always ends up talking about something else. it is better to just act. To look at it is doing but to see it is not-doing. JTI,188 That rock is a rock because of all the things you know how to do to it...I call that doing. A man of knowledge... knows that the rock is a rock only because of doing, so if he doesn't want the rock to be a rock all he has to do is not-doing. JTI,189. The world is the world because you know the doing involved in making it so.. if you didn't know its doing, the world would be different...without that certain doing there would be nothing familiar in the surroundings. JTI,189. ANYTHING MAY BE USED AS A NOT-DOING, PROVIDING THAT IT FORCES THE ATTENTION TO REMAIN FIXED .....anything may suffice as a not-doing to help dreaming, providing that it forces the attention to remain fixed. EG,137 NOT-DOING IS DIFFICULT TO DO something that is very simple but very difficult to perform...there is no way to talk about it, because it is the body that does it. not-doing is so difficult and so powerful that you should not mention it..not until you have stopped the world; only then can you talk about it freely; if that's what you'd want to do. C,JTI,188... Not-doing is very simple but very difficult..it is not a matter of understanding but of mastering it. JTI,194. ONE OF THE MOST DIFFICULT PART ABOUT THE WARRIOR'S WAY IS TO REALIZE THAT THE WORLD IS A FEELING. The most difficult part about the warrior's way is to realize that the world is a feeling.JTI,193 WHEN ONE IS NOT-DOING ONE IS FEELING THE WORLD AND ONE FEELS THE WORLD THROUGH ITS LINES When one is not-doing, one is feeling the world, and one feels the world through its lines.(see lines of the world) DJ said that this was only an exercise, because the lines formed by the hand were not durable enough to be of real value in a practical situation. ...JTI,193 TALKING AS DOING/EXERCISE OF NOT-DOING TO FEEL THE LINES OF THE WORLD Talking is doing for you, but talking is not appropriate and if you want to know what I mean by not-doing you have to do a simple exercise. Since we are concerned with not-doing it doesn't matter whether you do the exercise now or ten years from now. He made me lie down and took my right arm and bent it at my elbow. Then he turned my hand until the palm was facing the front; he curved my fingers so my hand looked as if I were holding a doorknob, and then he began to move my arm back and forth with a circular motion that resembled the act of pushing and pulling a lever attached to a wheel. DJ said that a warrior executed that movement every time he wanted to push something out of his body, something like a disease or an unwelcoming feeling. The idea was to push and pull an imaginary opposing force until one felt a heavy object, a solid body, stopping the free movements of the hand. In the case of the exercise, not-doing consisted in repeating it until one f elt the heavy body with the hand, in spite of the fact that one could never believe it was possible to feel it. I began moving my arm and in a short while my hand became ice cold. I had begun to feel a sort of mushiness around my hand. It was as if I were paddling through some heavy viscous liquid matter. JTI,192.

Not-doing is only for very strong warriors and you don't have the power to deal with it yet. Now you will only trap horrendous things with your hand. So do it little by little, until your hand doesn't get cold any more. Whenever your hand remains warm you can actually feel the lines of the world with it. JTI,193. STOPPING THE WORLD BY NOT- DOING Now in order to stop the world you must stop doing. JTI,189. in the case of this little rock..the first thing which doin g does to it is to shrink it to this size. So the proper thing to do, which a warrior does if he wants to stop the world is to enlarge a little rock, or any other thing, by not-doing. JTI,189,190 He placed the pebble on the boulder and then asked me to come closer and examine it. He told me to look at the holes and depressions in the pebble and try to pick out the minute detail in them. He said that if I could pick out the detail, the holes and depressions would disappear and I would understand what not-doing meant. JTI,190. Doing makes you seperate the pebble from the larger boulder...if you want to learn not-doing, lets say you have to join them. JTI,190. A WARRIOR ALWAYS TRIES TO NOT-DO A warrior always tries to affect the force of doing by changing it into not-doing. Doing would be to leave the pebble lying around because it is merely a small rock. Not-doing would be to proceed with that pebble as if it were something far beyond a mere rock. In this case, that pebble has soaked in you for a long time an d now it is you, and as such, you cannot leave it lying around but must bury it. If you would have personal power, however, not-doing would be to change that pebble into a power object. Your life is not tight enough to do that. if you would see, you would know that your heavy concern has changed that pebble into something quite unappealing, therefore the best thing you can do is to dig a hole and bury it and let the earth absorb its heaviness. JTI,191. Everything I have taught you so far has been an aspect of not-doing.. a warrior applies not-doing to everything in the world, and yet I can't tell you more about it than what I have said today. You must let your own body discover the power and the feeling of not-doing. JTI,199. A WARRIOR DOES NOT CARE WHETHER OR NOT SOMETHING IS TRUE OR FALSE To say no or yes to your question is doing. But since you are learning not-doing I have to tell you that it really doesn't matter whether or not all this is true. it is here that a warrior has a point of advantage over the av erage man. An average man cares that things are either true or false, but a warrior doesn't. An average man proceeds in a specific way with things he knows are true, and in a different way with things he knows are not true. If things are said to be true, he acts and believes in what he does. But if things are said to be untrue, he doesn't care to act, or he doesn't believe in what he does. A warrior, on the other hand, acts in both instances. if things are said to be true, he would act in order to do doing. If things are said to be untrue, he still would act in order to do not-doing. JTI,191. INDULGING IN FEELINGS FROM NOT-DOING, DON'T SUCCUMB TO IT He added that it was a natural tendency for all of us to indulge ourselves when feelings of that nature occurred (getting lost in a feeling), and that by indulging myself in it I had almost turned not-doing into my familiar doing. he said that what I should have done was to maintain the view without succumbing to it, because in a way doing was a manner of succumbing. JTI,197. DOING AND NOT-DOING ARE LIES/ DEATH IS THE ONLY REAL THING It may hook you to another doing and then you may realize that both doings are lies,unreal and that to hinge yourself to either one is a waste of time, because the only thing that is real is the being in you that is going to die. To arrive at that being is the not-doing of th e self. JTI,200.

EXAMPLES OF NOT-DOING 1. LOSING PERSONAL HISTORY WHY DO WE NEED TO LOSE OUR PERSONAL HISTORY? WE MUST LOSE OUR PERSONAL HISTORY BECAUSE IT IS AN ENCUMBERING FORCE a warrior has to erase it.. it is an encumbering force. EG,269. DJ said that everybody that knew me had an idea about me, and that I kept feeding the idea with everything I did...you must renew your personal history by telling your parents, your relatives, and your friends everything you do...JTI,12... YOU MUST ERASE EVERYTHING AROUND YOU UNTIL NOTHING CAN BE TAKEN FOR GRANTED, UNTIL NOTHING IS ANY LONGER FOR SURE, OR REAL. ...how can I know who I am when I am all of this...he said sweeping the surroundings with a gesture of his head...little by little you must create a fog around yourself..you must erase everything around you until nothing can be taken for granted, until nothing is any longer for sure, or real. Your problem now is that you're too real. Your endeavors are too real; your moods are too real. Don't take things so for granted. You must begin to erase yourself. JTI,15. NO PERSONAL HISTORY, THEN NO ONE IS DISILLUSIONED WITH YOUR ACTS if you have no personal history, no explanations are needed; nobody is angry or disillusioned with your acts. And above all no one pins you down with their thoughts. JTI,12... IT'S MORE FUN NOT HAVING A PERSONAL HISTORY ....we only have two alternatives: we either take everything for sure and real, or we don't. If we follow the first we end up bored to death with ourselves and the world. If we follow the second and erase personal history, we create a fog around us, a very exciting and mysterious state in which nobody knows where the rabbit will pop out, not even ourselves... when nothing is for sure we remain alert, perennially on our toes...it is more exciting not to know which bush the rabbit is hiding behind than to behave as though we know everything. JTI,17. HOW DO YOU ERASE YOUR PERSONAL HISTORY? THE NOT-DOING OF YOUR PERSONAL LIFE IS TO TELL ENDLESS STORIES, BUT NOT A SINGLE ONE ABOUT YOUR REAL SELF. ONE FIRST HAVE THE DESIRE TO DROP IT..AND THEN ONE MUST PROCEED HARMONIOUSLY TO CHOP IT OFF, LITTLE BY LITTLE. The not-doing of your personal life is to tell endless stories, but not a single one about your real self. ...EG,269. When the Naugal trained you to keep your mouth shut about your personal life, he intended to help you overcome your feeling of having done wrong to your family and friends who were counting on you one way or another. After a lifetime struggle the male warrior ends up erasing himself, but that struggle takes its toll on the man. he becomes secretive, forever on guard on himself. EG,270..One day I found out that personal history was no longer necessary for me and like drinking I dropped it...one first have the desire to drop it..and then one must proceed harmoniously to chop it off, little by little. JTI,11. It is best to erase all personal history slowly...because that would make us free from the encumbering thoughts of other people. JTI,14..Begin with simple things, such as not revealing what you really do. Then you must leave everyone who knows you well. This way you'll build up a fog around yourself....once people know you, you are an affair taken for granted and from that moment on you won't be able to break the tie of their thoughts. I personally like the ultimate freedom of the unknown. No one knows me with steadfast certainty, the way people know you, for instance. JTI,15....I'm not concerned with truths or lies..lies are only lies if you have personal history...we mislead everybody anyway. JTI,15,16...when one does not have personal history..nothing that one says can be taken for a lie. Your trouble is that you have to explain everything to everybody, compulsively, and at the same time you want to keep the freshness, the newness of what you do. Well, since you can't be excited after explaining everything you've done, you lie in order to keep on going. from now on..you must simply show people whatever you care to show them, but without ever telling exactly how you've done it. JTI,16

THE PRICE OF ERASING PERSONAL HISTORY IS SECRECY secrecy is the price you pay for being important to society. The struggle is only for men, because they resent erasing themselves and would find curious ways to pop up somewhere, somehow. EG,270. IS LOSING OUR PERSONAL HISTORY EASIER FOR MEN OR WOMEN? LOSING PERSONAL HISTORY APPLIES ONLY TO MEN BECAUSE MEN HAVE SOLID HISTORY BEHIND THEM That only applies to men. EG,269. Being a man means that you have a solid history behind you. you have family, friends, acquantices, and every one has a definite idea of you. Being a man means that you're accountable. You cannot disappear that easily. In order to erase yourself, you needed a lot of work....EG,269. IT IS EASY FOR WOMEN TO ERASE THEIR HISTORY BECAUSE THEY HAVE NO SOLID HISTORY Women are not accountable... a woman can easily disappear.. a woman can get married. A w oman belongs to her husband. in a family with lots of children, the daughters arscarded very early. No one counts them and chances are that some will vanish without a trace. Their disappearance is easily accepted. EG,269. A son f eels guilty for disappearing. A daughter does not. EG,270. A woman doesn't have to contend with that hardship. a woman isn't compelled to secrecy.. EG,270. THREE TECHNIQUES TO BE USED ALONG WITH ERASING PERSONAL HISTORY: LOSING SELF-IMPORTANCE, ASSUMING RESPONSIBILITY, AND USING DEATH AS AN ADVISER. to help erase personal history three other techniques were taught: They were: losing self -importance, assuming responsibility, and using death as an adviser. The idea was that, without the beneficial effect of those three techniques, erasing personal history would involve the apprentice in being shifty, evasive and unnecessarily dubious about himself and his actions. TOP,233. 2. CHANGING ROUTINES, RITUALS AND HABITS ALL OF OUR ACTIONS AS NORMAL HUMANS ARE DOINGS ALL HABITS ARE DOINGS any habit was, in essence, a doing, and that a doing needed all its parts in order to function. If some parts were missing, a doing was disassembled. By doing, he meant any coherent and meaningful series of actions. in other words, a habit needed all its component actions in order to be a live activity. SRP,200. HOW DO WE ESTABLISH NEW ROUTINES? SORCERERS PUT STRESS ON NEW ACTIONS, NEW HABITS TO FREE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT The spot where that point is located on the cocoon of all living creatures is not a permanent feature, but is established on that specific spot by habit. Hence the tremendous stress the new seers put on new actions, on new practicalities. They want desperately to arrive at new usages, new habits. FFW,136 ..the way to move that point is to establish new habits, to will it to move. FFW,219 TO TURN NEW CONCEPTS INTO A VIABLE WAY OF LIFE WE MUST HAVE REPETITION.. THAT IS THE WAY WE WERE SOCIALIZED TO FUNCTION IN THE DAILY WORLD ..turn his concepts into a viable way of life by a process of repetition...anything new in our lives must be repeated to us to the point of exhaustion before we open ourselves to it. repetition was the way in which our progenitors socialized us to function in the daily world. TAOD, 33,34

HOW DO WE ESTABLISH REPETITION IN OUR DAILY WORLD? USE RITUAL BEHAVIOR The obsessive entanglement of the first attention in self-absorption or reason is a powerful binding force, and that ritual behavior because it is repetitive, forces the FA to free some energy from watching the inventory, as a consequence of which the AP loses its rigidity. FFW,138 The best way to make a hit on the second attention is through ritual acts, monotonous chanting, intricate repetitious movements. EG,250. RITUAL WORKS WELL TO TRAP OUR ATTENTION BUT DEMANDS A VERY HIGH PRICE. IT CAN CREATE MORBIDITY IN A SORCERER ritual can trap our attention better than anything I can think of..but it also demands a very high price. That price is morbidity; and morbidity could have the highest liens and mortgages on our awareness... POS,265 WHAT IS MORBIDITY? MORBIDITY WAS THE ANTITHESIS OF THE SURGE OF ENERGY AWARENESS NEEDED T O REACH FREEDOM. morbidity was the antithesis of the surge of energy awareness needed to reach freedom. morbidity made sorcerers lose their way and become trapped in the intricate, dark byways of the unknown (reference to the inorganic's world)..strangeness is not morbidity... POS,266. MORBIDITY IS WHEN WE CREATE HUGE MONUMENTS TO OUR OBSESSION: CHURCHES ETC.. ....ritual forced the average man to construct huge churches that were monuments to self -importance....ritual also forced sorcerers to construct edifices of morbidity and obsession. POS,265. DISRUPTING ROUTINES REALIZING THE INSANITY OF ROUTINES ..he tried to scare me out my wits with the heaviness of his unexpected behavior because I myself was driving him up the walls with the heaviness of my expected behavior. he added that my routines were as insane as blowing his whistle...I don't do things out of routine. JTI,73 ..your spirit is trained to work with a signal. JTI,74... A WARRIOR DOESN'T HAVE ROUTINES a hunter is not at all like the animals he is after, fixed by heavy routines and predictable quirks; he is free, fluid, unpredictable. ....I am concerned with the things animals do; the places they eat; the place, the manner, the time they sleep; where they nest, how they walk. These are the routines I am pointing out to you so you can become aware of them in your own being. JTI,75....DJ said that he had no routines. JTI,9 ACTING FOR THE HELL OF IT, WITHOUT EXPECTING REWARDS together with the right way of walking..a teacher must teach his apprentice another possibility, which is even more subtle: the possibility of acting without beliving, without expecting rewards- acting just for the hell of it . I wouldn't be exaggerating if I told you that the success of a teacher's enterprise depends on how well and how harmoniously he guides his apprentice in this specific respect. TOP,230 EXAMPLES OF ACTING FOR THE HELL OF IT .....absurd chores such as arranging firewood in patterns, encircling his house with an unbroken chain of concentric circles drawn in the dirt with my fingers, sweeping debris from one place to another, and so forth...wearing a black cap, or tying my left shoe first, or fastening my belt from right to left......he had planted in me the idea of acting without really expecting anything in return. TOP,231

3. GAIT OF POWER WHAT IS THE GAIT OF POWER? A TECHNIQUE... CONSISTING OF RUNNING IN THE DARKNESS WITHOUT TRIPPING OR HURTING ONESELF IN ANY WAY. a technique... consisting of running in the darkness without tripping or hurting oneself in any way. TOP,22 THE GAIT OF POWER ACTIVATES EMANATIONS INSIDE THE COCOON ...with the gait of power.. he could activate or make dormant the emanations inside his cocoon in order to look young or old. FFW,272. THE GAIT OF POWER IS TO LET ONE'S PERSONAL POWER FLOW OUT FREELY AND MERGE WITH THE POWER OF THE NIGHT the gait of power is for running at night... at night the world was different, and that his ability to run in the darkness had nothing to do with his knowledge of those hills. he said that the key to it was to let one's personal power flow out freely, so it could merge with the power of the night, and that once that power took over there was no chance for a slip-up. JTI,169 CONSCIOUSLY WALKING IN THE DARKNESS last night, you weren't making a project out of walking (she could walk in the dark when she wasn't concentrating on it.).. you were determined to get to the cave so your feet automatically took you there. This afternoon, you were consciously trying to replicate last night's walking, but you failed miserably because your mind got in the way.. or perhaps you weren't listening to the voice of the spirit that could have guided you safely... by emptying your wherehouse, you are changing your inventory. Now there is room for something new, such as walking in the darkness. So, I thought that perhaps there might also be room for the voice of the spirit. TSC,82. Now that its dark, try walking without looking at the ground.. not as a conscious exercise, but as a sorcerery notdoing. TSC,88 not-doing at this particular moment would be for example to force myself to trust the spirit implicitly by letting go of my calculating mind. Don't just pretend to trust while secretly harboring doubts... only when your positive and negative forces are in perfect accord will you be capable of either feeling or seeing the opening in the energy around you or walking with your eyes closed and be assured of success. TSC,89. WALKING THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT: HOW THE GAIT OF POWER WORKS ONCE INNER SILENCE HAS BEEN ATTAINED.. THE SOUND OF THE MUFFLED STEPS INSTANTLY CATCHES THE ALIGNMENT FORCE OF THE EMANATIONS INSIDE THE COCOON.. WHICH HAS BEEN DISCONNECTED BY INNER SILENCE walking the assemblage point..is once warriors have attained inner silence by stopping their internal dialogue, the sound of the gait of power, more than th e sight of it, is what traps their AP. The rhythm of the muffled steps instantly catches the alignment force of the emanations inside the cocoon, which has been disconnected by inner si lence. FFW,153. That force hooks itself immediately to the edges of the band..(man's band) FFW,154. DESCRIPTION OF ENTERING A HA/SA STATE USING THE GAIT OF POWER Description of entering a HA/SA state using the gait of power. FFW,149,150. DOING THE GAIT OF POWER HOW TO DO THE GAIT OF POWER ....he began to walk around the corridor, arching his back and lifting his thighs to his chest... it's called the gait of power.. he knows several gaits of power. FFW,148...try to hear the movement of his thighs as they went up against his chest every time he stepped. FFW,226...

DJ's trunk was bent slightly forward, but his spine was straight. His knees were also slightly bent. He walked slowly in front of me so I could take notice that he raised his knees almost to his chest every time he took a step...JTI,169...he insisted I should first curl my fingers against my palms streching out the thumb and index of each hand. JTI,170....if I did not focus on anything but kept scanning the ground right in front of me. JTI,17 1.The gait of power was similar to finding a place to rest. Both entailed a sense of abandon, and a sense of trust. JTI,171.....the gait of power required that one keep the eyes on the ground directly in front, because even a glance to either side would produce an alteration in the flow of movement. He explained that bending the trunk forward was necessary in order to lower the eyes, and the reason for lifting the knees up to the chest was because the steps had to be very short and safe. he warned that I was going to stumble a great deal at first but he assured me that with practice I could run as swiftly and as safely as I could in the daytime. The degree of concentration needed to keep scanning the area directly in front had to be total. JTI,171. THE GAIT OF POWER IS DIFFICULT BECAUSE WE RELY ON SIGHT FOR EVERYTHING WE DO INSTEAD OF LETTING POWER BE OUR GUIDE ...he said.. the darkness was encumbering only because I relied on my sight for everything I did, not knowing that another way to move was to let power be the guide.JTI,170 4. GAZING WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF GAZING? GAZING IS A WAY TO GET US TO ENGAGE OUR SECOND ATTENTION Gazing was the way to trap our second attention... dreamers have to be gazers before they can trap their second attention. SRP,257. The attention under the table is the key to everything sorcerers do..in order to reach that attention... they taught us dreaming and to teach us how to do dreaming, the Nagual taught us gazing. SRP,256. THE OLD SORCERER'S COULD GET TO THEIR ENERGY BODIES BY SIMPLY GAZING AT OBJECTS THEY LIKED. ..gazing was the old sorcerers' technique. They were able to get to their energy bodies in the blink of an eye, simply by gazing at objects of their predilection (what they liked) TAOD,124 THE OLD SEERS DEVELOPED COMPLEX TECHNIQUES OF GAZING IN ORDER TO DESCEND INTO THE DEPTHS OF THE INORGANIC WORLDS. FFW,120 The old seers developed complex techniques of gazing in order to descend into the depths of the inorganic worlds. FFW,120 IN EL GORDA'S OPINION GAZING IS ONE OF THE BEST WAYS TO REACH THE SECOND ATTENTION BECAUSE IT STOPS THE WORLD Once you can stop the world you are a gazer. And since the only way of stopping the world is by trying, the Nagual made all of us gaze at dry leaves for years and years. I think its the best way to reach our second attention. (El Gorda's opinion) SRP,257. THE DIFFICULTY IN GAZING IS TO LEARN TO QUIET DOWN THE THOUGHTS The difficulty in gazing is to learn to quiet down the thoughts.... (leaf gazing was used because leaves are easy to get) but anything else would do the same job. SRP,257. HE COMBINED GAZING AT DRY LEAVES AND LOOKING FOR OUR HANDS IN DREAMING. IT TOOK ME ABOUT A YEAR TO FIND MY HANDS, AND FOUR YEARS TO STOP THE WORLD. He combined gazing at dry leaves and looking for our hands in dreaming. It took me about a year to find my hands, and four years to stop the world. SRP,258... ONCE DREAMERS KNOW HOW TO STOP THE WORLD, THEY CAN GAZE AT OTHER THINGS; AND FINALLY WHEN THE DREAMERS LOSE THEIR FORM ALTOGETHER, THEY CAN GAZE AT ANYTHING.

Once dreamers know how to stop the world, they can gaze at other things; and finally when the dreamers lose their form altogether, they can gaze at anything. SRP,258. THERE SHOULD ALWAYS BE SOMEONE AROUND YOU WHEN YOU GAZE ... for this reason there should always be someone around when you gaze. We never know about the quirks of our second attention. Since we have never used it, we have to become familiar with it before we could venture into gazing alone. SRP,257. HOW LONG DO PEOPLE GAZE? SOMETIMES FOR HOURS, SOMETIMES FOR DAYS they used to sit... and stare in the distance with half-closed eyes for hours, sometimes for days. SRP,178. the Nagual used to make us sit by the door and gaze at those little round hills on the other side of the valley..sometimes we used to sit there for days until the crack would open. SRP,217. HOW DO YOU GAZE? POSITION OF THE BODY WHILE GAZING the position of the body was of great importance while one was gazing. one had to sit on the ground on a soft mat of leaves, or on a cushion made out of natural fibers. (she came back with a small, thick, round cushion made out of the same natural fibre used in making nets.) The back had to be propped up against a tree, or a stump or a flat rock.(the Nagual had made me plant those thick poles so they could use them to prop themselves.) The body had to be thoroughly relaxed. SRP,263 HOW TO USE THE EYES WHILE GAZING the eyes were never fixed on th e object, in order to avoid tiring them. the gaze consisted in scanning very slowly the object gazed at, going counterclockwise but without moving the head. SRP,263 GAZE WITH YOUR EYES HALF-CLOSED AND BLINK THEM ALOT AND MOVE THEM FROM ONE THING TO ANOTHER If you gaze with your eyes open, you get dizzy and the eyes get tired, but if you half-close them and blink alot and move them from mountain to mountain, or from cloud to cloud, you can look for hours, or days if necessary. SRP,217. USING FLUFFY, COTTON BAGS TO GAZE IN THE DARK TO ACQUIRE A HUE She made them undress and crawl inside thick fluffy cotton bags, some poncholike garments.. (she directed me to feel its fluffiness with my naked skin, especially with the skin of my calves.) covered them from neck to toes. She ordered th em to sit back to back on a mat... and that their task was to gaze in the darkn ess until it began to acquire a hue. After many sessions, they indeed began to see colors in the darkness... EG,255. DESCRIPTION OF GAZING AT TWO HILLS IN THE DISTANCE she told me to keep my eyelids half closed and stare at the place where two enormous round hills converged.. that particular gazing consisted of four seperate actions. The first one was to use the brim of my hat as a visor to shade off the excessive glare from the sun and allow only a minimal amount of light to come to my eyes; then to half -close my eyelids; the third step was to sustain the opening of my eyelids in order to maintain a uniform flow of light; and the fourth step was to distinguish the water canyon in the background through the mesh of light fibers on my eyelashes. SRP,264. She made me sit on the hard-packed ground with my back against a thick pole about one and a half feet high that looked like a tree stump which had been planted in the ground almost against the wall of the house. There was a row of five such poles planted about two feet apart. SRP,248. The sun was high on the horizon and I had to tilt my head back. I tipped my hat until I had blocked off most of the glare with the brim... as soon as I half closed my eyes, a bit of light appeared as if it were coming from the tip of my hat literally exploded on my eyelashes, which were acting as a fliter that created a web of light. I kept my eyelids closed and played with the web of light for a moment... SRP,264. ( seeing a dark spot in a canyon ex. of distance gazing).. SRP,265,265....also DJ ac tivity of using a cloth in front of canyon for perceptual changes.) SRP,265.

DESCRIPTION OF GAZING ..in one instant I was drawn into a vortex-like sensation, extremely like the vortexes in my dreams...my dreaming attention was multisensorial..what had begun as gazing at the foilage of the mesquite tree had turned into a dream. TAOD,71,72 ..On the subjective level, however, I believed I was dreaming because I employed dreaming techniques to perceive energy. TAOD,79 Description of gazing at the lava mountains. JTI,201 TYPES OF GAZING GAZING AT LEAVES Gazing at leaves fortifies the second attention. If you gaze at a pile of leaves for hours, your thoughts get quiet. Without thoughts the attention of the tonal wanes and suddenly your second attention hooks on to the leaves and the leaves become second else. SRP,257 ..by staring at the foilage, I would accomplish a minute displacement of my assemblage point. Then, by summoning my dreaming attention through staring at individual leaves, I would actually fixate that minute displacement, and my cohesion would make me perceive in terms of the second attention. TAOD,71 Once you have trapped your second attention with dry leaves, you do gazing and dreaming to enlarge it. And that's all there is to gazing. SRP,258. The first thing the Nagual did was to put a dry leaf on the ground and made me look at it for hours. Everyday he brought a leaf and put it in front of me. At first I thought that it was the same leaf that he saved from day to day, but then I noticed that leaves are different. The Nagual said that when I realize that, we are not looking anymore but gazing. SRP,257. Then he put stacks of dry leaves in front of me. He told me to scramble them with my left hand and fell them as I gazed at them. A dreamer moves the leaves in spirals, gazes at them and then dreams of the designs that the leaves make. Dreamers can consider themselves as having leaf gazing when they dream the designs of th e leaves first and then find those same designs the next day in their pile of dry leaves. SRP,257. GAZING AT SMALL PLANTS First we gazed at small plants... small plants are very dangerous. Their power is concentrated; they have a very intense light and they feel when dreamers are gazing at them; they immediately move their light and shoot it at the gazer. Dreamers have to choose one kind of plant to gaze at.SRP,258. GAZING AT TREES Next we gazed at trees. Dreamers also have a particular kind of tree to gaze at. ... both of us are eucalyptus gazers. SRP,258. A GOOD TIME TO DO GAZING FOR TREE AND ROCKS: NOON WAS WHEN THEY WERE AT THEIR BEST The time of the day was an important factor in tree and rock gazing. In the early morning, trees and rocks were stiff and their light was faint. Around noon was when they were at their b est, and gazing at that time was done for borrowing their light and power. In th e late afternoon and early evening, trees and rocks were quiet and sad, especially trees... La Gorda said at that hour trees gave the feeling that they were gazing back at the gazer. SRP,259,260. description of gazing at leaves and rocks. EG,137 GAZING AT LIVING CREATURES next we gazed at moving living creatures... small insects were by far the best subject. Their mobility made them innocuous to the gazer, the opposite of plants which drew their light directly from the earth. SRP,259 GAZING AT ROCKS The next step was to gaze at rocks... rocks were very old and powerful and had a specific light which was rather greenish in contrast with the white light of plants and the yellowish light of mobile, living beings. Rocks did not open up easily to gazers, but it was worthwhile for gazers to persist because rocks had special secrets concealed in their core, secrets that could aid sorcerers in their dreaming.... when I gaze into the very core of a rock.. I always catch a whiff of a special scent proper to that rock. SRP,259.

GAZING AT RAIN AND FOG A second series in the order of gazing was to gaze at cyclic phenomena: rain and fog. She said that gazers can focus their second attention on the rain itself and move with it, or focus it on the background and use the rain as a magnifying glass of sorts to reveal hidden features, Places of power or places to be avoided are found by gazing through rain. Places of power are yellowish and places to be avoided are green. SRP,260 ..fog was unquestionably the most mysterious thing on earth for a gazer and that it could be used in the same two ways that rain was used.... but it did not easily yield to women.. the fog was used to uncover the ghosts of things that were no longer th ere and that the true feat of fog gazers was to let their second attention go into whatever their gazing as revealing to them. SRP,260. GAZING AT DISTANCE OR CLOUDS ..another series was distance and cloud gazing. In both, the effort of the gazers was to let their second attention go to the place they were gazing at. Thus, they covered great distances or rode on clouds. in the case of cloud gazing, The nagual never permitted them to gaze at thunderheads. he told them that they had to be formless before they could attempt that feat, and that they could not only ride on a thunderhead, but on a thunderbolt itself. SRP,261. GAZING AT FIRE AND SMOKE The last series was fire, smoke and shadow gazing. She said that for a gazer, fire is not bright but black, and so is smoke. SRP,262 (looking at the fire for an ally)...I did not have to stare at the flames, that I should only watch in the direction of the fire. SR,231... GAZING AT SHADOWS Shadows.. are brilliant and have colour and movement in them. SRP,262. During the day the shadows are the doors of not-doing..but at night since very little doing prevails in the dark, everything is a shadow, including the allies. JTI,199 ..had me gaze at the shadows of leaves and plants and trees and rocks. The shadows in the early morning don't tell much. The shadows rest at that time. So it's useless to gaze very early in the day. Around six in the morning the shadows wake up, and they are best around five in the afternoon. Then they are fully awake. SRP,268... The shadows tell me everything I want to know. They tell me things because they have heat, or cold, or because they move, or because they have colors. (I learned what they mean) in my dreaming. Dreamers must gaze in order to do dreamin g and then they must look for their dreams in their gazing. For example, The nagual made me gaze at the shadows of rocks, and then in my dreaming I found out that those shadows had light, so I looked for the light in the shadows from then on until I found it. Gazing and dreaming go together. It took me a lot of gazing at shadows to get my dreaming of shadows going. And then it took me a lot of dreaming and gazing to get the two together and really see in the shadows what I was seeing in my dreaming. SRP,269. Description of shadow gazing. TOP,88, JTI,180,181. Shadows are like doors, the doors of not-doing. A man of knowledge, for example, can tell the innermost feelings of men by watching their shadows. JTI,195.... you may say that there is movement in them, or you may say that the lines of the world are shown in them, or you may say that feelings come from them..to believe that shadows are just shadows is doing...what makes them shadows is merely our doing. JTI,196. He marked a spot for me to stand on and told me to look at the shadows of the peaks. He said that I should watch them and cross my eyes in the same manner I ordinarily crossed them when scanning the ground for a place to rest. He clarified his directions by saying that when searching for a resting place one had to look without focusing but in observing shadows one had to cross the eyes and yet keep a sharp image in focus. The idea was to let one shadow be superimposed on the other by crossing the eyes. He explained that through that process one could ascertain a certain feeling which emanated from shadows. JTI,196 I noticed that the act of looking without converging the images gave the single shadow I had formed an unbelievable depth and a sort of transparency. Then, for an instant, i lost the notion that I was looking at a rock. I felt that I was handing in a world, vast beyond anything I had ever conceived. JTI,197. To see the movement of shadows means that you have obviously freed a huge portion of energy with your recapitulation. TSC,73. To observe the boulder in order to know what the boulder is, is doing, but to observe its shadow is not-doing. JTI,195. I had correctly used the shadow of the rocks as a door into not-doing. JTI,198.

GAZING AT STARS There were two more things that were kept seperate, star and water gazing. Stargazing was done by sorcerers who have lost their human form... SRP,262. GAZING AT WATER (water) especially running water, which was used by formless sorcerers to gather their second attention and transport it to any place they needed to go. All of us are terrified of water..a river gathers the second attention and takes it away and there is no way of stopping. SRP,262. Description of watergazing experience. TOP,87.. I was sound asleep; or perhaps I entered into a perceptual state for which I had no parallel. the closest way of describing it would be to say that I went to sleep and had a portentous dream. TOP,87. He told me not to gaze into the water, but to focus my eyes on the surface and keep them fixed until the water turned into a green fog. Look at the water in front of you..but don't let its sound carry you anywhere. If you let the sound of the water carry you I may never be able to find you and bring you back. SR,171 The foglike phenomenon was composed of tiny bubbles, round objects that came into my field of vision and moved out of it with a floating quality. SR,172. DJ ordered me again to gaze only at the water and not think at all. He said it was difficult to stare at the moving water and that one had to keep on trying. Description of bubbles SR,163,164. He said that anyone can perceive the green fog because it was like the guardian, something that was unavoidably there, so there was no great accomplishment in perceiving it. SR,168. At first the water had a bright green halo, or fluorescence, which soon dissolved, leaving only a stream of ordinary water. TDJ,166 5. THE RIGHT WAY OF WALKING WHAT IS THE RIGHT WAY OF WALKING? THE RIGHT WAY OF WALKING IS THE MOST EFFECTIVE WAY TO STOP THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE (the right way of walking) is the most effective way to stop your internal dialogue. TOP,230. IT ALSO TRAINS YOUR ATTENTION His method was effective on two counts. It allowed me to stop my internal dialogue after years of trying, and it trained my attention. By forcing me to concentrate on the peripheral view, DJ reinforced my capacity to concentrate for long periods of time on one single activity. EG,135, 136 WHY IS THE RIGHT WAY OF WALKING SO EFFECTIVE? IT SATURATES THE TONAL WITH SO MUCH INFORMATION IT CANNOT MAINTAIN A WORLD AND THUS BECOMES SILENT Walking in that specific manner saturates the tonal..it floods it. ..the attention of the tonal has to be placed on its creations..it is the attention that creates the order of the world in the first place; so, the tonal must be attentive to the elements of its world in order to maintain it, and must, above all, uphold the view of th e world as internal dialogue. TOP,230. DESCRIPTION OF HOW TO DO THE TECHNIQUE To teach me how to master it, he used to make me walk for miles with my eyes held fixed and out of focus at a level just above the horizon so as to emphasize the periphereal view. EG,135,136. His recommendation had been to not look at anything directly but, by slightly crossing the eyes, to keep a peripheral view of everything that presented itself to my eyes.... if one kept one's unfocused eyes at a point just above the horizon, it was possible to notice, at once, everything in almost the 180 degree range in front of one's eyes. He assured me that that exercise was the only way of shutting off the internal dialogue TOP,19. appropriate form of walking...I had to curl my fingers gently as I walked so I would keep my attention on the trail and the surroundings. He claimed that my ordinary way of walking was debilitating and that one should never carry anything in the hands. JTI,19...his idea was that by forcing the hands into a specific position one was capable of greater stamina and greater awareness. JTI,19. The right way of walking was a subterfuge. The warrior, first by curling his fingers, drew attention to the arms; and then by looking, without focusing his eyes, at any point directly in front of him on the arc that started at the tip of his feet and ended above the horizon, he literally flooded his tonal with information.

The tonal without its one-to-one relation with the elements of its description, was incapable of talking to itself and thus one became silent. TOP,230..the position of the fingers did not matter at all, that the only consideration was to draw attention to the arms by clasping the fingers in various unaccustomed ways, and that the important thing was the manner in which the eyes by being kept unfocused, detected an enormous number of features of the world without being clear about them. He added that the eyes in that state were capable of picking out details which were too fleeting for normal vision... TOP,230. it was obvious to me that the effect DJ had been after in making them gaze was to teach them to stop the internal dialogue.La Gorda had expressed it as quieting down the thoughts. DJ had taught me to do the very same thing, although he had made me follow the opposite path; instead of teaching to focus my view, as gazers did, he taught me to open it, to flood my awareness by not focusing my sight on anything. I had to sort of feel with my eyes everything in the 180-degree range in front of me, while I kept my eyes unfocused just above the line of the horizon. SRP,267. I told DJ that I had practised the technique for years without noticing any change... one day I had just walked for about ten minutes without having said a single word to myself. TOP,19 6. SOUNDS USING SOUNDS TO STOP THE WORLD I began the exercise of listening to the sounds of the world and kept at it for two months.. it was excruciating at first to listen and not look, but even more excruciating was not to talk to myself. By the end of the two months I was capable of shutting off my internal dialogue for short periods of time and I was capable of paying attention to sounds.(check..1969, a little late to just start learning how to shut off the internal dialogue) SR,220 ...First of all you must use your ears to take some of the burden from your eyes. We have been using our eyes to judge the world since the time we were born. We talk to others and to ourselves mainly about what we see. A warrior is aware of that and listens to the world; he listens to the sounds of the world. SR,219....listening to the sounds of the world has to be done harmoniously and with great patience. SR,219. USING SOUNDS TO FIND OUT THINGS he said that the holes in the sounds were used by sorcerers to find out specific things. A sorcerer's ally would reveal complicated affairs through the holes in the sounds. SR,225,226. Everything is meaningful for a sorcerer. The sounds have holes in them and so does everything around you. ordinarily a man does not have the speed to catch the holes, and thus he goes through life without protection. SR,226. DARKNESS JOLTS OUR PERCEPTION BECAUSE THE EYES ARE SUBSIDIARY TO THE EARS that perception suffers a profound jolt when we are placed in states of quietude in darkness. Our hearin g takes the lead then, and the signals from all the living and existing entities around us can be detected-not with our hearing only, but with a combination of the auditory and visual senses, in that order... in darkness, especially while one is suspended, the eyes become subsidiary to the ears. EG,236. A FEW MORE OTHER TECHNIQUES OF NOT DOING.. WALKING BACKWARDS EG,137. SITTING IN A WOODEN CRATE. EG,234,235 TO LIE ON THE GROUND LIKE CURLED-UP DOGS. EG,235. LEATHER HARNESS the leather harness is a superb device for curing maladies that are not physical. The idea is that the higher a person is suspended and the longer that person is kept from touching the ground, dangling in midair, the better the possibilities of a true cleansing effect. EG,184. it tunes the body. EG, 262. Suspended in a tree inside a tree inside a leather harness. EG, 235, 236.

STRINGING ROCKS Description at CC's favorite place. JTI,147 TASK OF REMEMBERING Purpose of remembering. EG,165, 166 CHANGING DIRECTION OF LOOKING description of. SRP,37. WORTHY OPPONENT description of. TOP,239 3. POWER PLANTS WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF HALLUCINOGENIC PLANTS? IT MOVES THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ..his urge to give me portions of hallucinogenic plants was but an effort..to shake my assemblage point and allow it to have a minimal margin of fluidity. TAOD,75....DJ said that he had used power plants at the beginning of my apprenticeship in accordance with a recommendation of the new seers. They knew by experience and by seeing that power plants shake th e AP way out of its normal setting. The effect of power plants on the AP is in principle very much like that of dreams; dreams make it move; but power plants manage the shift on a greater and engulfing scale. A teacher then uses the diorienting effects of such a shift to reinforce the notion that the perception of the world is never final. FFW,286 You gathered your second attention with power plants... The nagual said that his power plants gathered the menacing side of your second attention in one clump, and that's the shape that came out of your head... that's what happens to sorcerers when they are given power plants. if they don't die, the power plants spin their second attention into that awful shape that comes out of their heads. SRP,249. (the power plants helped CC) by stopping your view of the world. In this respect power plants have the same effect on the tonal as the right way of walking. Both flood it with information and force the internal dialogue to come to a stop. the plants are e xcellent for that, but very costly. TOP,236. Those plants lead the apprentice directly to the nagual, and the ally is an aspect of it. TOP,237. the plants as being vehicles that would conduct or lead a man to certain impersonal forces or powers and the states they produced as being the meetings that a sorcerer had to have with those powers in order to gain control over them. SR,6 Only the smoke can give you the necessary speed to catch a glimpse of that fleeting world. SR,9. You could also see it (the guardian) without it (little smoke). There are scores of people who could do that. I prefer the smoke because it is more effective and less dangerous to oneself. if you try to see the guardian without the aid of the smoke, chances are that you may delay in getting out of its way. Your movements would have been too slow. To survive in that world you need to be fast as lightning. SR,132. Seeing is not so simple and only the smoke can give you the speed you need to catch a glimpse of that fleeting world. It's rather a fleeting world that moves and changes. One may perhaps learn to apprehend that fleeting world by oneself, but it won't do any good, because the body decay with stress. With the smoke , one never suffers from exhaustion. The smoke gives the necessary sp eed to grasp the fleeting movement of the world and at the same time it keeps the body and its strength intact. SR,112. That's what the little smoke does. One can talk and not notice it; or one can move thousands of miles and not notice that either. That's also how one can go through things. The little smoke removes the body and one is free.. SR,124. You were gazing at my face and saw it shining, but it was still my face. It just happens that the little smoke makes one gaze like that. Nothing to it. SR,159. WHO ARE POWER PLANTS GIVEN TO? POWER PLANTS ARE GIVEN ONLY TO EMPTY PEOPLE. Power plants are given only to empty people. power plants were given to us because the Nagual was putting a patch on our bodies. SRP,231. (CC asks DJ why he gave him power plants) ..because your dumb..you're rather slow..and there was no other way to jolt you. There are other types of people, however , that do not seem to need them.

TOP,10.you're plugged up and only the smoke can help you. SR,111. You could of used those four techniques to clean and reorder your island of the tonal..they would've led you to the nagual...but not all of us are capable of reacting to simple recommendations. You and I for that matter, needed something else to shake us; we needed those power plants. TOP,235 POWER PLANTS WERE USED ONLY BY SORCERERS WHO HAD MASTERED THEIR ART. Power plants were used only by sorcerers who had mastered their art. Those plants were such a powerful affair that in order to be properly handled, the most impecaable attention was needed on the part of the sorcerer. It took a lifetime to train one's attention to the degree needed... complete people do not need power plants...but they would use them to get a final and total boost (to get into th e other world) SRP,232...with his power plants you learned to go very far into that other world. SRP,281. WHAT ARE THE DANGERS OF POWER PLANTS? THE DRAWBACK IN TAKING POWER PLANTS HAD BEEN THE TOLL THEY TOOK ON MY PHYSICAL WELL -BEING AND THE IMPOSSIBILITY OF CONTROLLING THEIR EFFECT. The drawback in taking power plants had been the toll they took on my physical well-being and the impossibility of controlling their effect. The world they plunged me into was unamenable and chaotic. I lacked the control, the power,... to make use of such a world. SRP,232. Power plants had made you lopsided; they had made you cut through your attention of the tonal and had put you directly in the realm of the second attention, but without any mystery over that attention. SRP,250. They cause untold damage to the body. This is their drawback, especially with the devil's weed. TOP,236. DESCRIPTION OF DISA SSOCIATION I had told him many times before, that what made me think I was ill was a series of disruptive sensorial experience that I had had as after effects of ingesting hallucinogenic plants. I went through states of total space and time discordance, very annoying lapses of mental concentration, actual visions or hallucinations of places and people I would be staring at as if they really existed. I could not help thinking that I was losing my mind. FFW,139. DID DON JUAN NEED TO SMOKE THE POWER PLANTS? HE HIMSELF (DJ) DID NOT NEED TO SMOKE ANYMORE.. (OR) THAT HE RARELY HAD TO SMOKE He himself (DJ) did not need to smoke anymore.. (or) that he rarely had to smoke. TDJ,131... because the smoke is my ally. I don't need to smoke anymore. I call him any time, any place... I.. go to him freely. TDJ,131. WHY DID DON JUAN USE ANTHROPOMORPHIC QUALITIES WHEN DESCRIBING THE PLANT? A PRESCRIBED MEANS FOR DEVIATING THE APPRENTICE'S ATTENTION AWAY FROM THE REAL ISSUE, WHICH WAS STOPPING THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE. I brought up the fact that h e had described and discussed those plants in terms of anthropomorphic qualities. his references to them were always as if the plants had personalities. he replied that that was a prescribed means for deviating the apprentice's attention away from the real issue, which was stopping the internal dialogue. TOP,237 they are the allies of the man of knowledge....my ally is the little smoke but that doesn't mean that my ally is in the smoking mixture or in the mushrooms or in my pipe. they all have to be put together to get me to the ally and that ally I call little smoke for reasons of my own SR,39 The ally is not in the smoke..the smoke takes you to where the ally is and when you become one with the ally you don't ever have to smoke again. From then on you can summon your ally at will and make him do anything you want. SR,40. THE POWER PLANTS ARE NOT AN ESSENTIAL FEATURE TO THE SORCERER'S KNOWLEDGE It became evident to me that my original assumption about the role of psychotropic plants was erroneous. They were not the essential feature of the sorcerers' description of the world, but were only an aid to cement, so to speak, parts of the description which I had been incapable of perceiving otherwise. My insistence on holding on to my standard version of reality rendered me almost deaf and blind to DJ's aims. Therefore, it was simply my lack of sensitivity which had fostered their use. JTI,xiii

THE POWER PLANTS CAN ONLY AID Power plants are only an aid.. the real thing is when the body realizes that it can see. Only then is one capable of knowing that the world world we look at every day is only a description. my intent has been to show you that. JTI,256. DESCRIPTION AFTER INGESTING POWER PLANTS Each of the peyote plants on the field shone with a bluish, scintillating light. One plant had a cery bright light. TDJ,145. I walked through the peyote field calling the name that mescalito had given me. Something emerged from a strange, starlike light on a peyote plant. It was a long shiny object- a stick of light the size of a man. For a moment it illuminated the whole field with an intense yellowish or amber light; then it lit up the whole sky above, creating a portentous, marvellous sight... everything was alive. Everything had exquisite and intricate detail, and yet everything was so simple. I was everywhere; I could see up and down and all around, all at the same time. TDJ,146. The peyote plant in front of me began to light up again, and before I could move my eyes the long light entered again. it hovered over me. I sat up. The light touched my whole body with quiet strength, and then rolled away out of sight. TDJ,147. TYPES OF POWER PLANTS MESCALITO WHAT IS IT? MESCALITO IS NOT AN ALLY..IT IS ANOTHER KIND OF POWER. A UNIQUE POWER. A PROTECTOR, A TEACHER He advises. He answers whatever questions you ask. TDJ,45 Mescalito is not an ally..it is another kind of power. A unique power. A protector, a teacher... Mescalito can't be tamed (like an ally) it is outside oneself. He chooses to show himself in many forms to whoever stands in front of him, regardless of whether that person is a brujo or a farm boy. TDJ,53. Mescalito is a teacher, not a power to be used for personal reasons. TDJ,69. Mescalito is gentle, like a baby. Of course he is terrifying, but once you get to know him, he is gentle and kind... (he protects).. you can keep him with you at all times and he will see that nothing bad happens to you. TDJ,88.. but that does not mean you can make fun of him. because he is a kind protector he can also be a horror itself with those he does not like. TDJ,89. Mescalito is a protector because he is available to anyone who seeks him. Anyone can partake of Mescalito. Not everybody likes Mescalito; yet they all seek him with the idea of profiting without doing any work. Naturally their encounter is always horrifying... when Mescalito accepts a man completely.. he appears to him as a man, or as a light. When a man has won this kind of acceptance, Mescalito is constant. He never changes after that... to arrive at that point..you have to be a strong man, and your life has to be truthful. A truthful life is a life lived with deliberateness, a good, strong life. TDJ,104. He is just a protector and a teacher. He is a power. (he is not God)... Mescalito has nothing to do with ourselves. He is outside us. Mescalito is not the same (form) for everybody. TDJ,90. There are no common forms (for Mescalito.).. he appears in any form to those who know him a little, but to those who know him well, he is always constant. TDJ,91. He appears to them someimtes as a man, like us, or as a light. TDJ,91.Songs and naming Mescalito description. TDJ,103. He said that the smoke was an ally was unique, and I reminded him that he had also said the Mescalito was unique. He argued that each was unique, but the differed in quality.TDJ,138 He is like nothing you have ever seen. He is like a man, but at the same time he is not at all like one. It is difficult to explain to people who know nothing about him and want to know everything about him all at once. And then, his lessons are as mysterious as he is himself. No man, to my knowledge, can predict his acts. You ask him a question and he shows you the way, but he does not tell you about it in the same manner you and I talk to each other. TDJ,149. And because it was available without any training, Mescalito was said to be a protector. To be a protector meant that it was accessible to anyone. TDJ,217. At that moment I felt a great surge of wisdom engulfing me. A conjecture I had played with for three years turned then into a certainty. It had taken me three years to realize, or rather to find out, that whatever is contained in the cactus Lophophora williamsii had nothing to do with me in order to exist as an entity; it existed by itself out there, at large. I knew it then. TDJ,145.

WHAT IS ITS PURPOSE? MESCALITO SHOWED HOW TO LIVE Mescalito showed how to live... he has many ways of showing it.. sometimes he shows it on his hand, or on the rocks, or the trees, or just in front of you... it is a teaching in front of you..Mescalito talks to you but not in words..he talks differently to every man. TDJ,53. Mescalito takes you out of yourself to teach you. TDJ,54 (he teaches)..by showing things and tells you what is what. TDJ,89 Mescalito is a protector because he talks to you and can guide your acts.. Mescalito teaches the right way to live. And you can see him because he is outside of you. The smoke.. is an ally. It transforms you and gives you power without ever showing its presence. You can't talk to it. But you know it exists because it takes your body away and makes you as light as air. Yet you never see it. But it is there giving you power to accomplish unimaginable things, such as when it takes your body away. TDJ,138. DJ believed mescalito taught simplification of behavior. TDJ,217. HOW DO YOU GET TO KNOW MESCALITO? THERE WERE NO EXACT STEPS TO KNOWING MESCALITO; THEREFORE NO ONE COULD TEACH ABOUT HIM EXCEPT MESCALITO HIMSELF. there were no exact steps to knowing Mescalito; therefore no one could teach about him except Mescalito himself. This quality made him a unique power; he was not the same for every man. TDJ,53. You have to be taught his ways as a child is taught how to walk .... until he himself begins to make sense to you... and then you will understand by yourself. You won't have to tell me anything any more. TDJ,89. YOU CAN'T TALK ABOUT MESCALITO The opinion of those who care to talk about him (Mescalito) is not worth much... You will probably talk about him up to a certain point, and from then on you will never discuss him. TDJ,90. HOW DO YOU KNOW MESCALITO ACCEPTS YOU? HE HAD ACCEPTED ME BY SHOWING HIMSELF TO ME AS A LIGHT, TWICE. ..the protector had accepted me and had made sure I kn ew that he had accepted me by showing himself to me as a light, twice. TDJ,149. You are on your own now.. the protector has accepted you. I will be of very little help from now on. You don't have to tell me anything more about your relationship with him. You know his name now; and neither his name, nor his dealings with you, should ever be mentioned to a living being. TDJ,148. WHAT WERE THE SONGS OF MESCILITO FOR? THE SONGS (OF MESCALITO) PURPOSE WERE FOR CALLING THE PROTECTOR AND THAT I SHOULD ALWAYS USE THEM IN CONJUNCTION WITH HIS NAME TO CALL HIM the songs (of Mescalito) purpose were for calling the protector and that I should always use them in conjunction with his name to call him. TDJ,148. DEVIL'S WEED (JIM SON WEED) WHAT IS IT? SHE GIVES THEM A TASTE OF POWER TOO SOON WITHOUT FORTIFYING THEIR HEARTS AND MAKES THEM DOMINEERING AND UNPREDICTABLE. the devil's weed was my benefactor's ally (Julian) TDJ,56 She distorts men. She gives them a taste of power too soon without fortifying their hearts and makes them domineering and unpredictable. She makes them weak in the middle of their great power. There is a way to overcome it, but not to avoid it. Whoever becomes the weed's ally must pay that price. TDJ,56. Description of the parts of the devil's weed and what they do. TDJ,57 (1st and 2nd paragraphs) to tame th e devil's weed into an ally is one of the most difficult tasks I know. She never became one with me.. perhaps because I was never fond of her. TDJ,57. The weed is only used for power..

The man who wants his vigour back, the young people who seek to endure fatigue and hunger, the man who wants to kill another man, a woman who wants to be in heat- they all desire power. TDJ,65. I don't like its power! There is no use for it anymore. In other times, like those my benefactor told me about, there was reason to seek power. men performed phenomenal deeds, were admired for their strength and feared and respected for their knowledge. My benefactor told me stories of truly phenomenal deeds, that were performed long, long ago. But now we, the Indians, do not seek that power any more.... they do not seek its power, a power that acts like a magnet, more potent and more dangerous to handle as the root goes deeper into the ground. When one arrives to a depth of four yards- and they some people have- one finds the seat of permanent power, power without end. Very few humans have done this in the past and nobody has done it today. TDJ,67. The devil's weed has nev er protected anyone. She serves only to give power. TDJ,88 The second portion of the devil's weed is used for seeing. With it a, a man can soar through the air to see what is going on at any place h e chooses. TDJ,105. The second portion of the devil's weed is used to fly. TDJ,127. As you learn more, and take it often in order to fly, you will begin to see everything with great clarity. You can soar through the air for hundreds of miles to see what is happening at any place you want, or to deliver a fatal blow to your enemies far away... she will teach you unimaginable things...(for) every man is different. My benefactor never told me what he had learned. He told me how to proceed, but never what he saw. That is only for oneself... (CC tells DJ everything) now...later you will not. TDJ,127. the devil's weed is only one path to the secrets of a man of knowledge. There are other paths. But her trap is to make you believe that hers is the only way. I say it is useless to waste your life on one path, especially if that path has no heart. TDJ,158. You like flattery, and the devil's weed flatters you. Like a woman, she makes you feel good. The devil's weed also requires strength, but of a different kind. It is closer to being virile with women. The strength required by the smoke is strength of the heart. TDJ,160. LITTLE SMOKE WHAT IS IT? THE SMOKE IS FOR THOSE WHO WANT TO WATCH AND SEE the little smoke only tells me what to do. TDJ,69.. It's not the same for everybody. many fear it and won't touch it or even get close to it. The smoke is like everything else; it wasn't made for all of us... (it is) the smoke of diviners. TDJ,70. the smoke is for those who want to watch and see. And in my opinion, the smoke is peerless. Once a man enters into its field, every other power is at his command. it's magnificent. of course it takes a lifetime. it takes years alone to become aquainted with its two vital parts; the pipe and the smoke mixture. The pipe was given to me by my benefactor... TDJ,70. I like the little smoke as an ally because it doesn't demand much of me. SR,40. its effect are so dreadful that only a strong man can stand the smallest puff. Everything is terrifying and confu sing at the outset, but every new puff makes things more precise. And suddenly the world opens up anew! Unimaginable! When this happens the smoke has become one's ally and will resolve any question by allowing one to enter into inconceivable worlds. This is the smoke's greatest property, its greatest gift. And it performs its function without hurting in the least. I call the smoke a true ally! TDJ,70,71. The smoke will come. You will feel it. It will set you free to see anything you want to see. Properly speaking, it is a matchless ally. But whoever seeks it must have an intent and a will beyond reproach. He needs them because he has to intend and will his return, or the smoke will not let him come back. Second, he must intend and will to remember whatever the smoke allowed him to see, otherwise it will be nothing more than a piece of fog in his mind. TDJ,82. The smoke teaches but not as Mescalito does. TDJ,139 it does not show the same things. It shows you how to handle its power, and to learn that you must take it as many times as you can. TDJ,140. ..what I felt was its unimaginable power. And to handle that power.. one has to live a strong life. The idea of a strong life not only [ertains to th e preparation period, but also entails the attitude of the man after the experience. He said the smoke is so strong one can match it only with strength; otherwise, one's life would be shattered to bits. I asked him if the smoke had the same effect on everyone. He said it produced a transformation, but not in everyone. TDJ,140. ..all that was needed with the smoke was the proper attitude. TDJ,141. the only secrets never to be revealed (about the smoke) were how to make the mixture, how to move around, and how to return; other matters concerning the subject were of no importance. TDJ,141. DJ told CC he had never seen anyone smoking before. TDJ,140.

4. CLEANING OUR WAREHOUSE/TONAL WHAT IS CLEANING YOUR WAREHOUSE? CLEANING AND REORDERING THE ISLAND MEANS REGROUPING ALL ITS ELEMENTS ON THE SIDE OF REASON By now you must have realized that cleaning and reordering the island of the tonal means regrouping all its elements on the side of reason. TOP,245 WHY DO WE HAVE TO CLEAN OUR WAREHOUSE? THE SECOND ATTENTION WAS REACHED ONLY AFTER WE HAVE CLEANED OUR TONAL That attention was reached only after warriors had swept the top of their tables clean. SRP,256. The island of the tonal has to be swept clean and maintained clean. That's the only alternative a warrior has. A clean island offers no resistence; it is as if nothing were there...TOP,171. One of the sources of your bafflement and discomfort is that your tonal doesn't let go of your eyes. the day it does, your nagual will have won a great battle. Your obsession or, better yet, everyone's obsession is to arrange the world according to the tonal's rules; so everytime we are confronted with the nagual, we go out of our way to make our eyes stiff and intransigent. I must appeal to the part of your tonal which understands this dilemma and you must make an effort to free your eyes. TOP,169 .All are views that seem to be unchallengable; and as long as you three persist in using them, your bubbles of perception have not been cleared and the sorcerers explanation will have no meaning. TOP,247 She stressed that unless this storehouse is cleared out, there is no way for us to be what we really are. TSC,74. She explained that by storing energy, we can dissolve our preconceptions about the world and the body, thus making room in our wherehouse for other possibilities. T SC,111 after the tonal shrinks, the warrior is closing the gate from the other. TOP,173. THE TONAL MUST TEMPER THE NAGUAL the nagual by itself was of no use it had to be tempered by the tonal. They said I had to leap willingly and be aware of my act....the sorcerers' secret in using the nagual was in our perception, that leaping was simply an exercise in perception, and that it would end only after I succeeded in perceiving, as a perfect tonal, what was at the bottom of the ravine. TOP,251. That's what a sorcerer needs before anything else, a strong,free tonal. The stronger it gets the less it clings to its doings, and the easier it is to shrink. TOP,153. THE MORE ITEMS YOU DISCARD THE MORE YOU MAKE ROOM FOR OTHER THINGS It proves to me, just like when you saw the shadows moving, that you're freeing your energy. You are beginning to empty your warehouse. the more items of your inventory you discard, the more you make room for other things. TSC,76. HOW DO SORCERER' S CLEAN THEIR TONAL? (CALLED SHRINKING THE TONAL) THE TEACHER TRIES TO GET THE APPRENTICE TO GROUP HIS VIEW OF THE WORLD ON ONE HALF OF OUR BUBBLE OF PERCEPTION (TONAL) AND THE BENEFACTOR OPENS THE BUBBLE ON THE SIDE THAT HAS BEEN CLEANED(NAGUAL) AND THE APPRENTICE CAN EXPERIENCE THE TOTALITY OF THEMSELF . The art of the teacher was to force his disciple to group his view of the world on the right half of the bubble...the right half is the tonal. The teacher always addresses himself to that side and by presenting his apprentice..with the warrior's way he forces him into reasonableness and sobriety, and strength of character and body; and by presenting him..with unthinkable but real situations which the apprentice cannot cope with, he forces him to realize that his reason, although it is a most wonderful affair, can only cover a small area. Once the warrior is confronted with his incapacity to reason everything out, he will go out of his way to bolster and defend his defeated reason, and to that effect he will rally everything he's got around it. The teacher sees to that by hammering him mercilessly until all of his view of the world is on one half of the bubble. The other half of the bubble which has been cleared, can then be claimed by something sorcerers call will. TOP,245,246 We can better explain this by saying that the task of the teacher is to wipe clean one half of the bubble and to reorder everything on the other half. The benefactor's task then is to open the bubble on the side that has been cleaned. Once the seal is broken, the warrior is never th e same. He then has the command of his totality.

Half of the bubble is the ultimate center of reason, the tonal. The other half is the ultimate center of will, the nagual. That is the order that should prevail; any other arrangement is nonsensial and petty, because it goes against our nature, it robs us of our magical heritage and reduces us to nothing. TOP,246. The delicate manoeuvre of leading a luminous being into the totality of himself requires that the teacher work from inside the bubble an d the benefactor from outside. TOP,245 The teacher's task is to rearrange the view, to prepare the luminous being for the time when the benefactor opens th e bubble from the outside...TOP,244. the job of a teacher, insofar as the apprentice's perception is concerned, consists of reordering all the elements of the island on one half of the bubble. ..the teacher reorders the view of the world. TOP,245 My task has been to disarrange your ordinary view, not to destroy it, but to force it to rally on the side of reason. TOP,245 SORCERER'S DO NOT OBLITERATE ANYTHING FROM THE TONAL BUT ALTERS THE USE ASSIGNED TO THOSE ELEMENTS the sorcerers' world called for a drastic transformation, the sorcerers explanation said that the island of the tonal was complete and not a single elment could be removed. Change then, did not mean obliterating anything but altering the use assigned to those elements.. TOP,234. If you then change the facade of self-pity, you would have shifted its place of prominence...one changes the facade by altering the use of elements of the island..(this means that you can't get rid of things on th e island but since all things are equal you can change one for the other..like replacing self-pity with death as what you think about when you start stressing.)..self-pity was useful to you because you either felt important important and deserving of better conditions, better treatment, or because you were unwilling to assume responsibility for the acts that brought you to the state that elicited, or because you were incapable of bringing the idea of your impending death to witness your acts and advise you...TOP,234,235 Without using those four techniques you never could've succeeded in changing them..but changing facades means only that one has assigned a secondary place to a formerly important element. Your self-pity is still a feature of your island; it will be there in the back in the same way that the idea of your impending death, or your humbleness, or your responsibility for your acts were there, without ever being used. TOP,235 in order for self-pity to work you had to feel important, irresponsible and immortal. When those feelings were altered in some way, it was no longer possible to feel sorry for yourself..the same was true with all the other elements which you've changed on your island. TOP,235 there is no way to get rid of self -pity for good; it has a definite place and character in your island, a definite facade which is recognizable. Thus every time the occasion arises, self-pity becomes active. It has history. TOP,234,235 The only important matter is that the tonal of a warrior must be acquainted with other alternatives. TOP,174.. ERASING PERSONAL HISTORY AND ITS THREE COMPANION TECHNIQUES ARE THE SORCERERS MEANS FOR CHANGING THE FACADE OF THE ELEMENTS OF THE ISLAND ....erasing personal history and its three companion techniques are the sorcerers means for changing the facade of the elements of the island..for instance, by erasing personal history, you have denied use to self -pity; TOP,235 YOU MUST TALK TO THE TONAL TO GIVE UP CONTROL IN THE BEGINNING, ONE HAS TO TALK TO THE TONAL. IT IS THE TONAL THAT HAS TO RELINQUISH CONTROL. BUT IT SHOULD BE MADE TO DO SO GLADLY. In the beginning, one has to talk to the tonal. It is the tonal that has to relinquish control. But it should be made to do so gladly. For example, your tonal has relinquished some controls without much struggle, because it became clear to it that, had it remained the way it was, the totality of you would be dead by now.In other words, the tonal is made to give up unnecessary things like self-importance and boredom. The whole trouble is that the tonal clings to those things when it should be glad to rid itself of that crap. the task then is to convince the tonal to become free and fluid. TOP,153. The point is to convince the tonal that there are other worlds that can pass in front of the same window s. the nagual showed you this morning. So let your eyes be free; let them be true windows.The eyes can be the windows to peer into boredom or to peak into that infinity. TOP,170 A SHOVE BY THE NAGUAL IS ONE TECHNIQUE TO SHRINK THE TONAL AND ENTER INTO THE NAGUAL A shove is then the technique for shrinking the tonal. One must shove at the precise instant; for that, of course, one must know how to see... once the man has been shoved and his tonal has been shrunk, his nagual, if it is already in motion, no matter how small this motion is, will take over and achieve extraordinary deeds.....your nagual took over this morning and you ended up in the market. TOP,154.

YOU MUST GET PERSPECTIVE ON YOUR TONAL, WATCH IT FROM A DISTANCE ..He told them that sorcerers were obligated to watch their tonals from a distance in order to have a better grasp of what was really around them..... average men does not have the grasp that a sorcerer has because an average man is right on top of his table, holding on to every item on it. SRP,255.. IS CLEANING YOUR TONAL EASY? THE TONAL WOULD RATHER KILL ITSELF THAN RELINQUISH CONTROL What you were doing this morning was absurd. You call it explaining. I call it a sterile and boring insistence of the tonal to have everything under its control. Whenever it doesn't succeed, there is a moment of bafflement and then the tonal opens itself to death...It would rather kill itself than relinquish control. And yet there is very little we can do to change that condition...(to change)..TOP,171. IT TAKES A LONG TRAINING TO TEACH THE TONAL NOT TO GO CRAZY WHEN THE NAGUAL COMES OUT No one is capable of surviving a deliberate encounter with the nagual without a long training. It takes years to prepare th e tonal for such an encounter. Ordinarily, if an average man comes face to face with the nagual the shock would be so great that he would die. TOP,171. WARRIORS KNOW WHEN TO SHRINK THE TONAL AND TO STOP IT A grave issue for a warrior is to know exactly when to allow his tonal to shrink and stop it. This is a great art. A warrior must struggle like a demon to shrink his tonal; and yet at the very moment the tonal shrinks, the warrior must reverse all that struggle to immediately halt that shrinking. TOP,173... DANGERS OF HURTING OUR TONAL ONE SHOULD GET TO THE NAGUAL WITHOUT MALIGNING THE TONAL AND ABOVE ALL WITHOUT INJURING ONE'S BODY. ...I know that what matters is not to learn a new description but to arrive at the totality of oneself. One should get to the nagual without maligning the tonal and above all without injuring one's body. TOP,238 A SORCERER MUST TRY TO BREAK THE UNITY OF BEING ON THE TONAL WITHOUT ENDANGERING HIS BEING a sorcerer, however, has to break that unity, but without endangering his being. A sorcerer's goal is to last. .he doesn't take unnecessary risks, therefore he spends years sweeping his island until a moment when he could in a manner of speaking, sneak off it. TOP,189 WHEN THE TONAL SHRINKS THE OPENING OF THE SECOND ATTENTION IS OPEN AND HE MIGHT BE SWEPT AWAY BY A REAL WIND IF HE DOESN'T SHUT IT IMMEDIATELY But when his tonal shrinks, he is on the windy side, and that opening must be shut tight immediately, or he would be swept away. TOP,173. And this is not just a way of talking. Beyond the gate of the tonal's eyes the wind rages. I mean a real wind. No metaphor. A wind that can blow one's life away. In fact, that is the wind that blows all living things on this earth TOP,173. YOU SHOULD NOT LET THE TONAL SHRINK ITSELF OUT OF THE PICTURE ...the problem here is not to let the tonal shrink itself out of the picture.TOP,173... TO MAKE YOUR TONAL FEEL SAFE IS ALWAYS THE TASK OF THE TEACHER At this point your reason admits that the nagual is indescribable, not because the evidence has convinced it, but because it is safe to admit that. Your reason is on safe ground, all the elements of the tonal are on its side... To make your reason feel safe is always the task of the teacher... TOP,267

7. DREAMING WHAT HAPPENS IN NORMAL DREAMING? THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT SHIFTS SLIGHTLY TO THE LEFT IN A NATURAL MANNER ..Dreaming began with a simple observation. The old seers became aware that in dreams the AP shifts slightly to the left in a most natural manner. That point indeed relaxes when man sleeps and all kinds of unu sed emanations begin to glow. FFW,192 the assemblage point becomes very easily displaced during sleep (gently and naturally POS, 50) in the course of ordinary dreams, the assemblage point becomes easily displaced by itself to another position on the surface or in the interior of the luminous egg...TAOD,18,19 WHAT HAPPENS WHEN WE ARE IN NORMAL SLEEP? DURING NORMAL SLEEP, THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT SHIFTS ALONG EITHER SIDE OF MAN'S BAND ACCOMPANIED BY SLUMBER During normal sleep, the shift of the AP runs along either edge of man's band. Such shifts are always coupled with slumber. FFW,270. SHIFTS INDUCED BY PRACTICE OCCUR ALONG THE MIDSECTION OF MAN'S BAND AND IS NOT COUPLED WITH SLUMBER, YET THE DREAMER IS ASLEEP Shifts that are induced by practice occur along the midsection of man's band and are not coupled with slumber, yet a dreamer is asleep. FFW,270. WHAT DREAMING IS NOT DREAMING IS NOT JUST HAVING DREAMS; NEITHER IS IT DAYDREAMING OR WISHING OR IMAGINING Dreaming is not just having dreams; neither is it daydreaming or wishing or imagining. TAOD,29 WHAT IS DREAMING? 1. PRACTICES TO RECONDITION OUR ENERGY SO THAT WE CAN INCREASE OUR PERCEPTION (MOVE THE AP) DREAMING SYSTEMATICALLY MOVES OUR AP Believing that our energetic conditioning is correctable, don Juan stated that sorcerers of ancient times developed a set of practices designed to recondition our energetic capabilities to perceive. They called this set of practices the art of dreaming. TAOD, ii Dreaming seems to be a sensation-a process in our bodies, an awareness in our minds. TAOD ix.....The awareness of sorcerers grows when they do dreaming. TAOD,101 A warrior seeks power and one of the avenues to power is dreaming. JTI,91Dreaming is the art of displacing the assemblage point at will from its habitual position in order to enhance and enlarge the scope of what can be perceived. TAOD, 19 dreaming is concerned with the displacement of the assemblage point TAOD,69.,161...Dreaming is the most effective way to move the AP. FFW,191...through discipline it is possible to cultivate and perform, in the course of sleep and ordinary dreams, a systematic displacement of the assemblage point. TAOD,18,19..they called this control of the the natural AP shift during sleep "control dreaming" or "the art of handling the dreaming body."...to control that shift does not mean in any way to direct it, but to keep the AP fixed at the position where it naturally moves in sleep...FFW,192 in dreaming there is really no way of directing the movement of the AP; the only thing that dictates that shift is the inner strength or weakness of dreamers. FFW,194 ...everytime this control of your dream is exercised the inner strength gets fortified. Fortified inner strength in turn makes th e AP shift into dreaming positions which are more and more suitable for fostering sobriety, in other words, dreams by themselves become more and more manageable, even orderly..FFW,199.

2. BEING AWARE IN OUR DREAMS AND HAVING CONTROL IN DREAMING THE PERSON HAS VOLITION AND CONTROL ....Our art as ordinary people is that we know how to hold the image of what we are looking at. ...we do that but we don't know how. We just do it; that is, our bodies do it. In dreaming we have to do the same thing, except in dreaming we have to learn how to do it... we have to struggle not to look but to merely glance and yet hold the image. SRP,144 Dreaming was in essence th e transformation of ordinary dreams into affairs involving volition. Dreamers, by engaging their attention of the nagual and focusing it on the items and events of their ordinary dreams, change those dreams into dreaming. SRP,242. ....Only through immobilizing our attention can one turn an ordinary dream into dreaming. EG,139..... with our attention we can hold the images of a dream in the same way we hold the images of the world.. the art of the dreamer is the art of attention. Cc,SRP,239...As soon as one learns to do dreaming, any dream that one can remember is no longer a dream, it's dreaming. EG,140...The control and utilization of dreams. POS,14 the purpose of dreaming, which control and dreaming. JTI,112. dreaming is the not-doing of sleep. EG,23. The dreamers do not lack sleep, but the effect of dreaming seems to be an increase of waking time, owing to the use of an alleged extra body, the dreaming body. EG,23. You can have as many dreams as you want or as many as you are capable of, but you must exercise adequate control and not wake up in the world we know. TAOD,40 IN DREAMING WE EXERCISE OUR ABILITY TO BE AWARE IN OUR DREAMS/D REAMING ATTENTION the dreaming attention is the condition of being aware of the items in our dream. It is the key to every movement in the sorcerers' world. CC.TAOD, 29 Exercising the dreaming attention is the essential point in dreaming TAOD,35 the control one acquires over one's dreams upon fixating the assemblage point on any new position to which it has been displaced during dreams....an incomprehensible facet of awareness that exists by itself, waiting for a moment when we would entice it, a moment when we would give it purpose; it is a veiled faculty that everyone of us has in reserve but never has the opportunity to use in ev eryday life. TAOD,21,22....as we tighten the control over our dreams, we tighten the mastery over our dreaming attention....the dreaming attention comes into play when it is called, when it is given a purpose..(not a process which leads to an end result) It is rather an awakening. Something suddenly becomes suddenly functional. TAOD, 34 dreaming seemed to begin as a unique state of awareness arrived at by focusing the residue of consciousness (second attention), which one still has when asleep, on the elements, or the features, of one's dream... EG,135. The stronger and th e more impeccable the dreamers were, the farther they could project their second attention into the unknown and the longer their dreaming projection would last. (a matter of energy).EG,265. ...It has to do with the unknown. It comes about when unused emanations inside man's cocoon are utilized.... in order to utilize those unused emanations, one needs uncommon, elaborate tactics that require supreme discipline and concentration.. the concentration needed to be aware that one is having a dream is the forerunner of the second attention. That concentration is a form of consciousness that is not in the same category as the consciousness needed to deal with the daily world. FFW,127,128 DREAMS CANNOT BE INTERFERED WITH/DREAMS MUST FOLLOW THEIR OWN COURSE dreams cannot be interfered with, nor can they be commanded by the c onscious effort of the dreamer, and yet the shift of the AP must obey the dreamer's command- a contradiction that cannot be rationalized but must be resolved in practice..... when dreams are consciously or semiconsciously manipulated, the AP immediately returns to its usual place. ...interfering with dreams was interfering with the natural shift of the AP... Let the dream follow its own course...FFW,193. DREAMING POSITION IS ANY NEW POSITION TO WHICH THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT HAS BEEN DISPLACED DURING SLEEP. Dreaming position is......any new position to which the assemblage point has been displaced during sleep. (TAOD,??), (FFW,194) THE FARTHER THE SHIFT OF THE AP INTO THE LEFT SIDE.., THE MORE VIVID AND BIZARRE THE DREAM. The farther the shift of the AP into the left side.., the more vivid and bizarre the dream. FFW,193. dreams are totally associated with that displacement the greater the displacement, the more unusual the dream... TAOD,18,19

TO CONTROL THE DREAM MEANS TO FIXATE THE AP ON A CERTAIN SPOT/C OHESIVENESS Dreaming practices is a way to learn how to have cohesion.Dreaming does it by forcing dreams to fixate the assemblage point. (We fixate it by practicing the techniques of dreaming.... sustaining the view in a dream (this means you are holding the dreaming position of your assemblage point TAOD,70) or changing dreams at will) ....through your dreaming practices you are really exercising your capacity to be cohesive; that is to say, you are exercising your capacity to maintain a new energy shape by holding the assemblage point fixed on the position of any particular dream you are having ...(we maintain cohesiveness) by the clarity of our perception. The clearer the view of our dreams, the greater the cohesion. TAOD,70Those exercises were designed to keep my AP fixed at the place where it had moved in my sleep. FFW,194.... (These are tasks to train the second attention. )EG,141.... All dreamers can direct is the fixation of their AP. Seers are like fisherman equipped with a line that casts itself wherever it may; the only thing they can do is keep the line anchored at the place it sinks...FFW,194. .. to wake up while dreaming while the AP is fixed in a new position. FFW,194. THE DREAMING ATTENTION, THE ENERGY BODY, THE SECOND ATTENTION, THE RELATIONSHIP WITH INORGANIC BEINGS, THE DREAMING EMISSARY, THEY ARE ALL BY-PRODUCTS OF ACQUIRING COHESION; IN OTHER WORDS, THEY ARE ALL BY-PRODUCTS OF FIXATING THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ON A NUMBER OF DREAMING POSITIONS. The dreaming attention, the energy body, the second attention, the relationship with inorganic beings, the dreaming emissary, they are all by-products of acquiring cohesion; in other words, they are all by-products of fixating the assemblage point on a number of dreaming positions. TAOD,69,70.. That the only thing that counts in making that shift (into the dreaming body) is anchoring the second attention. EG,141. THE DREAMING BODY AND THE BARRIER OF PERCEPTION ARE POSITIONS OF THE AP AND ARE ACCOMPLISHED AFTER YEARS OF PRACTICE the dreaming body and the barrier of perception are positions of the AP, and that knowledge is as vital to seers as knowing how to read and write is to modern man. Both are accomplishments attained after years of practice. FFW,290. A DREAMER IS BY DEFINITION OUTSIDE THE BOUNDARIES OF THE CONCERNS OF EVERYDAY LIFE What she meant by that was that a dreamer by definition is outside the boundaries of the concerns of everyday life. EG,262 DREAMING CAN BE AS REAL AS EVERYDAY LIFE ...what you call dreams are real for a warrior. Dreaming is real for a warrior because in it he can act deliberately, he can choose and reject, he can select from a variety of items those which lead to power, and then he can manipulate them and use them, while in an ordinary dream he cannot act deliberately. In dreaming you have power; you can change things; you may find out countless concealed facts; you can control whatever you want. JTI,92... a man hunting for power has almost no limits in his dreaming. JTI,98.. dreaming entailed a peculiar control ov er one's dream to the extent that the experiences undergone in them and those lived in one's waking hours acquired the same pragmatic valence. The sorcerers allegation was that under th impact of dreaming the ordinary criteria to differentiate a dream from reality became inoperative. TOP,16. Dreamers move onward without plan or thought; they jump into the reality of the world or into the reality of dreams TSC,231 you are dreaming, but all this is real. So real that it can kill us by disintegrating us... TSC,248 Dreaming is real when one has succeeded in bringing everything into focus. Then there is no difference between what you do when you sleep and what you do when you are sleeping...JTI,99 HAVING A DREAM THREE TIMES IS A RULE OF THUMB TO INDICATE TRUE DREAMING For true dreaming, he gave me a rule of thumb; if I should have the vision three times... I had to pay extraordinary attention to it; otherwise, a neophyte's attempts were merely a stepping stone to building the second attention. EG,50.

3. DREAMING IS USED TO DEVELOP THE DOUBLE THE TRUE GOAL OF DREAMING WAS TO PERFECT THE DOUBLE the true goal of dreaming is to perfect the energy body. TAOD,42. (first and second gates is to forge the EB and the third gate is to let it out) TAOD,14 Dreaming is the art of tempering the energy body, of making it supple and coherent by gradually exercising it... through dreaming we condense the energy body until its capable of perceiving. Dreaming is a way of arriving at the energy body. TAOD,31 A DREAMER CAN CREATE AND PROJECT THE DREAMING BODY AND BE IN TWO DISTANT PLACES AT THE SAME TIME ...a dreamer can create and project the dreaming body and be in two distant places at the same time. POS, 48 DESCRIPTION OF WHAT HAPPENS TO OUR LUMINOUS BALL DURING DREAMING What takes place in dreaming is that the right and left side awareness are wrapped up together. Both of them come to rest in one single bundle in the dent, the depressed center of the second attention. EG,258. (see luminous ball.. massaging the SA).. the feeling of being rolled up like a cigar and placed inside the dent of the second attention was the result of merging my right and left awareness into one in which the order of predominance has been switched and the left has gained supremacy. EG,259. In order to have perceived the nagual, you must have used your double. You were asleep and yet aware at the same time. TSC,140. 4. DREAMING IS A WAY TO GET TO THE NAGUAL,SAFELY DREAMING IS A DOOR TO THE NAGUAL Through dreaming we can perceive other worlds,...(freedom to perceive worlds beyond the imagination. TAOD,81)... Dreams are, if not a door, a hatch into other worlds... dreams are a two way street. Our awareness goes through that hatch into other realms, and those other realms send scouts into our dreams....a hatch into other realms of perception.. TAOD,29 Dreaming practices in the world of everyday life..made perceiving energy directly dreamlike, instead of totally chaotic, until a moment when something rearranged perception and the sorcerer found himself facing a new world. TAOD,79 dreaming gives us the fluidity to enter into other worlds by destroying our sense of knowing this world. TAOD,73 ...the door to the second attention...the dreaming attention is like a river feeding into the second attention (ocean).. ??,?? ..dreaming is naturally a way to store the second attention. EG,141. A warrior's greatest accomplishment in the second attention is dreaming. EG,209. That's why the Nagual taught us dreaming (to not injure the luminous layers) Dream ing tightens the layers. When sorcerers learn dreaming they tie together their two attentions and there is no more need for that center to push out. SRP,254 Dreaming is a practical aid devised by sorcerers..they sought the usefulness of the nagual by train ing their tonal to let go for a moment, so to speak, and then grab again. This statement doesn't make sense to you. But that's what you've been doing all along; training yourself to let go without losing all of your marbles. Dreaming..is the crown of the sorcerers' efforts, the ultimate use of the nagual. TOP,242. Dreaming was in fact a rational state ..in dreaming, the rational awareness, is wrapped up inside the left side awareness in order to give the dreamer a sense of sobriety and rationality; but that the influence of rationality has to be minimal and used only as an inhibiting mechanism to protect the dreamer the dreamer from excesses and bizarre undertakings. EG,261.Dreaming is the only way to gather the second attention without injuring it, without making it menacing and awesome. SRP,249. there is a pathway to reach it, however, which is available to every one of us, but which only sorcerers take, and that pathway is through dreaming. SRP,242.....the second attention is available to all of us...dream ing brings down the barriers that surround and insulate the second attention. TAOD,51 The second attention is like an ocean, and the dreaming attention is like a river feeding into it. It is the condition of being aware of total worlds, total like our world is total. TAOD, 29.

5. WE ARE TRYING TO FIND ENERGY-GENERATING ITEMS IN OUR DREAMS BY FINDING ADEQUATE POSITIONS OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT ENERGY GENERATING ITEMS BECOME AVAILABLE TO US ..we intend to find adequate positions of the assemblage point, positions that permit us to percieve energygenerating items in dreamlike states. TAOD,164 a process by which dreamers isolate dream conditions in which they can find energy-generating elements... dreaming is `an energy-generating condition...ordinary dreams are the honing devices used to train the assemblage point to reach the position that creates this energy-generating condition we call dreaming. TAOD,173 LOOKING FOR INORGANIC BEINGS/SCOUTS IN OUR DREAMS WHAT ARE SCOUTS? SCOUTS...ENERGY CHARGES THAT GET MIXED WITH THE ITEMS OF OUR NORMAL DREAMS. THEY ARE BURSTS OF FOREIGN ENERGY THAT COME INTO OUR DREAMS, AND WE INTERPRET THEM AS ITEMS FAMILIAR OR UNFAMILIAR TO US Scouts...energy charges that get mixed with the items of our normal dreams. They are bursts of foreign energy that come into our dreams, and we interpret th em as items familiar or unfamiliar to us. ...the mind takes those currents and turns them into parts of our dreams. TAOD,29 He said that among the multitude of items in our dreams, there exist real energetic interferences, things that have been put in our dreams extraneously, by an alien force. TAOD,46,47 AVERAGE PEOPLE HAVE MANY SCOUTS ..average people are subject to (more en ergy scouts..when the dreams are normal) ..average people have stupendously strong barriers (worries about self) to protect themselves. The stronger the barrier, the stronger the attack. TAOD,85 WE WANT TO FIND AND FOLLOW THOSE FOREIGN ELEMENTS To able to find them (foreign energy elements) and follow them is sorcery. TAOD,46,47 Sorcerers are aware of those currents of foreign energy...they notice them and strive to isolate them from the normal items of their dreams. TAOD,29 WHY DO WE WANT TO FOLLOW THE SCOUTS? THE INORGANIC BEINGS SUPPLY THEIR HIGH AWARENESS, AND SORCERERS SUPPLY THEIR HEIGHTENED AWARENESS AND HIGH ENERGY If we follow them to their source, (with the organic beings' superb consciousness, TAOD,49) they serve us as guides into areas of such mystery that sorcerers shiver at the mention of such a possibility....TAOD,32 (the friendship) ..consists of a mutual exchange of energy. The inorganic beings supply their high awareness, and sorcerers supply their heightened awaren ess and high energy...(but this forms a dependency) TAOD,52 HOW DO WE FIND SCOUTS? SORCERERES ENTICE THEM IN DREAMING.(BY THE ACT ITSELF) ..SUSTAINING THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT'S SHIFT CREATES A DISTINCTIVE ENERGY CHARGE WHICH ATTRACTS THEIR ATTENTION ..those beings are enticed by us,or better yet, compelled to interact with us... sorcereres entice them in dreaming.(by the act itself) ..sustaining the assemblage point's shift creates a distinctive energy charge which attracts their attention by going through the two gates you have made your bidding known to them...(followed) by a sign..either an appearance or some interference in your dreams (energy jolt maybe) TAOD,46,47 They isolate scouts by the exercise and control of their dreaming attention. (energy bodies isolate the dream scouts) TAOD,32 At one moment, our dreaming attention discovers them among the items of a dream and focuses on them, then the total dream collapses, leaving only the foreign enemy. TAOD,30

AT FIRST THE INORGANIC BEINGS MAY CAUSE GREAT FEAR Since at the begining of dreaming we have no experience whatsoever with them, they might imbue us with fear beyond measure. That is a real danger to us. Through the channel of fear, they can follow us to the daily world, with disastrous results for us...Fear can settle down in our lives, and we would have to be mavericks to deal with it. Inorganic beings can be worse than a pest. Through fear they can easily drive us raving mad.... (however).. (sorcerers) turn them into allies..form associations..extraordinary friendships TAOD, 47 But it isn't desirable for dreamers to indulge in searching for scouts. TAOD,32 Avoid at any cost sending a feeling of fear or morbidity. The secret is not to fear them.. The intent one has to send out to them has to be of power and abandon. TAOD,47,48 (see also water and FFW, ch #6.) OTHER SCOUTS TAOD,177,178,179 STAGES OF DREAMING STAGES ARE BLURRED UNDER NORMAL AWARENESS Under normal awareness that transition is blurred. but different from (experience of transition states from HA.). EG,252. 1. RESTFUL STATE RESTFUL VIGIL IS THE PRELIMINARY STATE, A STATE IN WHICH THE SENSES BECOME DORMANT AND YET ONE IS AWARE. Restful vigil is the preliminary state, a state in which the senses become dormant and yet one is aware. In my case, I had always perceived in this state a flood of reddish light, a light exactly like what one sees facing the sun with the eyelids tightly closed. EG,129 I had stared at the darkness throughout many sessions and was ready to visualize the spot of coloration. In fact, I witnesses its entire metamorphosis from plain darkness to a precisely outlined blotch of intense brightness, and then I was swayed by the external itch, on which I focused my attention, until I ended up entering into a state of restful vigil. It was then that I first became immersed in an orange-red coloration. (dreaming color)EG,256. After ten to fifteen minutes of restlessness I finally succeeded in going into a state of restful vigil.EG,129..In order for me to start dreaming or to stop it all I have to do is place my attention on my womb. I've learned to feel the inside of it. I see the reddish glow for an instant and then I'm off.. this only takes a few seconds. EG,136.... I easily entered into the first state... I had a sensation of bodily pleasure, a tingling radiating from my solar plexus, which was transformed into the thought that we were going to have great results. That thought turned into a nervous anticipation. I became aware of that my thoughts were emanating from the tingling in the middle of my chest. The instant I turned my attention to it, however, the tingling stopped. It was like an electric current that I could switch on and off. EG,150,151. She told me to keep my eyes open and fixed on a point right in front of me, at my eye level; and that this point was going to turn from darkness to a bright and pleasing orange-red. EG.251. 2. DYNAMIC VIGIL DYNAMIC VIGIL IN THIS STATE THE REDDISH LIGHT DISSIPATES, AS FOG DISSIPATES, AND ONE IS LEFT LOOKING AT A SCENE, A TABLEAU OF SORTS, WHICH IS STATIC. Dynamic vigil in this state the reddish light dissipates, as fog dissipates, and one is left looking at a scene, a tableau of sorts, which is static. One sees a three-dimensional picture, a frozen bit of something-a landscape, a street, a house, a person, a face, anything.

3. PASSIVE WITNESSING PASSIVE WITNESSING IN THIS STATE THE DREAMER IS NO LONGER VIEWING A FROZEN BIT OF THE WORLD BUT IS OBSERVING, EYEWITNESSING, AN EVENT AS IT OCCURS Passive witnessing in this state the dreamer is no longer viewing a frozen bit of the world but is observing, eyewitnessing, an event as it occurs. It is as if the primacy of the visual and auditory senses makes this state of dreaming mainly an affair of the eyes and ears only. EG,129. 4. DYNAMIC INITIATIVE DYNAMIC INITIATIVE IN THIS STATE I WAS DRAWN TO ACT. IN IT ONE IS COMPELLED TO ENTERPRISE, TO TAKE STEPS, TO MAKE THE MOST OF ONE'S TIME. Dynamic initiative in this state I was drawn to act. In it one is compelled to enterprise, to take steps, to make the most of one's time. EG,129. WHAT'S ESSENTIAL FOR DREAMING? 1. ENERGY IS NECESSARY TO DO DREAMING A PERSON MUST REDEPLOY ENERGY TO DO DREAMING The redeployment of energy is necessary to do dreaming to start dreaming sorcerers need to redefine their premises and save their energy, but that redefining is valid only to have the necessary energy to set up dreaming. TAOD,181,182 .....the energy needed to release our dreaming attention from its socialization prision comes from redeploying our existing energy ...the emergence of our dreaming attention is a direct corollary of revamping our lives. TAOD, 37....Dreaming requires every bit of our available energy...if there is a deep preoccupation in our life, there is no possibility of dreaming.. (preoccupation means that all your energy sources are taken on) TAOD, 150. We thought that the essential aid to dreaming was a state of mental quietness, which DJ had called stopping the internal dialogue or the not-doing of talking to oneself. EG,135. 2. YOU MUST CONVINCE YOURSELF YOU ARE A DREAMER/ WHICH DEVELOPS INTO UNBENDING INTENT/PERSISTENCE CONVINCE YOURSELF YOU ARE A DREAMER ....the act of convincing yourself you are indeed a dreamer, although you have never dreamt before, and the act of being convinced... it requires imagination, discipline and purpose....you get an unquestionable bodily knowledge that you are a dreamer...You feel that you are a dreamer with all cells of your body....Intending the first gate of dreaming was one of the means discovered by the sorcereres of antiquity for reaching the second attention and the energy body. TAOD,26 it starts with an initial act, which by the fact of being sustained breeds unbending intent. Unbending intent leads to internal silence, and internal silence to the inner strength needed to make the AP shift in dreams to suitable purpose. FFW,199 ...every dreamer is different. EG,129. Every one of us is different...what you call pointers would only be what I did myself did when I was learning. We are not the same; we aren't even vaguely alike. JTI,98. Every warrior has his own way of dreaming. Each way is different. The only thing we all have in common is that we play tricks in order to force ourselves to abandon the quest. The countermeasure is to persist in spite of all the barriers and disappointments. TOP,18. setting up dreaming, consisted of a deadly game that one's mind played with itself, and that some part of myself was going to do everything it could to prevent the fulfillment of my task. That could include.. plunging me into a loss of meaning, melancholy, or even suicidal depression. TOP,17. put your silent determination, without a single thought, into convincing yourself that you have reached your energy body and that you are a dreamer...doing this will automatically put you in the position to be aware that you are falling asleep TAOD,25, 26

THE ACTIVE ELEMENT IS PERSISTENCE the active element of such training (being aware of your dreams) is persistence, and that the mind and all its rational defenses cannot cope with persistence. Sooner or later...the mind's barrier's fall,under its impact and the dreaming attention blooms. TAOD,36..practice is what counts..once you get your attention on the images of your dream, your attention is hooked for good. SRP,241. dreaming is something one performs EG, 289 3. DREAMING MUST BE DONE WITH SOBRIETY DREAMING MUST BE SOBER Dreaming has to be a very sober affair. No false movement can be afforded. Dreaming is a process of awakening, of gaining control. Our dreaming attention must be systematically exercised, for it is the door to the second attention. TAOD,28.....Dreaming has to be performed with integrity and seriousness, but in the midst of laughter and with the confidence of someone who doesn't have a worry in the world. TAOD 21,22....what we badly need is sobriety, and no one can give it to us or help us get it except ourselves. Without it, the shift of the AP is chaotic, as our ordinary dreams are chaotic. FFW,200..dreaming is as serious as seeing or dying or any other thing in this awesome, mysterious world. JTI,98. 4. DREAMING SHOULD BE TAUGHT WHILE IN NORMAL AWARENESS BECAUSE IT IS SAFER DREAMING SHOULD BE TAUGHT WHILE IN NORMAL AWARENESS Dreaming must be taught while warriors are in their normal state of awareness. because dreaming is so dangerous and dreamers so vulnerable. It is dangerous because it has inconceivable power; it makes dreamers vulnerable because it leaves th em at the mercy of the incomprehensible force of alignment. In our normal state of awareness, we have countless defenses that can safeguard us against the force of unused emanations that suddenly become aligned in dreaming. FFW,192 5. A DREAMER MUST START FROM A POINT OF COLOR DREAMERS MUST START FROM A POINT OF COLOR A dreamer must start from a point of color: intense light or unmitigated darkness are useless to a dreamer in the initial onslaught. Colors such as purple or light green or rich yellow are, on the other hand, stupendous starting points. She preferred, however, orange-red, because through experience it had proven to be the one that gave her the greatest sensation of rest. She assured me that once I had succeeded in entering into the orange-red color I would have rallied my second attention permanently, providing that I could be aware of the sequence of physical events. EG,251. 6. TO DO DREAMING ONE NEEDS TO MANIPULATE BOTH THE LUMINOUS AND PHYSICAL BODIES BOTH THE PHYSICAL BODY AND THE LUMINOUS BODY NEEDS TO BE MANIPULATED To do dreaming one needs to manipulate both the luminous body and the physical body. First, the center of assembling for the second attention has to be made accessible by being pushed in from the outside by someone else, or sucked in from within by the dreamer. Second in order to dislodge the first attention, the centers of the physical body located in the midsection and the calves, especially the right one, have to be stimulated and placed as close to one another as possible until they seem to join. Then the sensation of being bundled takes place and au tomatically the second attention takes over. EG,259. from the moment that the body learns to make a dent, it is easier to enter into dreaming.... ordinarily the dent is created on the spur of the moment by the dreamer when it is needed, then the luminous shell changes back to its original shape. EG,254. I had acquired a strange impulse, a sensation that my body had instantly learned to reproduce. It was a mixture of feeling at ease, secure, doemant, suspended without tactile sense and at the same time fully awake, aware of everything. EG,254.

7. IN DREAMING, WE MUST FOCUS ON DREAM ITEMS THE SAME WAY WE DO IN EVERYDAY LIFE IN DREAMING, WE MUST FOCUS ON DREAM ITEMS THE SAME WAY WE DO IN EVERYDAY LIFE In dreaming one has to use the same mechanisms of attention as in everyday life, that our first attention had been taught to focus on the items of the world with great force in order to turn the amphorous and chaotic realm of perception into the orderly world of awareness. EG,139. 8. TECHNIQUES TO HELP DREAMING: DISRUPTING ROUTINES THE GAIT OF POWER, NOT-DOING AND RECAPITULATION TECHNIQUES TO HELP DREAMING: DISRUPTING ROUTINES, THE GAIT OF POWER, NOT -DOING AND RECAPITULATION Three techniques to help dreaming: disrupting the routines of life, the gait of pow er, and not-doing. TOP,242...he had driven my attention away, making believe that the important problem was not doing. he explained that disrupting routines, the gait of power and not-doing were avenues for learning new ways of perceiving the world, and that they gave a warrior an inkling of incredible possibilities of actions. DJ's idea was that the knowledge of a seperate and pragmatic world of dreaming was made possible through the use of those three techniques. TOP,242 ...the reason average people lack volition in their dreams is that they never recapitulated and their lives are filled to capacity with heavily loaded emotions like memories, hopes, fears etc. sorcerers, in contrast, are relatively free from heavy, binding emotions, because of their recapitulation..Recapitulation and dreaming go hand in hand. As we regurgitate our lives, we get more and more airborne. TAOD, 147,148... WHERE TO DO DREAMING? INDOORS if dreaming is going to be done indoors, it is best to do it in total darkness, while lying down or sitting up on a narrow bed, or better yet, while sitting down inside a coffinlike crib. EG,249. Along the wall opposite the door was a raised platform covered with straw mats..she said it was where she did her meditation..she called it dreaming. TSC,79,80. OUTDOORS Outdoors, dreaming should be done in the protection of a cave, in the sandy areas of water holes, or sitting against a rock in the mountains; never on the flat floor of a valley, or next to rivers, or lakes, or the sea, because flat areas were antithetical to the second attention. EG,249. WHEN IS THE BEST TIME TO DO DREAMING? EARLY MORNING OR LATE NIGHT BECAUSE OF INTERFERENCE BY PEOPLE DJ had told us that the late night or the early morning hours were by far the best. His reason for favoring those hours was because... he said that since one has to do dreaming within a social milieu, one has to seek the best possible of conditionds of solitude and lack of interference. The interference he was referring to had to do with the attention of people, and not their physical prescence. For DJ it was meaningless to retreat from the world and hide, for even if one were alone in an isolated, deserted place, the interference of our fellow man is prevalent because the fixation of their first attention cannot be shut off. Only locally, at the hours when most people are asleep, can one avert part of that fixation for a short period of time. It is at those times that the first attention around us is dormant. EG,138. TRY DREAMING AS A NAP DURING THE DAYTIME TO TEST CONTROL he suggested that I should try dreaming while I took a nap during the daytime and find out if I could actually visualize the chosen place as it was at the time I was dreaming. If I were dreaming at night, my visions of the locale should be of nighttime. He said that what one experiences in dreaming has to be congruous with the time of day when dreaming was taking place; otherwise the visions one might have were not dreaming but ordinary dreams. JTI,152.

WHAT ARE THE POSITIONS OF DREAMING? FOR A WOMAN that the best position for a woman to start from is to sit with her legs crossed and then let the body fall, as it may do once the attention is on dreaming. EG,138. LEGS IN A GROIN STRETCH SITTING UP In the beginning..I had done it while lying on my back, until one day when DJ told me that for the best results I should sit up on a soft thin mat, with the soles of my feet placed together and my thighs touching the mat. he pointed out that, since I had elastic hip joints, I should exercise them to the fullest, aiming at having my thighs completely flat against the mat. he added that if I were to enter into dreaming in that sitting position, my body would not slide or fall to either side, but my trunk would bend forward and my forehead would rest on my feet. EG,138. WHAT IS THE BEST WAY TO ENTER DREAMING? PLACE ATTENTION ON YOUR WILL AT THE TIP OF THE STERNUM AT THE TOP OF THE BELLY The best way to enter into dreaming was to concentrate on the area just at the tip of the sternum, at the top of the belly. He said that the attention needed for dreaming stems from that area. The energy needed in order to move and seek in dreaming stems from the area an inch or two below the belly button. He called that energy will, or the power to select, to assemble. In a woman both the attention and the energy for dreaming originate from the womb. EG,136. PROTECTING THE BELLY BUTTON TO HELP HOLD OUR IMAGES In dreaming we pay attention with the belly button; therefore it has to be protected. We need a little warmth or a feeling that something is pressing the belly button in order to hold the images in our dreams. SRP,144. (ex. pebble belt for the bb). SRP,145. USING CRYSTALS/PEBBLES TO HELP TURN OFF THE INTERNAL DIALOGUE FOR PERFECT DREAMING For perfect dreaming, the first thing you have to do is shut off your internal dialogue..put between your fingers some two-or-three inch-long crystals or a couple of smooth, thin river pebbles. Bend your fingers slightly and press the crystals or pebbles with them... metal pins (are effective also) if they were the size and width of ones fingers. The procedure consisited of pressing at least three items between the fingers of each hand and creating, an almost painful pressure in the hands..this has the strange property of shutting off the internal dialogue...crystals are best..although with practice anything was suitable...Falling asleep at the moment of total silence guarantees a perfect entrance into dreaming..and it also guarantees the enhancing of one's dreaming attention. TAOD,93,94. after getting into a state of total inner silence, with her I had to slip gently into dreaming.. TAOD.187 from doing dreaming I had learned to enter into a state of total quietness. I was able to turn off my internal dialogue and remain as if I were inside a cocoon peeking out of a hole. In that state I could either let go of some control I had and enter into dreaming, or I could hold onto that control and remain passive, thoughtless, and without desires. EG,46. WEARING A HEADBAND DURING DREAMING You must wear a headband to sleep.. getting a headband is a tricky maneuver. I cannot give you one, because you yourself have to make it from scratch. but you cannot make one until you have had a vision of it in dreaming... the headband has to be made according to the specific vision. And it must have a strip across it that fits tightly on top of the head. Or it may very well be like a tight cap. Dreaming easier when one wears a power object on top of the head. You could wear your hat or put on a cowl, like a friar, and go to sleep, but those items would only cause intense dreams not dreaming. ..the vision of the headband did not have to occur only in dreaming but could happen in states of wakefulness and as a result of any far-fetched and totally unrelated event, such as watching the flight of birds, the movement of water, the clouds and so on. JTI,132. OTHER THINGS USED IN DREAMING (use of ring on finger....use of skin... skin automatically screens energy..the use of energy exchange..the use of using the reservoir of attention located behind the roof of our mouths. .. .TAOD,94)

SETTING UP DREAMING CONTROLLING YOUR DREAM to set up dreaming meant to have a concise and pragmatic control over the general situation of a dream, comparable to the control one has over any choice in the desert... JTI,97. To have a precise and practical command over the general situation of a dream TAOD,21 1. SUSTAIN THE IMAGE OF SOMETHING IN YOUR DREAM SUSTAIN THE IMAGE IN YOUR DREAM ....don't let the dream slip into something else. (the idea is to be able to engage your dreaming attention like looking for a specific object like your hands in the dream) TAOD,21 ...everytime you look at anything in your dreams it changes shape..the trick in learning to set up dreaming is obviously not just to look at things but to sustain the sight of them. JTI,99 SELECTING WHAT YOU WANT TO DREAM ABOUT a warrior chooses the topic by deliberately holding an image in his mind while he shuts off his internal dialogue. In other words if he is not capable of not talking to himself for a moment and then holds the image or the thought of what he wants in dreaming, even if only for an instant, then the desired topic will come to him. TOP,18. WE PRACTICE SUSTAINING IMAGES BY FIRST LOOKING FOR OUR HANDS OR ANY IMAGE IN OUR DREAM ..one had to deliberately dream that one was looking for and could find one's hands in a dream by simply dreaming that one lifted one's hands to the levels of the eyes. TOP,16. ...you can, of course, look at whatever you goddamn please-your toes, or your belly or your pecker for that matter. JTI,98...description of looking for hands TOP,17.....You don't have to look at your hands...like I've said, pick anything at all. But pick one thing in advance and f ind it in your dreams. I said your hands because they'll always be there..JTI,100...after years of unsuccessful attempts (to find his hands).. I finally accomplished the task. Looking at it in retrospect, it had become evident to me that I had succeeded only after I had gained a degree of control over the world of my everyday life. TOP,16 LOOKING AT OBJECTS IN THE DREAM SHOULD BE DONE IN GLANCES/OR WE LOSE CONTROL One only strives to immobilize the second attention only in the learning period. After that, one has to fight the inconcivable pull of the second attention and give only cursory glances at everything. In dreaming one has to be satisfied with the briefest possible views of everything. As soon as one focuses on anything. one loses control. EG,142... ..I realized that if I did not stare at things but only glanced at them, just as we do in our daily world, I could arrange my perception. If I took my dreaming for granted, I could use the perceptual biases of my everyday life. After a few moments the scenery became, if not completely familiar, controllable. EG,52. ...take quick, deliberate glances at everything present in a dream. If they focus their dreaming attention on something specific, it is only as a point of departure. From there, dreamers move on to look at other items in the dream's content, returning to the point of departure as many times as possible. TAOD,25 Every time you isolate it (starting point item) and look at it, you get a surge of energy, so the beginning don't look at too many things in your dreams. Four items will suffice....as soon as the images begin to shift...go back to your starting point and start all over again. TAOD, 30,31 Remember that if you glance only briefly, the images don't shift. TAOD,30...when they (object in dreams)..change shape you must move your sight away from them and pick something else, and then look at your hands again. It takes a long time to perfect this technique. JTI,100, 112... every time you look at your hands you renew the power needed for dreaming, so in the beginning don't look at too many things... when you feel you can gaze at things indefinitely you will be ready for a new technique. JTI,112 The most serious problem the dreamer has in this respect is the unbending fixation of the second attention on detail that would be thoroughly undetected by the attention of everyday life, creating in this manner a nearly insurmountable obstacle to validation. What one seeks in dreaming is not what one would pay attention to in everyday life. EG,142.

2. TRAVELING TO CERTAIN PLACES WHILE DREAMING TRAVELING TO CERTAIN PLACES OF YOUR OWN VOLITION The next step in setting up dreaming is to learn to travel... the same way you have learned to look at your hands you can will yourself to move, to go places. First you have to establish a place you want to go to. Pick a well-known spotperhaps your scholl, or a park, a friend's house-then, will yourself to go there....this technique is very difficult. You must perform two tasks. You must will yourself to go to the specific locale; and then, when you have mastered that technique, you have to learn to control the exact time of your traveling. JTI,113, In order to help yourself you should pick a specific object that belongs to the place you want to go and focus your attention on it...JTI,152. it is easier to travel in dreaming when one can focus on a place of power, focus your attention on any object there and find it in dreaming. From the specific object you recall, you must go back to your hands and then to another object and so on. JTI,153....after finding my hands he recommended that I should choose a locale, focus my attention on it, and then do daytime dreaming and find out if I could really go there. He suggested that I should place someone I knew at the site, preferably a woman, in order to do two things; first to check subtle changes that might indicate that I was there in dreaming and second to isolate unobtrusive detail, which would be precisely what my second attention would zero in on. EG,142. 3. GETTING THE DOUBLE TO FOCUS ON ITSELF/SEEING ONESELF IN BED/DREAMING THE DOUBLE DREAMING THE DOUBLE Finding my hands in my dreams was the first pointer; then the exercise of paying attention was elongated to finding objects, looking for specific features, such as buildings, streets and so on. From there the jump was to dreaming about specific places at specific times of the day. The final stage was drawing the attention of the nagual to focus on the total self. ..this final stage was usually ushered in by a dream..in which one is looking at oneself sleeping in bed. By the time a sorcerer has had such a dream, his attention has been dev eloped to such a degree that instead of walking himself up...he turns on his heels and engages himself in activity, as if he were in the world of everyday life. from that moment on there is a breakage, a division of sorts in the otherwise unified personality. the result..was the other self, an identical being as oneself, but made in dreaming. SRP,243. there are no defintie standard steps for teaching that double, as there are no steps for us to reach our daily awareness. We simply do it by practising. ...he contended that in the act of engaging our attention of the nagual we would find the steps. he urged me to practice dreaming without letting my fears make it into an encumbering production. SRP,243. There are no procedures to arrive at the attention of the nagual. (dreaming) SRP,243 VIVIDNESS AND DETAILS ARE UNIMPORTANT IN DREAMING He said that to follow them (details of the dream) was a waste of time, because details and vividness were in no way important. JTI,112.. ordinary dreams get very vivid as soon as you begin to set up dreaming..that vividness and clarity is a formidable barrier .... JTI,112. DON'T INDULGE IN YOUR DREAMING (During the dream..Don't indulge) don't cling to things or situations..TAOD,41.. GATES OF DREAMING THERE ARE SEVEN GATES OF DREAMING There are seven gates...and dreamers have to open all seven of them, one at a time. TAOD,22 (these are entrances into the energy flow of the universe) TWO PHASES AT EACH GATE ...there are two phases to each of the gates of dreaming..the first is to arrive at the gate; the second is to cross it. TAOD,142

FIRST GATE OF DREAMING: BEING AWARE WHEN YOU ARE FALLING ASLEEP AND DURING DREAMING In essence, what don Juan wanted with my first task was to exercise my dreaming attention by focusing it on the items of my dreams. To this effect he used as a spearhead the idea of being aware of falling asleep. His subterfuge (trick) was to say that the only way to be aware of falling asleep is to examine the element's of one's dreams. TAOD 35 To ask a dreamer to find a determined item in his dreams is a subterfuge...the real issue is to become aware that one is falling asleep...this happens by sustaining the sight of whatever one is looking at in a dream. TAOD,27, .....although it might seem that finding hands in a dream might be aimed at teaching me to command my dreams. TAOD,27,a threshold we must cross by becoming aware of a particular sensation before deep sleep...A sensation like a pleasant heaviness that doesn't let us open our eyes. We reach that gate the instant we become aware that we're falling asleep, suspended in darkness and heaviness......to do this..one just intends to become aware of falling asleep.. TAOD,22 ..the goal of dreaming is to intend that your energy body becomes aware that you are falling asleep. Don't try to force yourself to be aware of falling asleep. Let your energy body do it.. TAOD,22 ..between the last waking moment and the first sleeping moment, a tunnel streches down deep into consciousness. Most people do not perceive this subtle state; indeed, you cannot be aware of it with your everyday mind. At that instant, when you are neither awake nor asleep, this tunnel opens up... EE,M,77. put your silent determination, without a single thought, into convincing yourself that you have reached your energy body and that you are a dreamer...doing this will automatically put you in the position to be aware that you are falling asleep. TAOD,26 Once we reach the gate, we must cross it by being able to sustain the sight of any items of our dreams. TAOD,30..the art of the dreamer is to hold the image of his dreams. SRP,144....on reaching the first gate, they also reac h the energy body. TAOD,31 to maintain (the gain of reaching the first gate) is predicated on energy alone. TAOD,32 SECOND GATE OF DREAMING rule of the second gate..one, through practicing the drill of changing dreams, dreamers find out about scouts; t wo, by following the scouts, they enter into another veritable universe; and three, in that universe, by means of their actions, dreamers find out, on their own, the governing laws and regulations of that universe. TAOD,108.the universe behind the second gate is the closest to our own....powerful and aggressive TAOD,110.111....the second gate is reached and crossed only when a dreamer learns to isolate and follow the energy scouts. ..waking up in another dream or changing dreams is the drill devised by the old sorcerers to exercise a dreamer's capacity to isolate and follow a scout. TAOD,107...it is the door into the inorganic being's world...the drill is essential. TAOD,108. ..You reach the second gate of dreaming when you wake up from a dream into another dream. ..that is to say that one is having a dream and then dream that one wakes up from it...the alternative is to use the items of the dreams to trigger another dream. TAOD,40, 44 ..my mistake ..what I meant is that one has to change dreams in an orderly and precise manner. TAOD,44. what is really going through the second gate ,hopping from dream to dream is the energy body. ..on crossing the second gate you must intend a greater and more sober control over your dreaming attention: the only safety valve f or dreamers. ..(the safety valve is a perfect energy body (which is the goal of dreaming) it has such a control over the dreaming attention that it makes it stop when needed. TAOD,42 THIRD GATE OF DREAMING (arriving at the gate)...is reached when you find yourself in a dream, staring at someone else (yourself) who is asleep. ..you actually see your body asleep. TAOD,151 (to cross the gate) ..to move around once you've seen yourself asleep. TAOD,141.. to make the energy body move on its own. TAOD,169. The energy body can now move like energy; fast and directly. TAOD,163 ..you begin to deliberately merge your dreaming reality with the reality of the daily world. (completing the energy body)..the energy body is ready to come out (ready to act). To be successful the entire energy body must be engaged. There must be irrational fluidity. TAOD,142,143. ...while in the inorganic realm, voice your intent to transfer normal awareness (of the daily world) to our energy bodies. TAOD,189.. ..the real task of the third gate... seeing energy with your energy body. TAOD,163 ...the last task of the third gate of dreaming.. stalking the stalker..to deliberately draw energy from the inorganic being's realm in order to use awareness to go on a journey through the universe. TAOD,185

THE FOURTH GATE OF DREAMING the energy body travels to specific concrete places and that there are three ways of using the fourth gate: one, to travel to concrete places in this world; two, to travel to concrete places out of this world; and th ree, to travel to places that exist only in the intent of others. TAOD, 200.. in this state.. the corporeality of the body has no significance. It is simply a memory that slows down the dreamer. EG,52. to wake up at any dreaming position. this maneuver is really a very complex affair- so complex that it not only requires sobriety but all the attributes of warriorship as well, especially intent... because intent is what maintains the dreamer's sobriety, the alignment of whatever emanations have been lit up by the movement of the AP....FFW,200....Description of this. EG,50,51,52,53. You were learning to get to your dreaming body when you dreamed that you got out of your body. EG,139...the dream in which one was watching oneself sleep..was the time of the double. TOP,67. in order to shift into your dreaming body when awake you have to practice dreaming until it is coming out of your ears. EG,141. (description of how to direct the dreaming body. EG,261) THE DOUBLE DREAMS THE SELF The self dreams the double....perhaps the ordinary dreams of the self are simple, but that doesn't mean that the self is simple. Once it has learned to dream the double, the self arrives at this weird cross road and a moment comes when one realizes that it is the double who dreams the s elf. TOP,78.... you could have known then that you yourself are a dream, that your double is dreaming you, in the same fashion that you dreamed him last night.No one knows how it happens. We only know that it does happen. TOP,79. EXPERIENCES WHILE DREAMING FLYING IN DREAMING DJ taught me on this earth and in dreaming someone I could never see taught me. It was only a voice telling me what to do. The Naugal gave me the task of learning to fly in dreaming, and the voice taught me how to do it. Then it took me years to teach myself to shift from my regular body, the one you can touch, to my dreaming body. EG,139.... By shifting my attention to my dreaming body, I could fly like a kite while I was awake. EG,140. All I needed to shift into my dreaming body was to focus my attention on flying. EG,141. Example of EG,141. The intent of flying produces the effect of flying. EG,143. MOVING WHILE DREAMING to place my awareness on the midpoint of my body... and to sweep the floor with it, that is, making a rocking motion with my belly as if a broom were attached to it. I remained in a waking state. ..in a sitting position. (experiences from this....EG,257,258) ..EG,257... she directed me to open my eyes while I was in a state of restful vigil... in order for m e to move I had to intend my moving at a very deep level. in other words, I had to be utterly convinced that I wanted to move, or perhaps it would be more accurate to say that I had to be convinced that I needed to move. EG,260 GHOST DREAMING (dreaming about something that doesn't exist anymore)..... whoever does ghost dreaming is marked by fate to have ghost helpers and allies... none of us has has ever done ghost dreaming because we are not violent or destructive. EG,54. DREAMING TOGETHER WITH OTHER PEOPLE a group of seers who activate the same unused emanations...there are no known steps, it just happens; there is no technique to follow... in dreaming together, something in us takes the lead and suddenly we find ourselves sharing the same view with other dreamers. What happens is that our human conditions makes us focus the glow of awareness automatically on the same emanations that other human beings are using; we adjust the position of our AP to fit the others around us. We do that on our right side, in our ordinary perception, and we also do it on the left side, while dreaming together. FFW,201. UNIFORMITY IS TO HOLD, IN UNISON, THE SAME POSITION OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT. Uniformity is to hold, in unison, the same position of the assemblage point. T AOD,77

DREAMING EMISSARY/THE VOICE OF DREAMING Upon crossing the first or second gate of dreaming, dreamers reach a threshold of energy and begin to see things or to hear voices. Not really plural voices, but a singular voice....It is an alien energy th at has conciseness (abruptness).alien energy that purports to aid dreamers by telling them things...they can only tell what the sorcerers already know or should know..an impersonal force that we turn into a very personal one because it has a voice...we see it or hear it because we maintain our assemblage points fixed on a specific new position; the more intense this fixation, the more intense our experience of the emissary...It cannot be advice. It only tells us what's what, and then we draw the inferences ourselves. (it tells you things)..anything I focus my intent on...the DE is a force (impersonal and constant TAOD,75) that comes from the realm of inorganic beings..everyone hears the emissary; very few see it or feel it. TAOD,64,65,66... That was when some voice began to tell me what to do. I've always felt it was a woman's voice. EG,140. Her voice was the woman's voice that la Gorda thought she heard in dreaming. EG,249. .the nagging voice you heard, reminding you to fix your dreaming attention on the items of your dreams, was the voice of an inorganic being. TAOD,59...what you see in dreaming as bright or dark sticks are their projections. What you hear as the voice of the dreaming emissary is equally their projection.. TAOD,87..the voice can't lie TAOD,180 ..the nagging voice you heard, reminding you to fix your dreaming attention on the items of your dreams, was the voice of an inorganic being. cc, taod,59 is this a reference to the dreaming emmisary??? DESCRIPTION OF CC DREAMS None of the sensory experiences involved in dreaming are part of our normal inventory of sensory data. All of them are baffling to me. The sensation of an itch, a tingling outside myself was localized.. the sensation of being rolled up on myself... I knew my toes were touching my forehead.. on a physical plane I was sitting down and my thighs were against my chest. EG,259. I knew that I was dreaming. I was actually sound asleep yet I was totally aware of myself through my second attention. POS,112.... I remained half awake, listening to the tune. It seemed as if I were entering into a state of dreaming-a complete and detailed dreaming scene appeared in front of my eyes. EG, 117. (my dreams) ..solely visual TAOD,71.. ...vivid dream...I was so aware of everything, that I tried to orient myself by reading signs and looking at people....the more we walked, the greater my sensation of visceral anxiety. My mind was curious, but my body was alarmed...we were in a reality beyond what I know to be real... (after awakening) I was numb..an unusual itching on my solar plexus kept my breaths short and painful TAOD,24, 25 I felt a sizable jolt of nervousness in the pit of my stomach (solar plexus); it was like a punch. TAOD, 50,135 I was like a diver, and waking up from that world was like swimming up to reach the surface. TAOD,116.... an immense fatigue had begun to make my eyes sore and itchy. Finally I gave up my resistance and was pulled into the deepest, blackest sleep I have ever had. Yet, I was not totally asleep. I could feel the thick blackness around me. I had an entirely physical feeling of wading through blackness. then it suddenly became reddish, then orange, then glaring white, like a terribly strong neon light. POS,108 I realized that seeing DJ was not a consequence of light on my retina. It was rather, a bodily sense. POS,110 ...the light in the dreamed changed. Images became sharper. Ths streets...more real than a moment before. My feet began to hurt. I could feel that things were absurdly hard. TAOD,28 Watching those people in that dream, I experienced a fear and revulsion impossible to forget...( DJ says) ..your energy body hooked onto the foreign energy of that place and had the time of its life...you were examining alien energy for the first time in your life. TAOD,39 ..some windlike force, which I felt as a buzzing in my ears, pulled me through the window to the outside... TAOD,42 ..pulled me into another dream through a buzzing vortex...my dreaming practices always ended by my running out of dreaming attention and finally waking u p or by my falling into a dark,deep slumber....the only disturbance I had was a particular interference, a jolt of fear or discomfort. TAOD,45...(the jolts continued, but) whenever they happened a strange calmness always trailed behind, a calmness that took control of me and let me proceed as if I had no fear at all. TAOD,49 It seemed at that time that every breakthrough in dreaming happened to me suddenly without warning. TAOD,49 It had been relatively easy for me to learn to sustain the image of my hands after I had learned to command myself to look at them. My visions, although not always of my own hands, would last a seemingly long time, until I would lose control and would become immersed in ordinary predictable dreams. I had no volition whatsoever over when I would give myself the command to look at my hands, or to look at my hands, or to look at other items of the dreams. it would just happen. At a given moment I would remember that I had to look at my hands and then at the surroundings. There were nights ...when I could not recall having done it at all. JTI,111. I had begun to dream about specific places, such as the school and the houses of a few friends.

JTI,152 description of the greyish bugs of matter. TAOD,112,113,115,116,117,118 Saber tooth ed tiger TAOD,119., EG,53, EG,160. another world.. bright light..dreaming EG,263,264. 8. STALKING WHAT IS THE ART OF STALKING? THE CONTROL OF BEHAVIOR The control of behavior. POS,14 ....the systematic control of behavior....a specific kind of behavior with people... behavior with people.... FFW,188. ..... an art applicable to everything. POS,80..the foundation on which everything else sorcerers did was built. POS,94...also called the art of stealth or the art of controlled folly. POS,94 ....the abi lity to understand human behavior to perfection. POS,172... something one performs. EG,289 ..stalking is a procedure, a special behavior that follows certain principles. It is secretive, furtive, deceptive behavior designed to deliver a jolt. POS,119 ...the art of using behavior in novel ways for specific purposes. POS,93....a set of procedures and attitudes that enabled one to get the best out of any conceivable situation. EG,4 WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF STALKING? TO MOVE AND FIX THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT the purpose of stalking is to move the AP as steadily and safely as possible..FFW,204. The art of stalking deals with the fixation of the assemblage point on any location to which it is displaced. TAOD,69 Nelida is a great stalker. She stalks in dreams. her power is so unique that she can not only transport herself but bring things with her. TSC,231. The art of stalking deals with the fixation of the assemblage point on any location to which it is displaced. TAOD,69,16.....deals with the fixation of the assemblage point. TAOD,77 by continual practice they moved their AP move steadily... FFW,188 STALKING ALLOWS VERY SMALL SHIFTS OF THE AP PROTECTING THE WARRIOR FROM AN ABRUPT CHANGE INTO THE SECOND ATTENTION sorcerers in an effort to protect themselves from the overwhelming effect of silent knowledge, developed the art of stalking....stalking moves the AP minutely but steadily, thus giving sorcerers time and therefore the possibility of buttressing themselves. POS,248 HOW DOES STALKING MOVE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT? UNUSUAL BEHAVIOR PRODUCED A TREMOR IN THE AP...IF UNUSUAL BEHAVIOR IS PRACTICED SYSTEMATICALLY AND DIRECTED WISELY, IT EVENTUALLY FORCED THE AP TO MOVE. Normal human behavior in the world of everyday life was routine. Any behavior that broke from routine caused an unusual effect on our total being. That unusual effect was what sorcerers sought, because it was cumulative ....unusual behavior produced a tremor in the AP...if unusual behavior is practiced systematically and directed wisely, it eventually forced the AP to move. POS, 93,94........stalking started from an observation the new seers made that when warriors steadily behaved in ways not customary to them, the unused emanations inside their cocoons begin to glow. And their AP shift in a mild, harmonious, barely noticeable fashion. FFW,188

THE FOUR FOUNDATIONS OF STALKING THEY ARE POSITIONS OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT The art of stalking is learning all th e quirks of your disguise.. and to learn them so well no one will know you are disguised... For that you need the four steps to learning it: POS, 78,79, 80,81..these four bases are inextricably bound together. These four bases are positions of the AP and sorcerers cultivate them by intending them...every act performed by any sorcerer was by definition governed by these four principles. So, every sorcerer's every action is deliberate in thought and realization, and has the specific blend of the four foundations of stalking... POS,247 YOU APPLY THESE FOUR PRINCIPLES TO THE THINGS YOU DO DAILY; SMALL THINGS AT FIRST, LEADING UP TO THE MAJOR ISSUES OF YOUR LIFE ... He made her apply the principles of stalking to the things she did daily; small things at first, leading up to the major issues of her life. EG,286. 1. RUTHLESSNESS:THE PLACE OF NO PITY/THE SECOND POINT WHAT IS RUTHLESSNESS? THE BASIC PREMISE OF SORCERY ...ruthlessness the basic premise of sorcery.. POS,158 THE OPPOSITE OF SELF-PITY .... the opposite of self pity (POS,127)or self-importance (POS,162)....a total lack of pity.(POS,142) (not harshness)(not cruelty,POS,162) but charming, ......it is sobriety. POS,162..... IT IS THE SECOND POINT. ...it is the second point.. POS242.... ITS THE SIGHT OF THE OLDER SIDE OF MAN..THE ANTECEDENTS OF REASON. its the sight of the older side of man..the antecedents of reason. POS,154,204. IT HAS MANY ASPECTS..IT'S LIKE A TOOL THAT ADAPTS ITSELF TO MANY USES..IT'S A STATE OF BEING.. it has many aspects..it's like a tool that adapts itself to many uses..it's a state of being.. POS,173. A LEVEL OF INTENT...CONTROLLED BY MY EYES a level of intent...controlled by my eyes.. POS,173. WHEN DO YOU EXPERIENCE RUTHLESSNESS? WHEN A WARRIOR WAS DISTRACTED AND SHOWING NO PITY the spirit chose a moment when the man was distracted, unguarded and showing no pity, the spirit let its presence by itself move the man's assemblage point to a specific posititon..called the place of no pity, (this is the moment when a person loses th eir sense of self) POS,128.. DESCRIPTION OF FEELING RUTHLESS I felt a sudden uncontrollable urge.. it was as if my body were disconnected from my brain... no fear or concern...uncharacteristic coldness..not hatred or anger.. not annoyance.. not resignation or patience..not kindness but a cold indifference.. a frightening lack of pity. POS, 150.. a state of superb indifference. POS,260. It was as if something inside me had been turned off, making me indifferent and incapable of expressing my familiar emotions. TSC,193. ...at this position rationality and common sense become weak... POS,154.

2. CUNNING, (NOT CRUELTY) BUT NICE cunning, (not cruelty) but nice, POS, 78,79, 80,81 3. PATIENT (NOT NEGLIGANCE) BUT ACTIVE patient (not negligance) but active POS, 78,79, 80,81 4. SWEETNESS (NOT FOOLISHNESS) BUT LETHAL sweetness (not foolishness) but lethal. POS, 78,79, 80,81 THE SEVEN PRINCIPLE'S OF THE ART OF STALKING 1. WARRIORS CHOOSE THEIR BATTLEGROUND The first principle of the art of stalking is that warriors choose their battleground.. a warrior never goes into battle without knowing what the surroundings are. EG,278. 1. WARRIORS STALK THEMSELVES The very first principle of stalking is that a warrior stalks himself...he stalks himself ruthlessly, cunningly, patiently an d sweetly. POS,93..when you stalk yourself you jolt yourself, using your own behavior in a ruthless cunning way. POS,119 A stalker stalks anything, including himself. SRP,199.. an impeccable stalker can turn anything into prey. the nagual told me that we even can stalk our own weaknesses. SRP,200. WHY DO SORCERERS STALK THEMSELVES? SORCERERS STALK THEMSELVES IN ORDER TO BREAK THE POWER OF THEIR OBSESSIONS. ..sorcerers stalk themselves in order to break the power of their obsessions. POS,120......when the pressure of the sorcerers connecting link is too great, sorcerers relieve it by stalking themselves..POS,119 HOW DO STALKERS STALK THEMSELVES? FIGURE OUT YOUR ROUTINES UNTIL YOU KNOW ALL THE DOING OF YOUR WEAKNESSES AND THEN CHANGE THEM You figure out your routines until you know all the doing of your weaknesses and then you come upon them and pick them up like rabbits inside a cage. SRP,200. BUT STALKING YOUR WEAKNESS IS NOT ENOUGH TO DROP THEM..YOU CAN STALK THEM NOW TO DOOMSDAY AND IT WON'T MAKE A BIT OF DIFFERENCE. But stalking your weakness is not enough to drop them..you can stalk them now to doomsday and it won't make a bit of difference. SRP,201 A STALKER MUST HAVE A PURPOSE TO REALLY CHANGE THEIR WEAKNESSES What a warrior really needs in order to be an impeccable stalker is to have a purpose. SRP,201. Everybody has enough personal power for something. The trick for me was to pull my personal power away from food to my warrior's purpose. A warrior's purpose is to enter into the other world. SRP,202 LISTENING TO POEMS ..there are many ways of stalking oneself...for example poems.. as you read, I listen and I shut off my internal dialogue and let my inner silence gain momentum. Then the combination of the poem and the silence delivers the jolt. POS 120,121 USE THE IDEA OF DEATH TO DELIVER THAT STALKING JOLT the best remedy for when a sorcerers awareness is bogged down with the weight of perceptual input is to use the idea of death to deliver that stalking jolt...POS,119

2. DISCARD EVERYTHING THAT IS UNNECESSARY The second principle of the art of stalking is to discard everything that is unnecessary. EG,278 3. USE ALL YOUR CONCENTRATION TO DECIDE WHETHER OR NOT TO ENTER INTO BATTLE. The third principle of the art of stalking is applying all the concentration you have to decide whether or not to enter into battle, for any battle is a battle for one's life. Don't complicate things.... aim at being simple. A warrior must be willing and ready to make his last stand here and now. But not in a helter-skelter way. EG,280... to put your life on the line. EG,282. 4. RELAX, ABANDON YOURSELF AND LET THE POWERS GUIDE US The fourth principle of the art of stalking is to relax, abandon yourself, fear nothing. only then will the powers that guide us open the road and aid us. EG,280 5. WHEN ODDS ARE BAD, RETREAT FOR A MOMENT, OCCUPY THEIR MINDS The fifth principle of the art of stalking is when faced with odds that cannot be dealt with, warriors retreat for a moment. they let their minds meander. They occupy their time with something else. Anything would do. EG,281. 6. WARRIORS COMPRESS TIME EVEN FOR AN INSTANT The sixth principle of the art of stalking is that warriors compress time; even an instant counts. In a battle for your life, a second is an eternity; an eternity that may decide the outcome. Warriors aim at succeeding, therefore they compress time. Warriors don't waste an instant. EG,281. 7. WARRIOR NEVER PUSHES HIMSELF TO THE FRONT The seventh principle of the art of stalking is that a stalker never pushes himself to the front. EG, 290. In order to apply the seventh principle, one has to apply the other six. EG,291 because of this he was capable of avoiding or parrying conflicts. EG,291. The art of sorcerers is to be outside everything and be unnoticeable. SRP,216. the art of a sorcerer was to be inconspicuous even in the midst of people. he demanded that I concentrate totally on trying not to be obvious..they learned to be unnoticeable in the middle of all this. SRP,180. The Naugal taught us to baffle people so they wouldn't notice us. SRP,93 RESULTS OF STALKING APPLYING THE SEVEN PRINCIPLES BRINGS ABOUT THREE RESULTS. Applying the seven principles brings about three results. EG,291 1. STALKERS LEARN TO NEVER TAKE THEMSELVES SERIOUSLY The first is that stalkers learn never to take themselves seriously; they learn to laugh at themselves. if they're not afraid of being a fool, they can fool anyone.EG,291 2. STALKERS LEARN TO HAVE ENDLESS PATIENCE The second is that stalkers learn to have endless patience. Stalkers are never in a hurry; they never fret. EG,291 3. STALKERS LEARN TO HAVE AN ENDLESS CAPACITY TO SURVIVE and the third is that stalkers learn to have an endless capacity to survive. EG,291. HOW DO STALKERS STALK? GENERAL STALKERS ALWAYS USE STRATEGY WHEN DOING ANYTHING Stalkers plan and act out their plans; they connive and invent and change things whether they are awake or in dreams. TSC,231.

USING WORDS AND SOUNDS TO OPEN ANYTHING THAT WAS CLOSED the sound and meaning of words were of supreme importance to stalkers. Words were used by them as keys to open anything that was closed. Stalkers, therefore, had to state their aim before attempting to achieve it. But they could not reveal their true aim at the outset, so they had to word things carefully to conceal the main thrust (waking up intent)...POS,241 STALKER CREATES IMPRESSIONS The stalker's art was to create an impression by presenting the features they chose, features they knew the eyes of the onlooker were bound to notice (the human eye was trained to focus only on the most salient features of anything, and those salient features were known beforehand)..By artfully reinforcing certain impressions, stalkers were able to create on the part of the onlooker as unchallengeable conviction as to what their eyes had perceived... POS,263.. the stalkers created appearances by intending them, rather than producing them with the aids of props. Props created artificial appearances that looked false to the eye.... POS,263... WOMEN ARE NATURAL STALKERS Women are natural stalkers. POS,81 SOME TYPES OF STALKING STALKING WITH THE DOUBLE it wouldn't be wise to talk about it because stalking means doing, not talking about doing. TSC,228 The first night you slept in the tree house.. when you were about to die of fright. On that occassion your reason was at a loss as to how to handle the situation, so circumstances forced you to depend on the double. It was your double that came to your rescue. it flowed out of the gates that your fear had thrown wide open. I call that stalking with the double. TSC,228. STALKING PERCEPTION - FIXING YOUR AP INTO A NEW SPOT The old sorcerers called the entire act of acquiring uniformity and cohesion outside the normal world stalking perception. TAOD,77. ULTIMATE STALKING: SUSTAINING THE UNBENDING INTENT OF FREEDOM Ultimate stalking..it is done by sustaining the unbending intent of freedom, even though no sorcerers knows what freedom really is. TAOD,181. STALKING THE STALKER - DRAWING ENERGY FROM THE INORGANIC BEINGS WORLD Stalking the stalker...the last task of the third gate of dreaming.. .to deliberately draw energy from the inorganic being's realm in order to use awareness to go on a journey through the universe. TAOD,185....breaking the boundries of the normal world and using awareness as an energetic element, enter into another..using awareness as an el ement of the environment bypasses the influence of the inorganic beings, but it still uses their energy. TAOD,187 (Don Juan also calls this s.t.s. as ultimate stalking) TAOD,190 Stalking the stalker and ultimate stalking are probably the same thing SPECIFIC TECHNIQUES FOR STALKING THE THREE BASIC TECHNIQUES OF STALKING-THE CRATE, THE LIST OF EVENTS TO BE RECAPITULATED, AND THE STALKER'S BREATH-TO BE ABOUT THE MOST IMPORTANT TASKS A WARRIOR CAN FULFILL her benefactor considered the three basic techniques of stalking-the crate, the list of events to be recapitulated, and the stalker's breath-to be about the most important tasks a warrior can fulfill. EG,290. WHAT IS THE MAIN BEHAVIORAL SITUATION THAT STALKERS WANT? Dealing with petty tyrants

WHAT IS A PETTY TYRANT? PETTY TYRANT IS A TORMENTOR.. SOMEONE WHO EITHER HOLDS THE POWER OF LIFE AND DEATH OVER WARRIORS OR SIMPLY ANNOYS THEM TO DISTRACTION. petty tyrant is a tormentor.. someone who either holds the power of life and death over warriors or simply annoys them to distraction. FFW,32.. WHAT TURNS PEOPLE INTO PETTY TYRANTS WHAT TURNS HUMAN BEINGS INTO PETTY TYRANTS IS PRECISELY THE OBSESSIVE MANIPULATION OF THE KNOWN. what turns human beings into petty tyrants is precisely the obsessive manipulation of the known...FFW,34 WHAT IS THE PURPOSE FOR THE SORCERER'S USE OF A PETTY TYRANT? PETTY TYRANTS FORCED SEERS TO USE THE PRINCIPLES OF STALKING AND, IN DOING SO, HELPED SEERS TO MOVE THEIR AP ..stalking only moved the AP minimally. for maximum effect, stalking needed an ideal setting; it needed petty tyrants in positions of great authority and power. FFW,191 shifting the AP was the reason why the new seers placed such a high value on the interaction with petty tyrants...FFW,188 Petty tyrants forced seers to use the principles of stalking and, in doing so, helped seers to move their AP. FFW,188.However hard it may be, we have to close the distance between us and those we do not like if we really want to grow spiritually...and gradually you l earn to master your mind, which means that you can transform antipathy into sympathy at will. EE,M,186. dealing with petty tyrants helps seers to move their AP. FFW,126 TO DEAL WITH A PETTY TYRANT WE MUST BE FREE OF SELF-IMPORTANCE in dealing with petty tyrants, warriors.. not only have a well thought out strategy but are free from self-importance. What restrains their self-importance is that they have understood that reality is an interpretation we make. FFW,40 the mistake average men make in confronting petty tyrants is not to have a strategy to fall back on; the fatal flaw is that average men take themselves too seriously; their actions and feelings, as well as those of the petty tyrants, are all important. FFW,40. IF SEERS CAN HOLD THEIR OWN IN FACING PETTY TYRANTS, THEY CAN CERTAINLY FACE THE UNKNOWN WITH IMPUNITY, AND THEN THEY CAN EVEN STAND THE PRESENCE OF THE UNKNOWABLE.. it is an outside element, the one we cannot control and probably the most important one.... by understanding the nature of man, they reached the incontestable conlusion that if seers can hold their own in facing petty tyrants, they can certainly face the unknown with impunity, and then they can even stand the presence of the unknowable.. FFW,34.. nothing can temper the spirit of a warrior as much as the challenge of dealing with impossible people in positions of power Only under those conditions can warriors acquire the sobriety and serenity to stand the pressure of the unknownable. The perfect ingredient for the making of a superb seer is a petty tyrant with unlimited prerogatives.. FFW,35... DESCRIPTION OF HOW DON JUAN USED CC'S RELATIONSHIP AS A CHANCE TO DEVELOP HIS STALKING SKILLS EVEN THOUGH HE DESPISED CC. example of stalking.. Don Juans' relationship with CC where DJ tells CC how much he despises him but DJ used the relationship as a chance to develop his stalking skills....it is a rare opportunity for a warrior to be given a genuine chance to be impeccable in spite of his basic feelings.. POS,138,139

HOW DO STALKERS HANDLE THEMSELVES AFTER THEY HAVE MOVED THEIR ASSEMBLAGE POINT? With Controlled Folly WHAT IS CONTROLLED FOLLY? IT IS THE BASIS FOR STALKING controlled folly is the basis for stalking. EG,209. ONLY THE EAGLE IS REAL AND WHAT PEOPLE DO IS FOLLY... that the Eagle is real and final and what people do is utter folly. The two together give rise to controlled folly, which is the only bridge between the folly of people and the finality of the Eagle's dictums. EG,211 I didn't say (your acts are) worthless. I said unimportant. Everything is equal and unimportant. For example, there is no way for me to say that my acts are more important than yours, or that one thing is more essential than another, therefore all things are equal and by being equal they are unimportant. SR,82....You think about your acts..therefore you have to believe your acts are as important as you think they are, when in reality nothing of what one does is important. Nothing! SR,86. ...SO CONTROLLED FOLLY MEANS TO ACT AS IF YOUR ACTS ARE IMPORTANT WHEN YOU KNOW THEY ARE NOT It's possible to insist, to properly insist, ev en though we know that what we're doing is useless.. but we must know first that our acts are useless and yet we must proceed as if we didn't know it. That's a sorcerer's controlled folly. SR,77. I am happy that you finally asked me about my controlled folly after so many years, and yet it wouldn't have mattered to me in the least if you had never asked. yet I have chosen to feel happy, as if I cared, that you asked as if it would matter that I care. That is controlled folly. SR,78 ...I practice my contolled folly with everyone...every single time I act, my acts are sincere, but they are only the acts of an actor...that would mean that nothing matters to you and you really don't care about anything or anybody...True I don't...he had always given me his undivided attention during every moment I had spent with him. SR,79. things matter to you... everything I do in regard to myself and my fellow men is folly, because nothing matters. SR,80... certain things in your life matter to you because they're important; your acts are certainly important to you, but for me not a single thing is important any longer, neither my acts nor the acts of any of my fellow men. SR,80. WHAT IS THE PURPOSE FOR CONTROLLED FOLLY? IT HELPS PEOPLE DEAL WITH THE EVERYDAY WORLD AND THE COMMANDS OF THE EAGLE The stalkers are the ones who take the brunt of the daily world. They are the buisness managers, the ones who deal with people. A warrior's greatest accomplishment in the first attention is stalking... EG,209... that helps a sorcerer deal with themselves - in their state of expanded awareness and perception - and with everybody and everything in the world of daily affairs. POS,248 .. in the absence of self-importance, a warrior's only way of dealing with the social milieu is in terms of controlled folly. EG,210. it means that warriors apply the seven basic principles of the art of stalking to whatever they do, from the most trivial acts to life and death situations. EG,291. IT HELPS SORCERERS LOOK LIKE THEY CARE IN DAY TO DAY LIFE ..controlled deception or the art of pretending to be thoroughly immersed in the action at hand - pretending so well no one could tell it from the real thing... not an outright deception but a sophisticated, artistic way of being seperated from everything while remaining an integral part of everything..POS,248 DESCRIPTION OF HOW A MAN OF KNOWLEDGE ACTS UNDER CONTROLLED FOLLY l told you once that our lot as men is to learn, for good or bad. For me nothing matters but perhaps for you everything will. you should know by now that a man of knowledge lives by acting, not by thinking about acting, nor by thinking about what he will think when he has finished acting. A man of knowledge chooses a path with heart and follows it; and then he looks and rejoices and laughs; and then he sees and knows. he knows that his life will be over altogether too soon; he knows that he, as well as everybody else, is not going any where; he knows, because he sees, that nothing is more important than anything else. in other words, a man of knowledge has no honor, no dignity, no family, no name, no country, only life to be lived, and under these circumstances his only tie to his fellow men is his controlled folly.

Thus a man of knowledge endeavors and sweats and puffs and if one looks at him he is just like an ordinary man, except that the folly of his life is under control.. nothing being more important than anything else, a man of knowledge chooses any act, and acts it out as if it mattered to him. His controlled folly makes him say that what he does matters and makes him act as if it did, and yet he knows that it doesn't; so when he fulfills his acts he retreats in peace, whether his acts were g ood or bad, or worked or didn't, is in no way part of his concern. A man of knowledge may choose..to remain totally impassive and never act, and behave as if to be impassive really matters to him; he will be rightfully true at that too, because that would also be his controlled folly. SR,85. BUT DOES CONTOL FOLLY MEAN WARRIOR'S ACTS ARE INSINCERE? IT DOESN'T MEAN TO CON PEOPLE ...controlled folly doesn't mean to con people. EG,291 They were consumate artists in bending people to their wishes. EG,248. In order to practice controlled folly, since it is not a way to fool or chastise people or feel superior to them, one has to be capable of laughing at oneself. EG,289. EMOTIONS ARE STILL REAL UNDER CONTROLLED FOLLY My laughter as well as everything I do is real. SR,84..but it also is controlled folly because it is useless; it changes nothing and yet I still do it.. SR,84 WHY SOMEONE CAN LAUGH INSTEAD OF CRY UNDER CONTROLLED FOLLY I am happy because I choose to look at things that make me happy and then my eyes catch their funny edge and I laugh. One must always choose the path with heart in order to be at one's best, perhaps so one can always laugh.... I interpreted what he said as meaning that crying was inferior to laughter, or at least perhaps an act that weakened us. he asserted that there was no intrinsic difference and that both were unimportant... however, that his preference was laughter, because laughter made his body feel better than crying...he maintained that his preference did not mean they were equal; and I insisted that our argument could be logically stretched to saying that if things are supposed to be equal why not also choose death. SR,84.. CONTROLLED FOLLY OVER THE DEATH OF SOMEONE Description of how a man of knowledge exercises control folly over the death of a love one. (see death) SR, 90 WHY DOES A SORCERER GO ON LIVING IF NOTHING MATTERS? A SORCERER HAS HIS WILL I go on living though because I have my will. because I have tem pered my will throughout my life until it's neat and wholesome and now it doesn't matter to me that nothing matters. My will controls the folly of my life. SR,80. but then if nothing really matters...how can I go on living? It would be simple to die; that' s what you say and believe, because you're thinking about life, just as you're thinking now what seeing would be like.... I can only tell you that controlled folly is very much like seeing; it is something you cannot think about.SR,86. many men of knowledge do that (choose death).. one day they may simply disappear. they choose to die because it doesn't matter to them...I choose to live, and to laugh, not because it matters, because that choice is the bent of my nature. The reason I say I choose is because I see, but it isn't that I choose to live; my will makes me go on living in spite of anything I may see. SR,84. THE ACTS WHICH ARE NEVER CONTROLLED FOLLY: MEETING WITH THE ALLY the only acts in the life of a man of knowledge which are not controlled folly are those he performs with his ally or with mescalito... my ally and Mescalito are not on a par with us human beings. my controlled folly applies only to myself and to the acts I perform while in the company of my fellow men. SR,91.I cannot see through m y ally and that makes it incomprehensible to me, so how could I control my folly if I don't see through it?... I am only a man who knows how to see and finds he is baffled by what he sees; a man who knows that he'll never understand all that is around him. SR,91.

RECAPITULATION WHAT IS THE RECAPITULATION? RECAPITULATION IS RELIVING THE TOTALITY OF ONE'S LIFE EXPERIENCES BY REMEMBERING EVERY POSSIBLE MINUTE LIFE DETAIL Recapitulation is reliving the totality of one's life experiences by remembering every possible minute detail of them...TAOD,148 it consisted of recollecting one's life down to the most insignificant detail. EG,287.... To recapitulate entails recalling all the people we have met, all the places we have seen and all feelings we have had in our entire lives-starting from the present, going back to the earliest memories-then sweeping them clean, one by one, with the sweeping breath. TSC,46 Theoretically, stalkers, have to remember every feeling that they have had in their lives, and this process begins with a breath. EG,288. the recapitulation is the forte of stalkers as the dreaming body is the forte of dreamers. EG,287 WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF RECAPITULATION? RECAPITULATION IS THE ACT OF CALLING BACK THE ENERGY (ENERGY FIBERS) WE HAVE USED IN PAST SITUATIONS TO BE USED TO MOVE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT She explained that the act of the recapitulation is the act of calling back the energy we have already spent in past actions. TSC,46 This phase (initial stages of sorcery training for a stalker) involves the cleansing of one's habitual ways of thinking, behaving and feeling by means of a traditional sorcery undertaking, one which all neophytes need to perform called the recapitulation. TSC,xiii The intent of its end result, which is total freedom, was established by those seers of ancient times. And because it was set up independently from us, it is an invaluable gift. TSC,99. the essential factor in a dreamer's redefinition and redeployment of energy. Recapitulation sets free energy imprisoned w ithin us, and without this liberated en ergy dreaming is not possible. TAOD,148 The purpose of the recapitulation is to break basic assumptions we have accepted throughout our lives.. unless they are broken, we can't prevent the power of remembering from clouding our awareness...the world is a huge screen of memories; if certain assumptions are broken, the power of remembering is not only held in check, but even cancelled out... but what happened to you just now is that your normal ability to remember was held in check for an instant and you saw my shadow move. TSC,73. (so the whole purpose of meditation is to forget those memories that our upbringing told us about something... if we have no thoughts on what we are dealing with then it can become anything bec ause we don't do anything to it.) as you grew up, your energy was harnessed by social restraints, and so you forgot you had seen them moving, and only remember what you think is permissible to remember. TSC,74. This is what you've been doing for the past f ew months with your recapitulation. You are retrieving filaments of your energy from your ethereal net that have become lost or entangled as a result of your daily living. By focusing on that interaction, you are pulling back all that you dispersed over twenty years and in thousands of places. TSC,134. In order to live and interact we need energy.. normally, the energy spent in living is gone forever from us. were it not for the recapitulation, we would never have the chance to renew ourselves. Recapitulating our lives and sweeping our past with the sweeping breath work as a unit. TSC,46. They are conduits (energy fibers) that will bring back the energy that you've left behind. In order to recuperate our strength and unity, we have to release our energy trapped in the world and pull it back to us. She assured me that while recapitulating, we extend those stretchy fibers of energy across space and time to the persons, places and events we are examining. The result is that we can return to every moment of our lives and act as if we were actually there. TSC,47. THOSE FOREIGN FILAMENTS ARE THE BASIS FOR OUR SELF-IMPORTANCE Unless stalkers have gone through th e preliminaries in order to retrieve the filaments they have left in the world, and particulary in order to reject those that others have left in them, there is no possibility of handling controlled folly because those foreign filaments are the basis of one's limitless capacity for self-importance. EG,289

HOW OLD IS THE RECAPITULATION? THE RECAPITULATION IS A VERY OLD TECHNIQUE Although, isn't recapitulating a kind of psychotherapy?.. not at all...the people who first devised the recapitulation lived hundreds, if not thousands, of years ago.... so you shouldn't think of this ancient renewing process in terms of modern psychoanalysis. TSC,98. WHAT IS THE KEY TO THE RECAPITULATION? BREATHING IS THE KEY TO GATHERING UP LOST ENERGY The key element in recapitulation was breathing. EG,288. She stressed that recapitulation is a magical act in which intent and the breath play indispensible roles. Breathing gathers energy and makes it circulate... it is then guided by the preestablished intent of the recapitulation which is to free ourselves from our biological and social ties. TSC,98. The function of this breathing is to restore energy. EG,289 The cleansing breath you do while recapitulating will eventually allow you to remember everything you have ever done, including your dreams... TSC,176. HOW DOES BREATHING GET BACK THE LOST ENERGY? DESCRIPTION OF HOW ENERGY FILAMENTS ARE REJECTED OR GAINED The luminous body is constantly creating cobweblike filaments, which are projected out of the luminous mass, propelled by emotions of any sort. Therefore, every situation of interaction,or every situation where feelings are involved is potentially draining to the luminous body. By breathing from right to left while remembering a feeling, stalkers, through the magic of breathing, pick up filaments they left behind, the next immediate breath is from left to right and it is an exhalation. with it stalkers eject filaments left in them by other luminous bodies involved in the event being collected. EG,289 She said that this is a mysterious way of breathing and the key to the recapitulation, because inhaling allows to pull back energy that we lost, while exhaling permits us to expel foreign, undesirable energy that has accumulated in us through interacting with our fellow men. TSC,46. ..(sorcerers of antiquity) breathing as a magical, life-giving act and used it, accordingly, as a magical vehicle; the exhalation, to eject the foreign energy left in them during the interaction being recapitulated and the inhalation to pull back the energy that they themselves left behind during the interaction. TAOD,149 WHAT ARE THE RESULTS FROM THE RECAPITULATION? YOU CAN REMEMBER MINUTE DETAILS OF YOUR LIFE VIVIDLY WITHOUT FEAR OF EMOTIONAL INVOLVEMENT I could remember the minutest details of my life experiences without fear of any coarse emotional involvement. TSC,245. There were dozen of things...traumatic events that stood out... although I was painfully aware of them, and during the past months of intensive recapitulating, many of them had become even more poignant and vivid. TSC,96. As I broke off old. past links, I began forming new ones. (to Emilito for instance) TSC,241. ..whenever I silenced my mind, a seemingly independent force immediately plunged me into a most detailed memory of some event in my life. TAOD, 150 THE RECAPITULATION MOVES YOUR ASSEMBLAGE POINT MINUTELY BUT ST EADILY (GOING FROM ITS PRESENT SITE TO THE SITE IT WAS AT WHEN THE RECAPITULATED EVENT TOOK PLACE) ..more than (an intellectual psychoanalysis). (it induces) a minute but steady displacement of the assemblage point..the assemblage point, under the impact of reviewing past actions and feelings, goes back and forth between its present site and the site it occupied when the event being recapitulated took place. TAOD,149... recapitulation is the key to moving the AP. Sorcerers start by thinking, by remembering the most important acts in their lives. From merely thinking about them they then move on to actually being at the site of the event. when they can do that... they have successfully shifted their AP to the precise spot it was when the event took place. POS 134 The reason I'm talking to you now is because by means of it (recapitulation) you have stored enough energy to break certain physical boundaries. You have perceived, if only for an instant, inconceivable things that are not part of your normal inventory...My normal inventory is pretty weird... I'm beginning to see from recapitulating the past that I was crazy. In fact, I still an crazy.

The proof of it is that I'm here and I can't tell if I'm awake or dreaming. TSC,139. THE RECAPITULATION DEVELOPS OUR CONTACT WITH DIRECT KNOWLEDGE the purpose of the recapitulation is to grant the seer the freedom to see.. by giving it range, we can deliberately turn the seer into a force that is both terious and effective, a force that will eventually guide us to freedom instead of killing us. TSC,99. But they also assured us that by means of the recapitulation, we can allow the seer to grow and unfold as it was meant to do.... TSC,99. This is the reason why I always insist that you tell me what you find out through your recapitulation.. you must bring the seer to the surface and give it the chance to speak and tell what it sees. TSC,100. Now I needed to use that energy (from recapitulating) to strengthen my bond with the abstract force called the spirit. TSC,112. IT PREPARES OUR PHYSICAL BODY FOR THE EMERGING OF THE DOUBLE Clara prepared your physical side by teaching you to recapitulate, and loosened you gates with the sorcery passes.. my job is to help solidify your double and then teach it stalking. TSC,228. IT MAKES YOU LOSE THE HUMAN FORM FASTER Her benefactor thought that a profound recapitulation is the most expedient means to lose the human form.EG,290 ..thus it is easier for stalkers, after recapitulating their lives, to make use of all the not-doings of the self, such as erasing personal history, losing self-importance, breaking routines and so forth. EG,290 TO MAKE A FACSCIMILE OF OUR AWARENESS FOR THE EAGLE (the purpose of the recapitulation is to make a facsimile of our life experience for the food of the Eagle)...having had what it seeks, the dissolving force then lets sorcerers go, free to expand their capacity to perceive and reach with it the confines of time and space. TAOD, 149.. The reason why stalkers must recapitulate their lives in such a thorough manner is that the Eagle's gift to man includes its willingness to accept a surrogate instead of genuine awareness, if such a surrogate be a perfect replica. Since awareness is the Eagle's food, the Eagle can be satisfied with a perfect recapitulation in place of consciousness. EG,287. Florinda said that Soledad had been inside a recapitulation crate for five years, that the Eagle had accepted her recapitulation in place of her awareness and had let her go free.EG,292. BREATHING REPAIRS OUR ETHEREAL NET Breathing works on both the physical and ethereal levels.. it repairs any damage in the ethereal net and keeps it strong and pliant. TSC,134. BREATHING CALMS OUR MIND THUS GAINING MORE ENERGY The mind is like these shadows.. when our breathing is even, our minds are still. If it is erratic, the mind quivers like stirred leaves... if your breath is agitated, your mind becomes restless.. to quiet the mind, it's best to begin by quieting your breathing. She told me to keep my back erect and to concentrate on my breathing until it was soft and rhythmic, like that of an infant. TSC,69. Since emotions are directly linked to the breath.. a good way to calm ourselves is to regulate our breathing. TSC,71.For example, we can train ourselves to absorb more energy by deliberately elongating each breath we take. TSC,71. IT KEEPS YOUR INNER BEING IN BALANCE the way to (keep the inner being) in balance is the unique exercise: the recapitulation. TSC,41. IT MAKES YOU LAUGH One of the results of a detailed recapitulation is genuine laughter upon coming face to face with the boring repetition of one's self-esteem, which is at the core of all human interaction. EG,289. IT ALLOWS US TO ASSESS A SITUATION IN AN INSTANT BECAUSE THE RECAPITULATION CAN LET US SEE OUR L IVES WITHOUT DELUSION SO THAT WE CAN CHOOSE TO ACCEPT OUR USUAL BEHAVIOR OR TO CHANGE IT BEFORE IT ENTRAPS US.

Clara explained that the recapitulation rev eals to us a crucial facet of our being; the fact that for an instant, just before we plunge into any act, we are capable of accurately assessing its outcome, our chances, motives and expectations. This knowledge is never to our convenience or satisfaction, so we immediately suppress it. TSC,99. she assured me that a deep and complete recapitulation enables us to be aware of what we want to change by allowing us to see our lives without delusion. it gives us a moment's pause in which we can choose to accept our usual behavior or to change it by intending it away, before it fully entraps us. TSC,62. HOW LONG DO YOU RECAPITULATE? IT IS SOMETHING THAT NEVER ENDS BUT THE FIRST TIME IN ABSOLUTE SOLITUDE IT SHOULD TAKE EIGHT MONTHS Weeks went by, then months... I spent all my time recapitulating and practicing kung fu... TSC,157. Most of my time was devoted to recapitulating. TSC,240 if after a month, you don't notice any increase in energy, or any improvement in how you feel toward yourself or toward life in general, you be free to go back home...TSC,56 Armed with the list, I went to the cave everyday. At first, recapitulating was painstaking work. I couldn't concentrate on it, for I dreaded dredging up the past. My mind would wander from what I considered to be one traumatic event to the next, or I would simply rest or daydream. But after awhile, I became intrigued with the clarity and detail that my recollections were acquiring. I even began to be more objective about experiences I had always considered to be taboo. Surprisingly, I also felt stronger and more optimistic. Sometimes as I breathed, it was as if energy were oozing back into my body causing my muscles to become warm and to bulge. I became so involved in my recapitulation task that I didn't need a whole month to prove its worth. TSC,57,58. .the recapitulation of our lives never ends, no matter how well we've done it once TAOD, 147,148 After more than eight months of faithfully practicing the recapitulation, I was able to do it all day long without fretting or becoming distracted... TSC,131 REACHING A STANDSTILL IN THE RECAPITUALTION I knew that the demands of the self were really outrageous... I told her (Clara) what bothered me the most was that I seemed to have reached a standstill in my recapitulation. TSC,116... HOW LONG DOES IT TAKE TO MAKE THE RECAPITULATION LIST? IT TAKES WEEKS OF BRAIN RACKING WORK TO COMPILE THE LIST IN ABSOLUTE SILENCE AND SOLITUDE it took weeks of brain racking work to compile the list. TSC,57.... during those long days I worked in absolute solitude and silence. TSC,57. WHAT DO YOU NEED WHILE RECAPITULATING OR NEED T O DO? TO DO THE RECAPITULATION ONLY OUR NEED OR DESIRE IS NEEDED Each person performing it has to add his or h er own intent to it, but that intent is merely the desire or need to do the recapitulation. TSC,98. Every day you sit for hours alone in a cave recapitulating your life away. That takes courage. TSC,95. YOU NEED SILENCE AND SOLITUDE WHEN RECAPITULATING she had to remain hiding in his house for years...she had to fulfill the task of recapitulating and for that she needed quiet and solitude. EG,287. You need absolute solitude to concentrate on your recapitulation. TSC,172. DON'T TALK TO YOURSELF DURING RECAPITULATION If you talk to yourself (during the recapitulation), you can't breath correctly. TSC,131 DO NOT FALL ASLEEP DURING THE RECAPITULATION I warned you not to fall asleep during your recapitulation. TSC,91 I was tempted to explain away the entire event as a dream, for I often dozed off during my recapitulation. TSC,135.

A SASH IS NEEDED TO SUPPORT YOU DURING THE RECAPITULATION AND TO KEEP YOU FROM FALLING IF YOU FALL ASLEEP handing me a bunch of dry, copper-colored leaves... put these over your navel and tie them with your recapitulation sash... I hope you're using it properly.. the sash supports us while we recapitulate. You're to wrap your stomach with it and tie one end of it to th e stake I planted in the ground inside the cave. That way, you won't fall over and bang your head if you doze off or in case your double decides to wake up. TSC,170. these leaves and this sash will buffer you from the woman's onslaughts (Nelida).. and from to her blows to. TSC,172. DO NOT WEAR SHOES WHILE RECAPITULATING Clara had advised me to never wear shoes while recapitulating because, by constricting the feet, they impede the circulation of energy. TSC,91. WHEN AND WHERE DO YOU RECAPITULATE? EARLY MORNING, LATE AFTERNOON IN A CRATE, A CAVE OR A TREE The caretaker had instructed me to go over the same events and people. I had recapitulated before, except this time I was to do it in the tree house. TSC,240... After about three months of recapitulating in the afternoons.. Emilito changed my schedule(living in the trees).. TSC,241. (With my added energy, or the influence of being off the ground, I was able to remember infinitely more detail. Everything was more vivid and pronounced, and less charged with the self-pity, moroseness, fear or regret that had characterized my previous recapitulation. TSC,240.) I relished being outdoor, especially in the late afternoons, the time I set aside for this particual task. TSC,240. Early morning and late afternoon were the most propitious times to begin such a vast undertaking. TSC,57. THE RECAPITULATION CRATE building of. EG,284... he put her inside the crate daily for at least six hours.. EG,285. he had given her the crate as a tool and a symbol. it was a tool that would permit her to learn concentration, for she would have to sit there for years, until all of her life had passed in front of her eyes. And it was a symbol of the narrow boundries of our person. Her benefactor told her that whenever she had finished her recapitulation, she would break the crate to symbolize that she no longer abided by the limitations of her person. EG,287. stalkers use crates or earth coffins in order to seal themselves while they are reliving, more than merely recollecting, every moment of their lives. EG,287 WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF THE CRATE? THE PURPOSE OF THE CRATE IS TO REDUCE THE AREA OF STIMULATION AROUND THE BODY Recollecting was easy if one could reduce the area of stimulation around the body. This was the reason for the crate; then breathing would foster deeper and deeper memories. EG,288 HOW DO YOU RECAPITULATE? TWO STAGES OF RECAPITULATING: FIRST A BRIEF RECOUNTING OF ALL INCIDENTS IN OUR LIVES THAT STAND OUT FOR EXAMINATION, SECOND A MORE DETAILED RECOLLECTION WHICH STARTS SYSTEMATICALLY FROM THE MOMENT THE STALKER STARTS AND GOES THEORETICALLY UNTIL BIRTH First stage: a brief recounting of all the incidents in our lives that in an obvious manner stand out for examination. EG,287. Second stage: a more detailed recollection,which starts systematically at a point that could be the moment prior to the stalker sitting in the crate, and theoretically could extend to the moment of birth. EG,288. MAKING THE LIST OF THE PEOPLE AND EVENTS YOU WILL RECOLLECT Make a list of all people you had met in your life, starting at the present Areas: jobs, schools, etc EG,288 Write down a list of the events to be relived. EG,288 I should begin making a list of all the people I had met, starting from the present and going back to my earliest memories.... difficult but not impossible.. it's a necessary part of the recapitulation. The list forms a matrix for the mind to hook on to. She said that the initial stage of the recapitulation consists of two things. The first is the list, the second is setting up the scene. TSC,50.

RECAPITULATE ALL THE PROMISES EVER MADE IN YOUR LIFE She advised me to review, during the recapitulation, all the promises I had ever made in my lifetime, especially the ones made in haste or ignorance or faulty judegement. For unless I deliberately retrieved my intent from them, it would never rise freely to be exp ressed in the present. TSC,117 RECAPITULATE DIFFERENT EVENTS OF YOUR LIFE WITHOUT ANY APPARENT ORDER.. BE SILENT AND LET THE SPIRIT POINT THEM OUT Recapitulate different events of your life without any apparent order ..be silent and then get to the event the spirit points out. (do not let your pettiness decide the events) TAOD,150 I asked her if the order in which one recollects the past matters. She said that the important point is to re-experience the events and feelings in as much detail as possible and to touch them with the sweeping breath, thereby releasing one's trapped energy. TSC,47. WE SHOULD START THE RECAPITULATION FOCUSING OUR ATTENTION ON OUR PAST SEXUAL ACTIVITY Clara explained that we must start the recapitulation by first focusing our attention on our past sexual activity... that's where the bulk of our energy is caught.. that's why we must free those memories first... TSC,51 RECALLING THE PEOPLE ON THE LIST: TAKE THE FIRST PERSON ON THE LIST AND WORK YOUR MEMORY TO RECALL EVERYTHING YOU EXPERIENCED WITH THAT PERSON EITHER BACKWARDS OR FORWARDS. GO THROUGH THE LIST WITHOUT DEVIATION Take the first person on your list and work your memory to recall everything you experienced with that person.. from the moment you two met to the last time you interacted. or if you prefer, you can work backward, from the last time you had dealings with that person to your first encounter. Go through the list without deviation, from the first person on the list, reliving every one of my interactions with them.EG,288 RECALLING EVENTS ON THE LIST: TAKE THE FIRST EVENT ON THE LIST AND REMAIN WITH IT UNTIL ALL THE FEELINGS EXPENDED HAVE BEEN RECOUNTED The stalker then takes the event at the top of the list and remains with it until all the feelings expended in it have been recounted. EG,288 WRITING NAMES OF PEOPLE YOU ARE RECAPITULATING Clara had asked me to write on the ground the names of each person I had encountered in my life; then erase it with my hand after I had breathed in the memories associated with that person. Emilito ...had me write the names of people on dry leaves and then light a match to them after I had finished breathing in every thing I had recollected about them.. TSC,240.. Description of the box. TSC,240..As I glazed at the flames consuming each leaf, I was to draw in the energy of the fire with my eyes, always being careful not to inhale the smoke. He instructed me to put the a shes from the leaves into a metal urn and the used matches into a paper sack. TSC,240.. Each of the matchsticks represented the husk of the person whose name had been written on the dry leaf that had been disintegrated by that particular match. When the urn was full, I was to empty it from the top of the tree, letting the wind scatter the ashes in all directions. I was instructed to lower the pile of burnt matches in a paper bag on a seperate rope and Emilito, handling the bag with a pair of tongs, would put it in a special basket he always used for that purpose. he was careful never to touch the matches or the bag.. disposing of the matches... was the final act in the process of breaking the ties with the world. TSC,241. RECONSTRUCTING THE EVENTS/SETTING THE SCENE: START BY REMEMBERING THE PHYSICAL DETAILS OF THE SURROUNDING, THEN GO TO THE PERSON YOUR INTERACTING WITH AND THEN TO YOURSELF EXAMINING YOUR OWN FEELINGS. ONCE ALL THE ELEMENTS ARE IN PLACE USE THE SWEEPING BREATH AND BREATH IN THE SCENE Arranging means reconstructing the event, piece by piece, starting by recollecting the physical details of the surroundings , then going to the person with whom one shared the interaction, and going to oneself, to the examination of one's feelings. TAOD,148 And setting up the scene consists of visualizing all the details pertinent to the events that one is going to recall. Once you have all the elements in place, use the sweeping breath; the movement of your head is like a fan that stirs everything in that scene...

If you're remembering a room, for example breathe in the walls, the ceiling, the furniture, the people you see. And don't stop until you have absorbed every last bit of energy you left behind. Your body will tell you when you've had enough... TSC,50. DOING THE SWEEPING BREATH/FANNING THE EVENT START WITH AN INITIAL BREATH WITH THEIR CHIN ON THEIR RIGHT SHOULDER AND SLOWLY INHALE AS THEY MOVE THEIR HEAD TO THEIR LEFT SHOULDER. THE HEAD GOES BACK TO A RELAXED POSITION AND EXHALES LOOKING STRAIGHT AHEAD The procedure starts with an initial breath. Stalkers begin with their chin on the right shoulder and slowly inhale as they move their head over a hundred and eighty degree arc. EG,288 The breath terminates on the left shoulder. EG,288 Once the inhalations ends, the head goes back to a relaxed position. They exhale looking straight ahead. EG,288 As stalkers remember the feelings they invested in whatever it is that they are remembering, they inhale slowly, moving their heads from the right shoulder to the left. EG,288

FANNING THE EVENT: LONG INHALATIONS LEFT TO RIGHT AND LONG EXHALATIONS FROM RIGHT TO LEFT This is coupled with a natural, rhythmical breathing.long exhalations are performed as the head moves gently and slowly from right to left; and long inhalations are taken as the head moves back from left to right. ( called fanning the event) TAOD,148 INHALE THROUGH THE NOSE AS YOU TURN YOUR HEAD TO THE LEFT AND EXHALE AS YOU TURN IT TO THE RIGHT, THEN TURN YOUR HEAD TO THE LEFT AND TO THE RIGHT IN A SINGLE MOVEMENT WITHOUT BREATHING She firmly took my chin in her hands and instructed me to inhale through the nose as she turned my head to the left and then exhale as she turned it to the right. Next, I was to turn my head to the left and right in a single movement without breathing. TSC,46 AS YOU INHALE THE SCENE, YOU INHALE LOST ENERGY AND WHEN YOU EXHALE YOU LOSE THE EXTRANEOUS FOREIGN ENERGY I moved my head from right to left, breathing in the energy that was still hopelessly caught in the exhibition hall. As I brought my head back to the right again. I exhaled all the embarassment and self-pity that had enveloped me. I moved my head repeatedly, doing one sweeping breath after the other until all my emotional turmoil was released. TSC,97.Remember, intend to inhale energy that you left in the scene you're recapitulating, and to intend to exhale the extraneous energy into you by others. TSC,50. T hat's more like it... when exhaling, throw out all the thoughts and feelings you are reviewing. And don't just turn your head with your neck muscles. Guide it with the invisible energy lines from your midsection. Enticing those lines to come out is one of the accomplishments of the recapitulation. TSC,132 WHEN YOU WANT TO BREAK WITH THAT MOMENT DO THE SWEEPING MOTION BUT WITH NO BREATH Then I moved my head from right to left and back again without breathing, thereby severing all ties with particular moment of my past. TSC,97.

BE SMOOTH WITH YOUR HEAD MOVEMENTS Your movements are too jerky... breath like this... he inhaled deeply as he gently turned his head to the left. Then he exhaled thoroughly as h e smoothly turned his head to the right. Finally, he moved his head from his right shoulder to the left and back to the right again without breathing, then back to the center. I copied his movements inhaling and exhaling as completely as I could. TSC,132

WHILE YOU RECAPITULATE YOU SHOULD BE FEELING FOR FIBERS THAT EXTEND OUT FROM YOUR MIDSECTION AND THEY SHOULD BE SYNCHRONIZED WITH YOUR BREATHING AND THE MOVEMENT OF YOUR HEAD she warned me that recapitulating is not an arbitrary or capricious exercise. When you recapitulate, try to feel some long stretchy fibers that extend out from your midsection.. then align the turning motion of your head with the movement of these elusive fibers. TSC,47. he suggested I synchronize the rhythm of my breathing with the turning of my head, so that together th ey would entice the invisible energy lines from my abdomen to extend outward into infinity. TSC,132. WHAT ARE THE DANGERS OF RECAPITULATION? YOU CAN BECOME TOO SELF-CENTERED/FILLED WITH SELF-PITY She also pointed out that for more than six months I had been doing nothing but focusing on incidents of my life. Caring for something outside of myself would prevent me from becoming more self-centered. (gives her the gardening task) Most people only know how to care for themselves... Although not very well at that.Because of this overwhelming emphasis, the self becomes distorted, full of outrageous demands.... TSC,110. But what hurt me most we when she told me that my months of recapitulating were meaningless; they were nothing but shallow reveries, for all I had done was to reminisce nostalgically about my marvelous self or wallow in pity remembering my not-so-marvelous moments. TSC,153. 9. SORCERY PASSES (TENSGRITY) WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF THE SORCERY PASSES? SORCERY PASSES ARE DESIGNED TO GATHER ENERGY FOR A SPECIFIC PURPOSE. IT PASSES ENERGY FROM THE BEATH TO THE AREA WHERE WE PLACE OUR ATTENTION. TO ALLEVIATE STRESS These are sorcery passes, movements of the hand that sre designed to gather energy for a specific purpose. TSC,105. Whenever energy gathers, as in the case of these sorcery passes we call it power. TSC,106. The movements she was teaching me whether you called them sorcery passes or breaths.. were important because they operate directly on the reserve system, and that the reason they can be called indispensible passes is because they allow added energy to pass into and through pathways. Then when we are summoned to action, instead of becoming depleted from stress, we become stronger and have surplus energy for extraordinary tasks. TSC,125. (they are called breathing passes) because the preset intent of th ese passes is to pass energy from the breath to the area where we place our attention. It could be an organ in our body or an energy channel or even a thought or a memory; as in the case of the recapitulation. What is important is that energy is transmitted, thus fulfilling the intent established beforehand; the result is sheer magic, because it appears as if it had a sprung out of nowhere. That's why we call these movements and breaths sorcery passes. TSC,112 To complement the recapitualation I was taught a series of practices called sorcery passes involving movement and breathing. TSC,xiii With all the tension that rises to the face, we certainly need a different intent if we are going to relax the muscles and tone the centers located there. Clara said that all our emotions leave traces on our face, more than on any other part of our body. Therefore we have to release accumulated stress using the sorcery passes and their accompanying intent. TSC,109. DESCRIPTION OF THE MOVEMENTS OF A SORCERY PASS I saw her repeat the movements she had shown me, except that this time she was making her fingers and hands dance. her hands seemed to penetrate deeply into the skin of her face; at the other times, they passed over lightly as if gliding on the skin's surface, moving so rapidly that they seemed to disappear. Watching her exquisite movements mesmerized me. TSC,108. This way of stroking was never in your inventory.. This is sorcery. It requires an intent different from the intent of the daily world. TSC,109. As she performed her sorcery pass, I recognized it to be a movement of the same nature as the ones Clara had shown me, but it was different too, lighter, smoother, more energetically charged. Clara's sorcery passes were like martial art movements, they were graceful and filled with internal strength. nelida's passes were ominous, threatening and yet at the same time a pleasure to watch; they radiated a n ervous energy but they were not agitated. TSC,185.

While she executed her pass, Nelida's face was like a beautiful mask. her features were symmetrical, perfect. Watching her exquisite movements done with utter aloofness and detachment, I remembered what Clara had said about Nelida having no pity. TSC,185. ..after I finished the pass, I felt strong and bursting with energy. TSC,185. Close your eyes... when your eyes are closed it's easier to use energy lines that are already there to keep your balance... (I had no trouble following her cues for changing positions, yet I had difficulty).. I knew it was because I was trying too hard to do the movements correctly. It was like the time I had tried walking with my eyes shut, and kept stumbling because I desperately wanted to succeed. But gradually my desire to excel diminished and my body became more limber and subtle. As we kept on moving, I became so relaxed that I felt I had no more bones or joints. If I raised my arms overhead, it seemed I could stretch them all the way to the tops of the trees. If I bent my knees, and lowered my weight, a surge of energy rushed downward through my feet. I felt I had grown roots. Lines were extending from the soles of my feet deep into the earth, giving me an unprecedented stability. Gradually the boundry between my body and its surroundings dissolved. With every pass I did, my body seemed to melt and merge with the darkness until it began to move and breath all by itself. TSC,129. At one point, the strangest thing yet happened. I felt a light turning on inside my forehead... I became aware that the light wasn't really inside me at all. It came from the top of the trees as if a huge panel of electric lights had been turned on at night, illuminating an outdoor stadium. I had no trouble seeing Clara and everything on the patio, and what was around it. The light had the strangest hue; I couldn't decide if it was rose-tinted, pinkish or peach, or like pale terra-cotta. In places, it seemed to change its glare depending on where I looked. TSC,129. Don't move your head...and continue keeping your eyes closed...just concentrate on your breathing. TSC,129. I was trying to determine the coloration of the light, for it seemed to change with every movement of my head. And its intensity fluctuated depending on how hard I stared at it. I became so in volved with the glow around me that I lost the rhythm of the breaths. Then as suddenly as the light had turned on, it switched off again and I was left in total darkness. TSC,130. HOW LONG DO YOU DO THE PASSES? NEVER DO THE PASSES LONGER THAN A FEW MINUTES She warned me never to do any of the breathing passes she was about to show me for more than a few minutes at a time. TSC,112. HOW OFTEN DO YOU DO THE PASSES? YOU MUST DO THEM DAILY What I'm going to show you first are simple movements that you m ust do daily... regard them always as an indispensable part of your life. you must perform (these) every day of your life from now on. TSC,106... must be practiced daily until they cease to be massagelike movements and become what they really are: sorcery passes. TSC,108 I can't urge you enough to practice all the passes i've shown you.. they are indispensible companions of the recapitulation. TSC,114. They have to be practiced every day or else they're worthless. You wouldn't think of going without eating or drinking water, would you? The exercises I've taught you are even more important than food or water. TSC,124. do them every day and you not only won't get tired or sick but you'll have plenty of surplus energy for your intending. TSC,125. TYPES OF PASSES MOVEMENTS FOR KEEPING A YOUNG APPEARANCE LOOKING YOUNG IS A MATTER OF KEEPING INNER BALANCE The way I look is a matter of keeping my inner being in balance with the surroundings... everything we do hinges on that balance. We can be young like this stream, or old and omnious like the lava mountains in Arizona. it's up to us. TSC,41.

PREVENTING WRINKLES The purpose of these sorcery passes is to keep one looking youthful by preventing wrinkles from forming... The purpose has been decided beforehand, not by me or by you, but by power itself. TSC,106 She brought her left palm to her forehead and stroked it in a circular fashion. Then she moved her hand over the top of her head and down the back of her neck, after which she flicked her wrists and fingers in the air. She repeated this stroking and flicking sequence several more times. TSC,105. This circular stroking prevents wrinkles from forming on the forehead.. it may appear like a facial massage to you, but it isn't. TSC,105. TO PREVENT FURROWS FROM DEVELOPING BETWEEN YOUR EYEBROWS. She vigorously rubbed each thumb on the palm of the opposite hand and placed them on the bridge of her nose. She moved them outward with light, even strokes over her eyebrows to the temples. TSC,107. TO PREVENT THE CHEEKS FROM SAGGING She briskly rubbed her palms together, and with long, firm strokes, she slid them up each cheek to her temples. She repeated this movement six or seven times, always using slow, even, upward strokes. TSC,107 MOVEMENTS TO HELP THE PHYSICAL BODY INCREASING STRENGTH IN LUNGS Description of.. TSC,125,126.....your lungs are weakened from excessive weeping.. a lifetime of feeling sorry for yourself certainly has taken its toll on your lungs. TSC,125. TO CLEAR THE SINUS CAVITIES After quickly rubbing together her index fingers, like two sticks starting a fire, she brought them vertically to each side of her nose and gently moved them sideways over her cheeks several times.... that's to clear the sinus cavities... she said, deliberately constricting her nasal passages... TSC,107 TO STOP BEING DROWSY I noticed her face was flushed, but she didn't stop yet. She placed the inner edge of her hand, with her thumb folded over her palm, above her upper lip and rubbed back and forth with a vigorous sawlike motion. She explained that the spot where the nose and upper lip join, when briskly rubbed, stimulates energy to flow in mild, even bursts. But if greater bursts of energy were n eeded, they could be obtained by pricking the point at the center of the upper gum, underneath the upper lip and below the nose septum. If you get drowsy in the cave while recapitulating, rub this point briskly and it will temporarily revive you.. I rubbed my upper lip and felt my nose and ears clear. TSC,108...I al so experienced a slight numbing sensation on the roof of my palate. It lasted for a few seconds but took my breath away. it left me with the sensation that I was just about to uncover something that was veiled. TSC,108. FLOWING WATER TO TAKE AWAY UNWANTED THINGS Move your feet at th e ankles in a clockwise circle... let the running water draw away your fatigue... Now try to feel all your tension flow down to your feet, then throw it out with a sideward snap of your ankles... flowing water takes away tiredness, coldness, illness and every other unwanted thing, but in order for this to happen, you must intend it. otherwise you can flick your feet until the stream runs dry with no results... if one did the exercise in bed, one would have to use the imagination to visualize a running stream. TSC,40. TO PRODUCE A CALM ALERTNESS Next, Clara moved her index fingers sideways under her chin, again using a quick back and forth sawlike motion..stimulating the point under the chin produces a calm alertness. She added that we can also activate this point by resting the chin on a low table while sitting on the floor. After a few moments, I felt my body settle down; a prickling sensation rose up my back, entered my head and my breathing became deeper and more rhythmic.... another way to awake the center under the chin is by lying on the stomach with the hands in fists, one on top of the other, under the chin. She recommended that when doing the exercise with the fists we should tense them to create pressure under the chin and then relax then to release the pressure.

Tensing and relaxing the fists.. produces a pulsating movement that sends small bursts of energy to a vital center directly connected with the base of the tongue. She stressed that this exercise should be done cautiously otherwise one might develop a sore throat. TSC,108.

A TECHNIQUE TO DIMINISH OUR INNER AGITATION Description of TSC,75... she explained that to gaze fixedly in that manner places our awareness outside of us onto the ground, thus diminishing our inner agitation. TSC,75... TECHNIQUE TO REVIVE THE WEAK OR TO CREATE A STATE OF UNIQUE ATTENTION Clara picked up a hard-pointed stick and poked my feet in between the big and the second toe. Something like a mild current of electricity shot up my calves and ran along my inner thighs. Then she made me kneel on all fours and, taking each foot at a time, turned my soles up and poked me at the point just below the protuberance of my big toe. I yelled with pain. Classical Chinese doctors used to apply that technique that jolt and revive the weak or to create a state of unique attention. But today such classical knowledge is dying out... because the emphasis on materialism has led man to move away from esoteric pursuits. TSC,39 MOVEMENTS FOR BALANCING OUR INTERNAL ENERGY A BREATH TO BALANCE OUR INTERNAL ENERGY I'll show you a breath that has been a secret for generations. This breath mirrors the dual forces of creation and destruction, of light and darkness, of being and not-being. TSC,44 sit with my spine curved forward and to bring my knees to my chest as high as I could. While keeping my feet on the ground, I was to wrap my arms around my calves and firmly clasp my hands in front of my knees, or, if I wished, I could clasp each elbow. She gently eased my head down until my chin touched my chest. I had to strain the muscles of my arms to keep my knees from pushin g out sideways. My chest was constricted and so was my abdomen. My neck made a cracking sound as I tucked my chin in.this is a powerful breath..it may knock you out or put you to sleep.Clara instructed me to take short, shallow breaths. I told her that... was the only way I could breathe in that position. She said that even if I only partially released the arm pressure I was creating with my hands, my breath would return to normal. But this wasn't what she was after. She wanted me to continue the shallow br eaths for at least ten minutes. I stayed in that position for perhaps half an hour, all the while taking shallow breaths as she had instructed. After the initial cramping in my stomach and legs subsided, the breaths seemed to soften my inside and dissolve them. The after an excruciatingly long time, Clara gave me a push that made me roll backward so I was lying on the ground, but she didn't permit me to release the pressure of my arms. I felt a moment of relief when my back touched the ground, but it was only when she instructed me to unclasp my hands and stretch out my legs that I felt complete release in my abdomen and my chest. The only way of describing what I felt is to say that something inside me had been unlocked by that breath and had been dissolved or released. As Clara predicted, I become so drowsy that I crawled back inside the cave and fell asleep. TSC,44 Clara said that if this breath is performed regularly, with calmness and deliberation, it gradually balances our internal energy. TSC,45 MOVEMENTS FOR GATHERING ENERGY POWER BREATH.. FOR QUICK ENERGY she moved her hand and gently pressed my solar plexus. If you need a quick surge of energy..do the power breath... I watched Clara do a series of short inhalations and exhalations through her nose in rapid succession, vibrating her diaphragm. I imitated her and after twenty or so breaths, contracting and relaxing my diaphragm, I felt warmth spreading through out my midsection... going to sit here doing the power breath and gazing at the light beh ind the eyes.. until you're no longer frightened. TSC,75. OPENING ENERGY PASSAGEWAYS IN THE BODY (COULD BE RELATED TO INCREASING LUNG STRENGTH) After performing the movement with my right arm, I felt a burning in my thigh muscles from standing with my kn ees and ankles bent.

Even though I stood in the same position every day while practicing kung fu, my legs seemed to vibrate as if an electric current were running through them. Clara suggested I stand up and shake my legs a few times to release the tension. TSC,126.Clara emphasized that in this sorcery pass, rotating and pushing the arms up in conjunction with breathing moves energy to th e organs and vitalizes them. It massages deep, underlying centers that rarely are activated. Turning the head massages the glands in the neck and also opens energy passageways to the back of the head. She explained that if awakened and nourished by the energy from breathing, these centers could unravel mysteries beyond anything we can imagine. TSC,126,127. A PASS FOR GATHERING ENERGY BY MAKING A HOLE Description of.. TSC,185. This pass is for gathering energy from the vastness that lies just behind all that we see.. try making a hole and reach behind the facade of visible forms and grasp the energy that sustains us. TSC,185 MOVEMENTS FOR DIRECTING ENERGY DIRECTING THE ENERGY OF THE SUN FOR HEALING A PART OF THE BODY Description of.. TSC.112,.. Description of more of the technique..TSC,113......she explained that in this exercise, the energy of the sun automatically spreads throughout the body. But we could deliberately send the sun's healing rays to any area by touching the spot where we want the energy to go, or simply by using the mind to direct energy to it. Actually when you've practiced this breath long enough, you don't need to use your hands anymore.. you can just visualize the sun's rays oozing directly into a specific part of your body. TSC,113. LIGHT BEHIND THE EYES Desc. of... TSC,75... If the transfer is accomplished, a light appears on the dark screen b ehind closed eyes.... she said that we can send this luminous spot of energy to any part of our body to counteract pain, disease, apprehension or fear. TSC,75. MOVEMENTS TO BRING OUT THE DOUBLE CATCHING THE DOUBLE Description of... TSC,114,115.another powerful sorcery pass...that it had to be executed in one single motion, with strength, precision and grace, but without straining. TSC,114. You have enough energy to intend with me the result of this sorcery pass. TSC,114. I was completely perplexed by what i saw, which when I thought about it, I could explain as being an optical illusion created by her speed. But at a bodily lev el, I knew that my eyes had seen something inconceivable; I had had enough energy to suspend my common sense expectations and allow another possibility to enter in. TSC,115. this sorcery pass enables the body to unite with its double in the realm of not-being, whose entrance hovers above the head and slightly behind it. By bending backward with the arms outstreched, we create a bridge, and since the body and the double are like two ends of the rainbow, we can intend them to join. TSC,115 this is a sorcery pass of the twilight.. but you have to have lots of energy and be extremely calm in order to do it. The twilight helps you to become calm and gives you an added boost of energy. That's why the end of the day is the best time of the day to practice it. TSC,115. BODY MANEUVER CRUCIAL FOR ERASING OUR FALSE DUALISM (PREPARING THE DOUBLE) she wanted to show me one oth er body manuver crucial for erasing our false dualism. She asked me to sit with my back straight and my eyes slightly lowered, so that I would be gazing at the tip of my nose. TSC,45. Description of the breath. TSC,45Clara said that circulating the breath in such a fashion c reates an impenetrable shield that prevents outside disruptive influences from piercing the body's field of energy; it also keeps vital energy from dispersing outwardly. She stressed that the inhalation and exhalation should be audible, and that the breath ing exercise could be done while one is standing, sitting, or lying down, although in the beginning it is easier to do it while sitting on a cushion or on a chair. TSC,46.

MOVEMENTS FOR GETTING TO THE NAGUAL EXERCISE FOR STOPPING THOUGHTS AND FOR FEELING ENERGY LINES she was going to show me another exercise for stopping thoughts and for feeling energy lines. Otherwise I would be doing what I had always done: be enthralled with myself. TSC,87 Clara told me to sit in a cross-legged position and lean sideways as I inhaled, first to the right, then to the left, and to feel how I was being pulled by a horizontal line extending out of the opening of my ears. She said that, surprisingly, the line didn't sway with the motion of one's body but remained perfectly horizontal, and this was one of the mysteries she and her cohorts had discovered... leaning in this manner.. moves our awareness - which normally is always directed to the front-to the side... she ordered me to loosen my jaw muscles by chewing and swallowing my saliva three times... the chewing and swallowing brings some of the energy lodged in the head down to the stomach, lessening the load on the brain.. TSC,87S CRACKING AN OPENING IN THE ENERGY LINES Description of.. TSC,127. What you are going to open is a crack in the energy lines of the world... Imagine those lines as rigid vertical cords that make a big screen in front of you. Now grab a bunch of the fibers and pull them apart with all your might. Pull them apart until the opening is big enough for you to step through. TSC,127. this is one of the most powerful and mysterious of all the sorcery passes.. with it we can open doors to different worlds, provided of course that we have stored a surplus of internal energy and are able to realize the intent of the pass. TSC,127. When you step in..your body has to feel rooted, heavy, full of tension. But once you are inside and have turned around, you should feel light and airy, as if you were floating around. TSC,127. Exhale sharply as you lunge forward through the opening, then inhale slowly and deeply, filling your lungs completely with the energy from behind that screen. TSC,128. You're not pulling the door open hard enough... use your internal energy, not just your arm muscles. Expel the stale air and pull in your stomach as you lunge forward. Once inside, breathe as many times as you can, but be on the alert. Don't stay longer than you need to. TSC,128...instantly I felt as if some sliding doors had opened. TSC,128.... all sorts of things can happen once you go through that opening. Remember you have to be cautious and at the same time bold. TSC,128. USING ENERGY LINES TO STRENGTHEN THE DOUBLE those invisible lines are a part of your soft body, your double... The more energy you entice out by manipulating those lines, the stronger your double will become. TSC,132. COMMUNICATION WITH INTENT she began curling her fingers as if she were making shadow pictures on the table cloth.. this is a form of communication, not with people but with that force we call intent.. she extended her little and index fingers, the made a circle by touching her thumb to the tips of the two remaining fingers. She told me that this was a signal to trap the attention of that force and to allow it to enter the body through the energy lines that end or originate in the fingertips. Energy comes through the index and little finger as if they are extended like antennae. Then the energy is trapped and held in the circle made by the other three fingers. She said that with this specifi c hand position, we can draw sufficient energy into our body to heal or strengthen it, or to change our moods and habits. TSC,63. EXERCISING INNER HEARING FOR COMMUNICATION WITH THE NAGUAL she told me to relax and to take deep breaths because she was going to show me how to exercise my inner hearing. For it is with the inner ear.. that one is able to discern the spirit's biddings. When you breathe, allow the energy to flow out of your ears... when you exhale, fix your attention on the openings of your ears and use your intent and your concentration to direct the flow... exhale through your nose with your mouth closed and the tip of your tongue touching your palate..exhales noiselessly... TSC,83...after a few attempts, I could feel my ears pop and my sinuses clear. Then she instructed me to rub the palms of my hands together until they were hot and to place them over my ears with my fingers almost touching, at the back of my head.. Clara suggested I massage my ears using a gentle circular pressure; then, with my ears still covered and my index fingers crossed over the middle fingers, I was to repeatedly tap behind each ear by snapping my index fingers in unison.

As I flicked my fingers, I heard a sound like a muffled bell reverberating inside my head. I repe ated the tapping sound eighteen times as she had instructed. When I removed my hands I noticed I could distinctly hear the faintest sounds in the surrounding vegetation, while before everything had been undifferentiated and muffled. TSC,84. E.) A WARRIOR'S LIFE 1. PATH WITH A HEART DESTINY OF A WARRIOR THE FORCE THAT RULES OUR DESTINIES IS OUTSIDE OF OURSELVES AND HAS NOTHING TO DO WITH OUR ACTS OF VOLITION. The force that rules our destinies is outside of ourselves and has nothing to do with our ac ts of volition. ..in view of my total lack of control over the forces which decide my destiny, my only possible freedom in that ravine (story of ravine SRP,248) consisted in tying my shoelaces impeccably. SRP,248. ..as average men we would never know that it was something utterely real and functional - our connecting link with intent - which gave us our hereditary preoccupation with fate. CC , POS, 63 I WON'T SAY THAT YOU'RE ABOUT TO FULFILL YOUR DESTINY, BECAUSE THERE IS NO DESTINY. I won't say that you're about to fulfill your destiny, because there is no destiny. TOP,143. THE COURSE OF A WARRIOR'S DESTINY IS UNALTERABLE.. THE CHALLENGE IS HOW FAR HE CAN GO WITHIN THOSE RIGID BOUNDS, HOW IMPECCABLE HE CAN BE WITHIN THOSE RIGID BOUNDS. The course of a warrior's destiny is unalterable.. the challenge is how far he can go within those rigid bounds, how impeccable he can be within those rigid bounds. If there are obstacles in his path, the warrior strives impeccably to overcome them. If he finds unbearable hardship and pain on his path, he weeps, but all his tears put together could not move the line of his destiny the breadth of one hair. EG,106. ....In the life of a warrior there is only one thing, one issue alone which is really undecided: how far one can go on the path of knowledge and power. That is an issue which is open and no one can predict its outcome. I once told you that the freedom of a warrior has is either to act impeccably or to act like a nincompoop. TOP,241. Power comes only after we ac cept our fate without recriminations. SRP,85. ..it did not matter what our specific fate was as long as we faced it with ultimate abandon. POS,116 IT IS ALWAYS UP TO US INDIVIDUALLY TO FULFILL OR TO FLUB OUR FATE. It is always up to us individually to fulfill or to flub our fate. TSC,161 A warrior could not possibly leave anything to chance, that a warrior actually affected the outcome of events by the force of his awareness and his unbending intent. SRP,110. We choose only once..we choose to be warriors or to be ordinary men. A second choice does not exist. Not on this earth. SRP,245 CHOOSING A PATH THERE ARE MILLIONS OF PATH AND THAT EACH ONE IS ONLY A PATH The devil's weed is only one of a million paths. Anything is one of a million paths. Therefore you must always keep in mind a path is only a path; TDJ,106 ALL PATHS ARE THE SAME, THEY LEAD NOWHERE: TO YOUR DEATH All paths are the same: they lead nowhere. They are paths going through the bush, or into the bush. In my own life I could say I have traversed long,long paths, but I am not anywhere. TDJ,106 .....I have learned that the countless paths one traverses in one's life are all equal. Oppressors and oppressed meet at the end, and the only thing that prevails is that life was altogether too short for both. SR,143

CHOOSING A PATH WITH HEART A WARRIOR MUST CHOOSE TO FOLLOW A PATH WITH HEART in his day-to-day life a warrior chooses to follow the path with heart. it is the consistent choice of the path with heart which makes a warrior different from the average man. SR,217,218. THE THINGS A WARRIOR SELECTS TO MAKE HIS SHIELDS ARE THE ITEMS OF A PATH WITH HEART. The things a warrior selects to make his shields are the items of a path with heart. SR,217,218. HOW DO YOU KNOW IT IS A PATH WITH HEART? LOOK AT EVERY PATH CLOSELY AND DELIBERATELY. TRY IT AS MANY TIMES AS YOU THINK NECESSARY I warn you. Look at every path closely and deliberately. Try it as many times as you thing necessary. TDJ,106 ASK YOURSELF" DOES THIS PATH HAVE A HEART?" Then ask yourself and yourself alone, one question. This question is one that only a very old man asks. My benefactor told me about it once when I was young, and my blood was too vigorous for me to understand it. Now I do understand it. I will tell you what it is: Does this path have a heart?TDJ,106 A diablero is a diablero and a warrior is a warrior. or a man can be both. There are enough people who are both. But a man who only traverses the paths of life is everything. Today I am neither a warrior nor a diablero. For me there is only the traveling on the paths that have a heart, on any path that may have a heart. there I travel, and the only worthwhile challenge for me is to traverse its full length. And there I travel-looking, looking, breathlessly. TDJ,182. TO KNOW IF IT HAS A PATH WITH HEART YOU MUST HAVE CLARITY WHICH COMES FROM A DISCIPLINED LIFE To have such clarity you must lead a disciplined life. Only then will you know that any path is only a path, and there is no affront(insult), to oneself or to others, in dropping it if that is what your heart tells you what to do. TDJ,106 WHEN THE WARRIOR IS AT ONE WITH THE PATH, HE EXPERIENCES A GREAT PEACE AND PLEASURE TRAVERSING ITS LENGTH. he knows that a path has heart when he is one with it, when he experiences a great peace and pleasure traversing its length. SR,217,218 IF THE PATH HAS HEART THEN IT MAKES FOR A JOYFUL JOURNEY, IT MAKES YOU STRONG, THE OTHER WILL MAKE YOU CURSE YOUR LIFE, IT WEAKENS YOU My benefactor's question has meaning now. Does this path have a heart? If it does, the path is good; if it doesn't, it is of no use. Both paths lead nowhere; but one has heart, the other doesn't. One makes for a joyful journey; as long as you follow it, you are one with it. The other will make you curse your life. One makes you strong; the other weakens you. TDJ,106 A PATH WITH HEART IS EASY, IT DOES NOT MAKE YOU WORK AT LIKING IT. A PATH WITHOUT HEART IS NEVER EASY, YOU HAVE TO WORK HARD EVEN TO TAKE IT. Does this path have a heart? If the answer is no, you will know it, and then you must choose another path.. the trouble is nobody asks the qu estion; and when a man finally realizes that he has taken a path without a heart, the path is ready to kill him. At that point very few men can stop to deliberate, and leave the path. A path without a heart is never enjoyable. You have to work hard even to take it... a path with heart is easy; it does not make you work at liking it. TDJ,158. LEAVING A PATH IF YOU FEEL YOU SHOULD NOT BE ON A PATH, YOU MUST NOT STAY WITH IT UNDER ANY CONDITIONS if you feel you should not follow it, you must not stay with it under any conditions. TDJ,106

YOUR DECISION TO KEEP ON THE PATH OR TO LEAVE IT MUST BE FREE OF FEAR OR AMBITION But your decision to keep on the path or to leave it must be free of fear or ambition. TDJ,106 I have told you that to choose a path you must be free from fear and ambition. But the smoke blinds you with fear, and the devil's weed blinds you with ambition. the desire to learn is not ambition. It is our lot as men to want to know, but to seek the devil's weed is to bid for power, and that is ambition, because you are not bidding to know.... and the next thing, the path without a heart will turn against men and destroy them. it does not take much to die, and to seek death is to seek nothing. TDJ,159. THE WORLD OF DAY-TO-DAY LIFE THE WORLD OF MEN IS THE ONLY WORLD WE CAN CHOOSE. You think there are two worlds for you - two paths. But there is only one. The protector showed you this with unbelievable clarity. The only world available to you is the world of men, and that world you cannot choose to leave. You are a man! TDJ,150 The protector showed you the world of happiness where there is no difference between things because there is no one there to ask about the difference. But that is not the world of men. The protector shook you out of it and showed you how a man thinks and fights. That is the world of man! TDJ,150. And to be a man is to be condemned to that world. You have the vanity to believe you live in two worlds, but that is only your vanity. There is but one single world for us. We are men and must follow the world of men contentedly. TDJ,151. THERE IS NO WAY TO ESCAPE THE DOING OF OUR WORLD, SO WHAT A WARRIOR DOES IS TO TURN HIS WORLD INTO HIS HUNTING GROUND. This is your world...pointing to the busy street outside the window. You are a man of that world. JTI,214.. and out there, in that world, is your hunting ground. There is no way to escape the doing of our world, so what a warrior does is to turn his world into his hunting ground. As a hunter, a warrior knows that the world is made to be used. So he uses every bit of it. A warrior is like a pirate that has no qualms in taking and using anything he wants, except that the warrior doesn't mind or he doesn't feel insulted when he is used and taken himself. JTI,214. A WARRIOR DOESN'T EVER LEAVE THE ISLAND OF THE TONAL. HE USES IT. A warrior doesn't ever leave the island of the tonal. He uses it. TOP,153. This is your world you can't renoun ce it. It is useless to get angry and feel disappointed with oneself. All that proves is that one's tonal is involved in an internal battle; a battle within one's tonal is one of the most inane contests I can think of. The tight life of a warrior is design ed to end that struggle. From the beginning I have taught you to avoid wear and tear. Now there is no longer a war within you, not as it used to be, TOP,153. LIVING ITSELF IS SUFFICIENT IN THE JOURNEY You have everything needed for the extravagent journey that is your life. I have tried to teach you that the real experience is to be a man, and that what counts is being alive; life is the little detour that we are taking now. Life in itself is sufficient, self-explanatory and complete. TOP,56. DJ synthesized the rationale of his whole knowledge in the metaphor that the most important thing for him was to find a path with heart and then travel its length, meaning that the identification with the amenable alternative was enough for him. The journey by itself was sufficient; any hope of arriving at a permanent position was outside the boundaries of his knowledge. TDJ,198. 2. THE MIND/RATIONAL WHAT IS THE MIND? THE MIND IS NOTHING BUT THE SELF-REFLECTION OF THE INVENTORY OF MAN The mind, for a seer, is nothing but the self-reflection of the inventory of man. If you lose that self-reflection, but don't lose your underpinnings, you actually live an infinitely stronger life than if you had kept it. FFW,139.

WHAT DOES THE MIND DO? THE HUMAN MIND NEVER RESTS.. IMAGES, HOPES, REGRETS,IMPULSES.. MOST OF THE TIME IT WANDERS The human mind...never rests..it goes here, there,ceaselessly moving through sensations, images, thoughts, hopes,regrets, impulses. Occasionally it does solve a problem or make necessary plans, but most of the time it wanders at large, simply because we do not know how to keep it quiet or profitably engaged. EE,M,58. This desire for attention not only leads us into affections of dress, speech and gesture; it also divides our consciousness. EE, M,171.....peace of mind cannot depend on external circumstances. EE, M, 210. HOW DO SORCERERS USE/CONTROL THEIR MINDS? SORCERER'S HAVE TO CULTIVAT THE MIND IN WHATEVER FORM THEY CAN ..sorcerers have to cultivate their minds, in whatever form they can. TAOD, 8... ONLY WITH SOUNDNESS OF MIND CAN AWARENESS BE ENHANCED In order to enhance awareness, there is no risk we should not run, no means we should refuse. Bear in mind, however, that only soundness of mind can awareness be enhanced. TAOD,184... only a human being who was a paragon of reason could move his AP easily and be a paragon of silent knowledge... POS,243...Since all acts were predetermined and obligatory, a man of knowledge needed soundness of judgement. This concept did not imply comm on sense, but did imply the capacity to assess the circumstances surrounding any need to act. TDJ,193. THINKING BY THINKING HE MEANT THE CONSTANT IDEA THAT WE HAVE OF EVERYTHING IN THE WORLD. by thinking he meant the constant idea that we have of everything in the world. SR,84 THERE ARE TWO TYPES OF THINKING there are two types of thinking.... POS,133 One was average day-to-day thinking which was ruled by the normal position of his AP. it was muddled thinking that did not really answer his needs and left great murkiness in his head. POS,133 The other was precise thinking. it was functional, economical and left very few things unexplained. Don Juan remarked that for this type of thinking to prevail the AP had to move. Or at least the day-to-day type thinking had to stop to allow the AP to shift. Thus the apparent contridiction, which was really no contradiction at all. POS,133 the only way to think clearly is to not think at all...POS,133 OUR THOUGHTS CAUSE OUR BODY TO MOVE ALONG A CERTAIN PATH whenever we have a thought.. our energy moves in the direction of that thought. Thoughts are like scouts; they cause the body to move along a certain path. TSC,72. PURPOSE OF TRAINING THE INTELLECT AS A WAY TO KEEP THE MIND OCCUPIED SO THAT GETTING TO THE DOUBLE BECOMES EASIER. ..training the intellect is a bona-fide sorcerers subterfuge. by deliberately keeping the mind occupied in analysis and reasoning, sorcerers are free to explore, unimpeded, other areas of perception. In other words, while the rational side is busy with the formality of academic pursuits, the energetic or nonrational side, which sorcerers call the double is kept occupied with the fulfillment of sorcery tasks. in this way, the suspicious and analytic mind is less likely to interfere or even notice what is going on at the nonrational level.TSC,xii. WOMEN SHOULD DEVELOP THEIR INTELLECT They (the sorcerers) felt it is indispensable that women develop their intellects and enhance their capacity for analysis and abstraction in order to have a better grasp of the world around them. TSC,xii

REALIZATIONS/UNDERSTANDING NEW THINGS THERE ARE TWO KINDS OF REALIZATIONS 1) EMOTIONAL OUTBURSTS Realizations are of two kinds. One is just pep talk, great outbursts of emotion and nothing more. FFW,219. That's the trouble with people that go wild, they go wild both ways. Yesterday you were all questions, today you are all acceptance. TOP,76 .....don't count on emotional realizations. Let your AP move first, then years later have the realization. FFW,203 2) AS A RESULT OF A SHIFT OF THE AP The other is a product of a shift of the AP; it is not coupled with an emotional outburst but with action. The emotional realizations come years later after warriors have solidified, by usage, the new position of their AP. FFW,219 ...realizations are a dime a dozen; they don't amount to anything in the life of warriors, because they are cancelled out as the AP shifts. FFW,265. THE NEED FOR UNEMOTIONAL REALIZATIONS, ONE NEEDS SOBRIETY, NOT EMOTIONALITY the new seers placed the highest value on deep unemotional realizations.. to understand one needs sobriety, not emotionality. Beware of those who weep with realization, for they have realized nothing. There are untold dangers in the path of knowledge for those without sober understanding FFW,71 TO HAVE A TRUE REALIZATION (I.E. TO MOVE THE AP) ONE NEEDS PERSONAL POWER it doesn't matter what one reveals or what one keeps to oneself...everything we do, everything we are, rests on our personal power. If we have enough of it, one word uttered to us might be sufficient to change the course of our lives. But if we don't have enough personal power, the most magnificent piece of wisdom can be revealed to us and that revelation won't make a damn bit of difference. TOP,14...I'm going to utter perhaps the greatest piece of knowledge anyone can voice. let me see what you can do with it. Do you know at this moment you are surrounded by eternity? And do you know that you can use that eternity, if you so desire? Do you know that you extend yourself forever in any of the directions I have pointed to?..Do you know that one moment can be eternity? This is not a riddle; it's a fact, but only if you mount that moment and use it to take the totality of yourself forever in any direction. you didn't have this knowledge before.. Now you do. I have revealed it to you, but it doesn't make a bit of difference, because you don't have enough personal power to utilize my revelation. yet if you did have enough power, my words alone would serve as the means for you to round up the totality of yourself and to get the crucial part of it out of the boundaries in which it is contained. We are luminous beings ..and for a luminous being only personal power matters. TOP,15. PERSONAL POWER DECIDES WHO CAN OR WHO CANNOT PROFIT BY A REVELATION Personal power decides who can or who cannot profit by a revelation; my experiences with my fellow men have proven to me that very, very few of them would be willing to listen; and of those few who listen even fewer wo uld be willing to act on what they listened to; and of those willing to act even fewer have enough personal power to profit by their acts. TOP,225....It'll take years for you to convince yourself and then it'll take years for you to act accordingly. JTI,85.....To be convinced means that you can act by yourself. JTI,157. LEARNING LEARNING AT THE BEGINNING THE PERSON IS NEVER CLEAR ABOUT THEIR OBJECTIVES FOR HE DOES NOT KNOW THE HARDSHIPS OF LEARNING When a man starts to learn, he is never clear about his objectives. His purpose is faulty; his intent is vague. He hopes for rewards that will never materialize, for he knows nothing of the hardships of learning. He slowly begins to learn -bit by bit at first, then in big chunks. And his thoughts soon clash. T DJ,84. LEARNING IS NEVER WHAT ONE EXPECTS What he learns is never what he pictured, or imagined, and so he begins to be afraid. Learning is never what one expects. Every step of learning is a new task, and the fear the man is experiencing begins to mount mercilessly, unyieldingly. His purpose becomes a battlefield. TDJ,84.

DRASTIC THINGS HAVE TO HAPPEN FOR YOUR BODY TO LEARN Very drastic things have to happen to you in order for you to allow your body to profit from all you have learned. JTI,213. LEARNING IS LIKE GOING TO WAR... WITH ABSOLUTE CONFIDENCE ...One goes to knowledge or to war with fear, with respect, aware that one is going to war, and with absolute confidence in oneself. Put your trust in yourself, not me. SR,88.... A man goes to knowledge as he goes to war, wideawake, with fear, with respect, and with absolute assurance. Going to knowledge or going to war in any other manner is a mistake, and whoever makes it will live to regret his steps. TDJ,52. I asked him why this was so and he said that when a man has fulfilled those four requisites there are no mistakes for which he will have to account; under such conditions his acts lose the blundering quality of a fool's acts. If such a man fails, or suffers a defeat, he will have lost only a battle, and there will be no pitiful regrets over that. TDJ,52. TO LEARN SOMETHING WE MUST BE CHALLENGED CONTINOUSLY.... The path of knowledge is a forced one. In order to learn we must be spurred. In the path of knowledge we are always fighting something, avoiding something, prepared for something; and that something is always inexplicable, greater, more powerful than us. The inexplicable forces will come to you. Now it is the spirit of the water hole, later on it'll be your own ally, so there is nothing you can do now but to prepare yourself for the struggle. SR, 214. Only as a warrior can one survive the path of knowledge. SR,214 RATIONALIZING/SEEKING EXPLANATIONS TRYING TO UNDERSTAND EVERYTHING AT ONCE IS NOT POSSIBLE Your problem is that you want to understand everything and that is not possible. if you insist on understanding you're not considering your entire lot as a human being. Your stumbling block is intact. Therefore, you have done almost nothing in all these years. You have been shaken out of your total slumber, true but that could have been accomplished anyway by other circumstances. SR,258,259. You're chained! You're chained to your reason. SR,260. There's nothing to understand. understanding is only a small affair, so very small. SR,260 ..there is no way to speed up understanding and that to dislodge the AP is not enough. FFW,285 The act of dwelling on explanations will put us right back where we don't want to be; that is, we'll be thrown back into a view of the world, this time a much larger view. TOP,238. In both cases th ere is no hope, ever, to understand or to explain what we are witnessing. TOP,267,268. EVERYONE SHOULD SEEK EXPLANATIONS BUT NOT NECESSARILY CONVENIENT ONES Sorcereres are men. We're creatures of thought. We seek clarifications. Your flaw is to seek convenient explanations, explanations that fit you and your world. What I object to is your reasonableness. A sorcerer explains things in his world too, but he's not as stiff as you. ..you're after the reflection of your own idea. TOP,12.... (sorcerers should look for explanations)..it's your duty to put your mind at ease. Warriors do not win victories by beating their heads against walls but overtaking the walls. Warriors jump over the walls; they don't demolish them. TOP,55. WARRIORS SHOULD NOT MAKE THINGS INCOMPREHENSIBLE INTO AN INVENTORY OF THE FIRST ATTENTION but there is a danger of turning something incomprehensible into something somber and foreboding... hence his recommendation was to keep incomprehensible things incomprehensible rather than making them part of the inventory of the first attention. FFW,276. RATIONALIZING SOMETHING DOES NOT VERIFY IT NOR WILL IT ALTER OUR LIVES I was merely intuiting a truth, and that to reason it out was not to verify it. FFW,53 ..he went on to say that conclusions arrived at through reasoning had very little or no influence in altering the course of our lives. FFW,53 Hence, the countless examples of people who have the clearest convictions and yet act diametrically against them again and again; and have as the only explanation for their behavior is the idea that to err is human.. FFW,53 our rationality alone cannot come up with an answer about the reason for our existence. Every time it tries, the answer turns into a matter of beliefs.... FFW,54,55 (Real and true changes in the person comes only from experiences with the spirit, not intellectual discussions... this is why twelve step programs are effective (person is at the end of their rope, thus the spirit is more available to them).. and why people turn to religion... Faith moves mountains.

THE ONE WAY BRIDGE FROM REASON TO SILENT KNOWLEDGE IS CALLED PURE UNDERSTANDING And the other one-way bridge, from reason to silent knowledge, was called pure understanding. That is, the recognition that told the man of reason that reason was only one island in an endless sea of islands...any human being who had both one-waybridges working was a sorcerer in direct contact with the spirit, the vital force that made both positions possible. POS, 243, 244 WISDOM WISDOM ALWAYS COMES TO US PAINFULLY AND SLOWLY wisdom always comes to us painfully and in driblets.POS, 72.. Knowledge is a most peculiar affair... especially for a warrior. Knowledge for a warrior is something that comes at once, engulfs him and passes on. Knowledge comes floating like specks of gold dust, the same dust that covers the wings of moths. So, for a warrior, knowledge is like taking a shower, or being rained in by specks of dark gold dust. TOP,33. THE BODY RALLIES ITS KNOWLEDGE IN A SLOW AFFAIR, REGARDLESS OF OUR DESIRE there is no way on earth that we can order anyone or ourselves to rally knowledge. it is rather a slow affair; the body, at the right time and under the proper circumstances of impeccabiltiy, rallies its knowledge without the invervention of desire. EG,273. KINDNESS IS NEEDED WITH WISDOM there is no completeness without sadness and longing, for with out them there is no sobriety, no kindness. Wisdom without kindness and knowledge without sobriety are useless. FFW,12. KNOWLEDGE GATHERS ENERGY AND THEREFORE KNOWLEDGE IS POWER Knowledge gathers energy, therefore knowledge is power. TSC,106. Power rests on the kind of knowledge one holds. What is the sense of knowing things that are useless. TDJ,24. Knowledge is power. It takes a long time to harn ess enough power to even talk about it. JTI,152... The reason why people can't use any knowledge given to them is because they first need to learn to do it..like reading or writing.. its a skill to be learned, that's all (good thought..needs to be reworded though.) 6/20/94 Shouldn't it be action is power? because even if you know how to do it but you do not have the strength/ability then all is for naught. 5/31/ 97 KNOWLEDGE IS FRIGHTENING Knowledge is frightening..but if a warrior accepts this frightening nature of knowledge he cancels out its awesomeness. TOP,33. THE ABILITY TO CONCENTRATE IS CONSIDERED INTELLIGENCE IN THE SORCERER'S WORLD In order to be intelligent in my world... you must be able to concentrate, to fix your attention on any concrete thing as well as on any abstract manifestation. TSC,88. 3. MAKING CHANGES MAKING CHANGES IN OUR LIVES WE CAN NEVER REALLY CHANGE UNTIL WE DROP OUR HUMAN FORM A warrior must drop the human form in order to change, to really change. otherwise there is only talk about change.. it is useless to think or hope that one can change one's habits. SRP,141. One cannot change one iota as long as one holds on to the human form.... SRP,141. During the years with DJ I had certainly experienced a steady lessening of personal ties with the world, but that had taken place on an intellectual plane; in my everyday life I was unchanged until the moment I lost my human form. EG,113.

CHANGES ARE DIFFICULT AND HAPPEN VERY SLOWLY SLOW Unfortunately, changes are difficult and happen very slowly; sometimes it takes years for a man to become convinced of the need to change...it took me years...JTI,79 WE CAN GIVE UP THINGS JUST LIKE THAT People hardly ever relize that we can cut anything from our lives, any time, just like that. JTI,8. WHEN A CHANGE DOES HAPPENS IT HAPPENS FAST The changing I'm talking about never takes place by degrees; it happens suddenly. And you are not preparing yourself for that sudden act that will bring a total change. JTI,82. TO CHANGE WE MUST MEET THREE CONDITIONS To change we need to meet three conditions... TSC,62. first we must announce out loud our decision to change so that intent will hear us. TSC,62. Second, we must engage our awareness over a period of time: We can't just start something and give it up as soon as we become discouraged. TSC,62. (I think for me the most difficult thing was to really want to change...a good hunter changes his ways as often as he needs. JTI,79 ...the more stubborn you are the better it'll be when you finally succeed in changing yourself. JTI,80. Third, we have to view the outcome of our actions with a sense of complete detachment. This means we can't get involved with idea of succeeding or failing. TSC,62.(a warrior knows that he cannot change, and yet he makes it his business to try to change, even though he won't be able to. That's the only advantage a warrior has over the average man. SRP,141 Follow these three steps and you can change any unwanted feelings and desires in you. TSC,62. THE WARRIOR IS NEVER DISAPPOINTED WHEN HE FAILS TO CHANGE The warrior is never disappointed when he fails to change. SRP,141 4. STRATEGY HOW DOES A WARRIOR LIVE? A WARRIOR PROCEEDS STRATEGICALLY ...A warrior proceeds strategically. JTI,xi....A warrior lives strategically... SR,204 ....Life for a warrior is an exercise in strategy..but you want to find the meaning of life. A warrior doesn't care about meanings. SR,181 When I speak of designs, I mean sublime designs; manuvers for a daring spirit. TSC,95. A WARRIOR NEVER CARRIES LOADS HE CANNOT HANDLE a warrior never carries loads he cannot handle. SR,204 WHEN WE ACT WITH OUR FELLOW HUMANS WE MUST FOLLOW THE DOING OF STRATEGY When he has to act with his fellow man, a warrior follows the doing of strategy and in that doin g there are no victories or defeats. in doing there are only actions... JTI,227 THE DOING OF STRATEGY ENTAILS THAT ONE IS NOT AT THE MERCY OF PEOPLE the doing of strategy entails that one is not at the mercy of people.. at that party you were a clown, not because it served your purposes to be a clown but because you placed yourself at the mercy of those people. You never had any control and thus you had to run away from them. You should have not gone there at all, or else go there to perform a specific act. JTI,227

AVAILABILITY OF A WARRIOR A WARRIOR IS NOT AVAILABLE A warrior is not a willing partner; a warrior is not available, SR, 180...If a hunter wants to travel at night or if he wants to kept awake he must make himself available to the wind.JTI,66... a warrior is never available; never is he standing on the road waiting to be clobbered. Thus he cuts to a minimum his chance for the unforeseen. What you call accidents are, most of the time, very easy to avoid, except for fools who are living helter-skelter. SR,182. therein lies the secret of great hunters. To be available and unavailable at the precise turn of the road. JTI,66... TO BE AVAILABLE DID NOT MEAN TO HIDE OR TO BE SECRETIVE BUT TO BE INACCESSIBLE. that to be available did not mean to hide or to be secretive but to be inaccessible. It makes no difference to hide if everybody knows that you are hiding..at one time in my life I, like you, made myself available over and over again until there was nothing of me left for anything except perhaps crying. JTI,66...you must take yourself away..you must retrieve yourself from the middle of a trafficked way. Your whole being is there, thus it is no use to hide; you would only image you are hidden. Being in the middle of the road means that eveyone passing by watches your comings and goings. JTI,67. you lost her because you were accessible, you were always within her reach and your life was a routine one...it was an unusual routine and that gives you the impression that it is not a routine, but I assure it is. you stayed with her day after day, until the only feeling that remained was boredom...JTI,69. To be unavailable means that you deliberately avoid exhausting yourself and others. JTI,70 TO BE INACCESSIBLE MEANS TO TOUCH THE WORLD AROUND YOU SPARINGLY. ..to be inaccessible means to touch the world around you sparingly. You don't eat five quail; you eat one. you don't damage the plants to make a barbecue pit. You don't expose yourself to power of the wind unless its mandatory. You don't use and squeeze people until they have shriveled to nothing, especially the people you love. JTI,69 ...that to be inaccessible does not mean to hide or to be secretive..it doesn't mean that you cannot deal with people either. A hunter uses the world sparingly and with tenderness, regardless of whether the world might be things, or plants, or animal, or people or power. A hunter deals intimately with his world and yet he is inaccessible to that same world....he is inaccessible (even though he is in the world every day)..because he is not squeezing his world out of shape. he taps it lightly, stays as long as he needs to, and then swiftly moves away leaving hardly a mark....JTI,70. TO WORRY IS TO BECOME ACCESSIBLE ....To worry is to become accessible, unwittingly accessible. And once you worry you cling to anything out of desperation; and once you cling you are bound to get exhausted or to exhaust whoever or whatever you are clinging to. JTI,70 INVENTORIES USED AS STRATEGY WE ARE REQUIRED TO TAKE INVENTORY OF OURSELVES BUT WE ARE NOT REQUIRED TO WORSHIP IT The Eagle doesn't command us to worship our inventory; it commands us to take it, that's all. FFW,92 Yet the way out of obeying the commands (the Eagle's emanations) is in obeying them... In the case of the in ventory of the first attention... seers take it, for they can't disobey. But once they have it they throw it away. FFW,92 WARRIORS TAKE STRATEGIC INVENTORIES OF ESSENTIAL BEHAVIORAL PATTERNS TO CONSERVE ENERGY warriors take strategic inventories.. they list everything they do. then they decide which of those things can be changed in order to allow themselves a respite, in terms of expending their energy. this inventory only covered behavioral patterns that were not essential to our survival and well-being...FFW,31.

5. DEATHAS AN ADVISER/AID WHAT IS WRONG WITH THINKING YOU ARE GOING TO LIVE FOREVER? WE DON'T THINK ABOUT OUR ACTS Our most costly mistake as average men is indulging in a sense of immortality. It is as though we believe that if we don't think about death we can protect ourselves from it...POS,120 ....Most people move from act to act without any struggle or thought... JTI,85 OUR ACTS ARE BORING/LIFE IS BORING Without the awareness of death he would be only an ordinary man involved in ordinary acts. He would lack the necessary potency, the necessary concentration that transforms one's ordinary time on earth into magical power. Thus to be a warrior a man has to be, first of all, and rightfully so, become keenly aware of his own death . SR,150. Power is showing you that death is the indispensible ingredient in having to believe. Without the awareness of death everything is ordinary, trivial. It is only because death is stalking us that the world is an unfathomable mystery. Power has shown you that. TOP,114. ..without an awareness of the presence of our death there is no power, no mystery. Having to believe that the world is mysterious and unfathomable was the expression of a warrior's innermost predilection. Without it he had nothing. TOP,115. WE BECOME TIMID ...if you are going to die there is no time for timidity, simply because timidity makes you cling to something that exists only in your thoughts. it soothes you while everything is at a lull, but then the awesome, mysterious world will open its mouth for you, as it will open for every one of us, and then you will realize that your sure ways were not sure at all. being timid prevents us from examining and exploiting our lot as men. JTI,85. ....Your continuity only makes you timid..your acts cannot possibly have the flair, the power, the complelling force of the acts performed by a man who knows he is fighting his last battle on earth. In other words, your continuity does not make you happy or powerful. JTI,84. HOW IS DEATH RELATED TO A WARRIOR? DEATH FOLLOWS A SORCERER ALONG THE PATH By the time knowledge becomes a frightening affair the man also realizes that death is the irreplaceable partner that sits next to him on the mat. Every bit of knowledge that becomes power has death as its central force. Death lends the ultimate touch, and whatever is touched by death indeed becomes power. A man who follows the paths of sorcery is confronted with imminent annihilation every turn of the way, and unavoidably he becomes keenly aware of his death. SR,150. DEATH IS A WARRIORS ONLY WORTHY OPPONENT Sorcerers say that death is the only worthy opponent we have..death is our challenger..we are born to take that challenge... life is the process by means of which death challenges us.. death is the active force..life is th e arena and in that arena there are only two contenders at any time: oneself and death...we are passive..POS,122 WARRIORS CHOOSE TO ACKNOWLEDGE THEIR EVENTUAL DEATH to bring that awareness to the foreground.. that my volition alone was the deciding fac tor; in other words, I had to make up my mind to bring that awareness to bear witness to my acts. SRP,205. DON JUAN'S ALLY HAS SHOWN HIM (CC asks how DJ knows all of this).. I have my ally. The little smoke has shown me my unmistakable death with great clarity. That is why I can only talk about personal death. SR,196. I know it because my ally has guided me to that stage. (when death enters you luminous gap) SR,197,198

DON JUAN'S COMMENT ON THE TIBETAN BOOK OF THE DEAD I don't understand why those people talk about death as if death were like life (refferring to the Tibetan Book of the Dead) SR,194 DEATH IS A MUCH BETTER ADVISOR THAN SELF-PITY Death is considered by a warrior to be a more amenable adviser, which can also be brought to bear witness on everything one does, just like self-pity, or wrath....after an untold struggle you had to learn to fell sorry for your self..but you can also learn in the same way to feel your impending end, and thus you can learn to have the idea of your death at your fingertips. As an adviser, self-pity is nothing in comparison with death. TOP,234. HOW DO WARRIORS MAKE THEMSELVES ACKNOWLEDGE THEIR MORTALITY? SYMBOLIC DEATH SYMBOLIC DEATH/REBIRTH/TICKET TO IMPECCABILITY: YOU MUST INVALIDATE THE CONTINUITY OF YOUR OLD LIFE for any sorcerer to have complete certainty about his actions, or about his position in the sorcerer's world, or to be capable of utilizing intelligently his new continuity, he must invalidate the continuity of his old life. Only then can his actions have the necessary assuredness to fortify and balance the tenuousness and instability of his new continuity...modern sorcerers call this process of invalidation.. the ticket to impeccability, or the sorcerer's symbolic but final death. POS,198. a sorcerers' ticket to freedom was his death... and now we are equals in our condition of being dead....the sorcerers' grand trick is to be aware of being dead. POS, 201... we can only really change if we die... POS,254. There is nothing in this world that a warrior cannot account for. You see, a warrior considers himself already dead, so there is nothing for him to lose. the worst has already happened to him, therefore he's clear and calm; judging him by his acts or by his words, one would never suspect that he has witnessed everything. TOP,32. HOW DO WARRIORS USE DEATH AS THEIR ADVISORS? DEATH REMINDS A WARRIOR THAT LIFE IS SHORT SO THERE IS NO TIME TO GET CAUGHT UP IN THE PETTINESS OF LIFE. ...the key to all these matters of impeccability is the sense of having or not having time. As a rule of thumb, when you feel and act like an immortal being that has all the time in the world you are not impeccable; at those times you should turn around, look around, and then you will realize that your feeling of having time is idiocy. there are no survivors on this earth. (???) An immortal being has all the time in the world for doubts and bewilderment and fears. A warrior...cannot cling to the meanings made under the tonal's order, because he knows for a fact that the totality of himself has but a little time on this earth. TOP,191. There's no future..the future is only a way of talking. For a sorcerer ther is only the here and now. TOP,203 The thing to do when you're impatient..is to turn to your left and ask advice f rom your death..an immense amount of pettiness is dropped if your death makes a gesture to you, or if you catch a glimpse of it, or if you just have the feeling that your companion is there watching you. JTI,34. Think of your death now..it is at arm's length. It may tap you any moment, so really you have no time for crappy thoughts and moods. None of us have time for that. JTI,39. Death is the only wise advisor we have. Whenever you feel..that everything is going wrong and you're about to be annihilated, turn to your death and ask if that is so. Your death will tell you that you're wrong; that nothing really matters outside its touch. Your death will tell you, "I haven't touched you yet". JTI,34. One of us here has to ask death's advice and drop the cursed pettiness that belongs to men that live their lives as if death will never tap them. JTI,35. This, whatever you are doing now, may be the last act on earth. it may very well be your last battle... If this were your last battle on earth, I would say that you are an idiot...you are wasting your last act on earth in some stupid mood. JTI,82 How can anyone feel so important when we know that death is stalking us. JTI,34...

DEATH BRINGS OUT THE BEST IN PEOPLE I would say that the best of us always comes out when we are against the wall, when we feel that sword dangling overhead. TOP,143. in the face of the unknown, man is adventurous... it is a quality of the unknown that give us a sense of hope and happiness... man feels robust, exhilarated. Even the apprehension that it arouses is very fulfilling... man is at his best in the face of the unknown..FFW,49,50 DEATH MAKES PEOPLE CHANGE ...if you don't think your life is going to last forever, what are you waiting for? Why the hesitation to change. JTI,81. I insisted that to be bored with the world or to be at odds with it was a human condition...DJ says..change it..if you do not respond to that challenge you are as good as dead. JTI,81. DEATH ALLOWS US TO HAVE COURAGE TO FACE ANYTHING BECAUSE WE HAVE NOTHING TO LOSE warriors live with death at their side, and from the knowledge that death is with them they draw the courage to face anything...the worst thing that could happen to us is that we have to die, and since that is already our unalterable fate, we are free; those who have lost everything no longer have anything to fear. FFW,260,261. the only deterrent to our despair was the awareness of our death, the key to the sorcerer's scheme of things. His idea was that the awareness of our death was the only thing that could give us the strength to withstand the duress and pain of our lives and our fears of the unknown... SRP,205. The spirit of a warrior is not geared to indulging and complaining, nor is it geared to winning or losing. the spirit of a warrior is geared only to the struggle, and ev ery struggle is a warrior's last battle on earth. Thus the outcome matters very little to him. In his last battle on earth a warrior lets his spirit flow free and clear . And as he wages his battle, knowing that his will is impeccable, a warrior laughs and laughs. SR,215. a warrior is never under siege. To be under siege implies that one has personal possessions that could be blockaded. A warrior has nothing in the world except his impeccability, and impeccability cannot be threatened. EG,215. She has nothing to lose any more. She's lost everything already. When one has nothing to lose, one becomes courageous. We are timid only when there is something we can still cling to. SRP,96. One is better off with nothing except one's purpose and freedom. SRP,136. ...lets say that a rule of thumb for you should be that when you come to see me you should come prepared to die...if you come here ready to die, there shouldn't be any pitfalls, or any unwelcome surprises, or any unnecessary acts. Everything should fall gently into place because you're expecting nothing. TOP,152. to put your life on the line in order to back up your decisions, and then do quite alot more than your best to realize those decisions. TAOD,155.. I have heard you say time and time again that you are always prepared to die. I don't regard that feeling as necessary. I think it is a useless indulgence. A warrior should be prepared only to battle. SR,215. THE IDEA OF DEATH GIVES US SOBRIETY The idea of death is of monumental importance in the life of a sorcerer.. the knowledge of our impending and unavoidable end is what gives us sobriety. POS,120 without a clear view of death, there is no order, no sobriety, no beauty. Sorcerers struggle to gain this crucial insight in order to help them realize at the deepest possible level that they have no assurance whatsoever th eir lives will continue beyond the moment. That realization gives sorcerers the courage to be patient and yet take action, courage to be acquiescent without being stupid. POS,120 DEATH KEEPS A WARRIOR SHARP/CLEAR A warrior thinks of his death when things are unclear...because the idea of death is the only thing that tempers our spirit. SR,47. if I did not think of my death, my entire life would be only a personal chaos... what else can a man have, except his life and his death? SR,96. DEATH MAKES A WARRIOR TAKE ACTION LIKE IT WAS THEIR LAST ACT ON EARTH if we move, it's only when we feel the pressure of death. Death sets the pace for our actions and feelings and pushes us relentlessly until it breaks us and wins the bout or else we rise above all possibilities and defeat death...POS,122 Focus your attention on the link between you and your death, without remorse or sadness or worrying. Focus your attention on the fact that you don't have time and let your acts flow accordingly. Let each of your acts be your last battle on earth. JTI,84...only under those conditions will your acts have their rightful power. otherwise they will be, for as long as you live, the acts of a timid man. JTI,85. I wanted to convince you that you must learn to make every act count, since you are going to be here for only a short while...JTI,81.

A hunter...assesses every act; and since he has intimate knowledge of his death, he proceeds judiciously, as if every act were his last battle. Only a fool would fail to notice the advantage a hunter has over his fellow men. A hunter gives his last battle its due respect. It's only natural that his last act on earth should be the best of him self. It's pleasurable that way. it dulls the edge of his fright. JTI,85 There are some people who are very careful about the nature of their acts. Their happiness is to act with the full knowledge that they don't have time, therefore their acts have a pec uliar power...acts have power.. especially when the person acting knows that those acts are his last battle. There is a strange consuming happiness in acting with the full knowledge that whatever one is doing may very well be one's last act on earth. I recommend that you reconsider your life and bring your acts into that light. JTI,83 DEATH FORCES US TO MAKE DECISIONS WITH FULL RESPONSIBILITY AND NO REGRETS he must fully understand that his choice is his responsibilty and once he makes it there is no longer time for regrets or recriminations. His decisions are final, simply because his death does not permit him time to cling to anything. SR,151. DEATH MAKES A WARRIOR DO THINGS DELIBERATELY AND WITH ENTHUSIASM And thus with an awareness of his death, with his detachment, and with the power of his decisions a warrior sets his life in a strategical manner. the knowledge of his death guides him and makes him detached and silently lusty; the power of his final decisions makes him able to choose without regrets and what he chooses is always strategically the best; and so he performs everything he has to with gusto and lusty effciency. SR,151 When a warrior has acquired patience he is on his way to will. he knows how to wait. his death sits with him on his mat, they are friends. his death advises him, in mysterious ways, how to choose, how to live strategically. SR,152. In a battle for one's life..a warrior should use strategically use ever means available. EG,216. DEATH MAKES A WARRIOR BECOME SUFFICIENTLY DETACHED THAT HE/SHE BECOMES A MASTER OF HIS CHOICES But to be concerned with death would force any one of us to focus on the self and that would be debilitating. So the next thing one needs to be a warrior is detachment. the idea of imminent death, instead of becoming an obsession, becomes an indifference. SR,150. Only the idea of death makes a man sufficiently detached so he is incapable of abandoning himself to anything. Only the idea of death makes a man sufficiently detached so he can't deny himself anything. A man of that sort, however, does not crave, for he has acquired a silent lust for life and for all things of life. He knows his death is stalking him and won't give him time to cling to anything, so he tries, without craving, all of everything. SR,151 A detached man, who knows he has no possibility of fencing off his death, has only one thing to back himself with: the power of his decisions. he has to be, so to speak, the master of his choices. SR,151 WHAT FINALLY HAPPENS BETWEEN SORCERERS AND DEATH? SORCERERS DEFEAT DEATH AND GO FREE sorcerers def eat death and death acknowledges the defeat by letting the sorcerers go free, never to be challenged again.POS,122 OLD AGE: THE FINAL STRUGGLE OF A WARRIOR AVEARAGE OLD MEN THINK THE WORLD HAS NO MORE MYSTERY an average man doesn't do this though. (treat the world as a mystery) The world is never a mystery for him and when he arrives at old age he is convinced he has nothing more to live for.SR, 220 An old man has not exhausted the world. he has only exhausted only what people do. But in his stupid confusion he believes that the world has no more mysteries for him. What a wretched price to pay for our shields. SR,220. To turn that magnificence out there into reasonableness doesn't do anything for you. here,surrounding us, is eternity itself. To engage in reducing it to a manageable nonsense is petty and outright disastrous. TOP,37. WHEN YOU BECOME OLD SOME PEOPLE BEGIN TO SUSPECT THEIR TRUE NATURE BUT IT IS TOO LATE Don Juan asserted that during our active lives we nev er have the chance to go beyond the level of mere preoccupation, because since time immemorial the lull of daily affairs has made us drowsy. It is only when our lives are nearly over that our hereditary preoccupation with fate begins to take on a different character. It begins to make us see through the fog of daily affairs.

Unfortunately, this awakening always comes in hand in hand with loss of energy caused by aging, when we have no more strength left to turn our preoccupation into a pragm atic and positive discovery. At this point , all there is left is an amphourous, piercing anguish, a longing for something indescribable, and simple anger at having missed out. POS, 63 FOURTH NATURAL ENEMY OF MAN: OLD AGE. The man.. will be, by then, at the end of his journey of learning, and almost without warning he will come upon the last of his enemies. Old age! This enemy is the cruelest of all, the one he won't be able to defeat completely, but only fight away. This is the time when a man has no more fears, no more impatient clarity of mind - a time when all his power is in check, but also the time when he has an unyielding desire to rest. If he gives in totally to his desire to lie down and forget, if he soothes himself in tiredness, he will have lost his last round, and his enemy will cut him down into a feeble old creature. His desire to retreat will overule all his clarity, his power, and his knowledge. TDJ,87... But i f a man sloughs off his tiredness, and lives his fate through, he can then be c alled a man of knowledge, if only for a brief moment when he succeeds in fighting off his last, invincible enemy. That moment of clarity, power and knowledge is enough. TDJ,87. WARRIORS FIGHT THEIR DEATH A warrior does not abandon himself to anything; not even his death. SR,172.....To die with elation is a crappy way to die. A warrior dies the hard way.. His death must struggle to take him. A warrior does not give himself to it. TOP,76. PLACE TO DIE/TIME OF YOUR DEATH/DEATH DANCE Every warrior has a place to die. A place of his predilection which is soaked with unforgettable memories, where powerful events left their mark, a place where he has witnessed marvels, where secrets have been revealed to him, a place where he has stored personal power. A warrior has an obligation to go back to that place of his predilection every time he taps power in order to store it there. He either goes there by means of walking or by means of dreaming. And finally, one day when his time on earth is up and he feels the tap of death on his left shoulder, his spirit, which is always ready, flies to the place of his predilection and there the warrior dances to his death. JTI,153. Every warrior has a specific form, a specific posture of power, which he develops throughout his lif e. It is a sort of dance. A movement that he does under the influence of his personal power. If a dying warrior has limited power, his dance is short;if his power is grandiose, his dance is magnificent. But regardless of whether his power is small or magnificent, death must stop to witness his last stand on earth. Death cannot overtake the warrior who is recounting the toil of his life for the last time until he has finished his dance. Any man that hunts power has to learn that dance. You must add the other movements yourself as you go on living. Every new one must be obtained during a struggle of power. So, properly speaking, the posture, the form of the warrior, is the story of his life, a dance that grows as he grows in personal power.JTI,154. A warrior is only a man. A humble man. He cannot change the designs of his death. But his impeccable spirit, which has stored power after stupendous hardships, can certainly hold his death for a moment, a moment long enough to let him rejoice for the last time in recalling his power. We may say that that is a gesture which death has with those who have an impeccable spirit. He said that the rabbit thumping he had taught me was the first movement of the dance that a warrior groomed and enlarged throughout his life, and then executed in his last stand on earth. JTI,228. SOMETIMES A WARRIOR CAN ACTUALLY ESCAPE DEATH ESCAPING ACCIDENTAL DEATH sorcerers when faced with an accidental death can move their AP with such speed that they can go to other universes or burn within (ultimate freedom)... sorcerers commanded their death. They died only when they had to. POS,213. IMMORTALITY THERE IS NO WAY TO ASPIRE TO IMMORTALITY AS LONG AS MAN HAS A COCOON. there is no way to aspire to immortality as long as man has a cocoon. FFW,249. THROUGH AWARENESS, OUR PERSONAL AWARENESS DOES NOT DISPERSE BUT EXPANDS AND UNITES WITH THE WHOLE A chance not to die was one of these possibilities (when our wherehouse is empty).. the best explanation of this extravagant alternative was offered by the sages of Ancient China.

TSC,111 They claimed that it is feasible for one's personal awareness, or te, to link up knowingly with the all encompassing awareness or Tao. Then when death comes, one's individual awareness is not dispersed in ordinary dying, but expands and unites with the greater whole. TSC,112. there is a belief handed from the ancient sorcerers, that if we would be able to use our bodies as a weapon-or, put in modern terms, if we would empty our wherehouses-we would be able to slip out of the world to roam elsewhere. TSC,103. (we would go to) the realm of not-being, to the shadow's world... it is believed that once our warehouse is empty, we would become so light that we could soar through the void and nothing would hinder our flight. Then we could return to this world youthful and renewed...at this moment it is just a belief...but moments, like all things, are known to change. TSC,103. BEING AWARE OF TIME IS A SPECIAL STATE OF AWARENESS THAT PREVENTS US FROM AGING QUICKLY AND DYING IN A FEW DECADES... Being aware of time is a special state of awareness that prevents us from aging quickly and dying in a few decades... TSC,103. For a seer, the truth is that all living beings are struggling to die... what stops death is awareness. FFW,91

WHERE DID DJ GO?: DESCRIPTION OF LITTLE RED BUGS. Where did DJ go? (description of little red bugs. SRP,284.) E.) A WARRIOR'S LIFE 6. UNBENDING INTENT WHAT IS UNBENDING INTENT? A SPECIAL STATE OF MIND REQUIRING A RIGOUROUS, FIERCE PURPOSE a rigourous, fierce purpose - a special state of mind called unbending intent. POS,166..a sort of single-mindedness human beings exhibit; an extremely well-defined purpose not countermanded by any conflicting interests or desires...POS,224 the catalyst to trigger a sorcerers unchangeable decisions or as a converse: their unchangeable decisions were the catalyst that propelled their AP to new positions, positions which in turn generated unbending intent. POS,225.., POS,212 THE FORCE CREATED WHEN THE AP WAS IN ANOTHER FIXED POSITION the force engendered when the AP was maintained fixed in a position which was not the usual one. POS,224 ALONG WITH SUSTAINED EFFORT IT IS A BASIC QUALITY FOR WARRIORS two basic qualities of warriors: sustained effort and unbending intent. FFW,214. WHY IS UNBENDING INTENT IMPORTANT FOR SORCERERS? TO REVIVE THE CONNECTING LINK WITH INTENT The average man's connecting link with intent is practically dead, and the sorcerers begin with a link that is useless, because it does not respond voluntarily. POS, 57. In order to revive the link sorcerers needed (unbending intent) Error! Not a valid link. YOU MUST HAVE UNBENDING INTENT TO GET TO THE CRACK IN THE WORLD To get there a man must exercise his will. he must... develop an indomitable desire for it, a single-minded dedication. But he must do it without the help of any power or any man. The man by himself must ponder and wish up to a moment in which his body is ready to undergo the journey. that moment is announced by prolonged shaking of the limbs and violent vomiting. The man usually cannot sleep or eat, and wanes away. When the convulsions do not stop the man is ready to go, and the crack between the worlds appears right in front of his eyes, like a monumental door, a crack that goes up and down. when the crack opens the man has to slide through it. TDJ,182.

TO BECOME A MAN OF KNOWLEDGE WE MUST NOT GIVE UP ...in order to become a man of knowledge one must be a warrior not a whimpering child. one must strive without giving up, without a complaint, without flinching, until one sees, only to realize then that nothing matters. SR,88.You have to have an unbending intent in order to become a man of knowledge. SR, 126 ..all we needed to do in order to trap our second attention was to try and try. All of us stopped the world by gazing at dry leaves. You .. did it with power plants. SRP,258. WITH UNBENDING INTENT A SORCERER WAS CAPABLE OF CONTROLLING HIS FEELINGS .. there were lots of things that could drive a man mad, especially if he did not have the resolution, the purpose, required for learning; but when a man had a clear, unbending intent, feelings were in no way a hinderance, for he was capable of controlling them. TDJ,110 WAITING FOR YOUR WILL SORCERER MUST WAIT FOR HIS WILL Perhaps the first thing that one should do is to know that one can develop the will. A warrior knows that and proceeds to wait for it. Your mistake is not to know that you are waiting for your will. SR,145.It is very difficult if not impossible, for the average man to know what he is waiting for. A warrior, has no problems; he knows that he is waiting for his will. SR,146 I knew I was waiting and I knew what I was waiting for. Right there is the great joy of warriorship. FFW,43 We go day to day doing nothing. We are waiting. I will not tire of repeating this: we know that we are waiting and we know what we are waiting for. We are waiting for freedom. FFW,133 you must wait patiently, knowing that you're waiting, and knowing what you're waiting for. That is the warrior's way. SR,142 If you two decide to return to this earth...you will have to wait like true warriors until your tasks are fulfilled. TOP,276 You must wait without looking back. You must wait without expecting rewards. And you must aim all of your personal power at fulfilling your tasks...If you don't act impeccably, if you begin to fret and get impatient and desperate, you'll be cut down mercilessly by the sharpshooters from the unknown. TOP,277. It is up to us as single individuals to oppose the forces of our lives. I have said this to you countless times; only a warrior can survive. A warrior knows that he is waiting and what he is waiting for ; and while he waits he wants nothing and thus whatever little thing he gets is more than he can take. If he needs to eat he finds a way, because he is not hungry; if something hurts his body he finds a way to stop it because he is not in pain. To be hungry or to be in pain means that the man has abandoned himself and is no longer a warrior; and the forces of his hunger and pain will destroy him. SR,142. A WARRIOR LEARNS WITHOUT ANY HURRY BECAUSE HE KNOWS HE IS WAITING FOR HIS WILL I would say that the warrior learns without any hurry because he knows he is waiting for his will; SR,152 HAVING WILL AND PATIENCE TO BUILD WHATEVER YOU WANT A warrior has to use his will and his patience to forget. in fact, a warrior has only his will and his patience and with them he builds anything he wants. SR,145. SHOULD KNOW THE NEED FOR WAITING FOR THE MOST APPROPRIATE TIME TO LET GO OF SOMETHING THAT WE HOLD DJ used to stress the n eed for waiting for the most appropriate time to let go of something that we hold. EG,59 6. MAKING DECISIONS HOW DOES A WARRIOR MAKE THE RIGHT DECISIONS? YOUR BODY KNOWS IF YOU MADE THE RIGHT CHOICE OR NOT the reason why there is no way to do that (imagining what your choice would have been instead of someone else's) is because there are only right and wrong choices...if you make a wrong choice your body knows it; and so does the body of everyone else; but if you make the right choice the body knows that and relaxes and forgets right away that there was a choice. You reload your body, like a gun, for the next choice. If you want to use your body again for making the same choice, it doesn't work. TOP,212.

A RULE OF THUMB FOR A WARRIOR.. IS THAT HE MAKES HIS DECISIONS SO CAREFULLY THAT NOTHING THAT MAY HAPPEN AS A RESULT OF THEM CAN SURPRISE HIM, MUCH LESS DRAIN HIS POW ER A rule of thumb for a warrior.. is that he makes his decisions so carefully that nothing that may happen as a result of them can surprise him, much less drain his power...to be a warrior means to be humble and alert. TOP,152 BE CAREFUL AND DELIBERATE IN MY ACTIONS SO AS NOT TO EXHAUST MY LIFE FORCE IN VAIN. WARRIORS DON'T DO ANYTHING JUST TO AMUSE THEMSELVES. ..be careful and deliberate in my actions so as not to exhaust my life force in vain. EG,247. warriors don't do anything just to amuse themselves.. POS,71. A WARRIOR IS IMPECCABLE WHEN HE TRUSTS HIS PERSONAL POWER REGARDLESS OF WHETHER IT IS SMALL OR ENORMOUS. a warrior is impeccable when he trusts his personal power regardless of whether it is small or enormous. JTI,168. ONCE YOU MAKE YOUR DECISION LEAVE IT BEHIND Worry and think before you make any decision, but once you make it, be on your way free from worries or thoughts; there will be a million other decisions still awaiting you. SR,47. His recommendation was that I should not have remorse for anything I had done, because to isolate one's acts as being mean, or ugly, or evil was to place an unwarranted importance on the self. JTI,183. Warriors do their utmost, and then, without any remorse or regrets, they relaxed and let th e spirit decide the outcome. POS,200 In this affair the only possible course that a warrior has is to act consistently and without reservations. TOP,14. WARRIORS NEED TO BE AWARE OF EVERYTHING THAT HAPPENS ON THE PATH.. BEING WIDE-AWAKE: ALWAYS KNOWING WHAT YOU ARE DOING Since all the obligatory acts had a definite purpose, a man of knowledge had to be wide awake; that is he needed to be capable at all times of matching the definite purpose of every obligatory act with the definite reason that he had in mind for desiring to act. TDJ,197. ....You are aware of everything only when you think you should be; the condition of a warrior, however, is to be aware of everything at all times. TOP,177. a warrior must notice everything... there lies his advantage. SRP,184. and if he involves himself with something, you can be sure that he is aware of what he is doing. SR,180 HAVING CLARITY But in order to have such a powerful and clear view, sorcerers have to reset their total being, and that takes both understanding and power. Understanding comes from recapitulating their lives, and power gathers from their impeccable acts. TSC,212. BEING AWARE AND KEEPING CONTACT WITH INNER VOICE You yourself know that something in the warrior is always aware of everything. It is precisely the aim of the warrior's way to foster and maintain that awareness. The warrior cleans it, shines it, and keeps it running. TOP,67 It's an inner voice that tells you what's what. TOP,67 I knew perfectly well that there is something inside me that always knows what's what. I also knew that I supress its capacity to advise, because what it tells me is usually contrary to what I expect or want to hear. TSC,100. USE OMENS TO GUIDE YOU BY BEING AWARE OF THE EXPECTED FLUX ONE WAS SUPPOSED TO DETECT THE MOST SUBTLE CHANGES. THAT DELIBERATE AWARENESS OF CHANGES ACCOUNTED FOR THE RECOGNITION AND INTERPRETATIONS OF OMENS AND OF OTHER UN-ORDINARY EVENT. By being aware of the expected flux one was supposed to detect the most subtle changes. that deliberate awareness of changes accounted for the recognition and interpretations of omens and of other un-ordinary event. TDJ,197.

AFTER A LIFETIME OF PRACTICE.. SORCERERS KNOW IF THE SPIRIT IS INVITING THEM TO ENTER THE EDIFICE BEING FLAUNTED BEFORE THEM... SO THEY ARE ALWAYS FOREWARNED, ALWAYS KNOW WHAT THE SPIRIT HAS IN STORE FOR THEM. ..After a lifetime of practice.. sorcerers know if the spirit is inviting them to enter the edifice being flaunted before them... so they are always forewarned, always know what the spirit has in store for them. POS,56 Sorcerer's always took a first event of any series as the blueprint or the map of what was going to develop subsequently. SRP,190. INTERPRETATING OMENS EVERYTHING THAT HAPPENED TO A WARRIOR COULD BE INTERPRETED AS AN OMEN. Everything that happened to a warrior could be interpreted as an omen. SRP,152. Crows flying or cawing are never an agreement. JTI,20. THE ONLY WAY TO BE SURE (OF INTERPRETING OMENS CORRECTLY)IS BY FOLLOWING ALL THE INSTRUCTIONS I HAVE BEEN GIVING YOU, STARTING FROM THE FIRST DAY YOU CAME TO SEE ME..IN ORDER TO HAVE POWER ONE MUST LIVE POWER. (How do you make the correct interpretations?) the only way to be sure is by following all the instructions I have been giving you, starting from the first day you came to see me..in order to have power one must live power. JTI,133. WHEN A SORCERER INTERPRETED AN OMEN HE KNEW ITS EXACT MEANING WITHOUT HAVING ANY NOTION OF HOW HE KNEW IT... SORCERERS HAD A SENSE OF KNOWING THINGS DIRECTLY..HOW SURE THEY WERE DEPENDED ON THE STRENGTH AND CLARITY OF THEIR CONNECTING LINK. Every act performed by sorcerers.. was either performed as a way to strengthen their link with intent or as a response triggered by the link itself..so sorcerers must be always looking for manifestations of the spirit..indications or omens. POS,29 ...the spirit reveals itself to everyone with the same intensity and consistency, but only sorcerers, are attuned to such revelations. POS, 31...Intent creates edifices (silent voice of intent or the ulterior arrangement of the abstract, knowledge without words, outside our immediate comprehension.. to know the abstract directly without the intervention of language..POS,45,46) before us and invites us to enter them POS, 43 .....when a sorcerer interpreted an omen he knew its exact meaning without having any notion of how he knew it... sorcerers had a sense of knowing things directly..how sure they were depended on the strength and clarity of their connecting link. POS,31 MISTAKES HAPPEN FOR SORCERERS WHEN READING OMENS ONLY WHEN PERSONAL FEELINGS INTERVENE AND CLOUD THE SORCERERS' CONNECTING LINK WITH INTENT. mistakes happen for sorcerers when reading omens only when personal feelings intervene and cloud the sorcerers' connecting link with intent. POS, 31 WHEN EVERYTHING LOOKS BAD, THERE IS ALWAYS A CUBIC CENTIMETER OF CHANCE... CENTIMETER OF CHANCE A WARRIOR MUST ALWAYS BE READY. A warrior must always be ready..TOP,277. ALL OF US HAVE A CUBIC CENTIMETER OF CHANCE AND ONLY A WARRIOR WHO IS ALERT PICKS IT UP All of us, whether or not we are warriors, have a cubic centimeter of chance that pops out in front of our eyes from time to time. The difference between an average man and a warrior is that a warrior is aware of this, and one of his tasks is to be alert, deliberately waiting, so that when his cubic centimeter pops out he has the necessary speed, the prowess to pick it up. JTI,234 Chance, good luck, personal power or whatever you may call it, it is a peculiar state of affairs. It is like a very small stick that comes out in front of us and invites us to pluck it. Usually we are too busy, or too preoccupied, or just too stupid and lazy to realize that that is our cubic centimeter of luck. A warrior..is always alert and tight and has the spring, the gumption necessary to grab it. JTI,234.

BEING FLUID FOR THE CUBIC CENTIMETER OF CHANCE That dying man is one of the cubic centimeters of chance that power always makes available to a warrior. the warrior's art is to be perennially fluid in order to pluck it. TOP,114. WARRIORS ALWAYS HAVE A CHANCE/THEY DO NOT HINDER OTHER PEOPLE Warriors always have a chance, no matter how slim. He made me see that I was a warrior myself and that I shouldn't hinder Pablito with my thoughts. He said I should turn them off and let Pablito be; that the impeccable thing for me to do was to help Pablito in spite of what I knew about him. SRP,153. E.) A WARRIOR'S LIFE 9. MOOD OF A WARRIOR

MOOD OF A WARRIOR A WARRIOR CONTROLS HIS/HER MOOD A warrior makes his own mood...fear got you into the mood of a warrior, but now that you know about it, anything will serve you to get into it. it's convenient to always to act in such a m ood..it cuts through the crap and leaves one purified...one needs the mood of a warrior for every single act..otherwise one becomes distorted and ugly. JTI,119. there is no power in a life that lacks this mood. JTI,120. DIFFICULT TO GET INTO THE WARRIOR MOOD To achieve the mood of a warrior is not a simple matter. it is a revolution. JTI,121.....The hardest thing in the world is to assume the mood of a warrior...it is of no use to be sad and complain and feel justified in doing so, believing that someone is always doing something to us. Nobody is doing anything to anybody, much less to a warrior. JTI,110. SOBRIETY SORCERERS ARE NOT INTERESTED IN CRAZINESS BUT IN SOBRIETY The awareness of daily life.!.. it means that we are after sobriety, measure, control. We are not interested in craziness and helter-skelter results. You indulged in your excesses and didn't shift your awareness of daily life to your double... you imbued your double with an unknown, uncontrollable awareness. TSC,224. WHAT IS SOBRIETY? HAVING A SENSE OF COMPOSURE, ALMOST INDIFFERENCE, A NATURAL BENT FOR EXAMINATION internal strength meant a sense of equanimity (composure), almost of indifference, a feeling of being at ease, but, above all, it meant a natural and profound bent for examination, for understanding. All of these traits are called sobriety. FFW,194. WHY IS SOBRIETY IMPORTANT TO SORCERY? SORCERY IS DONE IN COMPLETE SOBERNESS/DRUGS NOT THE KEY The extraordinary effect that psychotropic plants had on me was what gave me the bias that their use was the key feature of the teachings. I held on to the conviction and it was only in the later years of my apprenticeship that I realized that the meaningful transformations and findings of sorcerers were always done in states of sober consciousness. TOP,236. MOVING THE AP IS EVERYTHING, BUT IT MEANS NOTHING IF IT'S NOT A SOBER, CONTROLLED MOVEMENT. sobriety was crucial to dealing with the moving of the assemblage point. POS, 72.. ..moving the AP is everything, but it means nothing if it's not a sober, controlled movement.

POS,267.... seers have to be methodical, rational beings, paragons of sobriety and at the same time they must shy away from all those qualities in order to be completely free and open to the wonders and mysteries of existence. FFW,91.... alignment has to be a very peaceful, unnoticeable act. No flying away, no great fuss. FFW,234... the sobriety needed to let the AP assemble other worlds is something that cannot be improvised. SOBRIETY MUST BE CULTIVATED Sobriety has to mature and become a force in itself before warriors can break the barrier of perception with impunity. FFW,235. SOBRIETY WILL BRIDGE THE CONTRADICTIONS FOUND IN SORCERY only a feeling of supreme sobriety can bridge the contradictions found in sorcery.. you may call that bridge between contradictions anything you want- art, affection, sobriety, love or even kindness. FFW,91 HUMBLENESS A WARRIOR SHOULD BE HUMBLE BECAUSE HE IS EQUAL TO EVERYTHING The third precept of the rule, that a warrior, aware of the unfathomable mystery that surrounds him and aware of his duty to unravel it, takes his rightful place among mysteries and regards himself as one. Consequently, for a warrior there is no end to the mystery of being, whether being means being a pebble, or an ant, or oneself. That is a warrior's humbleness. One is equal to everything. EG,279. To regard the lion and the water rats and our fellow men as equals is a magnificent act of the warrior's spirit. it takes power to do that. JTI,121....that w ouldn't affect my inner serenity. This attitude is called knowing your worth... and my worth is absolutely zero... as long as the positive and negative forces are in balance, they cancel each other out and that means that my worth is zero. it also means th at I cannot be possibly upset when someone criticizes me, nor can I be pleased when someone praises me. TSC,64...to be victorious and to be defeated are equal. SR,88. You have learned that the backbone of a warrior is to be humble and efficient. TOP,277... humbleness entails being impeccable in one's actions and feelings. (???)If you don't have a clear picture of what you want, you may become more humble. JTI,55. A warrior takes his lot, whatever it may be, and accepts it in ultimate humbleness. He accepts it in humbleness what he is, not as grounds for regret but as a living challenge. It takes time for every one of us to understand that point and fully live it. TOP,24. WE SHOULD BE HUMBLE AND PROTECT OUR PERSON NOT DEFEND IT one has to be utterly humble and carry nothing to defend, not even one's person; that one's person should be protected, but not defended. In snubbing them, I (CC) was not protecting but merely defending myself. EG,195. RESPECTING OTHER THINGS A warrior treats everything with respect and does not trample on anything unless he has to. SR,180. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN A WARRIOR AND A BEGGAR... WARRIORS AREN'T MASTERS I now know that the humbleness of a warrior is not the humbleness of a beggar. The warrior lowers his head to no one, but at the same time, he doesn't permit anyone to lower his head to him. The beggar.. falls to his knees at the drop of a hat and scrapes the floor for anyone he deems to be higher; but at the same time, he demands that someone lower than him scrape the floor for him. ...that's why I told you earlier today that I didn't understand what masters felt like. I know only the humbleness of a warrior, and that will never permit me to be anyone's master. TOP,25. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN A WARRIOR AND AN AVERAGE MAN IN SELF- CONFIDENCE The self-confidence of the warrior is not the self-confidence of the average man. The average man seeks certainty in the eyes of the onlooker and calls that self-confidence. the warrior seeks impeccabilty in his own eyes and calls that humbleness. the average man is hooked to his fellow men, while the warrior is hooked only to himself. TOP,13. Self confidence entails knowing something for sure; (???)

WANTING/NEED HE SAID THAT NOT WANTING ANYTHING WAS A WARRIOR'S FINEST ACHIEVEMENT He said that not wanting anything was a warrior's finest achievement. ...In my stupidity..I had enlarged the sensation of not wanting anything and made it lapse into not liking anything. Thus, my life was boring and empty. TOP,240. Yet if we could learn to cut our wants to nothing, the smallest thing we'd get would be a true gift. To be poor or wanting is only a thought; and so is to hate, or to be hungry, or to be in pain. SR,142. The power to do that is all we have (thinking hunger and thirst are thoughts) to oppose the forces of our lives; without that power we are dregs, dust in the wind. SR,142. ..you must cultivate the feeling that a warrior needs nothing. TOP,56. A warrior doesn't seek anything for his solace. SRP,110. Only he(CC's little boy) could cancel that act (refers to CC making promise to a little boy)....by learning to reduce his wants to nothing. As long as he thinks that he was a victim, his life will be hell. And as long as you think the same your promise will be valid. SR,142 WHAT MAKES US UNHAPPY IS TO WANT. What makes us unhappy is to want. SR,142 NEED IS FELT AS ATTACHMENT TO OUR SELF-REFLECTION Each of us has a different degree of attachment to his self-reflection.. and that attachment is felt as need..POS,166 CONTROL A WARRIOR IS IN CONTROL WITHOUT CONTROLLING ANYTHING A controlled outburst and a controlled quietness were the mark of a warrior. JTI,104...You had a degree of abandon, and at the same time you had a degree of control over yourself. You did not let go and wet your pants, and yet you let go and climbed that wall in complete darkness..to climb well in darkness required that you had to hold on to yourself and let go of yourself at the same time. That's what I call the mood of a warrior. JTI,119...a man of knowledge is in control without controlling anything. TOP,61. A warrior must be calm and collected and must never lose his grip. TOP,29.....One of the acts of a warrior is never to let anything affect him. Thus, a warrior may be seeing the devil himself, but he won't let anyone know that. The control of a warrior has to be impeccable. TOP,140. A warrior cannot be helpless..or bewildered or frightened, not under any circumstances. For a warrior there is time only for his impeccability; everything else drains his power, impeccability replenishes it. TOP,191. a warrior always made sure that everything was in proper order, not because he believ ed that he was going to survive the ordeal he was about to undertake, but because that was part of his impeccable behavior. JTI,167. BEING FLUID BEING CONTROLLED IS ALSO BEING FLUID.. BELIEVING BUT NOT BELIEVING.. ... they had been taught to be fluid, at ease in whatever situation they found themselves, and that I had been taught the same. EG,33.... But he could not hate or fight the river, or be impatient with it, or fret, which were the ways he normally behaved with everything and everybody in his life. All he could do with the river was follow its flow. POS,237.. he knew how to let go. SRP,42...Sorcerers live exclusively in the twilight of a feeling best described by the words "and yet..." When everything is crumbling down around them, sorceres accept that the situation is terrible, and then immediately escape to the twilight of "and yet..." POS,199..A warrior must be fluid and must shift harmoniously with the world around him, whether it is the world of reason, or the world of will. The most dangerous aspect of that shifting comes forth every time the warrior finds that the world is neither one nor the other. I was told that the only way to succeed in that crucial shifting was by proceding in one's actions as if one believed...in other words, the secret of a warrior is that he believes without believing... to just believe would exonerate him from examining his situation. A warrior, whenever he has to involve himself with believing, does it as a choice, as an expression of his innermost predilection. A warrior doesn't believe, a warrior has to believe. TOP,108. A warrior considers all those possibilities and then chooses to believe in accordance with his innermost predilection. As a warrior you have to believe in that (Cats story) if you have to believe, however, you must use all the event. Having to believe means that you must consider everything. TOP,111.He said it was not so difficult to let the spirit of man flow and take over; to sustain it, however, was something that only a warrior could do. TOP,110.

In fact, as I have told you before, a warrior doesn't need to believe because as long as he keeps on acting without believing he is not-doing. JTI,199....a warrior acted as if he knew what he was doing, when in effect he knew nothing... JTI,168. FOUR REACTIONS TO DIFFICULT SITUATIONS There are three kinds of bad habits which we use over and over when confronted with unusual life situat ions. TOP,55.First, we may disregard what's happening or has happened and feel as if it has never occurred. That one is the bigot's way.TOP,55. Second, we may accept everything at its face value and feel as if we know what's going on. That's the pious man's way. TOP,55 third, we may become obsessed with an event because either we cannot disregard it or cannot accept it wholeheartedly. That's the fool's way...TOP,55. There is a fourth, the correct one, the warrior's way. A warrior acts as if nothing had ever happened, because he doesn't believe in anything, yet he accepts everything at its face value. He accepts without accepting and disregards without disregarding. He never feels as if he knows, neither does he feel as if nothing had ever happened. He acts as if he is in control, even though he might be shaking in his boots. To act in such a manner dissipates obsession. TOP,55. 10. EMOTIONS OF A WARRIOR EMOTIONS OF A WARRIOR ENTERING THE UNKNOWN the mood of a warrior who enters into the unknown is not one of sadness...he's joyful because he feels humbled by his great fortune, confident that his spirit is impeccable and above all fully aware of his efficiency. TOP,279 HAPPINESS HAPPINESS COMES FROM DOING THINGS DELIBERATELY you don't know the happiness that comes from doing things deliberately. SR,64. ... and while he waits he feasts his eyes on the world. For him the ultimate accomplishment of a warrior was joy. EG,84 A warriors joyfulness comes from having accepted his fate, and from having truthfully assessed what lies ahead of him. TOP,279 FULFILLMENT THERE IS NO EMPTINESS IN THE LIFE OF A MAN OF KNOWLEDGE There's no emptiness in the life of a man of knowledge ..everything is filled to the brim...and everything is equal and my struggle was worth my while. SR,88 HUMOR HUMOR WAS ONE WAY TO COUNTERACT THE EFFECTS OF THE SORCERER'S WORLD humor was the only means of counteracting the compulsion of human awareness to take inventories and to make cumbersome classification. FFW,32.. the only way to counteract the devasting effect of the sorcerer's world was to laugh at it. TOP,54. Blind men don't laugh. Their bodies jerk a little with the ripple of laughter. They have never looked at the funny edge of the world and have to imagine it. Their laughter is not roaring. SR,89. CLARITY MAN'S SECOND NATURAL ENEMY (a man's) second enemy. Clarity! That clarity of mind, which is so hard to obtain, dispels fear, but also blinds. It forces the man to never doubt himself. It gives him the assurance he can do anything he pleases, for he sees clearly into everything. And he is courageous because he is clear, and he stops at nothing because he is clear But all that is a mistake; it is like something incomplete. if the man yields to this make-believe power, he has succumbed to his second enemy and will fumble with learning. He will rush when he should be patient, or he will be patient when he should rush. And he will fumble with learning until he winds up incapable of learning anything more.

He doesn't die... his second enemy has just stopped him cold from trying to become a man of knowledge; instead, the man may turn into a buoyant warrior or even a clown. Yet the clarity for which he has paid so dearly will never change to darkness and fear again. He will be clear as long as he lives, but he will no longer learn, or yearn for, anything. (to defeat it).. he must do what he did with fear: he must defy his clarity and use it only to see, and wait patiently and measure carefully before taking new steps; he must think, above all, that his clarity is almost a mistake. And a moment will come when he will understand that his clarity was only a point before his eyes. And thus he will overcome his second enemy, and will arrive at a position where nothing can harm him anym ore. This will not be a mistake. it will not be only a point before his eyes. It will be true power.TDJ,85,86....He will know at this point that the power he has been pursuing for so long is finally his. He can do with it whatever he pleases. His ally is at his command. His wish is the rule. He sees all that is around him. TDJ,86. Clarity, the second enemy of a man of knowledge, has loomed upon you. SR,115 DOUBT DOUBT COMES FROM WHERE YOUR AP IS POSITIONED I moved your AP beyond the position where there are no more doubts. There are two such positions for warriors. In one you have no more doubts because you know everything. In the other, because you don't know anything. FFW,300. What we need to do to allow magic to get hold of us is to banish doubt from our minds.. once doubts are banished, anything is possible. POS,130. WORRYING FRETTING WAS PROPER ONLY IN THE FIRST ATTENTION fretting was proper only in the first attention. EG,260 FEAR FEAR IS A PRODUCT OF THE AP fear did not exist as soon as the glow of awareness moved beyond a certain threshold inside man's cocoon. FFW,125,126 BEING AFRAID IS OKAY/FIRST NATURAL ENEMY There is nothing wrong with being afraid. When you fear, you see things in a different way. TDJ,49....Fear is the first natural enemy a man must overcome on his path to knowledge. Besides, you are curious. That evens up the score....And you will learn in spite of yourself; that's the rule. TDJ,51.....Fears are natural; that all of us experience th em and there is nothing we can do about it... no matter how frightening learning is, it is more terrible to think of a man without an ally, or without knowledge. TDJ,55...the first of his natural enemies: Fear!. A terrible enemy -treacherous, and difficult to overcome. It remains concealed at every turn of the way, prowling, waiting. And if the man, terrified in its presence, runs away, his enemy will put an end to his quest. TDJ,84. FEAR IS NATURAL AND SHOULDN'T BE CONTROLLED DJ said that it was natural to be scared, and that to control fear was wrong and senseless. The ancient seers got trapped by suppressing their terror when they should have been scared out of their wits. FFW,111.. FRIGHT WILL ALWAYS BE THERE fright is something one can never get over.. SR,251 FRIGHT CAN'T INJURE YOU Fright never injures anyone.JTI,xii. when a warrior is caught in such a tight spot he would simply turn his back to the ally without thinking twice. A warrior cannot indulge, thus he cannot die of fright. SR,251

IT'S OKAY TO BE AFRAID BUT NOT PARALYZED be afraid without being terrified... put all your concentration on the midpoint of your body. FFW,125... FEAR MAKES YOU LEARN One of the greatest forces in the lives of warriors is fear.. it spurs them to learn. FFW,61.. RUNNING AWAY FROM FEAR MEANS NO MORE LEARNING/BEING DEFEATED (if the man runs away in fear)... nothing happens to him except he will never learn. He will never become a man of knowledge. He will perhaps be a bully or a harmless, scared man; at any rate, he will be a defeated man. H is first enemy will have put an end to his cravings. TDJ,84..If he gives in to f ear he will never conquer it, because he will shy away from learning and never try again. TDJ,87. DEFEATING FEAR ... (so)... he must not run away. He must defy his fear, and in spite of it he must take the next step in learning, and the next, and the next. He must be fully afraid and yet he must not stop. That is the rule! And a moment will come when his first enemy retreats. The man begins to feel sure of himself. His intent becomes stronger. Learning is no longer a terrifying task. When this joyful moment comes, the man can say without hesitation that he has defeated his first natural enemy.... It happens little by little, and yet the fear is vanquished suddenly and fast. TDJ,84.But if he tries to learn for years in the midst of his fear, he will eventually conquer it because he will never have really abandoned himself to it. TDJ,87.fear was supposed to be conquered and there was an alleged time life of a man of knowledge when it was vanquished, but first one had to be conscious of being afraid and duly to evaluate that sensation. DJ asserted that one was capable of conquering fear only by facing it. TDJ,196, 197 ONCE FEAR IS GONE, THE PERSON IS FREE FROM IT. Once a man has vanquished fear, he is free from it for the rest of his life because, instead of fear, he has acquired clarity - a clarity of mind which erases fear. By then a man knows his desires; he knows how to satisfy those desires. He can anticipate the new steps of learning, and a sharp clarity surrounds everything. the man feels that nothing is concealed. TDJ,85. FEAR OF LOSING YOUR SOUL I said I could not figure out logically what had caused my panic, and he replied that it was not the fear of dying, but rather the fear of losing my soul, a fear common among men who do not have unbending intent. TDJ,185. WHAT TO DO WHEN YOU ARE AFRAID/UPSET when you have been afraid or upset, don't lie down to sleep... sleep sitting up on a sofa chair. ..if I wanted to give my body healing rest I should take long naps, lying on my stomach with my face turned to the left and my feet over the foot of the bed... put a pillow over the shoulders away from the neck to keep warm and wear heavy socks or keep shoes on. POS,41 PUSHING THE BELLY DOWN/FOR MOMENTS OF GREAT FEAR AND STRESS it was a technique he had taught me years before, to use in moments of great danger, fear or stress. It consisted of pushing the diaphragm down while taking four sharp gasps of air through the mouth, follow ed by four deep inhalations and exhalations through the nose. He had explained that the gasps of air had to be felt as jolts in the middle part of the body, and that keeping the hands tightly clasped, covering the navel, gave strength to the midsection and helped to control the gasps and the deep inhalations, which had to be held for a count of eight as one pressed the diaphragm down. The exhalations were done twice throught the nose and twice through the mouth in a slow or accelerated fashion, depending on one's preference. TOP,163.

SADNESS AND MELANCHOLY BEING SAD FOR NO REA SON in the life of warriors it was extremely natural to be sad for no overt reason. Seers say that the luminous egg, as a field of energy, senses its final destination whenever the boundaries of the known are broken. A mere glimpse of the eternity outside the cocoon is enough to disrupt the coziness of our inventory. The resulting melancholy is sometimes so intense that it can bring about death. FFW,115 SADNESS AS A WAY TO BECOME SILENT The Naugal told me that for a human being sadness is as powerful as terror. Sadness makes a warrior shed tears of blood. Both can bring the moment of silence. Or the silence comes of itself, because the warrior tries for it throughout his life. EG,143 EXPRESSING YOUR SA DNESS If a warrior needs solace..he simply chooses anyone and expresses to that person in every detail of his turmoil. After all, the warrior is not seeking to be understood or helped; by talking he's merely relieving himself of his pressure. That is, providing that the warrior is given to talking; if he's not, he tells no one. TOP,56. CAN'T AVOID PAIN/GRIEF a warrior could not avoid pain and grief but only the indulging in them. TOP,278. GETTING RID OF MELANCHOLY The best way to get rid of melancholy is to make fun of it. FFW,115 GETTING OUT OF A SAD MOOD the way to get you out of this sad mood is to make you angry or to make you think. TSC,168. ANGER ANGER IS A NATURAL REACTION TO THE AP NOT MOVING ON COMMAND anger was a natural reaction to the hesitation of the AP to move on command. FFW,278 WARRIORS CAN'T BE ANGRY .... everything a warrior does is dictated by impeccability..with no thoughts of personal gain..so they can't be angry or disillusioned with people. POS, 92....it was absurd to be offended by an animals actions.. DJ told me I should feel the same way about the onslaughts of my fellow men. I should protect myself or get out of their way, but without feeling morally wronged. POS,223...No I'm never angry at anybody. no human being can do anything inportant enough for that. You get angry at people when you feel their acts are important. I don't feel that way any longer. TDJ,73. LONELINESS BEING ALONE we are all alone that is our condition...but to die alone is not to die in loneliness. TOP,278...and I had partially succeeded in disrupting daily routines, assuming responsibility for my acts, erasing personal history and had finally arrived at a point which years before I had dreaded; I was capable of being alone without disrupting my physical or emotinal well-being. TOP,57

AFFECTION AFFECTION real affection cannot be an investment. FFW,288. 11. DEALING WITH THE WORLD A. PLANTS AND TREES ORGANIC LIFE COMPARING TREE VS MOVING BEINGS ON WHERE THEY GET THEIR NOURISHMENT the awareness of a tree draws its nourishment from the depths of the earth, while the awareness of mobile creatures draws it from the surface. There is no sense of strife in a tree, whereas moving beings are filled to the brim with it . EG,236 AP LOCATION FOR PLANTS LOWER PART OF COCOON WHILE ORGANIC BEINGS UPPER PART But the real difference between plants and other organic beings is the location of their AP. Plants have it on the lower part of their cocoon, while other organic beings have it on the upper part of their cocoon. FFW,184. PLANTS PLANTS IN GENERAL Plants have pinkish luminosities in general, because their awareness is pink. FFW,184. Plants are very peculiar things..they are alive and they feel. JTI,6. POWER PLANTS The interesting part is that some tiny plants have a cocoon almost as big as a man's body and three times its width. Those are power plants. They share the largest amount of emanations with man, not the emanations of awareness, but other emanations in general. FFW,184. POISONOUS PLANTS Poisonous plants are a pale yellow pink and medicinal plants are a bright violet pink. The only ones that are white pink are power plants; some are murky white, others are brilliant white. FFW,184. PLANTS COMMUNICATE WITH INORGANIC BEINGS Old seers were convinced that plants have the most intense communication with inorganic beings. FFW,185. SORCERER'S USE PLANTS/TREES AS GUIDES TO THE DARK REGIONS They believed the lower the AP, the easier for plants to break the barrier of perception; very large trees and very small plants have their AP extremely low in their cocoon. Because of this, a great number of the old seer's sorcery techniques were means to harness the awareness of trees and small plants in order to use them as guides to descend to what they called the deepest levels of the dark regions. FFW,185. YOU MUST TALK TO PLANTS BEFORE YOU PICK THEM AND THANK THEM you must talk to the plants before you pick them. In order to see the plants you must talk to them personally. You must get to know them individually; then the plants can tell you anything you care to know about them. SR,94 The world around us is a mystery..and men are no better than anything else. If a little plant is generous with us we must thank her, or perhaps she will not let us go. JTI,25..It doesn't matter what you say to a plant..you can just as well make up words; what's important is the feeling of liking it and treating it as an equal.....a man who gathers plants must apologize everytime for taking them and must assure them that someday his own body will serve as food for them..so, all in all, the plants and ourselves are even. neither we nor they are more or less important. JTI,23. There is no need to talk to plants unless you want to know their secrets and for that you need the most unbending intent. JTI,36.

ALSO SAME GOES FOR ANIMALS WE HUNT The worms, the birds, the trees, all of them can tell us unimaginable things if only one could have the speed to grasp their message. The smoke can give us that grasping speed. But we must be on good terms with all the living things of this world. This is the reason why we must talk to plants we are about to kill and apologize for hurting them; the same thing must be done with the animals we are going to hunt. We should take only enough for our needs, otherwise the plants and the animals and the worms we have killed would turn against us and cause us disease and misfortune. A warrior is aware of this and strives to appease them, so he peers through the holes(sounds), the trees and birds and the worms give him truthful messages. SR,226. TREES TREES ARE CLOSER TO MAN THAN ANTS. ...TREES AND MAN CAN DEVELOP A GREAT RELATIONSHIP; THAT'S SO BECAUSE THEY SHARE EMANATIONS. ....trees are closer to man than ants. ...trees and man can develop a great relationship; that's so because they share emanations. FFW,184...the cocoon of a giant tree is not much bigger than the tree itself. FFW,184 FEELINGS FOR A TREE The feeling I had developed for the trees was beyond words. I had the certainity that I was able to absorb their moods, know their age, their insights and what they sensed. I could communicate with a tree directly through a sensation that came out from the inside of my body. often, communication began with a spilling forth of pure affection, almost as intense as what i felt for Manfred, and affection that came out of me always unexpectedly and unsolicited. Then I could feel their roots descending into the earth. i knew whether they neede water and which roots were extending toward the underground water source. TSC,244 I could tell what it felt like to live seeking light, anticipating it, intending it, or what it felt like to feel heat, cold or be ravaged by lightening and storms. I learned what it was like never to be able to move off one's destined spot. To be silent, to sense through the bark, the roots and intake light through the leaves. i knew, beyond the shadow of a doubt, that trees feel pain; and I also knew that once communication is engaged, trees poured themselves out in affection... TSC,245 B. ANIMALS COYOTES COYOTES ARE TRICKSTERS For example, you could have asked that coyote about anything you wanted to know and it would have been compelled to give you an answer. the only sad part is that coyotes are not reliable. they are tricksters. It is your fate not to have a dependable animal companion. JTI,254. CROWS SEEING LIKE A CROW I brought up the issu e of the difference I had detected in the movement of light. Things that are alive... move inside, and a crow can easily see when something is dead, or about to die, because the movement has stopped or is slowing down to a stop. a crow can also tell when something is moving too fast, and by the same token a crow can tell when something is moving just right.It means a crow can tell actually what to avoid and what to seek. When something is moving too fast inside, it means it is about to explode violently, or to leap forward, and a crow will avoid it. When it moves inside just right, it is pleasing sight and a crow will seek it. TDJ,172. Rocks or dead animals or dead trees (do not move inside) but they are beautiful to look at. That is why crows hang around dead bodies. They like to look at them. No light moves inside them. (flesh rotting) moves but that is a different movement. When a crow sees then is millions of things moving inside the flesh with a light of their own, and that is what a crow likes to see. It is a truly an unforgetable sight. TDJ,172. (would anyone seeing me have thought I was an ordinary crow) You can't think that way when dealing with the power of the allies. Such questions make no sense, and yet to become a crow is the simplest of all matters. It is almost like frolicking; it has little usefulness. As I have already told you, the smoke is not for those who seek power. It is only for those who crave to see. TDJ,173.

A crow is safe. it is ideal in size and nature. It can go safely into any place without attracting attention... it is possibl e to become a lion or a bear, but that is rather dangerous. Such a creature is too large; it takes too much energy to become one. one can also become a cricket, or a lizard, or even an ant, but that is even more dangerous, because large animals prey on small creatures. TDJ,173. C. EARTH AND SUN EARTH THE EARTH HAS A COCOON THAT TRAPS THE EAGLE'S EMANATIONS ..everything on the earth is encased. FFW,182...the earth itself is a living being... the earth has a cocoon..there is a ball encasing the earth, a luminous cocoon that traps the Eagle's em anations. The earth is a gigantic sentient being subjected to the same forces we are. FFW,222 THE EARTH IS THE ULTIMATE SOURCE OF EVERYTHING WE ARE: IT HAS ALL THE EMANATIONS PRESENT IN MAN'S COCOON ....the earth is the ultimate source of everything we are.. FFW,223 Since both the earth and man are sentient beings, their emanations coincide, or rather, the earth has all the emanations present in man and all the emanations that are present in all sentient beings, organic and inorganic for that matter. FFW, 224...The secret knowledge of the earth had to do with everything that stands on the ground.. people, animals, insects,trees, small plants, rocks, soil. FFW,99 THE EARTH WAS SENTIENT AND THAT ITS AWARENESS COULD AFFECT THE AWARENESS OF HUMANS. sorcerers became aware that the earth was sentient and that its awareness could affect the awareness of humans. POS,111 THE EARTH CAN GIVES US A BOOST OF ENERGY TO MOVE OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINTS ...just before the sun goes down...you will have a few key moments to catch all the glitter you need.... there is enough glitter in those mountains to jolt your AP... The magic key that opens earth's door is made of internal silence plus anything else that shines. FFW,223... the earth can give the warrior a tremendous boost; it is an impulse that comes from the awareness of the earth itself at the instant in which the emanations inside warrior's cocoons are aligned with the appropriate emanations inside the earth's cocoon. FFW,224 the earth's boost is the force of alignment of only the amber emanations. It is a boost that heightens awareness to unthinkable degrees. To the new seers it is a blast of unlimited consciousness, which they called total freedom. FFW,268.... When a moment of alignment takes place, sentient beings use that alignment in a limited way and perceive their world. Warriors can use that alignment either to perceive, like everyone else or as a boost that allows them to enter unimaginable worlds. FFW,225... the boost will come at the moment you see the glitter on the top of that mountain... go with the boost wherever it takes you..FFW,229...there was a point of intense brilliance on the highest peak in the range... FFW,230..The speed of that boost will dissolve everything about you..under its impact you will become nothing. Speed and the sense of individual existence don't go together. FFW,232...the supreme awareness of the earth is what makes it possible for us to change into other great bands of emanations... alignment is the secret passageway and the earth's boost is the key. FFW, 233. IN ORDER TO GET ENERGY FROM THE EARTH..OLD SEERS USED TO BURY THEMSELVES FOR PERIODS OF TIME, DEPENDING ON WHAT THEY WANTED TO ACCOMPLISH in order to get energy from the earth..old seers used to bury themselves for periods of time, depending on what they wanted to accomplish. The more difficult the task, the longer their burial period. FFW,255. the energy of the earth...(is a special kind of energy).. it complements the energy of the sun. Perhaps you'll feel it entering through your hands as you work the soil. or it may start to flow into your legs as you squat on the ground. TSC,110. THE EARTH IS A HEALER: THE DIRT IS A SCREEN ....There is no better healer than the earth..the dirt is a screen, it doesn't allow anything to go through.. EG,12.... DJ made me roll on the ground until I regained my calmness. TOP,51 The energy of the earth is nurturing.. You're empty enough from your recapitulation that some of it is already creeping into your body. You feel at ease because you know that the earth is the mother of all things... everything comes from the earth. The earth sustains and nourishes us; and when we die, our bodies return to it... unless of course we succeed in the great crossing. TSC,111.

GEOGRAPHICAL PLACES HELP OUR ASSEMBLAGE POINTS MOVE certain geographical areas not only help that precarious movement of the AP, but also select specific directions for that movement. For instance, the Sonoran desert helps the AP move downward from its customary position, to the place of the beast. FFW,160. The Sonoran desert there is a particular confluence of the Eagle's emanations here..which helps the AP move. FFW,166. IN ORDER TO BE FREE WE MUST LOVE THE EARTH Genaro roams on the paths of his love (earth) and wherever he is, he is c omplete...the earth is the predilection of two warriors..this earth, this world. For a warrior there can be no greater love. TOP,281. Only if one loves this earth with unbending passion can one release one's sadness...a warrior is always joyful because his love is unalterable and his beloved, the earth, embraces him and bestows upon him inconceivable gifts. The sadness belongs only to those who hate the very thing that gives shelter to their beings. This lovely being, which is alive to its last recesses and understands every feeling, soothed me, it cured me of my pains, and finally when I had fully understood my love for it, it taught me freedom.. TOP,282....the sorcerers explanation cannot at all liberate the spirit..because without an unwavering love for the being that gives you shelter, aloneness is loneliness...only the love for this splendorous being can give freedom to a warrior's spirit; and freedom is joy, efficiency and abandon in the face of any odds. That is the last lesson. it is always left for the very last moment, for the moment of ultimate solitude when a man faces his death and his aloneness. Only then does it make sense. TOP,283. THE SUN IF YOU ALLOW THE SUN'S LIGHT TO ENTER YOUR BODY, YOUR ENERGY, TOO, WILL FLOURISH. that's why you have to cultivate the garden and absorb its energy and also the energy of the sun... the sun bestows its energy on the earth and causes things to grow. If you allow the sun's light to enter your body, your energy, too, will flourish. (see breathing pass for th e sun) TSC,112.The light of the sun is pure power...after all, it's the most intensely gathered energy there is. TSC,114. SHOULD ALWAYS WEAR A HAT IN THE SUN she said I should always wear a wide brimmed hat in order to shield my head and face. TSC,112... The sun if used properly charges this line (invisible line that runs from the top of the head) and causes it to spring into action. That's why the crown of the head must always be protected. TSC,114. D. ELEMENTS FIRE PURE FLAME CAN TAKE YOU TO THE DEPTHS OF THE UNKNOWN. FFW,134 The new seers divided fire into heat and flame. Flame is a higher magical, property than heat and they used them (flame and fluidity) as a means of bodily transportation to the realm of nonorganic life. FFW,101,102....The new seers discovered that flames... can transport man bodily, just as water does. FFW,101 Pure flame can take you to the depths of the unknown. FFW,134 SMOKE/SMOKING SOMEONE He pulled your luminosity and dried it with the smoke from a fire he had made. Smoke is very important for sorcerers.. Smoke is like fog. Fog is better of course, but it's too hard to handle. it's not as handy as smoke is. So if a sorcerer wants to see and know someone who is always hiding...who is capricious and difficult, the sorcerer makes a fire and lets the smoke envelop the person. Whatever they're hiding comes out in the smoke. SRP,234. The Nagual said that the smoke takes everything out of you... it makes you clear and direct. SRP,234 The smoke used to irritate my throat and eyes to such a degree..he said that I had to learn to control my breathing and feel the smoke while I kept my eyes closed; that way I could breathe without choking. SRP,234. You smoked me. You gazed into my face, into my eyes. You saw the lights that mark a man's face. I am a sorcerer, you saw that in my eyes. The eyes of men are not all alike. SR,190.

FOG YOU CAN USE FOG TO SMOKE PEOPLE OR PLACES The nagual told us once that you smoked a whole place in the mountains and saw what was hiding behind in the scenery. SRP,235. WATER WATER CAN HELP US ENTER INTO THE SECOND ATTENTION The new seers divided water into wetness and fluidity. FFW,101...Mirror and the stream and the in organic being... FFW, 103- 122. ..the idea is to let the fluidity of the water exert pressure on us and transport us away. FFW,105.. The old seers thought that the reflecting surface of a shiny object submerged in water enlarges the power of the water. What they used to do was gaze into bodies of the water, and the reflecting surface served as an aid to accelerate the process. they believed that our eyes are the keys to entering into the unknown; by gazing into water, they were allowing the eyes to open the way. FFW,108 the old seers observed that the wetness of water only dampens or soaks, but that the fluidity of water moves. It runs, they surmised, in search of other levels underneath us. They believed that water had been given to us not only for life, but also as a link, a road to the other levels below. FFW,108... the old seers were convinced that it was humanly possible to be transported bodily by the fluidity of water anywhere between this level of ours and the seven others below; or to be transported in essence anywhere on this level, along the watercourse of a river in either direction. They used... running water to be transported on this level of ours and the water of deep lakes or that of waterholes to be transported to the depths. The old seers found out the surest way to meet an inorganic creature is through a body of water. The size of the body of water is not relev ent; an ocean or a pond serves the same purpose. FFW,109. The old seers would have said that you were being pulled by the power of the water and the power of the first level, plus the magnetic influence of the creature at the window. FFW,110. the old seers surmised that the seven levels below ours were levels of the fluidity of water. For them a spring had untold significance, because they thought that in such a case the fluidity of water is reversed and goes from the depth to the surface. They took that to be the means whereby creatures from other levels, these other forms of life, come to our plane to peer at us, to observ e us... the new seers agreed and said that allies do appear around water holes. FFW,111 to gaze directly into the reflection of a deep, clear pond or lake is infinitely more overwhelming and dangerous than what we did with the mirror. (DJ and CC using a mirror to draw out an ally) FFW,120. WEATHER THUNDER FOLLOW THE SOUND OF THOUGHT I had to focus my attention on the sound of thought... I should follow the sound and look in the direction where I thought it came from. JTI,129. WIND A WOMAN HAS HER OWN PARTICULAR DIRECTION Each women has a particular direction, a particular wind. Men don't. SRP,33.... if the woman quiets down and is not talking to herself, her wind will pick her up just like that. SRP,41 THERE ARE FOUR WINDS There are four winds.. SRP,40... THE FOUR WINDS ARE FEMALE the four winds are women..that is why female warriors seek them. SRP,41.

FIRST WIND IS THE BREEZE, THE MORNING, EAST the first wind is the breeze, the morning. it brings hope and brightness; it is the hearld of the day. It comes and goes and gets into everything. Sometimes it is mild and unnoticeable; other times it is nagging and bothersome. SRP,40... the breeze is the east... it is gay and sleek and shifty. SRP,41. SECOND WIND IS THE HARD WIND, MIDDAY, NORTH Another wind is the hard wind, either hot or cold or both. A midday wind. Blasting full of energy but also full of blindness. It breaks through doors and brings down walls. A sorcerer must be very strong to tackle the hard wind. SRP,40... The hard wind is the north.. it is energetic and commandeering and impatient. SRP,41 THIRD WIND IS COLD WIND, AFTERNOON,WEST Then there is the cold wind of the afternoon. Sad and trying. A wind that would never leave you in peace. It will chill you and make you cry. The Naugal said that there is such depth to it, though, that it is more than worthwhile to seek it. SRP,41..the cold wind is the west.. it is moody and melancholy and always pensive. SRP,41 THE FOURTH WIND IS HOT WIND, NIGHT, SOUTH And at last there is the hot wind. It warms and protects and envelops everything. It is a night wind for sorcerers. Its power goes together with the darkness. SRP,41.. The hot wind is the south. it is happy and abandoned and bouncy. SRP,41. THE NAGUAL'S WIND it may seem to be wind to you, because wind is all you know. JTI,61...what I was calling the wind was not wind at all but something that had a volition of its own and could actually recognize us. JTI,62...something that hides in the wind and looks like a whorl, a cloud, a mist, a face that twirls around. JTI,64...it moves in a specific direction..it either tumbles or twirls. JTI,64. this can follow us..it can make us tired or it might even kill us... JTI,64. OPPOSITES ABOVE SECRET KNOWLEDGE ABOUT WIND, RAIN, SHEETS OF LIGHTENING, CLOUDS, THUNDER, DAYLIGHT, AND THE SUN This deals with secret knowledge about wind, rain, sheets of lightening, clouds, thunder, daylight, and the sun. FFW,102 BELOW SECRET KNOWLEDGE ABOUT FOG, WATER OF UNDERGROUND SPRINGS, SWAMPS, LIGHTENING BOLTS, EARTHQUAKES, THE NIGHT, MOONLIGHT AND THE MOON This has to do with fog, water of underground springs, swamps, lightening bolts, earthquakes, the night, moonlight and the moon. FFW,102 LOUD AND SILENT MANIPULATION OF SOUND AND QUIET this has to do with the manipulation of sound and quiet. FFW,102 MOVING AND STATIONARY ASPECTS OF MOTION AND MOTIONLESS this has to do with mysterious aspects of motion and motionless. FFW,102

PLACES POWER SPOT POWER SPOT FOR SORCERER'S HOUSE a place a power, a spot the ancient geomancers from China, the practitioners of feng-shui, would have undoubtedly picked as a temple site. Here the elements of water, wood, and air are in perfect harmony.. here, energy circulates in abundance. TSC,41 CAVE INHERENT SPIRIT TO CAVES There was an inherent spirit to caves, whether they were natural or man-made, and that that spirit had to be approached with respect. Crawling was the only way of showing that respect. SRP,105. Didn't you know that in the ancient Orient, monks and scholars used to retreat to caves?.. being surrounded by the earth helped them to meditate. TSC,41. E. TIME, DIRECTIONS, NUMBERS TIME SUNSET/TWILIGHT:THE TIME FOR THE CRACK BETWEEN THE WORLDS the twilight is the crack between the worlds..it is the door to the unknown. TOP,283, TDJ,94...at this time of the day, in the twilight, there is no wind. At this time there is only power. JTI,64...during the twilight the wind becomes power...JTI,65.. The twilight is the best time to listen for the voice of the spirit. TSC,83. The world is a mysterious place. Especially in the twilight. JTI,64. THE FUTURE DOESN'T EXIST. THAT THE PRESENT IS BUT AN INSTANT, NOTHING MORE. The future doesn't exist. It's time you realized this. And when you have finished recapitulating and have completely erased the past, all that will be left is th e present. And then you will know that the present is but an instant, nothing more. TSC,179. TIME IS THE ESSENCE OF ATTENTION When she or her peers talked about time they were not referring to something which is measured by the movement of a clock. Time is the essence of attention; the Eagle's emanations are made out of time; and properly, when one enters into any aspect of the other self, one is being acquainted with time. EG,305. TURNING A WARRIORS HEAD When Don Juan had described the concept of turning a warrior's head to face a new direction, I had understood it as a metaphor that depicted change in attitude. Florinda said that that description was true, but it w as no metaphor. it was true that stalkers turn their heads;however, they do not turn to face them to face a new direction, but to face time in a different way. Stalkers face the oncoming time... normally we face time as it recedes from us. only stalkers can change that and face time as it advances on them. EG,294. FLORINDA EXPLAINED THAT TURNING THE HEAD DID NOT MEAN SEEING INTO THE FUTURE, BUT THAT SEES TIME AS SOMETHING CONCRETE, YET INCOMPREHENSIBLE. Florinda explained that turning the head did not m ean seeing into the future, but that sees time as something concrete, yet incomprehensible. EG,294.

THE DIRECTIONS SOUTH the south is the direction that power follows in its ceaseless flux. Life force flows to us from the south, and leaves us flowing toward the north. EG,189. The only opening to a Naugals world was through the south. EG,189. The south was really the night-a warm, friendly, cozy night.. EG,192. NORTH the north is the midday. EG,205. EAST the east was the morning, the light... EG,192. WEST the west is naturally approached at dusk, a time of day which is difficult just in itself. EG,196. CLOCKWISE A clockwise movement is for charging things, for gathering energy for any enterprise. TSC,94. NUMBERS NUMBER THREE the number three is a symbol of dynamics, change, movement, and above all, a symbol of revitalization. EG,231. Sorcerer's always count events in sets of three. TSC,227. NUMBER FOUR the number four is a power number for th em. SRP,40. NUMBER FOURTY-EIGHT while discussing corn sorcery and divination, that the number of corn kernels that a sorcerer possessed was 48... fourty-eight is our number..that's what makes us men..I don't know why. TOP,40. 12. STRENGTHENING OUR NEW CONTINUITY DEALING WITH A SHIFT IN THE AP/KEEPING SANE FEELING OF GOING INSANE ...while Clara maintained that my energy was unmistakably on the rise because I could now have conversations with Manfred, I believed the opposite was true: I was slowly going over the deep end. TSC,157. TWO WAYS TO DEAL WITH THE NEW CONTINUITY There are two options opened to warriors whose AP has shifted. One is to acknowledge being ill and to behave in deranged ways, reacting emotionally to the strange worlds that their shifts force them to witness; the other is to remain impassive, untouched, knowing that the AP always returns to its original position. FFW,138. Since our minds are our rationality, and our rationality is our self-reflection, anything beyond our self-reflection either appalls us or attracts us, depending on what kind of persons we are. POS,229 If the AP never returns to its original position then those people are lost.. they are either incurable crazy, because their AP could never assemble the world as we know it, or they are peerless seers who have begun their movement toward the unknown. FFW,138.

Impeccable warriors don't lose their marbles. They remain untouched. FFW,139 in order for you and me to be sane, we have to work like demons at balancing, not the body or the mind, but the double.. TSC,232 DEALING WITH A NEW WORLD VIEW the naugal Julian used to tell them that they had been evicted from the homes where they had lived all their lives. A result of having saved energy had been the disruption of their cozy but utterly limiting and boring nest in the world of everyday life. Their depression...was not so much the sadness of having lost their nest, but the annoyance of having to look for new quarters...the new quarters are not as cozy..but they are definitely more roomy. Your new level of energy will create a spot to house your AP. (his AP has shifted to a new permanaent position) FFW,172. There is a drawback from time to time as the AP returns to its original position. FFW,173 BEGINNING TO ACT AS A FLUID BEING IN A LUMINOUS WORLD A fluid warrior can no longer make the world chronological..and for him, the world and himself are no longer objects. he's a luminous being existing in a luminous world. TOP,50. WHAT ANY OF US DOES WITH THAT INCREASED PERCEPTION, WITH THAT SILENT KNOWLEDGE, DEPENDS ON OUR OWN TEMPERMENT And what any of us does with that increased perception, with that silent knowledge, depends on our own temperment. POS,9 once a warrior finishes his task, either in success or defeat, will have the command over the totality of themselves...it means that a warrior has finally encountered power..no one can tell what each warrior would do with it; perhaps you two will roam peacefully and unnoticed on the face of the earth, or perhaps you will turn out to be hateful men, or perhaps notorious, or kind. All that depends on the impeccability and the freedom of your spirit. TOP,274. ....once he has sunk, the expression of the nagual is a matter of his personal temperment. If the warrior is funny the nagual is funny. if the warrior is morbid, the nagual is morbid. If the warrior is mean the nagual is mean. TOP,175.

SILENT PROTECTOR HELPS STRENGTHEN THE NEW CONTINUITY silent protector is a surge of inexplicable energy that comes to a warrior when nothing else works..these are sorcerers options..which are positions of the AP..to strengthen his new continuity.. POS,191 BEGINNING TO ACT AS A FLUID BEING IN A LUMINOUS WORLD A fluid warrior can no longer make the world chronological..and for him, the world and himself are no longer objects. he's a luminous being existing in a luminous world. TOP,50. WHAT ANY OF US DOES WITH THAT INCREASED PERCEPTION, WITH THAT SILENT KNOWLEDGE, DEPENDS ON OUR OWN TEMPERMENT And what any of us does with that increased perception, with that silent knowledge, depends on our own temperment. POS,9 once a warrior finishes his task, either in success or defeat, will have the command over the totality of themselves...it means that a warrior has finally encountered power..no one can tell what each warrior would do with it; perhaps you two will roam peacefully and unnoticed on the face of the earth, or perhaps you will turn out to be hateful men, or perhaps notorious, or kind. All that depends on the impeccability and the freedom of your spirit. TOP,274. ....once he has sunk, the expression of the nagual is a matter of his personal temperment. If the warrior is funny the nagual is funny. if the warrior is morbid, the nagual is morbid. If the warrior is mean the nagual is mean. TOP,175. SILENT PROTECTOR HELPS STRENGTHEN THE NEW CONTINUITY silent protector is a surge of inexplicable energy that comes to a warrior when nothing else works..these are sorcerers options..which are positions of the AP..to strengthen his new continuity.. POS,191

The End.

D.) THE THIRD ATTENTION ENTERING INTO THE THIRD ATTENTION IS THE THIRD ATTENTION EASY TO ENTER? IT IS DIFFICULT TO ENTER BUT WORTH IT ...The third attention was a state rather difficult to arrive at, but very fruitful once it was attained. EG,18... HOW DO WE ENTER THE THIRD ATTENTION? THE NEW SEERS BY USING INTENT...OPEN UP THEIR COCOONS AND THE ROLLING FORCE FLOODS THEM RATHER THAN ROLLING THEM UP. THE FINAL RESULT IS THEIR TOTAL AND INSTANTANEOUS DISINTEGRATION. the new seers by using intent...open up their cocoons and the rolling force floods them rather than rolling them up. The final result is their total and instantaneous disintegration. FFW,246. USING THE TUMBLER TO MOVE THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT it is the force of death... under the impact of the tumbler, the AP moves to new unpredictable positions. FFW,268....

HOW DO WE SEE THE FORCE OR EXPERIENCE IT? TO SEE THE ROLLING FORCE YOU NEED A SHIFT OF THE ASSEMBLAGE POINT A shift of the AP is all that is needed to open oneself to the rolling force. FFW,245. IS IT DANGEROUS TO SEE THE ROLLING FORCE? IF SEEN IN A DELIBERATE MANNER, THE DANGER IS MINIMAL BUT TO SEE IT IN AN INVOLUNTARY MANNER DUE TO EMOTIONAL OR PHYSICAL CRISIS IT IS VERY DANGEROUS He added that if the force is seen in a deliberate manner, there is minimal danger. A situation that is extremely dangerous, however, is an involuntary shift of the AP owing perhaps to physical fatigue, emotional exhaustion, disease, or simply a minor emotional or physical crisis, such as being frightened or being drunk. FFW,245.